Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra [1 ed.] 1285192362, 9781285192369

The Aufmann/Lockwood MATHEMATICS: JOURNEY FROM BASIC MATHEMATICS THROUGH INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA delivers learning objectiv

133 77 36MB

English Pages [1010] Year 2015

Report DMCA / Copyright

DOWNLOAD PDF FILE

Recommend Papers

Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra [1 ed.]
 1285192362, 9781285192369

  • Commentary
  • Scan book from Archive.org
  • 0 0 0
  • Like this paper and download? You can publish your own PDF file online for free in a few minutes! Sign Up
File loading please wait...
Citation preview

ANNOTATED

INSTRUCTOR'S

MATHEMATICS

EDITION

Design Your Course in 5 Easy Steps This Annotated Instructor’s Edition is your guide to planning your course,

your way.

Inside, you will find all 21 modules that make up the eBook for

this digital eCourse, powered by Enhanced WebAssign. As an instructor or department curriculum developer, you can examine the entire sequence of topics that are available in the eCourse. The modules, sections, and learning objectives have been designed so you can pick and choose how to organize the topics for your course.

Design the course or course sequence that best fits your program’s needs in five easy steps: cE

Match It. Use your course syllabus as a guide to match up your course competencies to the modules, sections, or learning objectives found in this annotated instructor’s edition. Or, choose to start with a pre-built course. Contact your Cengage Learning Consultant for assistance.

2

Build It. Map out the modules, sections, and learning objectives you have identified to build your Enhanced WebAssign eCourse. Within the Enhanced WebAssign eCourse, you have all you need to conduct your course: an integrated eBook, abundant practice, homework and quizzes, plus a guided workbook.

Ey Enhance

It. Lay a foundation to sustain student success in

mathematics by adding proven math study skills strategies from Nolting’s Math Study Skills Workbook, 5e to your EWA eCourse to help students develop effective learning strategies. 4

Print It. Although this eCourse is primarily designed as an online experience, it is possible to augment the eBook with a custom print solution for your students that includes your chosen modules, a guided workbook, and/or study skills resources. Contact your Cengage Learning Consultant for details.

5

Implement

It. Prepare for success. Your adoption of the Enhanced

WebAssign eCourse includes best-in-the-industry Cengage Digital Course Support—a dedicated team of professionals who are here to provide hands-on, start-to-finish support— making digital course delivery a success for you and your students.

Mathematics Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra Annotated Instructor’s Edition

RICHARD N. AUFMANN PALOMAR COLLEGE

JOANNE S. LOCKWOOD NASHUA

COMMUNITY COLLEGE

e « CENGAGE «© Learning’ Australia * Brazil » Mexico * Singapore * United Kingdom + United States

- CENGAGE Learning" Mathematics: Journey from Be sic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra Richard N. Aufmann, Joanne S

ockwood

Product Manager: Danielle Derventi Content Developer: Bryon Spe Neustaetter

Product Assistant: Samantha C Marketing Manager: Mark Lint Content Project Manager: Che

© 2016, Cengage Learning WCN: 01-100-101

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by the copyright herein may be reproduced, transmitted, stored, or used in any form or by any means graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including but not limited to photocopying, recording, scanning, digitizing, taping, Web distribution, information networks, or information storage and retrieval systems, except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act, without the prior written permission of the publisher.

| Linthicum

Art Director: Vernon Boes

Manufacturing Planner: Becky Production Service and Compc World Inc.

For product information and technology assistance, contact us at Cengage Learning Customer & Sales Support, 1-800-354-9706.

OSS

For permission to use material from this text or product,

rf: Graphic

submit all requests online at www.cengage.com/permissions. Further permissions questions can be e-mailed to [email protected].

Copy Editor: Jean Bermingham Illustrator: Graphic World Inc.

Text Designer: Diane Beasley

Library of Congress Control Number: 2014955410

Cover Designer: Morris Design

ISBN-13: 978-1-285-19236-9

Cover Image: Morris Design

ISBN-10: 1-285-19236-2

Cengage Learning 20 Channel Center Street Boston, MA 02210

USA

Cengage Learning is a leading provider of customized learning solutions with office locations around the globe, including Singapore, the United Kingdom, Australia, Mexico, Brazil, and Japan. Locate your local office at www.cengage.com/global. Cengage Learning products are represented in Canada by Nelson Education, Ltd.

To learn more about Cengage Learning Solutions, visit www.cengage.com.

Purchase any of our products at your local college store or at our preferred online store www.cengagebrain.com.

Printed in the United States of America Print Number: 01 Print Year: 2014

Po Brief Contents AIM for Success: How to Succeed in This Course Whole Numbers Integers

Fractions Decimals and Percents Variable Expressions Introduction to Equations

General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables LD OONOOARWN—

10 11. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Polynomials Factoring Polynomials Rational Expressions Rational Exponents and Radicals Quadratic Equations More on Functions Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Conic Sections Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem Measurement Geometry Statistics and Probability

TI-84 Plus Keystroke Guide for the TI-84 Plus Tables Index of Applications Index

whe —,

clash

'

’a 7 i

éienbah

a

“io

ie

Le

TT

4 oot aly + ort brie

oe

Cili@sdeiS bog cate»

alae >-l'T al! te) shtuky

sae

enous siege lo xabni

sedi

iii

:

)

Contents

MODULE

A

AIM for Success: e e ¢ e e

How to Succeed in This Course

Get Ready 2 Motivate Yourself 2 Develop a “Can Do” Attitude Toward Math Strategies for Success 3 Time Management 4 Habits of Successful Students Use the Interactive Method 6

6

Use a Strategy to Solve Word Problems Ace the Test

8

9

Ready, Set, Succeed!

MODULE 1

3

9

Whole Numbers SECTION 1.1 Objective Objective Objective Objective

1.1A 1.1B 1.1C 1.1D

SECTION 1.2 Objective 1.2A Objective 1.2B Objective 1.2C

SECTION 1.3 Objective 1.3A Objective 1.3B Objective 1.3C

SECTION 1.4 Objective 1.4A Objective 1.4B

Introduction to Whole Numbers Identify the order relation between two numbers

2

Write whole numbers in words, in standard form, and in expanded form Round a whole number to a given place value 6 Solve application problems and use statistical graphs 7

Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers Add whole numbers

14

14

Subtract whole numbers

Solve application problems

17

20

Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers

22

Multiply whole numbers 22 Divide whole numbers 25 Solve application problems 31

Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement 33 Simplify expressions that contain exponents 33 Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

S-1 S-8

35

4

vi

Contents

MODULE

2

ntegers ‘7s

ECTION 2.1

Introduction to Integers

Objective 2.1A Objective 2.1B

Use inequality symbols with integers 2 Simplify expressions with absolute value

JECTION 2.2 Objective 2.2A Objective 2.2B Objective 2.2C

‘ECTION 2.3

‘n

Objective 2.3A Objective 2.3B Objective 2.3C

SECTION 2.4 Objective 2.4A Objective 2.4B

2 4

Addition and Subtraction of Integers Add integers 6 Subtract integers 8 Solve application problems

6

10

Multiplication and Division of Integers Multiply integers 11 Divide integers 13 Solve application problems

11

16

Exponents and the Order of Operations Agreement Simplify expressions containing exponents

17

17

Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions

Solutions to Check Your Understanding

19

S-1

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

S-3

MODULE

Fractions SECTION 3.1 Objective 3.1A Objective 3.1B

Objective 3.1C

SECTION 3.2 Objective 3.2A Objective 3.2B

SECTION 3.3

The Least Common

Multiple and Greatest Common

Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers Find the least common multiple (LCM) 4 Find the greatest common factor (GCF) 5

Introduction to Fractions

6

Write a fraction that represents part of

awhole

6

Write an improper fraction as a mixed number or a whole number, and a mixed number as an improper fraction 8

Writing Equivalent Fractions

9

Objective 3.3A Objective 3.3B

Write a fraction in simplest form 9 Find equivalent fractions by raising to higher terms

Objective 3.3C

Identify the order relation between two fractions

SECTION 3.4 Objective 3.4A Objective 3.4B Objective 3.4C

SECTION 3.5 Objective 3.5A Objective 3.5B Objective 3.5C

SECTION 3.6

Factor 2

11 12

Multiplication and Division of Fractions

13

Multiply fractions 13 Divide fractions 17 Solve application problems and use formulas

21

Addition and Subtraction of Fractions

22

Add fractions

22

Subtract fractions 26 Solve application problems

29

Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions

Objective 3.6A

Multiply and divide positive and negative fractions

Objective 3.6B

Add and subtract positive and negative fractions

31

34

31

2

Contents

SECTION 3.7 Objective 3.7A

Objective 3.7B

The Order of Operations Agreemerit and Complex Fractions 36 Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions Simplify complex fractions 39

36

Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-9

MODULE

4

Decimals and Percents SECTION 4.1 Objective 4.1A Objective 4.1B Objective 4.1C

SECTION 4.2

Introduction to Decimals

2

Write decimals in standard form and in

words

Round a decimal to a given place value Compare decimals 5

4

Adding and Subtracting Decimals

6

Objective 4.2A

Add and subtract decimals

Objective 4.2B

Solve application problems and use forjiulas

SECTION 4.3 Objective 4.3A Objective 4.3B Objective 4.3C

SECTION 4.4 Objective Objective Objective Objective

4.4A 4.4B 4.4C 4.4D

SECTION 4.5 Objective 4.5A Objective 4.5B

SECTION 4.6 Objective 4.6A Objective 4.6B Objective 4.6C

2

6

Multiplying and Dividing Decimal Multiply decimals 10 Divide decimals 13 Solve application problems and use for;

9

10

\ulas

17

Comparing and Converting Fract)}ons and Decimals Convert fractions to decimals 19 Convert decimals to fractions 21 Compare a fraction and adecimal Write ratios and rates

19

21

23

Introduction to Percents

26

Write a percent as a decimal or a fraction Write a decimal or a fraction as apercent

26 27

Radical Expressions and Real Numbers Find the square root of aperfect square 29 Approximate the square root of anatural number Solve application problems 33

Solutions to Check Your Understanding

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

29 31

S-1

S-7

MODULE

Variable Expressions SECTION 5.1 Objective 5.1A

SECTION 9.2 Objective 5.2A

Objective 5.2B Objective 5.2C Objective 5.2D

Evaluating Variable Expressions Evaluate a variable expression

2

2

Simplifying Variable Expressions

4

Simplify a variable expression using the Properties of Addition

4 Simplify a variable expression using the Properties of Multiplication Simplify a variable expression using the Distributive Property 9 Simplify general variable expressions 10

7

vii

viii

Contents

TION 5.3

n

dbjective 5.3A

Objective 5.3B

ipjective 5.3C

Translating Verbal Expressions into Variable Expressions Translate a verbal expression into a variable expression, given the variable 11 Translate a verbal expression into a variable expression and then simplify 13 Translate application problems

olutions to Check Your Understanding

S-1

»lutions to Objective Practice Exercises

o¢n tn

14

S-2

MODULE

ntroduction to Equations



i¢e)

=oTION 6.1 djective 6.1A Objective 6.1B o

jective 6.1C

bjective 6.1D

s ction 6.2 )bjective 6.2A Objective 6.2B

si cTion 6.3 Objective 6.3A Objective 6.3B

Objective 6.3C

SECTION 6.4

Introduction to Equations

Solve an equation of the formx+a=b 4

Solve basic uniform motion problems

6

Proportions

9

Solve proportions 9 Solve application problems using proportions

The Basic Percent Equation

Solve percent decrease problems

Objective 6.6A

16

Percent Increase and Percent Decrease

Objective 6.4B

SECTION 6.6

11

12

Solve the basic percent equation 12 Solve percent problems using proportions Solve application problems 18

Solve percent increase problems

Objective 6.5A Objective 6.5B

2

2

Solve an equation of the form ax=b

Objective 6.4A

SECTION 6.5

2

Determine whether a given number is a solution of an equation

Markup and Discount

22

24

Solve markup problems Solve discount problems

Simple Interest

21

21

24 26

28

Solve simple interest problems

28

Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-7

MODULE

General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities SECTION 7.1 Objective Objective Objective Objective Objective

7.1A 7.1B 7.1C 7.1D 7.1E

SECTION 7.2 Objective 7.2A Objective 7.2B

General Equations Solve Solve Solve Solve Solve

2

an equation of the form ax +b=c 2 an equation of the form ax +b=cx+d an equation containing parentheses 6 a literal equation for one of the variables an absolute value equation 9

Translating Sentences into Equations Solve integer problems

4 7

11

11

Translate a sentence into an equation and solve

14

11

Contents

SECTION 7.3 Objective 7.3A Objective 7.3B Objective 7.3C

SECTION 7.4 Objective 7.4A Objective 7.4B Objective 7.4C

SECTION 7.5 Objective 7.5A Objective 7.5B

Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems Solve value mixture problems

15

15

Solve percent mixture problems Solve uniform motion problems

First-Degree Inequalities

17 19

22

Write sets of real numbers using set-builcer notation and interval notation 22 Solve an inequality in one variable 26 Solve application problems 29

Compound and Absolute Value Inequalities Solve a compound inequality 31 Solve an absolute value inequality

Solutions to Check Your Understanding

S-1

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

S-10

31

32

MODULE

8

Linear Functions and Inequalities SECTION 8.1 Objective 8.1A Objective 8.1B

SECTION 8.2 Objective 8.2A Objective 8.2B Objective 8.2C

SECTION 8.3 Objective Objective Objective Objective

8.3A 8.3B 8.3C 8.3D

SECTION 8.4 Objective 8.4A Objective 8.4B Objective 8.4C

SECTION 8.5 Objective 8.5A Objective 8.5B Objective 8.5C

SECTION 8.6 Objective 8.6A

SECTION 8.7 Objective 8.7A

in Two Variables

The Rectangular Coordinate Sys*2m Find the length and midpoint of a line

Graph an equation in two variables

Introduction to Functions Evaluate afunction 9 Graph a function 15 Apply the vertical line test

Linear Functions

Graph a linear function

2

segment

2

6

9

18

20

20

Graph an equation of the form Ax + By =C Find the x- and y-intercepts of a straight line Solve application problems 27

Slope of a Straight Line

22 25

28

Find the slope of a line given two points Find average rate of change 32 Graph a line given a point andthe slope

Finding Equations of Lines

28 34

36

Find the equation of a line given a point and the slope Find the equation of a line given two points 37 Solve application problems 39

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Find parallel and perpendicular lines

Inequalities in Two Variables

40 40

43

Graph the solution set of an inequality in two variables

Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-8

36

43

X

Contents

MODULE

9

42m =r

i?)

‘stems of Linear Equations Two or Three Variables TION 9.1

jective 9.1B

Solve a system of linear equations by graphing 2 Solve a system of linear equations by the substitution method

jective 9.1C

Solve investment problems

‘TION9.2

Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method 10

jective 9.2A

Solve a system of two linear equations in two variables by the addition

bjective 9.1A

s

active 9.2B

si

Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing and by the Substitution Method 2

method 10 Solve a system of three linear equations in three variables by the addition method 13

TION 9.3

Solving Systems of Equations by Using Determinants

jective 9.3A

Evaluate a determinant 18 Solve a system of equations by using Cramer’s Rule

jective 9.3B

Si cTION 9.4 »jective 9.4A jective 9.4B

s¢oTion 9.5 Objective 9.5A

Application Problems

21

24

Solve rate-of-wind or rate-of-current problems Solve application problems 26

24

Solving Systems of Linear Inequalities

29

Graph the solution set of a system of linear inequalities

Solutions to Check Your Understanding

S-1

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

S-8

MODULE

10

Polynomials SECTION 10.1

Addition and Subtraction of Polynomials

Objective 10.1A

Add polynomials

Objective 10.1B

Subtract polynomials

SECTION 10.2 Objective 10.2A

Objective 10.2B

SECTION 10.3 Objective 10.3A

Objective 10.3B Objective 10.3C Objective 10.3D

SECTION 10.4 Objective 10.4A Objective 10.4B

SECTION 10.5 Objective 10.5A Objective 10.5B

5

7

3

Multiplication of Monomials Multiply monomials 4 Simplify powers of monomials

4 6

Multiplication of Polynomials Multiply Multiply Multiply Multiply

2

2

7

a polynomial by amonomial 7 two polynomials 8 two binomials 9 binomials that have special products

10

Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation

12

Simplify expressions containing integer exponents Use scientific notation 16

12

Division of Polynomials

18

Divide a polynomial by amonomial Divide polynomials 19

Solutions to Check Your Understanding

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

S-1

S-4

18

29

18

Contents

MODULE

11

Factoring Polynomials SECTION 11.1 Objective 11.1A Objective 11.1B

SECTION 11.2

Common

Factors

2

Factor a monomial from a polynomial Factor by grouping 3

Factoring Polynomials of the Form x* + bx +c

Objective 11.2A

Factor trinomials of the form x* + bx

Objective 11.2B

Factor completely

SECTION 11.3

SECTION 11.4 Objective 11.4A

Objective 11.4B Objective 11.4C Objective 11.4D

SECTION 11.5 Objective 11.5A Objective 11.5B

5

5

8

Factoring Polynomials of the Form

ax?+bx+ec Objective 11.3A Objective 11.3B

+c

9

Factor trinomials of the form ax* + bx + c by using trial factors Factor trinomials of the form ax? + bx + c by grouping 13

Special Factoring

9

16

Factor the difference of two squares anc

perfect-square trinomials Factor the sum or difference of two periect cubes 20 Factor a trinomial that is quadratic in fo 21 Factor completely 23

Solving Equations

24

Solve equations by factoring 24 Solve application problems 26

Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-6

MODULE

12

Rational Expressions SECTION 12.1 Objective 12.1A Objective 12.1B Objective 12.1C

SECTION 12.2 Objective 12.2A Objective 12.2B

SECTION 12.3 Objective 12.3A

SECTION 12.4 Objective 12.4A Objective 12.4B

SECTION 12.5 Objective 12.5A

SECTION 12.6

Multiplication and Division of Rational Expressions

2

Simplify rational expressions 2 Multiply rational expressions 4 Divide rational expressions 6

Addition and Subtraction of Rational Expressions Express two fractions in terms of acommon denominator Add and subtract rational expressions 10

Complex Fractions

13

Simplify complex fractions

13

Equations Containing Fractions

16

Solve equations containing fractions 16 Solve problems involving similar triangles

Variation

18

21

Solve direct and inverse variation problems

Application Problems

25

Objective 12.6A

Solve work problems

25

Objective 12.6B

Solve uniform motion problems

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

S-1 S-7

27

21

8 8

16

Xi

xii

Contents

MODULE

13

ational Exponents and Radicals s

°TION 13.1

— Simplify numerical radical expressions

jective 13.1B

Simplify variable radical expressions

¢ ©TI0N 13.2 objective 13.2A

¢

©TION 13.3 ‘pjective 13.3A objective 13.3B

Ss:

s:

Introduction to Radical Expressions

pjective 13.1A

2

2 4

Addition and Subtraction of Radical Expressions Add and subtract radical expressions

6

6

— Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions

8

Multiply radical expressions 8 Divide radical expressions 11

°oTION 13.4 — Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions ‘objective 13.4A

Solve equations containing one or more radical expressions

bjective 13.4B

Solve application problems

16

TION 13.5 — Rational Exponents and Radical Expressions jective 13.54 ‘ojective 13.5B Ibjective 13.5C

13 13

19

Simplify expressions with rational exponents 19 Write exponential expressions as radical expressions and radical expressions as exponential expressions 21 Simplify radical expressions that are roots of perfect powers 22

Sciutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-5

MODULE

14

Quadratic Equations SECTION 14.1.

Solving Quadratic Equations by Factoring or by Taking Square Roots

Objective 14.1A Objective 14.1B

SECTION 14.2 Objective 14.2A

SECTION 14.3 Objective 14.3A

SECTION 14.4 Objective 14.4A

SECTION 14.5

2

Solve quadratic equations by factoring 2 Solve quadratic equations by taking square roots

— Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing the Square Solve quadratic equations by completing the square

Solve quadratic equations by using the quadratic formula

Applications of Quadratic Equations Solve application problems

Complex Numbers

9

11

11

16

Simplify complex numbers

Objective 14.5B

Add and subtract complex numbers

SECTION 14.6

6

6

— Solving Quadratic Equations by Using the Quadratic Formula

Objective 14.5A Objective 14.5C Objective 14.5D Objective 14.5E

3

16 18

= Multiply complex numbers 18 Divide complex numbers 20 Solve quadratic equations with complex number solutions

22

Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations

Objective 14.6A

Solve equations that are quadratic inform

Objective 14.6B

Solve radical equations

Objective 14.6C

Solve fractional equations

27

29

25

25

9

Contents

SECTION 14.7 Objective 14.7A

Nonlinear Inequalities

30

Solve nonlinear inequalities

Solutions to Check Your Understanding

30

S-1

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

S-9

MODULE

15

More on Functions SECTION 15.1 Objective 15.1A Objective 15.1B Objective 15.1C

SECTION 15.2 Objective 15.2A

Objective 15.2B

SECTION 15.3 Objective 15.3A Objective 15.3B

SECTION 15.4 Objective 15.4A Objective 15.4B

Properties of Quadratic Functions Graph a quadratic function

2

2

Find the x-intercepts of

aparabola 6 Find the zeros of a quadratic function

Applications of Quadratic Functions

10

Solve minimum and maximum problems 10 Solve applications of minimum and maximum

Algebra of Functions

13

Perform operations on functions 13 Find the composition of two functions

16

One-to-One and Inverse Functions

19

Determine whether a function is one-to-one Find the inverse of afunction

Solutions to Check Your Understanding

11

19

21

S-1

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

S-5

MODULE

16

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions SECTION 16.1 Objective 16.1A Objective 16.1B

SECTION 16.2 Objective 16.2A Objective 16.2B

SECTION 16.3 Objective 16.3A

SECTION 16.4 Objective 16.4A Objective 16.4B

SECTION 16.5 Objective 16.5A

Exponential Functions

2

Evaluate exponential functions 2 Graph exponential functions 4

Introduction to Logarithms

7

Write equivalent exponential and logarithmic equations Use the properties of logarithms

Graphs of Logarithmic Functions Graph logarithmic functions

17

17

Exponential and Logarithmic Equations Solve exponential equations Solve logarithmic equations

7

11

19

19 21

Applications of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Solve application problems

22

Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-7

22

Xili

Xiv_

Contents

MODULE

17

onic Sections

=~

s oTION17.1 bjective 17.1A n

cTlon17.2 \bjective 17.2A ojective 17.2B

s °T10N17.3 biective 17.3A \bjective 17.3B

s

TheParabola

2

Graphparabolas

2

TheCircle

5

—__Find the equation of a circle and then graph the circle 5 Write the equation of a circle in standard form and then graph the circle

The Ellipse and the Hyperbola

8

Graph an ellipse with center at the origin 8 | Graph a hyperbola with center at the origin 10

ction 17.4 — Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations Dbjective 17.4A

— Solve nonlinear systems of equations

12

12

So'utions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Sc utions to Objective Practice Exercises S-3

MODULE

18

dp)

»quences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

si TION 18.1

Introduction to Sequences and Series

Onjective 18.1A

Write the terms of

Objective 18.1B

Evaluate aseries

SECTION 18.2

asequence 4

Arithmetic Sequences and Series

6

Objective 18.2A

Find the nth term of an arithmetic sequence

Objective 18.2B

Evaluate an arithmetic series

Objective 18.2C

Solve application problems

SECTION 18.3 Objective Objective Objective Objective

18.3A 18.3B 18.3C 18.3D

SECTION 18.4

Objective 18.4A

2

2

6

8

10

Geometric Sequences and Series

10

— Find the nth term of a geometric sequence 10 Find the sum of a finite geometric series 13 — Find the sum of an infinite geometric series 14 Solve application problems 17

Binomial Expansions

17

Expand (a +b)" 17

Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-6

MODULE 19

Measurement SECTION 19.1.

The U.S. Customary System

2

Objective 19.1A Objective 19.1B Objective 19.1C

Convert units of length in the U.S. Customary System 2 Convert units of weight in the U.S. Customary System 4 | Convert units of capacity in the U.S. Customary System 5

Objective 19.1D

| Convert units of time

6

7

Contents

SECTION 19.2 Objective 19.2A Objective 19.2B Objective 19.2C

SECTION 19.3 Objective 19.3A Objective 19.3B

The Metric System

8

Convert units of length in the metric system 8 Convert units of mass in the metric system 9 Convert units of capacity in the metric system 11

Conversion Between the U.S. Customary and the Metric Systems of Measurement 13 Convert U.S. Customary units to metric units Convert metric units to U.S. Customary units

13 14

Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-4

MODULE

20

Geometry SECTION 20.1 Objective 20.1A Objective 20.1B Objective 20.1C

SECTION 20.2 Objective 20.2A Objective 20.2B Objective 20.2C

SECTION 20.3 Objective 20.3A Objective 20.3B Objective 20.3C

SECTION 20.4 Objective 20.4A

Angles, Lines, and Geometric Fic

ires

by intersecting lines

Perimeter of a Plane Geometric

“igure

11

Find the perimeter of a plane geometri:

‘igure

11

Find the perimeter of a composite geo! Solve application problems 19

‘etric figure

Area of a Plane Geometric Figure Find the area of a geometric figure

20

Find the area of a composite geometric figure

Solve application problems

Volume

17

2C 24

26

27

Find the volume of a geometric solid

27

Objective 20.4B

Find the volume of a composite geometric solid

Objective 20.4C

Solve application problems

SECTION 20.5

2

Define and describe lines and angles Define and describe geometric figures Solve problems involving angles forme

31

33

The Pythagorean Theorem

34

Objective 20.5A Objective 20.5B

Find the square root of anumber 34 Find the unknown side of a right triangle using the Pythagorean

Objective 20.5C

Theorem 35 Solve application problems

SECTION 20.6 Objective 20.6A

38

Similar and Congruent Triangles Solve similar and congruent triangles

Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-7

39 39

9

XV

xvi

Contents

MODULE

21

Statistics and Probability s ction 21.1 Objective 21.1A Spjective 21.1B

SECTION 21.2 Objective 21.2A

n

Read apictograph

2

2

Read acircle graph

4

Bar Graphs and Broken-Line Graphs

)bjective 21.2B

Read abar graph 6 Read a broken-line graph

CTION 21.3

Organizing Data

10

Create frequency distributions

Ibjective 21.3C

Read frequency polygons

Read histograms

6

8

Ibjective 21.3A Objective 21.3B

SECTION 21.4

Ss

Pictographs and Circle Graphs

10

12

Statistical Measures

13 15

bjective 21.4A Objective 21.4B

Find the mean, median, and mode of a distribution

dbjective 21.4C

Find the standard deviation of a distribution

Draw a box-and-whiskers plot

19

oTion 21.5

Introduction to Probability

)bjective 21.5A

Calculate the probability of simple events Calculate the odds of an event 28

Dbjective 21.5B

Solutions to Check Your Understanding

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises

TI-84 PLUS 12

INDEX OF APPLICATIONS INDEX

13

S-6

1

KEYSTROKE GUIDE FOR THE TI-84 PLUS TABLES

S-1

11

2

22

23 23

15

Letter to Instructor [,today’s multifaceted learning environment, math departments face the challenge of offering a curriculum that allows students easy access to quality courses that are affordable. These three elements represent what many call education’s “iron triangle.”! Iron Triangle

S

he

When one element of the triangle is under stress, t!2 other elements are affected. For instance, as student access to courses increases, mat

departments experience increased

cost, which often puts a strain on quality as class size

increases.

To address these challenges, we offer Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra. Our program is desig iced to assist mathematically underprepared students in making the transition to colleg»-level math courses. This comprehensive program is a single-source solution that (dresses the entire developmental mathematics curriculum. It provides access for all stu ents, and offers them a high quality learning environment at a modest cost. Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra includes pre-built courses for basic mathematics, prealgebra, introductory algebra, and intermediate algebra. You can create a customized course to reflect both the needs of your department and your individual teaching style. The learning resources for students include a fully customizable eBook, multiple opportunities to practice skills and concepts, videos with practice questions, and a homework system—all designed to accommodate the student’s unique learning path. The student’s complete learning system is integrated into one online package contained within a single web environment. Through this new, innovative learning system, students can begin their journey with basic college mathematics or at any point in the curriculum that is appropriate to their skill level, and travel all the way through intermediate algebra. No matter where their journey begins, they will pay only one price for access to the entire digital program, a program designed by us, incorporating all of the proven pedagogical features that we use to promote student success.

Whether your course 1s lecture-based or lab-based—in fact, no matter how you model your course—Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra is the perfectly flexible solution that provides mathematically diverse students access to a quality program at an affordable cost. It is a balanced approach to the “iron triangle.” Thank you for considering this innovative approach to the developmental mathematics curriculum. Richard N. Aufmann

'The National Center for Public Policy and Higher Education and Public Agenda

Joanne S. Lockwood

aa XVII

Changing the

Equation...

Reimagining the Ok

ective-Based Approach 4

Imagine one, flexible solution suitab’ digital access. Mathematics: Journey Aufmann and Lockwood team, deliv: course curriculum covered in basic n streamlined learning path powered by eCourse was created with student suc

‘or the entire developmental mathematics sequence—all for one price for om Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra, designed by the trusted s learning objectives organized by section into 21 modules that span the entire *‘hematics, prealgebra, introductory algebra, and intermediate algebra. With a “Unhanced WebAssign (EWA) and an integrated, fully customizable eBook, this ess and ease of use in mind.

Students can start with basic mathem «ics and travel through multiple courses to intermediate algebra, or they can begin somewhere in the middle. No matter :cre students begin their journey, they will not need to leave their lesson to find tools that will enhance their learning © perience: lecture videos with practice questions, eBook instruction, and various opportunities for practice. If you and / our students prefer a printed book, a custom-printed text including the Read It sections found in the integrated eBoo’ «an be arranged through your Learning Consultant. To further help you guide students along the learning path, we o. er a Guided Workbook based on the Aufmann Interactive Method (AIM), which encourages active participation along ic learning path. No matter your syllabus needs or cou) se environment—hybrid, lab-based, or online—you have everything you need to get started. From pre-built learning od homework assignments to module assessments and more, the Aufmann and Lockwood eCourse allows you to foci s on what matters most—helping your students succeed.

The Annotated Instructor’s E:\ition Is Your Teaching and Plannine Tool The Annotated Instructor’s Edition includes all 21 modules found in the eBook, so

AUEMANN & LOCKWOOD

that you (instructors and department curriculum developers) can examine the entire

MATHEMATICS

sequence of topics available. Choose the modules, sections, and learning objectives

THROUGH INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

§

that will enable you to build the course or courses that best fit your syllabi. Beyond some of the natural dependencies that are inherent in mathematics, these modules,

sections, and learning objectives are designed to be flexible, and can be organized by you to build the course sequence that fits your needs.

rrt—=‘éiE

Contents MODULE

A

AIM for Success: How to Succeed in This Course * Get Ready

Heinen

2

Gionticn. src c

One Course or Multiple Courses — You Decide!

pe de asceo * Habits of Successful Students

Aufmann and Lockwood redesigned their objective-based 6

.

approach to fit the rapidly changing needs of the developmental mathematics curriculum. This flexible and complete sequence of topics is designed to address any course type, from the lecturebased course to the flipped classroom. However you decide to

Whole Numbers

deliver your course, this carefully constructed set of learning

MODULE 1

.

* Use the Interactive Method. 6 ssa oa

SECTION1.1 Introduction to Whole Numbers 2

objectives can be used to fit any model—traditionally paced or

Objective 1.1A

Identify the order relation between two numbers

Objective 1.1B Objective 1.1C Objective 1.1D

Write whole numbers in words, in standard form, and in expanded form Round a whole number to a given place value 6 Solve application problems and use statistical graphs 7

SECTION 1,2

Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers

Objective 1.2A Objective 1.2B

Add whole numbers 14 Subtract whole numbers

Objective 1.2C

Solve application problems

SECTION 1.3.

14

17

20

Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers

Objective 1.3A

Multiply whole numbers

Objective 1.3B

Divide whole numbers

Objective 1.3C

Solve application problems

SECTION 1.4

2

22

22

25 31

Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement

33

accelerated,

lecture-based

or

lab-based.

By Rethinking the Solution! A Clear Path to Success Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra is an eCourse powered by Enhanced WebAssign. You have the option of creating your own course or choosing one of our pre-built Course Packs, each of which comes with a suggested Learning Path.

The Power of Enhanced WebAssign

Assighments

Available exclusively from Cengage Learning, Enhanced WebAssign combines exceptional mathematics content with the most powerful online homework solution, WebAssign. Enhanced WebAssign engages students with immediate feedback, rich tutorial content, and an interactive, fully customizable eBook, helping students to develop a deeper conceptual understanding of the subject matter. With Enhanced WebAssign, you can build a customized course that fits your specific needs. You can choose to show all 21 modules or to hide specific modules, and you can pick and choose from a variety of question types and assignments.

+ + Module0WholeNumbers

the

bos

+ Module 02:Integers —

Get Started Faster with Pre-Built Course Packs

eee See a

Course Pack

eerie

Cau

nn

be

oomoe up

es

r

ae

a ee

Coune

Pack Pac

For instructors who want a pre-built course, we offer Course Packs, which

+) Module04:Decimals andPercents Course Pas (FyMegas Seve eee er eee 4

include our suggested learning objectives for four different courses: basic mathematics, prealgebra, introductory algebra, and intermediate algebra. These

ie fn ryeRR SR aa at,pet aa ia) “+ Nesue07GenelFrege Equto,. Sens

pre-built courses offer all the same features as the full course, but they offer an intuitive, easy-to-use starting point from which you can build the course you

5Made: ES “nearpda ee nea. Talo lien caercaaenore scien: f Mote eee

need.

“+ + Module10: Polynomials ae

The Students’ Learning Path Students will follow a learning path designed to guide them through assessment and learning activities that can be adjusted by you to fit the needs of your course. Each module begins with Learning Assignments correlated to each learning objective, through which students can review the lesson material, watch videos, and practice solving exercises in preparation for their homework or class. After completing each Learning Assignment for a section, students can begin their Homework. At the end of the module, students can take a Module Quiz to assess their readiness for a test.

My Assignments Current Assignments (16) Name

Due

LRN 1.1A — Identify the order relation be... LRN 1.1B —Write whole numbers in words,

Nov 8 2014 12:01 PM PST .

Nov 8 2014 12:02 PM PST

LRN 1.1C — Round a whole number to a give...

Nov 8 2014 12:03 PM PST

LRN 1.1D - Solve application problems and..

Nov 8 2014 12:04 PM PST

HIMK 1.1 - Introduction to Whole Numbers

Nov 8 2014 12:05 PM PST

LRN 1.2A - Add whole numbers LRN 1,26 - Subtract whole numbers

Nov 8 2014 12:06 PM PST Nov 8 2014 12:07 PM PST

LRN 1.2C - Solve application problems

Nov 8 2014 12:08 PM PST

HIMK 1.2 - Addition and Subtraction of Whole Num,

Nov 8 2014 12:09 PM PST

LRN 1.3A - Multiply whole numbers

LRN 1.3B - Divide whole numbers

Nov 8 2014 12:10 PM PST Nov 8 2014 12:11 PM PST

LRN 1.3C - Solve application problems

Nov 8 2014 12:12 PM PST

HMK 1,3 - Multiplication and Division of Whole ...

Noy 8 2014 12:13 PM PST

LRN 1.4A - Simplify expressions containing expo...

LRN 1.4B - Use the Order of Operations Agreemen...

Nov 8 2014 12:14 PM PST Nov 8 2014 12:15 PM PST

HMK 1.4 - Exponents and the Order of Operations...

Noy 8 2014 12:16 PM PST

CoursePack

XX

Tools for Learning

Tools for Learning Students will find many opportunities to practice with the support of videos and a fully customizable eBook integrated within the course.

“Read It” in the YouBook Each WebAssign question is accompanied by a “Read It” button that students can click on to access the Cengage YouBook (an interactive eBook). Here, they can access Aufmann and Lockwood’s written instruction, including examples for each learning objective. Each “Read It” button takes the student directly to the material that covers the learning objective he or she needs to learn.

What’s the YouBook?

= Wielela

i)

}

[7) GDA

é

3 1

The Least Common Multiple

=

and Greatest Common Factor

Objective 3.14

Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers Natural number factors of a number divide that number evenly (there is 90 remainder),

Greatest Common Factor

3.1A_ Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers 3.1B

Find the least common multiple (LCM)

9 2Q@

SECTION

3.1 The Least Common Multiple and

* embedded links to lecture videos ¢ a library of recommended YouTube video links ¢ highlighting and note-taking tools ¢ a discussion board.

AUFMANN & LOCKWOOD

NIS

WMD

Once students have launched the YouBook via the “Read It” button, they are able to navigate the reading material for the entire modular course. In addition to the carefully crafted narrative, the YouBook contains the following features:

, and (are natural number factors of 6 because they divide 6 evenly Note that both the divisor and the quotient are factors of the

dividend.

Tir | }

Yo

236

Jo

0%6

3.1€ Find the greatest common factor | | (GCF) |

» 32 Introduction toFractions

|

The following rules wre helpful in finding the factors of a number.

» 33 Writing Equivalent Fractions »

34

Multiplication and Division of Fractions

»

35

Addition and Subtractionof

|

436 ends in 6,

Therefore, 2 is « factor of 436. (436 + 2 = 218)

Fractions

Integrated Video Instruction Video instruction, by far the most popular way that students choose to learn and study, is integrated throughout the learning path in the form of “Watch It” videos and Video Example Questions. ‘“‘Watch It” videos accompany each problem to help students who may need additional instruction at that stage of the learning 5 Trelagite UieerBream | |< Ovemtion Dette Geach the cuceber en tha cumber bine 1. = Quenton Dette process. Video Example "Watch the video below then answer the ovastion (lek ond dragech pri a te arpraqvens peekicn Sorespotswiht be owned Questions ask students Rounding Whole Numbars totheNearest Ten to watch a video and then é answer a question about St the video. Videos are also A Wao integrated in a “just-iney Re time” manner into the YouBook “Read Its.”

er

ee

Neod Hein? iia

Personal Study Plan (PSP)

© 3: Fractions

‘tater Quiz

This flexible tool helps students identify which topics they have mastered and which require further study on their part. Comprised of quizzes that assess learning gaps, the PSP suggests learning tools that students can use to remediate the topics they have not yet mastered. Visual indicators enable students to easily view their performance in relation to a pre-determined mastery level.

3.1A: Factor numbers and find the cums factorizction of numbers

Practice Quiz az

3.18: Find the least common poe (LCM)

PracticeQuizes

H utorial

_ =]

eR

Tutorial

3.2A; Write a fraction that represents part ofaa whole

Proctes Ot TE Tutors Proce our TT = a~ | Tutorial

3.2B: Write an improperfraction as a mixed number or a whole number...

ocd Quizi: Dee

3.3A: Write a fraction |in caries oan

Practice Quiz|

3.1: Find the cieses: common factor (GCF)

3.3B: Find aaehaant panne paclione by fone to> higherte terms 3.3C; Identify the order r relation between two fractions

Practice Quizel ; Practice Quiz ae

34h: Multiply fractions.

ores Quiz

3.4B: Divide fractions

" Prectice Quizce

3.4C: Solve application problems and hie Rintne

| Tutorial

meet:

; Practice Quiz a

a ~| Tutoriat

i

ae = = Tutorial

TY) Serer = |

tutoriat

~] Tutoriat

Tools for Teaching

Tools for Teaching YouBook Features for Instructors The YouBook features a text-edit tool that allows you—the instructor—to modify the narrative as you see fit. With YouBook, you can quickly rearrange modules and sections or hide any content you don’t teach to create an eBook that perfectly matches your syllabus. You can further customize the eBook by adding links to your lecture notes, syllabi, video lectures, or files on a personal website. With this level of customization, the YouBook becomes a perfect class planning tool in addition to a learning tool.

S| MATHEMATICS GDED "fi Table ofContents

Assigned Readings

—— aurMann &LocKwoop a==n~ ee, =DaA 9 2e 9

3 1

The Least Common

.

==



Multiple

}

and Greatest Common Factor |

Cover

Objective 3.14

» 1 Whole Numbers

Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers

| {ff

» 2 Integers

Natural number factors of « number divide that number evenly (there is no remainder).

«and » are natural number factors of 6 because (hey divide 6 evenly.

3.1 Greatest The Least Common Factor Multiple and Commo

Noto that both the divisor and the quotient are factors of the dividend

3A erep acres aleeseat si

4 %

fa 26

AAS o)6

16

To findthefactors ofanumber, try dividing the numberby 1,2.3,4.5,....Those numbers

;

3.1B poche least common multiple

SRR

Continue this process until the +

}|

factors start to repeat, The following rules are helpful in

| ||

® 3.2 Introduction to Fractions

-

|

that divide the number evenly arc its factors.

4ee-Fopredtbe

3.1C Find the greatest common factor (GCF)

DY)

|

436 ends in 6, | finding the factors of a

| |

Therefore, 2 is

|

(436 +2=2

» 3.3 Writing Equivalent Fractions

|| | |

» 34 Multiplication and Divisionof

The sum of the digitsof489 is 4 +8 +9 = 21

» 3.5

Therefore, 3 is a factor of 489. {489 + 3 = 163)

Fractions

4

21 is divisible by 3.

Addition and Subtractionof Fractions

Resources for Teaching and Learning Within the Enhanced WebAssign course, the Resource Tab includes the Guided Workbook, lecture videos, a link to Paul Nolting’s Math Study Skills website, and additional instructor resources.

Cengage Learning Testing by Cognero Cengage Learning Testing, powered by Cognero, is a flexible online system that allows you to author, edit, and manage title-specific test bank content, create multiple test versions in an instant, and deliver tests from your LMS, your classroom, or wherever you want. This system is available online via the Instructor Companion site at login.cengage.com. 2% **

CENGAGE

*

Learning*

.

Question Sets

Test Generator

©

| Options ¥ || Section 1.02: Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers

= @ Aufmann - Journey from Basic Mathematics Thro “|

|eile u

2 G@Module1:Whole Numbers

Edit” Set

#120

i+ G Section 1.01; An Introduction to Whole Nur

Question

ey

O0\2%/88

te

4%)

DingiingmeeS el

;

ad Ch

nit, |

nea

Le COLD

Pd

eo L. @ Find the sum of 1 + (-29).

- @ Find the sum - @ Add. I- @ Add: ~ 19 + 19.

|

3

i

|

baer

bk @ Add

a)

‘|

@ Add.

i|

b. 39

;

cee

L- @ Add: (-9 +7) +(-6 +9)

a.-38

a

:

By) |

| @ Whatis the additive inverse of 167.

ds

¢. None of these

eee: UNSIZTEN. -10-(-11)=

- @ What number must be added to 21 to ol

j

i

i~ | + \| L

@ Which of the following numbers is the a: @A programmer's lunchtime workout inch, @ The first several steps of a chemistry lal @ Ona financial balance sheet, debts (nec

| — @ Apply the associative property of additic || |. @ The identity element for addition is the r

8

2. Find thesum

=

ANSWER, 3, Add, —7+(-7) ANSWER:

-21

-14

ol A

oe

Ene vane

ae

oll SR

MR

PA

xxii

Options to Suit Your Course Needs

Options to Suit Your Course Needs Along with your standalone, custom-built WebAssign course, you have the option of a print solution for you and your students.

Custom

Print Modules

All the material found in the YouBook (the interactive eBook) can be custom-printed. Contact your Learning Consultant to find out how you can choose the modules that fit your syllabus—the same ones you choose for your Enhanced WebAssign course—to create a custom-printed text.

Guided Workbook to Support Students Through the Learning Path The Guided Workbook is available automatically with digital access and can be found in the Resource Tab. Like the YouBook, this is also available for custom printing. Based on the Aufmann Interactive Method (AIM), this workbook encourages active participation as students work through the learning path. Working with your Learning Consultant, you can create a customized workbook that contains only the modules you need to accompany your Enhanced WebAssign course.

Aufmann Interactive Method (AIM) Available in the YouBook, Module A, titled “AIM for Success,” outlines the study skills used by students who have been successful in developmental mathematics courses. By making Module A the first module of the program, we have set the stage for a successful beginning to the student’s journey. A short quiz assessing comprehension of the module is offered in Enhanced WebAssign.

A

AIM for Success: How to Succeed in This Course

Get Ready

Motivate Yourself Develop a “Can Do” Attitude Toward Math

Strategies for Success Time Management

Paul Nolting’s Math Study Skills Workbook, 5e and Course Pack

The Nolting Math Study Skills, 5e, Course Pack is included within the Enhanced WebAssign course. The Nolting study skills strategy helps students identify their strengths, weaknesses, and personal learning styles. Then, it presents an easy-to-follow system to help them become more successful at learning mathematics. Sold separately, the Nolting Math Study Skills Workbook, 5e is key to getting the most out of the Course Pack. This best-selling math study skills workbook offers proven study tips, test-taking strategies, and recommendations for reducing math anxiety and improving grades.

_

MATH STUDY SKILLS

|

WORKBOOK Y S mc)

g

oe

e

4

.3E . PAUL D. NOLTING

cal a

Acknowledgments

XxXili

Acknowledgments The authors thank the following mathematics educators for their insightful contributions to the development of Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra. Wendy Ahrendsen, South Dakota State University Hamid Attarzadeh, Jefferson Community and Technical College Scott Barnett, Henry Ford Community College Michelle Beard, Ventura College Nicoleta Bila, Fayetteville State University Shane Brewer, Utah State University—College of Eastern Utah—Blanding Campus Michael Carr, Mott Community College Edie Carter, Amarillo College Linh Changaris, Jefferson Community and Technical College Fredrick Chapple, Baltimore City Community College Edward Ennels, Baltimore City Community College Ines Figueiras, Essex Community College Maggie Flint, Northeast State Community College Dot French, Community College of Philadelphia Asha Hill, Georgia Highlands College Steven Jackson, Jvy Tech Community College Kimberly Johnson, Mesa Community College Maryann Justinger, Erie Community College David Keller, Kirkwood Community College Alex Kolesnik, Ventura College Julianne Labbiento, Lehigh Carbon Community College Edith Lester, Volunteer State Community College Barbara Manley, Jackson State Community College Lola Marie McClendon, Pasadena City College Kim Minsu, Gainesville State College Carla Monticelli, Camden Community College Katie Motlow, Calhoun Community College Javad Moulai, Roxbury Community College Eli Nettles, Nashville State Community College Sandra Nieto, Santa Rosa Junior College Jon Odell, Richland Community College Priti Patel, Tarrant County College Betty Peterson, Mercer County Community College Edward Pierce, Ivy Tech Community College Matthew Pitassi, Rio Hondo College Michael Potter, University of Virginia’s College at Wise Harriette Roadman, New River Community College Elizabeth Rourke, College of Southern Maryland Christopher Sabino, Harold Washington College Daria Santerre, Norwalk Community College Barbara Savage, Roxbury Community College So Shing, University of Central Missouri Pam Stogsdill, Bossier Parish Community College M. Terry Simon, University of Toledo Chairsty Stewart, Montana State University—Billings Sean Stewart, Owens Community College Abolhassan Taghavy, Richard J. Daley College René Thompson, Vance-Granville Community College Mary Ann Teel, University of North Texas Rose Toering, Kilian Community College

Xxiv

Acknowledgments

Diane Veneziale, Burlington County College Lynette Wedig, New Mexico State University-Alamogordo Yoshi Yamoto, Pasadena City College Tzu-Yi Yang, Columbus State Community College Kim Yon, Passaic County Community College Jeffrey Zilahy, Montgomery County Community College Cathleen Zucco-Teveloff, Rider University

AIM for Success: How to Succeed in This Course Get Ready

Motivate Yourself Develop a “Can Do” Attitude Toward Math

Strategies for Success Time Management

Habits of Successful Students Use the Interactive Method Use a Strategy to Solve Word Problems

Ace the Test Ready, Set, Succeed!

2

Module A e AIM for Success:

How to Succeed in This Course

Get Ready We are committed to your success in learning mathematics and have developed many tools and resources to support you along the way.

DO YOU WANT TO EXCEL IN THIS COURSE? Read on to learn about the skills you’ll need and how best to use this text to get the results you want. We have written this text in an interactive style. More about this later but, in short, this means that you are supposed to interact with the text. Do not just read the text! Work along with it. Ready? Let’s begin!

WHY ARE YOU TAKING THIS COURSE? Did you interact with the text, or did you just read the last question? Get some paper and a pencil or pen and answer the question. Really—you will have more success in math and other courses you take if you actively participate. Now, interact. On your sheet of paper, write down one reason you are taking this course. Of course, we have no idea what you just wrote, but experience has shown us that many of you wrote something along the lines of “I have to take it to graduate” or “It is a prerequisite to another course I have to take” or “It is required for my major.” Those reasons are perfectly fine. Every teacher has had to take courses that were not directly related to his or her major.

WHY DO YOU WANT TO SUCCEED IN THIS COURSE? Think about why you want to succeed in this course. List the reasons (not in your head. . . on the sheet of paper’). One reason you may have listed is that math skills are important in order to be successful in your chosen career. That is certainly an important reason. Here are some other reasons.

e Math is a skill that applies across careers, which is certainly a benefit in our world of changing job requirements. A good foundation in math may enable you to more easily make a career change. ¢ Math can help you learn critical thinking skills, an attribute all employers want. e Math can help you see relationships between ideas and identify patterns. Take Note > Motivation alone won’t lead to success. For example, suppose a person who cannot swim is rowed out to the middle of a lake and thrown overboard. That person has a lot of motivation to swim, but most likely will drown without some help. You’ll need motivation and learning in order to succeed.

Motivate Yourself You'll find many real-life problems in this text, relating to sports, money, cars, music, and

more. We hope that these topics will help you understand how mathematics is used in eyeryday life. To learn all of the necessary skills and to understand how you can apply them to your life outside of this course, motivate yourself to learn. One of the reasons we asked you why you are taking this course was to provide motivation for you to succeed. When there is a reason to do something, that task is easier to accom-

plish. We understand that you may not want to be taking this course but, to achieve your career goal, this is a necessary step. Let your career goal be your motivation for success.

MAKE THE COMMITMENT TO SUCCEED! With practice, you will improve your math skills. Skeptical? Think about when you first learned to drive a car, ride a skateboard, dance, paint, surf, or any other talent that you now

have. You may have felt self-conscious or concerned that you might fail. But with time and practice, you learned the skill.

Write down a situation in which you accomplished your goal by spending time practicing and perfecting your skills (such as learning to play the piano or to play basketball).

Module A ¢ AIM for Success:

How to Succeed in This Course

3

You do not get “good” at something by doing it once a week. Practice is the backbone of any successful endeavor—including math!

Develop a “Can Do” Attitude Toward Math You can do math! When you first learned the skills you just listed, you may not have done them well. With practice, you got better. With practice, you will get better at math. Stay focused, motivated, and committed to success.

We cannot emphasize enough how important it is to overcome the “I Can’t Do Math” syndrome. If you listen to interviews of very successful athletes after a particularly bad performance, you will note that they focus on the positive aspects of what they did, not the negative. Sports psychologists encourage athletes always to be positive—to have a “can do” attitude. Develop this attitude toward math and you will succeed. Change your conversation about mathematics. Do not say “I can’t do math,” “I hate math,” or “Math is too hard.” These comments just give you an excuse to fail. You don’t want to fail, and we don’t want you to fail. Write it down now: | can do math!

Strategies for Success PREPARE TO SUCCEED There are a number of things that may be worrisome to you as you begin a new semester. List some of those things now. Here are some of the concerns that have been expressed by our students.

¢ Tuition Will I be able to afford school?

° Job I must work. Will my employer give me a schedule that will allow me to go to school? e Anxiety Will I succeed?

¢ Child care What will I do with my kids while I’m in class or when I need to study? ¢ Time Will I be able to find the time to attend class and study? Degree goals How long will it take me to finish school and earn my degree?

These are all important and valid concerns. Whatever your concerns, acknowledge them. Choose an education path that allows you to accommodate your concerns. Make sure they don’t prevent you from succeeding.

SELECT A COURSE Many schools offer math assessment tests. These tests evaluate your present math skills. They don’t evaluate how smart you are, so don’t worry about your score on the test. If you are unsure about where you should start in the math curriculum, these tests can show you where to begin. You are better off starting at a level that is appropriate for you than starting with a more advanced class and then dropping it because you can’t keep up. Dropping a class is a waste of time and money.

If you have difficulty with math, avoid short courses that compress the class into a few weeks. If you have struggled with math in the past, this environment does not give you the time to process math concepts. Similarly, avoid classes that meet once a week. The time delay between classes makes it difficult to make connections between concepts.

4

Module A « AIM for Success:

How to Succeed in This Course

Some career goals require a number of math courses. If that is true of your major, try to take a math course every semester until you complete the requirements. Think about it this way. If you take, say, French I, and then wait two semesters before taking French II, you may forget a lot of material. Math is much the same. You must keep the concepts fresh in your mind.

Time Management One of the most important requirements in completing any task is to acknowledge the amount of time it will take to finish the job successfully. Before a construction company starts to build a skyscraper, the company spends months looking at how much time each of the phases of construction will take. This is done so that resources can be allocated when appropriate. For instance, it would not make sense to schedule the electricians to run wiring until the walls are up.

MANAGE YOUR TIME! We know how busy you are outside of school. Do you have a full-time or part-time job? Do you have children? Do you visit your family often? Do you play school sports or participate in the school orchestra or theater company? It can be stressful to balance all of the important activities and responsibilities in your life. Creating a time management plan will help you schedule enough time to do everything you need to do. Let’s get started. First, you need a calendar. You can use a daily planner, a calendar for a smartphone, or an online calendar, such as the ones offered by Google, MSN, or Yahoo. It is best to have a calendar

on which you can fill in daily activities and be able to see a weekly or monthly view as well. Start filling in your calendar now, even if it means calendar. Some of the things you might include are: ¢ The hours each class meets

° Time to eat

e Time for driving to and from work or

e Your work schedule

school Take Note > Be realistic about how much time you have. One gauge is that working 10 hours per week is approximately equivalent to taking one three-unit course. If your college considers 15 units a full load and you are working 10 hours per week, you should consider taking 12 units. The more you work, the fewer units you should take.

stopping right here and finding a

e Leisure time, an important aspect of a

healthy lifestyle e Time for study. Plan at least one hour of study for each hour in class. oe Ee This is a minimum!

* Time for extracurricular activities such as sports, music lessons, or volunteer work

¢ Time for family and friends * Time for sleep ; es ¢ Time for exercise

We really hope you did this. If not, please reconsider. One of the best pathways to success is understanding how much time it takes to succeed. When you finish your calendar, if it does not allow you enough time to stay physically and emotionally healthy, rethink some of your school or work activities. We don’t want you to lose your job because you have to study math. On the other hand, we don’t want you to fail in math because of your job. If math is particularly difficult for you, consider taking fewer course units during the semesters you take math. This applies equally to any other subject that you may find difficult. There is no rule that you must finish college in four years. It is a myth—discard it now. Now extend your calendar for the entire semester. Many of the entries will repeat, such as the time a class meets. In your extended calendar, include significant events that may disrupt your normal routine. These might include holidays, family outings, birthdays, anniversaries, or special events such as a concert or a football game. In addition to these events, be sure to include the dates of tests, the date of the final exam, and dates that projects or

papers are due. These are all important semester events. Having them on your calendar will remind you that you need to make time for them.

Module A ¢ AIM for Success:

How to Succeed in This Course

5

CLASS TIME To be successful, attend class. You should consider your commitment to attend class as serious as your commitment to your job or to keeping an appointment with a close friend. It is difficult to overstate the importance of attending class. If you miss work, you don’t get paid. If you miss class, you are not getting the full benefit of your tuition dollar. You are losing money. If, by some unavoidable situation, you cannot attend class, find out as soon as possible what

was covered in class. You might: ° Ask a friend for notes and the assignment.

¢ Contact your instructor and get the assignment. Missing class is no excuse for not being prepared for the next class. ¢ Determine whether there are online resources that you can use to help you with the topics and concepts that were discussed in the class you missed.

Going to class is important. Once you are there, participate in class. Stay involved and active. When your instructor asks a question, try to at least mentally answer the question. If you have a question, ask. Your instructor expects questions and wants you to understand the concept being discussed.

HOMEWORK TIME In addition to attending class, you must do homework. Homework is the best way to reinforce the ideas presented in class. You should plan on at least one to two hours of homework and study for each hour you are in class. We’ve had many students tell us that one to two hours seems like a lot of time. That may be true, but if you want to attain your goals, you must be willing to devote the time to being successful in this math course.

You should schedule study time just as if it were class time. To do this, write down where and when you study best. For instance, do you study best at home, in the library, at the math center, under a tree, or somewhere else? Some psychologists who research successful study strategies suggest that just by varying where you study, you can increase the effectiveness of a study session. While you are considering where you prefer to study, also think about the time of day during which your study period will be most productive. Write down your thoughts. Look at what you have written, and be sure that you can consistently be in your favorite study environment at the time you have selected. Studying and homework are extremely important. Just as you should not miss class, do not miss study time. Before we leave this important topic, we have a few suggestions. If at all possible, create a study hour right after class. The material will be fresh in your mind, and the immediate review, along with your homework, will help reinforce the concepts you are learning. If you can’t study right after class, make sure that you set aside some time on the day of the class to review notes and begin the homework. The longer you wait, the more difficult it will be to recall some of the important points covered during class. Study math in small chunks—one hour a day (perhaps not enough for most of us), every day, is better than seven hours in one sit-

ting. If you are studying for an extended period of time, break up your study session by studying one subject for a while and then moving on to another subject. Try to alternate between similar or related courses. For instance, study math for a while, then science, and then back to

math. Or study history for a while, then political science, and then back to history.

Meet some of the people in your class and try to put together a study group. The group could meet two or three times a week. During those meetings, you could quiz each other, prepare for a test, try to explain a concept to someone else in the group, or get help on a topic that is difficult for you.

After reading these suggestions, you may want to rethink where and when you study best. If so, do that now. Remember, however, that it is your individual style that is important.

Choose what works for you, and stick to it.

6

Module A « AIM for Success:

How to Succeed in This Course

Habits of Successful Students There are a number of habits that successful students use. Think about what these might be, and write them down.

What you have written is very important. The habits you have listed are probably the things you know you must do to succeed. Here is a list of some responses from successful students we have known. ¢ Set priorities. You will encounter many distractions during the semester. Do not allow them to prevent you from reaching your goal. Take responsibility. Your instructor, this text, tutors, math centers, and other resources are there to help you succeed. Ultimately, however, you must choose to learn. You must choose success. Hang out with successful students. Success breeds success. When you work and study with successful students, you are in an environment that will help you succeed. Seek out people who are committed to their goals. e Study regularly. We have mentioned this before, but it is too important not to be repeated. Self test. Once every few days, select homework exercises from previous assignments and use them to test your understanding. Try to do these exercises without getting help from examples in the text. These self tests will help you gain confidence that you can do these types of problems on a test given in class. Try different strategies. If you read the text and are still having difficulty understanding a concept, consider going a step further. Contact the instructor or find a tutor. Many campuses have some free tutorial services. Go to the math or learning center. Consult another text. Be active and get the help you need. Make flash cards. This is one of the strategies that some math students do not think to try. Flash cards are a very important part of learning math. For instance, your instructor may use words or phrases such as linear, quadratic, exponent, base, rational, and many others. If you don’t know the meanings of these words, you will not know what is being discussed. In this text, you will see important concepts and rules set off in boxes. Here is one about multiplication. These rules are good candidates for flash cards.

Flash Card

Rule for Multiplying Exponential Expressions

RwWe for Multiplying Exponential E xpressiony If wand wave integers,

If m and n are integers, then x”"- x” = x m+n EXAMPLES

Examples:

In each example below, we are multiplying two exponential expressions with the same base. Simplify the expression by adding the exponents.

VBS VES SYR a Ye

heey

Ve DSTA"

2. y-y=y

then ur

a2-

ae.

v=

w=

nen,

ar

= q9

2 3, 2a

yee5s ba

aH

1

Si

ye

2+6+ a,



9

¢ Plod along. Your education is not a race. The primary goal is to finish. Taking too many classes and then dropping some does not get you to the end any faster. Take only as many classes as you can successfully manage.

Use the Interactive Method We want you to be actively involved in learning mathematics, and we have given you many suggestions for getting “hands-on” with this text.

Module A ¢ AIM for Success:

How to Succeed in This Course

7

Basic examples introduce a concept (in this case, solving a percent equation) and include a step-by-step solution of the type of exercise you will find in the homework problems. 60% of what number is 300? Percent

. base



amount

*

Use

0.60 -n

=

300

*

Percent

0.60n 0.60

=

300

——

the basic

percent

60%

equation

0.60,

base

* Solve for n by dividing each

= n, amount

300

side of the equation by 0.60

0.60 n = 500

60%

of 500 is 300.

Focus on/Check your understanding pairs help you get the practice you need to succeed.

_ Focus on solving the basic percent equation | a. Find 9.4% of 240. SOLUTION

| a. Use the basic percent equation.

Percent = 9.4% = 0.094, base = 240, amount = n Percent - base = amount

0.094 - 240 =n 22.56 =n 94%

of 240 is 22.56

| Check your understanding 1

a. Find 663% of 45. _ SOLUTION

See pages S-2-S-3.

You'll see that each Focus on is fully worked out. Study the Focus on example by carefully working through each step. Then, try to complete the Check your understanding. Use the solution to the Focus on as a model for solving the Check your understanding. If you get stuck, solutions to the Check your understandings are provided in an appendix. There is a page number directly following the Check your understanding exercises that shows you where you can find the completely-worked-out solution. Use the solution to get a hint for the step on which you are stuck. Then, try again! When you’ve arrived at your answer, check your work against the solution in the appendix. The solution to Check your understanding | above is given below.

Check your understanding 1 a. STRATEGY To find the amount, use the basic percent equation. Percent = 665% = 5 base = 45, amount = n SOLUTION

Percent : base = amount

=(45) =n

2 =(45)5—

30 =n

30 is 665% of 45.

8

Module A e AIM for Success:

How to Succeed in This Course

Use a Strategy to Solve Word Problems One of the reasons you are studying math is to learn to solve word problems. Solving word problems involves combining all of the critical thinking skills you have learned to solve practical problems. Try not to be intimidated by word problems. Basically, what you need is a strategy that will help you come up with the equation you will need to solve the problem. When you are looking at a word problem, try the following: Read the problem. This may seem pretty obvious, but we mean really read it. Don’t just scan it. Read the problem slowly and carefully. Write down what is known and what is unknown. Now that you have read the problem, go back and write down everything that is known. Next, write down what it is you are trying to find. Write this—don’t just think it! Be as specific as you can. For instance, if you are asked to find a distance, don’t just write “I need to find the distance.” Be specific and write “I need to find the distance between Earth and the moon.”

Think of a method to find the unknown. For instance, is there a formula that relates the known and unknown quantities? This is certainly the most difficult step. Eventually, you must write an equation to be solved. Solve the equation. Be careful as you solve the equation. There is no sense in getting to this point and then making a careless mistake. The unknown in most word problems will include a unit such as feet, dollars, or miles per hour. When you write your answer, include the unit. An answer such as 20 doesn’t mean much. Is it 20 feet, 20 dollars, 20 miles per hour, or something else?

Check your solution. Now that you have an answer, go back to the problem and ask yourself whether it makes sense. This is an important step. For instance, if, according to your answer, the cost of a car is $2.51, you know that something went wrong. In this text, the solution to every word problem is broken down into two steps, Strategy and Solution. The Strategy consists of the first three steps discussed above. The Solution is the last two steps.

| Focus on solving a percent concentration application To make a certain color of blue, 4 0z of cyan must be contained in | gal of paint. What is the percent concentration of cyan in the paint? STRATEGY

The amount of cyan is given in ounces and the amount of paint is given in gallons. We must convert ounces to gallons or gallons to ounces. For this problem, we will convert gallons to ounces: | gal = 128 oz. Solve Q = Ar for r, with Q = 4and A = 128. SOLUTION ‘@) =

Ar

4 = 128r

4

¢ Use the percent mixture equation

°-Q = 4,A

=

128

128r

128s iad28 0.03125 = 7

The percent concentration of cyan is 3.125%.

Check your understanding 5 The concentration of sugar in a certain breakfast cereal is 25%. If there are 2 oz of sugar contained in a bowl of cereal, how many ounces of cereal are in the bowl? | SOLUTION

See page S-4.

Module A ¢ AIM for Success:

How to Succeed in This Course

9

When you have finished studying a section, do the exercises your instructor has selected. Math is not a spectator sport. You must practice every day. Do the homework and do not get behind.

Ace the Test There are a number of features in this text that will help you prepare for a test. These features will help you even more if you do just one simple thing: When you are doing your homework, go back to each previous homework assignment for the current module and rework two exercises. That’s right—just two exercises. You will be surprised at how much better prepared you will be for a test by doing this.

Ready, Set, Succeed! It takes hard work and commitment to succeed, but we know you can do it! Doing well in mathematics is just one step you'll take on your path to success. Good luck. We wish you success.

oe oo

os a" 7

-

: eal

jen) oe

patil Qin ih

= ine

Hp tiv

nog WW

one

foie?

ne nes Wie of Hin

seed

anid! fy edi wane

al? Sal

OD alee oi

Whole Numbers

SECTION 1.1

Introduction to Whole Numbers

Objective 1.1A

Identify the order relation between two numbers

Objective 1.1B

Write whole numbers in words, in standard form, and in expanded form

Objective 1.1C

Round a whole number to a given place value

Objective 1.1D

Solve application problems and use statistical graphs

SECTION 1.2

Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers

Objective 1.2A

Add whole numbers

Objective 1.2B

Subtract whole numbers

Objective 1.2C

Solve application problems

SECTION

1.3

Objective 1.3A

Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers Multiply whole numbers

Objective 1.3B

Divide whole numbers

Objective 1.3C

Solve application problems

SECTION 1.4

Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement

Objective 1.4A

Simplify expressions that contain exponents

Objective 1.4B

Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions

2

Module 1 * Whole Numbers

SECTION

11

Introduction to Whole Numbers

Objective 1.1A

Identify the order relation between two numbers The natural numbers are |, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, The whole numbers are (), |. 2. 3. 4, 5, 6, 7. 8. 9, 10, 11, .... Note that the whole numbers include the natural numbers and zero.

Just as distances are associated with markings on the edge of a ruler, the whole numbers can be associated with points on a line. This line is called the number line and is shown below.

es 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Wl

8

9

10

11

12

il}

14

The graph of a whole number is shown by placing a heavy dot on the number line directly above the number. Shown below is the graph of 6 on the number line.

| Focus on graphing a number on a number line _ Graph 4 on the number line.

| SOLUTION F-t+—tt-$ |

1

B45

ttt (5) 16. feos

te

OO

ois 12

|Check your understanding 1 | Graph 9 on the number line.

| SOLUTION

See page:S20)

tt Cea

tester uae

race!

2

Ole

7

8.

SLO

het

On the number line, the numbers get larger as we move from left to right. The numbers get smaller as we move from right to left. Therefore, the number line can be used to visualize the order relation between two whole numbers.

_ Focus on finding a number on a number line |On the number line, what number is 3 units to the right of 4?

| SOLUTION

Lone: aia (OY til

st gh

dt

lal

5 6

oe

te

He EP AG) il

|7 is 3 units to the right of 4.

| Check your understanding 2 | On the number line, what number is 4 units to the left of 11? | SOLUTION ae

See page S-1.

FS +

op

et2 2 4

®

7

i

Sa) Ril we

Section 1.1 © Introduction to Whole Numbers

3

A number that appears to the right of a given number is greater than the given number. The symbol for is greater than is >.

te

8 is to the right of 3. ; 8 is greater than 3. ip ae]

0

2

28

AS

Go

PS

10 iM 11s

44

A number that appears to the left of a given number is less than the given number. The symbol for is less than is

5 is to the left of 12.

An inequality symbol, < or >, points to the smaller number. The symbol opens toward the larger

Raetess than 19. Se

number.

An inequality expresses the relative order of two mathematical expressions. 8 > 3 and 5 < |2 are inequalities.

aaaha

Oe

2

hla

pS AGS:

ta!

6:

tai

71280

Oe AO niga: teats, 14

| Focus on finding the order relation of two numbers | Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers.

Erm

Bho

es)

b.

0

54

\algesase 23

b.

O0
, between the two numbers.

a.

47

SOLUTION

19

bi

9265,

0

See page S-1.

a.

47

> 19

i

alo

(0)

tes

Focus on ordering a list of numbers Write the given numbers in order from smallest to largest.

16, 5, 47, 0, 83, 29 SOLUTION

055,16, 29,547,.83

Check your understanding 4 Write the given numbers in order from smallest to largest.

52, 17, 68, 0, 94, 3 SOLUTION

See page S-1.

0, 3, 17, 52, 68, 94

Objective 1.1A Practice 1. On a number line, what number is 3 units to the right of 2? 5 2. On a number line, what number is 7 units to the left of 7? 0 3. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers:

Die

194278 = 94

4. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers:

3827

6915

3827 < 6915

5. Arrange the numbers 440, 404, 400, 444, and 4000 in order from smallest to largest. 400, 404, 440, 444, 4000

Solutions on p. S-8.

4

Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers

Objective

1.1B

Write whole numbers in words, in standard form, and in expanded form When a whole number is written using the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, it is said to

be in standard form. The position of each digit in the number determines the digit’s place value. The diagram below shows a place-value chart naming the first twelve place values. The number 64,273 is in standard form and has been entered in the chart. In the number 64,273, the position of the digit 6 determines that its place value is ten-thousands.

When a number is written in standard form, each group of digits separated by a comma is called a period. The number 5.3!6,79.842 has four periods. The period names are shown in red in the place-value chart above. To write a number in words, start from the left. Name the number in each period. Then write the period name in place of the comma.

| Focus on writing a number in words

| Write 82,593,075 in words. | SOLUTION |

| |

s

~NY

ese

&

oas WO S

ar

| 82,593,075

*

| eighty-two million five hundred ninety-three

¢ Name the number in each period, replacing

thousand

|

There are three periods

each comma

seventy-five

by the period name

| Check your understanding 5

|Write 46,032,715 in words. | SOLUTION

See page S-1.

forty-six million thirty-two thousand seven hundred fifteen

To write a whole number in standard form, write the number named in each period, and

replace each period name with a comma.

|Focus on writing a number in standard form |

| Write six million fifty-one thousand eight hundred seventy-four in standard form.

|

| SOLUTION | six million fifty-one thousand eight hundred seventy-four

* Underline cach period name

| 6.051.874

e Write the number in each period, replacing each period name with a comma. Each period, except the first, must

contain three digits. Insert a zero as a placeholder for the hundred-thousands place

Section 1.1

¢ Introduction to Whole Numbers

Check your understanding 6 Write nine hundred twenty thousand eight in standard form.

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

920,008

The whole number 37,286 can be written in expanded form as 30,000

+ 7000

+ 200 + 80

+ 6

The place-value chart can be used to find the expanded form of a number.

di

2

ae

Thousands

+

7000

a

8

Hundreds

a

6

Tens

8

Ones

thousands

30,000

200

80

Write the number 510,409 in expanded form.

5

0)

Hundred-

4 | Thousands

thousands

500,000

4

0

| 4 | Hundreds

| 1

9

Tens

33

Ones

0

}

9

thousands

+

10,000

+

0

+

= 500,000

+

10,000

400 + 400

+ 9

Focus on writing a number in expanded form Write 32,598 in expanded form. SOLUTION

30,000 += 2000) =- 500) == 90) +8

Check your understanding 7 Write 76,245 in expanded form.

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

70,000 + 6000 + 200 + 40 + 5

6

Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers

Objective 1.1B Practice Write Write Write = 5BS Write

2801 in words. two thousand eight hundred one 356,943 in words. three hundred fifty-six thousand nine hundred forty-three three thousand four hundred fifty-six in standard form. 3456 seven million twenty-four thousand seven hundred nine in standard

form. 7,024,709 5. Write 403,705 in expanded form. 400,000 + 3000 + 700 + 5 Solutions on p. S-8.

Objective 1.1C

Round a whole number to a given place value When the distance to the sun is given as 93,000,000 mi, the number represents an approximation to the true distance. Giving an approximate value for an exact number is called rounding. A number is rounded to a given place value. 48 is closer to 50 than it is to 40. 48 rounded to the nearest ten is 50. 4872 rounded to the nearest ten is 5

4870.

4872 rounded to the nearest hundred is 4900.

——_+—__}+—_+— AO SS

eee

t

{

SoeCA

ga

SS

4870

4800

eat waS

Al.

50

Se

4872

UY

enO

4874

t 4820

=I 4840

4876

fee 4860

= 4878

4880

Sa 4880

4900

We can round a number to a given place value without using the number line by looking at the first digit to the right of the given place value. If the digit to the right of the given place value is less than 5, replace that digit and all digits to the right of it by zeros.

Round 12,743 to the nearest hundred.

i

7

Given place value

12,743

4

8 12 1H: 2

SSUES

ieee

Borrow | ten

Add the

subtract the

| Borrowing

from the tens

borrowed

1umbers in

_ is necessary.

column and

10 to 2

| 9tens =

write 10 in the

i 8 tens + | ten

ones column.

each column.

_ Focus on subtracting two numbers with borrowing

| Subtract 4392 — 678 and check. _SOLUTION

3

|

A

|| Check your understanding 4 | Subtract 3481 — 865 and check.

| SOLUTION

See page S-3.

2616

Subtraction may involve repeated borrowing.

| Subtract: 7325 — 4698 1

nme =4)

@

|

li

ama)

PRS

WY 8

SO

Oe

15

}

eS

Capa

90 58

7

oS,

-4 6 9 8

sy

a

en

j Borrow | ten _ (10 ones) from the - tens column and

Borrow | hundred (10 tens) from the hundreds column

Borrow 1 thousand (10 hundreds) from the thousands column

| add 10 to the 5 in

and add 10 to the |

and add 10 to the 2 in

_ the ones column. | Subtract 15 — 8.

in the tens column. Subtract 11 — 9.

the hundreds column. Subtract 12 — 6 and

j | The difference is 2627.

6 — 4.

_ Focus on subtracting two numbers with repeated borrowing | Find 23,954 less than 63,221 and check. |

SOLUTION

Bee =

2

ome reat

O

2B,

%

pe

2

3,9

5

&

BW Cle Det.

Check:

23,954 + 39,267

63,221

Section 1.2 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers

Check your understanding 5 Find 54,562 decreased by 14,485 and check.

"SOLUTION

See page S-3.

40,077

When there is a zero in the minuend, subtraction involves repeated borrowing.

|

Subtract: 3904 — 1775

j

8

Wren cred!

10

8

Bas

fA

Shea!

Bye

5

Hi

14

BO WB fis

es OE es

i

Bp

—1

Borrow | ten from the tens column and add 10 to the

_ from the hundreds

4 in the ones

' column and write 10

column.

WwW

Gi

14

owes Ean

|There is a 0 in the i tens column. Borrow | 1 hundred (10 tens)

8

Ne

age

nC)

Subtract the numbers in each column.

| in the tens column.

Focus on subtracting two numbers with repeated borrowing Subtract 46,005 — 32,167 and check. SOLUTION 5 =

46 39

5

10 oF OS (ena

* There are two zeros in the minuend Borrow | thousand from the thousands column and write 10 in the hundreds column

2

9

5 4 6 7 Sey)

16 Or ie

10 30-5 You)

* Borrow | hundred from the hundreds column and write 10 in the tens column.

a

5 =

9

9

6

1

15

QO -

5 9

Sh

ate!

4G fj 0 39) il

¢ Borrow

| ten from the tens column

and add 10 to the 5 in the ones column

y.

iE Si

stele

Gheck:=

3267,

+ 13,838 46,005

Check your understanding 6 Subtract 64,003 — 54,936 and check.

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

9067

19

20

Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers

Take Note >

All of the phrases listed below indicate subtraction. An example is shown to the right of each phrase.

Note the order in which the numbers are subtracted when the phrase less than is used. Suppose that you

have $10 and I have $6 less than you do; then I have $6 less than

$10, or $10 — $6 = $4.

minus

10 minus 3

less

8 less 4

8 —4

2 less than9

Sh

the difference between

the difference between 6 and 1

6 — 1 zi

decreased by

7 decreased by 5

LSS

subtract... from

subtract 11 from 20

less than

:

i) = 3

PAD ce 1

| Focus on evaluating a variable expression | Evaluate c — d for c = 6183 and d = 2759. SOLUTION

C= Ul 6183 — 2759

* Replace c with 6183 and d with 2759

511) 7713)

6X83

* Arrange the numbers vertically and then subtract

| =2759

3424

| Check your understanding 7 | Evaluate 4007 — x when x = 389. | SOLUTION |

=

See page S-3.

3618

Objective 1.2B Practice 1. Subtract: 3526 — 387

3139

2. Subtract: 70,702 — 4239

66,463

3. Find the difference between 1003 and 447. 4. What is 29,797 less than 68,005? 38.208

5. Evaluate x —

556

y when x = 1605 and y = 839. 766

Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.

Objective 1.2C

Solve application problems "iFocus on solving an application with a circle graph

|

The circle graph at the right shows the numbers of eggs produced in the United States in a recent year. The graph shows where the eggs that were produced went or how they were used. Use the graph to determine the sum of the number of cases of eggs sold by retail stores and the number of cases used for nonshell products.

Exported 2,000,000 Food Service Use 18,200,000

Non-shell Products 68,200,000 Retail Stores 125,500,000

Eggs Produced in the United States (in cases)

Section 1.2 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers

21

STRATEGY

To find the sum of the number of cases of eggs sold by retail stores and the number of cases used for non-shell products, read the circle graph to find the number of each type. Then add the numbers. SOLUTION

125,500,000 cases of eggs were sold by retail stores. 68,200,000 cases of eggs were used for non-shell products.

+

125,500,000 68,200,000 193,700,000

193,700,000 cases of eggs were sold by retail stores or used for non-shell products.

Check your understanding 8 Use the circle graph given on the previous page to determine the total number of cases of eggs produced during the given year.

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

213,900,000 cases of eggs

Apply the Concept The graph in Figure 2 shows the actual or projected world energy consumption in quadrillion British

>

thermal units (Btu) for selected years. Find the dif-

ference between the projected world energy con-

3

sumption in 2020 and in 2030.

er

SOLUTION

~

%

6oy

§

&

2

.

To find the difference, subtract the projected world energy consumption in 2020 from the projected world energy consumption in 2030.

695 — 608

Thermal British quadrillions) (in Units

87

2005

The difference is 87 quadrillion Btu.

2010

2015

2020

2025

2030

Figure 2 World Energy Consumption (in quadrillion Btu) Source: http://ecopolitology.org

Focus on using a bar graph Use Figure 2 to find the difference between the world energy consumption in 2005 and that projected for 2020. STRATEGY

To find the difference in consumption between 2005 and 2020, read the graph to find the consumption in 2005 (462 quadrillion) and in 2020 (608 quadrillion). Then subtract the consumption in 2005 from the consumption in 2020. SOLUTION

608 — 462 146 The difference is 146 quadrillion Btu.

22

Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers |

Check your understanding 9

| Use Figure 2 to find the difference between the world energy consumption projected for

|2015 and that projected for 2025. |

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

89 quadrillion Btu

Objective 1.2C Practice

1. You eat an apple and one cup of cornflakes with one tablespoon of sugar and one cup of milk for breakfast. Find the total number of calories consumed if one apple contains 80 calories, one cup of cornflakes has 95 calories, one tablespoon of sugar has 45 calories, and one cup of milk has 150 calories. 370 calories 2. The odometer on your car read 58,376 at this time last year. It now reads 77,912. Estimate the number of miles your car has been driven during the past year. 20,000 mi 3. The graph at the right S : 500,000 Ss©

shows the projected :

:

Z S

sales of electric cars in

iS)

2015

a

; the United States from to 2020.

Between

5

2

C | z

200,000

increase the most?

3

100,000

Between 2016 and 2017

ice

~t

~

Ss

»

wy

;

: '

:

;

5

¥

i '

co)

|

/ 2015

OI

ee

oe S -===

oh

SE A eg

x

300,000

which two years shown A : is the number of electric cars sold projected to

SEER

s

9

400,000

2016

2017

a i

i

2018

2019

2020

Projected U.S. Electric Car Sales Source: An Analysis of Battery Electric Vehicle Production Projections by John Shamus Cunningham

SECTION

Multiplication and Division ORE inade lbs eta of Whole Numbers Objective 1.3A

Multiply whole numbers Multiplication is used to find the total number of objects in several groups when each group contains the same number of objects.

Sebastian purchased 8 six-packs of soda for a party. The total number of cans of soda he purchased can be found by adding 6 eight times. Sebastian purchased 48 cans of soda.

6

x

8

48

Multiplicand

x

Multiplier

Product

Section 1.3 © Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers

23

The multiplicand is the number of objects in each group (6 cans in each six-pack); the multiplier is the number of groups (8 six-packs); the product is the total number of objects (48 cans). Frequently we will discuss the factors of a product. A factor is one of the numbers that are multiplied to obtain a product. 6 and 8 are factors of 48. The times sign “X” is only one symbol that is used to indicate multiplication. Each of the expressions that follow represents multiplication.

7X8

ea:

7(8)

(7)(8)

(7)8

The phrases below are used to indicate the operation of multiplication. An example is shown at the right of each phrase.

8 times 4

the product of

the product of 9 and 5

multiplied by

7 multiplied by 3 twice 6

Focus on finding the product of two numbers Find the product of 735 and 9. SOLUTION 34 735

°9x5=45 Write the 5 in the ones column.

re

Carry

the 4 to the tens column.

6615

9X

3=27,27+4

9X7=

63,63

+3

31 66

Check your understanding 1 Multiply: 648 < 7

SOLUTION

;i

i |i ia

See page S-4.

4536

Find the product of 47 and 23. Multiply by the ones digit.

Multiply by the tens digit.

47 nS

47 x23

141 (= 47 X 3)

EES ESP RR OEE

141

940 (= 47 X 20)

Add.

47 K 2B 141

940 1081

Writing the 0 keeps the columns aligned correctly.

The place-value chart on the right above illustrates the placement of the products.

24

Module 1 * Whole Numbers

| Focus on finding the product of larger numbers

Find 829 multiplied by 603. | SOLUTION

x

829

° 3 X 829 = 2487

603

* Write a zero in the tens

Pee

ee

column for 0 X 829

= 6X 829 = 4974

499,887

| Check your understanding 2

| Multiply: 756 x 305 | SOLUTION

See page S-4.

230,580

Apply the Concept Figure 1 shows the average weekly earnings of full-time workers in the United States. Using these figures, calculate the average earnings of a female full-time worker, age 27, for

working for 4 weeks. SOLUTION

asec stniaonend |7

Multiply the number of weeks (4) times the amount earned for one week ($649).

Weekly dollars) (in Earnings eeRce gnntemnnancaatebrannepte SCO

4(649) = 2596 The average earnings of a 27-yearold, female, full-time worker for working for 4 weeks are $2596.

[|

Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics

|SOLUTION

|510)

92° 7

x*y*zZ

* Replace each variable by its value.

|

=

100-7

¢ Multiply the first two numbers.

|

=

700

¢ Multiply the product by the next number.

| Check your understanding 3 Evaluate 5st for s =

SOLUTION

12 andt = 7.

See page S-4.

420

Years

Figure 1 Average Weekly Earnings of FullTime Workers

Evaluate xyz for x = 50, y = 2, and z = 7.

* xyz means

Tee.

Years

Years

Focus on evaluating a variable expression

|XYZ

Bae

Section 1.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers

Objective 1.3A Practice

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Multiply: 693 X 91 63,063 Multiply: 985-408 401,880 Find the product of 2, 19, and 34. 1292 What is 376 multiplied by 402? 151.152 Evaluate xyz when x = 5, y = 12, andz = 30.

1800

Solutions on pp. S-11-S-12.

Objective 1.3B

Divide whole numbers Division is used to separate objects into equal groups.

Apply the Concept Four friends want to share equally in the cost of a $24 birthday present for their friend Bianca. From the diagram below, each friend’s share of the cost is $6. Cost of the present

$24

Ne

ha

)

=}

4

se

lh

Gina’s share

Jason's share

Michelle’s share

Isaiah’s share

$6

$6

$6

$6

The solution of this division problem is written as follows: Each friend’s share 6

4)24 Ss

of the present Dividend

Note that the quotient multiplied by the divisor equals the dividend. 6

4)24

6



4

because | Quotient

=

Divisor

24

Dividend

6

9)54

because

6

x


(Number in each box)

3) 14—————__ Dividend al: (Total number of muffins)

(Number of boxes)

2 —_ | 12

||

-12

0

02

|

=O) ?

Check: |

* Think 4)2. Place 0 in the quotient.

* Multiply0 x 4. « Subtract:

2 —

0 =

2.

(630 X 4) +2 = 252 022

| Check your understanding 6 | Divide 6)5225 and check.

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

870 15

When the divisor has more than one digit, estimate at each step by using the first digit of the divisor. If that product is too large, lower the guess by | and try again.

Section 1.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers

aa

Divide 34)1598 and check.

; 34) 1598

5 * Think 3)15

5

iy

i

4 34) 1598

— 136

* Multiply 5 x 34

| >) %£=170 fl f

* Multiply 4 x 34 ¢ Subtract 159 —

238

170 is too large. Lower the é guess by | and try again.

Bring down

136 = 23

the 8

|

47 y

29

Check:

34) 1598 136

a ence

* Think

238

¢ Multiply 7 x

—238

i

3)23

141

34

1598

¢ Subtract

0

The phrases below are used to indicate the operation of division. An example is shown at the right of each phrase.

the quotient of

the quotient of 9 and 3

divided by

6 divided by 2

Focus on dividing larger whole numbers Find 7077 divided by 34 and check. SOLUTION 208 r5

34) 7077 —68

ae27

_o

¢ Think 34)27. Place 0 in the quotient

etl) Dalal

¢ Multiply

0 X 34

¢ Subtract: 27 — 0 = 27. Bring down

Se

5 Check: (208 X 34) +5 = 7072) +5= 7077

Check your understanding 7 Divide 4578 + 42 and check. SOLUTION

See page S-5.

109

the 7

(cea

30

Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers

_ Focus on dividing larger whole numbers Find the quotient of 21,312 and 56, and check. SOLUTION

380 r32 | 56) Des,

4 * Think

—168

5)21.4 X 56 is too large

Try 3

451 —448 32

aw 32 | Check: |

(380 X 56) + 32 = 2A 280)9 vate 32 21312.

|Check your understanding 8 |

| Divide 18,359 + 39 and check.

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

470 129

|Focus on evaluating a variable expression |

| Evaluate

1

when x = 23.

| | SOLUTION

| 1081 |

x

1081 a

* Replace x by 23

23) 1081

+ Divide 1081 by 23

23

_ Check your understanding 9 | Evaluate w when x = 2173 and y = 53. Y

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

4!

Objective 1.3B Practice

> Divides 2763)-3.9 307) . Divide: 7408 + 37 20018 . What is the quotient of 8172 and 9? 908 . Evaluate x + y when x = 39,200 and y = 4. x + y when x = Oandy = 23. 0 WN nh = . Evaluate Solutions on pp. S-12—S-13.

9800

Section 1.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers

Objective 1.3C

31

Solve application problems _ Focus on finding a monthly salary | A state park forester receives a salary of $1050 each week. How much does the forester earn in 4 weeks? | STRATEGY

| To find the forester’s earnings for 4 weeks, multiply the weekly salary (1050) by the | number of weeks (4).

| SOLUTION | xX

1050 4 4200

The forester earns $4200 in 4 weeks.

| Check your understanding 10 | An elephant will eat approximately 150 Ib of food each day. How many pounds of food | will an elephant eat in a 365-day year?

| SOLUTION

See pages S-5-S-6.

54,750 Ib

| Focus on finding a weekly salary with overtime | A pharmacist’s assistant earns $640 for working a 40-hour week. This week the assistant also worked 7 h of overtime at $26 an hour. Find the assistant’s total pay for the week. STRATEGY

To find the assistant’s total pay for the week: ¢ Find the overtime pay by multiplying the hours of overtime (7) by the overtime rate of

pay (26). ¢ Add the weekly salary (640) to the overtime pay.

| SOLUTION | X

26

640

i

ae ley

182

overtime pay

822

The assistant earned $822 this week.

Check your understanding 11 The buyer for Ross Department Store can buy 80 men’s suits for $7600. Each sports jacket will cost the store $62. The manager orders 80 men’s suits and 25 sports jackets. What is the total cost of the order? SOLUTION

See page S-6.

$9150

Focus on solving an application Ngan Hui, a freight supervisor, shipped 35,640 bushels of wheat in 9 railroad cars. Find the amount of wheat shipped in each car.

32

Module 1 * Whole Numbers STRATEGY To find the amount of wheat shipped in each car, divide the number of bushels (35,640) by the number of cars (9).

_ SOLUTION

3.960 9) 35,640

oer

86 —8] 54 mera. 0 Each car carried 3960 bushels of wheat.

Check your understanding 12 Suppose a Michelin retail outlet can store 270 tires on 15 shelves. How many tires can be stored on each shelf?

| SOLUTION

See page S-6.

18 tires

_ Focus on finding a monthly payment The used car you are buying costs $11,216. A down payment of $2000 is required. The remaining balance is paid in 48 equal monthly payments. What is the monthly payment?

| STRATEGY _ To find the monthly payment: | ¢ Find the remaining balance by subtracting the down payment (2000) from the total cost ) of the-car (11,216): ¢ Divide the remaining balance by the number of equal monthly payments (48).

- SOLUTION |

11,216

|

9,216

192

| — 2,000

48) 9216 * Remaining balance

macs

| |

44] — 432

|

96

=O

|

0 The monthly payment is $192.

Check your understanding 13 A soft-drink manufacturer produces 12,600 cans of soft drink each hour. Cans are packed 24 to a case. How many cases of soft drink are produced in 8 h? SOLUTION

See pages S-6-S-7.

4200 cases

Section 1.4 ¢ Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement

33

Objective 1.3C Practice

1. A computer analyst doing consulting work received $8064 for working 168 h ona project. Find the hourly rate the consultant charged. $48/h Use the table at the right for Exercises 2 and 3. 2. The owner of this company wants to provide the electrical installation for a new house. On the basis of the architectural plans, it is estimated

Electrician

$34

Plumber

$30

that the installation will require Clerk $16 three electricians, each working 50 h, to complete the job. What is the Bookkeeper $20 estimated cost for the electricians’ labor? $5100 Hourly Wages at a Small Construction 3. The owner of this company esti-mates Company that a kitchen remodel will require one electrician working 30 h and one plumber working 33 h. This project also requires 3 h of clerical work and 4 h of bookkeeping. What is the total cost for these four components of the remodel? $2138 Solutions on p. S-13.

SECTION

1.4 Objective 1.4A

Exponential Notation and the Order | of Operations Agreement Simplify expressions that contain exponents Repeated multiplication of the same factor can be written in two ways:

4:4-4-4-4

or 4°*——exponent at

base

The expression 4° is in exponential form. The exponent, 5, indicates how many times the base, 4, occurs as a factor in the multiplication.

It is important to be able to read numbers written in exponential form.

2=2!'

Read “two to the first power’ or just “two.” Usually the 1 is not written.

2°2=2?

2°2-2=23 Dei Dis

Da) 2

DODO wD) = 2°

Read “two squared” or “two to the second power.”

Read “two cubed” or “two to the third power.” Read “two to the fourth power.” Read “two to the fifth power.”

34

Module 1 * Whole Numbers

Focus on writing an expression in exponential form Write 7: 7+ 7-4-4 in exponential form.

| SOLUTION

LF.

7

4

= se

Check your understanding 1 | Write

2-2-2-3-3-3-3%in exponential form.

| SOLUTION

See page S-7.

PEEK

Variable expressions can contain exponents.

pS x

ats

x to the first power is usually written simply as x.

p05?

x° means x times x.

Phe JP OTROS

ieee

aie

Om

x° means x occurs as a factor 3 times.

nis

x? means x occurs as a factor 4 times.

Each place value in the place-value chart can be expressed as a power of 10. Ten =

10

=

10

= 10}

Hundred=

100

=

10-10

= 10°

Thousand =

1000

=

10-10-10

= 10°

Ten-thousand =

10,000

=

Hundred-thousand =

100,000

=

Million = 1,000,000

LOR OES OG

O

10-10-10-10-10

= 10-10-10: 10-10-10

= [0* =

10°

= 10°

Note that the exponent on 10 when the number is written in exponential form is the same as the number of zeros when the number is written in standard form. For example, 10° = 100,000; the exponent on 10 is 5, and the number 100,000 has 5 zeros.

To evaluate a numerical expression containing exponents, write each factor as many times as indicated by the exponent, and then multiply.

5 S55 25 5-5

22 6)

=e

(2 292) (62 6)

Se S612a8

| Focus on evaluating an exponential expression | Evaluate 8°. |

|

SOLUTION

8 =8-8-8

=64-8 = S12

Check your understanding 2 | |

Evaluate 6%.

| SOLUTION

See page S-7.

1296

Section 1.4 ¢ Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement

35

Focus on evaluating a power of 10 Evaluate 10’.

| SOLUTION 107 = 10,000,000 | (The exponent on 10 is 7. There are 7 zeros in 10,000,000.)

Check your understanding 3 Evaluate 10°. SOLUTION

See page S-7.

100,000,000

| Focus on evaluating a variable expression Evaluate x’y* for x = 4 and y = 2. SOLUTION

| x*y?

2.3 means x*eetimes y’.) 3 (xy?

Mele Aad) (0.2 62) = 16.8 = 198 | Check your understanding 4 Evaluate x*y? for x = 1 and y = 3.

SOLUTION

See page S-7.

9

Objective 1.4A Practice

Ve Wie 2

8 3. 355.5. 5 in exponential form:

2. Write a-a:b-b-b-b inexponential form. 3. Evaluate 2°. 64

4, Evaluate 24-37,

2° 2°25"

a»)

144

5. Evaluate x’y for x =

3andy = 4.

36

Solutions on p. S-14.

Objective 1.4B

Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions More than one operation may occur in a numerical expression. For example, the expression

4 + 3(5) includes two arithmetic operations, addition and multiplication. The operations could be performed in different orders.

If we multiply first and then add, we have:

4 + 3(5) A 15 19

If we add first and then multiply, we have:

4 + 3(5) 7(5) 35

To prevent there being more than one answer to the same problem, an Order of Operations Agreement is followed. By this agreement, 19 is the only correct answer.

36

Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers

The Order of Operations Agreement Step 1

Do all operations inside parentheses.

Step 2

Simplify any numerical expressions containing exponents.

Step 3

Do multiplication and division as they occur from left to right.

Step 4

Do addition and subtraction as they occur from left to right.

EXAMPLE Simplify: 5(6 + 4) — 23 5(6 + 4) — 23 = 5(10) — 2?

Perform operations inside parentheses.

5(10) — 8

Simplify expressions with exponents.

2) Us)

Do multiplication and division from left to right.

= 42

Do addition and subtraction from left to right.

One or more of the above steps may not be needed to simplify an expression. In that case, proceed to the next step in the Order of Operations Agreement.

|Focus on using the Order of Operations Agreement

| Simplify: 18 + (6 + 3)-9 — 4 | SOLUTION ae =

[eee

QoG)

=

|

|

18 +

(6 ate 3) “9 =

al

Se

ORO)

e—all(

4?

|

=2:-9—

|

= 18 — 16

|

=9) yt

16

* Perform operations inside parentheses. « Simplify expressions with exponents. ¢ Multiply or divide from left to right.

¢ Subtract.

|Check your understanding 5

| Simplify: 4-(8 — 3) +5 —2 | SOLUTION

See page S-7.

2

| Focus on using the Order of Operations Agreement

Simplify: 20 + 24(8 — 5) + 2? SOLUTION

| 20 + 24(8 F 5) +2?=20+

24(3) +2?

¢ Perform operations inside parentheses.

=

20 + 24(3) +4

¢ Simplify expressions with exponents.

=

20+

¢ Multiply or divide from left to right.

72-4

= 20 + 18

es Bias

* Add

Check your understanding 6

Simplify: 16 + 3(6 — 1)? + 5 SOLUTION

See page S-7.

3]

Section 1.4 * Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement

' Focus on evaluating a variable expression

Evaluate (a — b)? + 3c for a = 6, b = 4, andc = 1. SOLUTION (a ei b) + 3c =

(6 = 4)? IP 3(1)

=

3(1)

=4+

* Replace a with 6, b with 4, and c with 1. * Perform operations inside parentheses.

3(1)

* Simplify expressions with exponents.

=4+3

* Multiply or divide from left to right.

=7

* Add

Check your understanding 7

Evaluate (a — b)? + 5c fora = 7, b = 2, andc = 4. | SOLUTION

See page S-7.

45

Objective 1.4B Practice

. Simplify: 9 + (7+5)+6

. Simplify: 6(7) + 47-3? sounplifvel

Teoh

11

186 2)

4 S 14

. Evaluatex* + y + xforx = 2andy=8. wWn ah = . Evaluate°° +

Solutions on p. S-14.

8

4(¢ — y) + 2 forx = 8,y =6,andz=2.

66

37

ee

ayy A

Solutions to Module 1 S-1

SOLUTIONS TO MODULE

1

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 1.1

Check your understanding 1 he ORR

ZS eA

Ot

Or)

8

90a

1.12

Check your understanding 2 ey

ISS

Oppo

SSS

3 a.4 aed

aa

Sa

SOO

See

Ot

1D

7 is 4 units to the left of 11.

Check your understanding 3 a.

47 > 19

th,

Ay Se

Check your understanding 4 033, 17, 52,685.94

Check your understanding 5 forty-six million thirty-two thousand seven hundred fifteen

Check your understanding 6 920,008

Check your understanding 7 70,000 + 6000 + 200 + 40 + 5

Check your understanding 8 ae

Given place value

529,374

Poesy

529,374 rounded to the nearest ten-thousand is 530,000.

Check your understanding 9 mes

Given place value

7985 [Fein

Sie)

7985 rounded to the nearest hundred is 8000.

Check your understanding 10 STRATEGY

To find the sport named by the greatest number of people, find the largest number given in the circle graph. SOLUTION

The largest number given in the graph is 80. The sport named by the greatest number of people was football.

S-2

Solutions to Module 1

Check your understanding 11 STRATEGY

To find the shorter distance, compare the numbers 347 and 387. SOLUTION

347 < 387 The shorter distance is between Los Angeles and San Jose.

Check your understanding 12

STRATEGY To determine which state has fewer sanctioned league bowlers, compare the numbers 239,951 and 239,010. SOLUTION

239,010 < 239,951 Ohio has fewer sanctioned league bowlers.

Check your understanding 13

STRATEGY To find the land area to the nearest thousand square miles, round 3,851,809 to the nearest thousand. SOLUTION 3,851,809 rounded to the nearest thousand is 3,852,000. To the nearest thousand, the land area of Canada is 3,852,000 mi’.

Section 1.2

Check your understanding 1 11

347

2 743=40

+ 12,453

Write the 0 in the ones

Fp ae 12,800

column. Carry the | to the tens column.

1+4+5=10 Write the 0 in the tens

column.

Carry the | to the

hundreds column 14+3+4=8

347 increased by 12,453 is 12,800.

Check your understanding 2 Wl

PAR

392 4,079 89,035 + 4,992 98,498

Check your understanding 3 Neate AY, alae

1692 + 4783 + 5046 124

1692 4783 + 5046 ES 211

Solutions to Module 1 S-3

Check your understanding 4 2147

ZBABY = SOS

11

Check:

865 + 261 ale

481 =

P61 6

Check your understanding 5 15

Check:

5

14,485

+ 40,077

62 8 5

54,562

cle

Check your understanding 6 75

3)

10

o-@) 3

¢ There are two zeros in the minuend

maces to eg

Borrow

| thousand

from the thousands column and write 10 in the hundreds column 9

3

Ww

10

64,9

* Borrow

9 3

AOC

6

2

5

column and write

10 in the tens column

13

9

3

WW

9

13 6A, GO BB == Sy ah SY io) O20 67

Check:

| hundred

from the hundreds

© Borrow

| ten from the tens column and add 10 to the 3 in the ones column

54,936

+ 9,067 64,003

Check your understanding 7 4007 — x 4007 — 389

© Replace x by 389

Check your understanding 8 125,500,000 68,200,000 18,200,000 + 2,000,000 213,900,000

A total of 213,900,000 cases of eggs were produced during the year.

S-4

Solutions to Module 1

Check your understanding 9 2025: 652 quadrillion Btu 2015: 563 quadrillion Btu

652 =968 89 The difference is 89 quadrillion Btu.

Section 1.3

Check your understanding 1 Si

°7X8&=56

648 Tl

x

Write the 6 in the ones column Carry the 5 to the tens column.

1X4

4536

= PROBES —8

7X 6=42,42+3=45

Check your understanding 2 150! x

Fe 5

305

756:

3780

Write a zero in the tens column for 0 X 756

3780

3 X 756 = 2268

22680

230,580

Check your understanding 3 Sst So 227

¢ Replace s with 12 and f with 7.

=

60:7

= Multiply the first two numbers.

=

420

* Multiply the product by the next number

Check your understanding 4 453 9) 4077 =36

47 —45

7

=27 0

Check:

453 X 9 = 4077

Check your understanding 5 705

9)6345

eee)

04



0

* Think 9)4. Place 0 in the quotient.

0

¢ Multiply

a

¢ Bring down the 5.

—45

oO

Check: 705 X 9 = 6345

0 X 9. Subtract.

Solutions to Module 1

S-5

Check your understanding 6 870 r5 6) 5225 —48

29, =e)

0

05

¢ Think 6)5. Place 0 in the quotient

—()

* Multiply 0 x 6. Subtract

errs Check:

(870 X 6) + 5 = 5220 + 5 = 5225

Check your understanding 7 109 42) 4578

F

—42

* Think 42)37. Place

37

0 in the quotient

¢ Multiply 0 x 42. Subtract

378 —378 SPzU Check: (109 X 42) = 4578 Check your understanding 8 470 129

39) 18,359 1h DGS

Check:

-

* Think 3)18. 6 X 39 is too large. Try 5.5 large. Try 4

X 39 is too

(470 X 39) + 29 = 18,330 + 29 = 18,359

Check your understanding 9 xX

y PALI 53

Sa

* Replace x by 2173 and y by 53

41

53) 2173

* Divide 2173 by 53.

—212

PE =i)

0

When x = 2173 andy = 53,5 = 41. Check your understanding 10

STRATEGY To find the amount of food eaten in one year, multiply the amount eaten each day (150) by the number of days in one year (365).

S-6

Solutions to Module 1 SOLUTION

150 x 365 750 900 450

54,750 The elephant will eat 54,750 Ib of food in one year.

Check your understanding 11 STRATEGY

To find the total cost of the order: ¢ Find the cost of the sports jackets by multiplying the number of jackets (25) by the cost for each jacket (62). ¢ Add the product to the cost for the 80 suits (7600).

SOLUTION

62 eS

7600 ae lest)

310 124

9150

1550

© Cost for jackets

The total cost of the order is $9150.

Check your understanding 12 STRATEGY

To find the number of tires that can be stored on each shelf, divide the number of tires (270) by the number of shelves (15). SOLUTION

18

15) 270 = i115)

7120 = 120

eG) Each shelf can store 18 tires.

Check your understanding 13 STRATEGY

To find the number of cases produced in 8 h: ¢ Find the number of cases produced in 1 h by dividing the number of cans produced (12,600) by the number of cans to a case (24).

¢ Multiply the number of cases produced in | h by 8.

Solutions to Module 1

SOLUTION

525 24) 12,600 =[20 60 —48 THD

100 0 525 aan 4200 In 8 h, 4200 cases are produced.

Section 1.4

Check your understanding 1 2° BP

BiB oBiBesy2s Bt

Check your understanding 2 6' = 6°6°6°6 = 36:°6:'6 = 216-6 = 1296

Check your understanding 3 10° = 100,000,000

Check your understanding 4 x4

Sea (ie bet) 3.75) = 1-9 y)

Check your understanding 5

4-823) 45> 2 4egire5 = 2

¢ Perform operations inside parentheses.

= Aiea)

¢ Multiply or divide from left to right.

=2

¢ Subtract.

= 42

Check your understanding 6 16 + 3(6 — 1)? +5 = 16 + 3(5)? +5 = 16 + 3(25) +5

=16+75+5 16 + 15 rai

* Perform operations inside parentheses

¢ Simplify expressions with exponents. * Multiply or divide from left to right.

¢ Add.

Check your understanding 7 (a - b)? af Be

* Replace a with 7, b with 2, and c with 4.

(7 = De “bE 5(4) = 5? + 5(4) =

25+

5(4)

* Perform operations inside parentheses. ¢ Simplify expressions with exponents.

= 25 + 20

* Multiply or divide from left to right.

= 45

« Add.

S-7

S-8

Solutions to Module 1

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 1.1A

1.

Pee ap (Qj WI Pe ey Ceo)

fet

2/33). OF I an

ay

5 is 3 units to the right of 2.

0 is 7 units to the left of 7.

3213194

4. 3827 < 6915 5. 400, 404, 440, 444, 4000

Objective 1.1B

1. Two thousand eight hundred one 2. Three hundred fifty-six thousand nine hundred forty-three

3. 3456 4. 7,024,709 5. 400,000 + 3000 + 700 + 5

Objective 1.1C

1.

ers Given place value 1638 Se 5 1638 rounded to the nearest hundred is 1600.

2.

ie Given place value 84,608 QS) 84,608 rounded to the nearest thousand is 85,000.

3:

i

Given place value

17,639 BIS5 17,639 rounded to the nearest hundred is 17,600.

4. aan

Given place value

5326 es

J=S

5326 rounded to the nearest thousand is 5000.

Sh

a

Given place value

746,898 QS 5 746,898 rounded to the nearest ten-thousand is 750,000.

Solutions to Module 1 S-9

Objective 1.1D

1. STRATEGY a. To find the annual per capita turkey consumption in the United States, use the pictograph to count each symbol to the right of “U.S.” as 2 Ib. b. To determine in which country the annual per capita turkey consumption is highest, use the pictograph to determine which country has the most symbols to its right. SOLUTION

a. The annual per capita turkey consumption in the United States is 18 Ib. b. The country with the highest annual per capita turkey consumption is Israel. STRATEGY To find the food that contains more calories, compare the numbers

190 and 114.

SOLUTION

190 > 114 Two tablespoons of peanut butter contain more calories. STRATEGY

a. To determine which was greater, the number of crashes in July or the number of crashes in October, use the Number of Crashes category of the bar graph to read which number above the corresponding bar is greater. b. To determine which was fewer, the number of vehicles involved in crashes in July or the number involved in December, use the Number of Vehicles category of the bar graph to read which number above the corresponding bar is smaller. SOLUTION

a. The number of crashes in July was 3459, and the number of crashes in October was 3344. The greater number of crashes was in July. b. The number of vehicles involved in crashes in July was 5210, and the number involved in December was 5242. There were fewer vehicles involved in crashes in July. STRATEGY

a. To determine during which school year enrollment was lowest, use the line graph to find the school year corresponding to the lowest point on the line.

b. To determine if enrollment increased or decreased between 1990 and 2000, read the graph at 1990 and at 2000. SOLUTION

a. Student enrollment was lowest during the 1980 school year. b. Enrollment was greater in 2000 than in 1990. Enrollment increased between 1990 and 2000. STRATEGY

a. To determine the most often mentioned complaint, find the complaint with the largest number of responses. b. To determine the least often mentioned complaint, find the complaint with the smallest number of responses. SOLUTION

a. The complaint with the largest number of responses is people talking. The most often mentioned complaint was people talking.

b. The complaint with the smallest number of responses is uncomfortable seats. The least often mentioned complaint was uncomfortable seats.

S-10

Solutions to Module 1 6. STRATEGY

To find the land area of Alaska to the nearest thousand square miles, round 570,833 to the nearest thousand. SOLUTION

570,833 rounded to the nearest thousand is 571,000. To the nearest thousand square miles, the land area of Alaska is 571,000 mi’. i ] Objective 1.2A

1.

Late 36.925

ODO 102,317

2.

3

111 20,958 3,218 +p 42 24,218

7988 +5678 13,666

‘“

111 45,872 + 7,894 53,766

Bh hear ay

38,229 + 51,671 11 38,229 +51,671 89,900 I i Objective 1.2B

1.

1

41 16 3576

= S3/ 3139 Pa

61076 yo12 7 O,FO2 — 4,239 66,463

3.

993 AA

9913

556

4, *

5179915 63,005 =D IST 38,208

Solutions to Module 1

S-11

5b, ge ys

1605 — 839 015915 1603S = O09 766

Objective 1.2C

1. STRATEGY To find the number of calories, add the number of calories in one apple (80), one cup of cornflakes (95), one tablespoon of sugar (45), and one cup of milk (150). SOLUTION

80 + 95 + 45 + 150 = 370 The breakfast contained 370 calories. STRATEGY

To estimate the number of miles driven: ¢ Round the two odometer readings. ¢ Subtract the rounded reading for the beginning of the year from the rounded reading at the

end of the year. SOLUTION

77,912 —

80,000

58,376 —

— 60,000 20,000

The car was driven approximately 20,000 mi during the year. .

STRATEGY

To determine between which two years electric car sales are projected to increase the most, find the difference between projected sales for each pair of consecutive years. SOLUTION

Between 2015 and 2016:

230,000 — 188,000 = 42,000 Between 2016 and 2017:

312,000 — 230,000 = 82,000 Between 2017 and 2018:

359,000 — 312,000 = 47,000 Between 2018 and 2019:

406,000 — 359,000 = 47,000 Between 2019 and 2020:

414,000 — 406,000 = 8000 Car sales are projected to increase the most between 2016 and 2017. The increase is projected to be 82,000 cars.

Objective 1.3A

1.

S-12

Solutions to Module 1

985 408

x

7 880 394 00 401,880 .

2X

19 = 38

38

x 34 152 4 1292

376 x 402 Ta2 1504

151,152 xyz

12-30

Objective 1.3B

it

2.

Solutions to Module 1

S-13

|e

39,200

4

9,800 4) 39,200 —36 32 oan 00 -0 00 -0

Objective 1.3C

1. STRATEGY To find the hourly rate, divide the total earnings (8064) by the number of hours worked (168). SOLUTION

168 The consultant received $48 per hour. 2.

STRATEGY

To find the estimated cost for the electricians’ labor, multiply the number of electricians (3), the number of hours each will work (50), and the wage per hour for each

($34). SOLUTION

3-50-34 = 5100 The estimated cost for the electricians’ labor is $5100. 3.

STRATEGY

To find the total cost, add the costs for the electrician, the plumber, clerical work, and

bookkeeping. To calculate the costs for each, multiply the number of hours for each type of work by the wage per hour. SOLUTION

Electrician: 30 - 34 = $1020 Plumber: 33 - 30 = $990

Clerical: 3 - 16 = $48 Bookkeeping: 4 - 20 = $80

The total cost is 1020 + 990 + 48 + 80 = $2138.

S-14

Solutions to Module 1

Objective 1.4A

1.

DMI

DORSEY Reon ae Oe ORY

2. a:a:b:b:b-b=a’b'

2 =2-2-2-2-2-2=64 a 25°37=

(2222-9) (3 23) = 169344

xy SecA == (Br3) a4 = 9-4 = 36 Objective 1.4B

9+(77+5)+6=9+12+6

= 9p) = {1 6(7) + 4°- 3° = 6(7) + 16-9

= 42+ 16-9 = 42 + 144 = 186 17+1-8:-2+4=17+1-16+4 =17+1-4 =18-4 =14 eae) oea

Pata ce

Aime cath i 9) =4+4

r+

4x -

ye 2

8? + 4(8 — 6) + 27 = 8° + 4-2+2? =64+4-2+4 =64+8+4 =644+2 = 66

MODULE

Integers SECTION 2.1

Introduction to Integers

Objective 2.1A

Use inequality symbols with integers

Objective 2.1B

Simplify expressions with absolute value

SECTION 2.2 Objective 2.2A

Addition and Subtraction of Integers Add integers

Objective 2.2B

Subtract integers

Objective 2.2C

Solve application problems

SECTION 2.3 Objective 2.3A

Multiplication and Division of Integers Multiply integers

Objective 2.3B

Divide integers

Objective 2.3C

Solve application problems

SECTION 2.4

Exponents and the Order of Operations Agreement

Objective 2.4A

Simplify expressions containing exponents

Objective 2.4B

Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions

2

Module2 « Integers

SECTION

2.1 Objective 2.1A

Introduction to Integers Use inequality symbols with integers Mathematicians place objects with similar properties in groups called sets. A setis a collection of objects. The objects in a set are called the elements of the set.

The roster method of writing a set encloses a list of the elements in braces. Thus the set of sections within an orchestra is written {brass, percussion, string, woodwind}. When the elements of a set are listed, each element is listed only once. For instance, if the list of numbers 1, 2, 3, 2, 3 were placed in a set, the set would be {1, 2, 3}.

The symbol € means “is an element of.” 2 € B is read “2 is an element of set B.” Given C = {3, 5, 9}, then 3 € C,5 OnsenGe

€ C, and9 € C.7 € Cis read “7 is not an element

The numbers that we use to count objects, such as the students in a classroom or the horses on aranch, are the natural numbers.

Natural numbers = {1, 2. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, ...} The three dots mean that the list of natural numbers continues on and on, and that there is no largest natural number. The natural numbers alone do not provide all the numbers that are useful in applications. For instance, a meteorologist also needs the number zero and numbers below zero.

Integers = {.1.,

40,

>4).— 31-2

ee

eee

Each integer can be shown on a number line. The integers to the left of zero on the number line are called negative integers. The integers to the right of zero are called positive integers, or natural numbers. Zero is neither a positive nor a negative integer. Integers

EX SS

Sa we

5

4

3

ie

2

1

0

| \

Negative

integers

SSS 1

2

SS 3

G

4

5

Positive

Zero

integers

The graph of an integer is shown by placing a heavy dot on the number line directly above the number. The graphs of —3 and 4 are shown on the number line below.

Consider the following sentences.

The quarterback threw the football and the receiver caught it. A student purchased a computer and used if to write history papers.

Section 2.1 © Introduction to Integers

3

In the first sentence, it is used to mean the football; in the second sentence, it means the

computer. In language, the word it can stand for many different objects. Similarly, in mathematics, a letter of the alphabet can be used to stand for a number. Such a letter is called a variable. Variables are used in the following definition of inequality symbols.

Inequality Symbols If a and b are two numbers and a is to the left of b on the number line, then ais less than b. This is written a < b.

If a and b are two numbers and a is to the right of b on the number line, then

ais greater than b. This is written a > b. EXAMPLES 1.

4

—2 is to the left of 1 on the

, between the numbers below.

—14

16

14 < 16

2. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers below.

OLS 10 31 3. Use the roster method to write the set of positive integers less than 4. 4 = {1.2.3} 4. Given C = {—33, —24, —10, 0}, which elements of set C are less than —10?

— 33, —24

Solutions on pp. S-3—S-4.

Objective 2.1B

Simplify expressions with absolute value Two numbers that are the same distance from zero on the number line but are on opposite sides of zero are opposite numbers, or opposites. The opposite of a number is also called its additive inverse.

The opposite of 5 is —5.

The opposite of —5 is 5. The negative sign can be read “the opposite of.” =—(2) = 2

The opposite of 2 is —2.

=(—2)=2

The opposite of —2 is 2.

Focus on finding an additive inverse Given rss

A = {—12,0, 4}, find the additive inverse of each element of set A.

SOLUTION

—(—12) = 12 —0=0

* Zero is neither positive nor negative.

—(4) = -4 Check your understanding 3 Given B = {—11, 0, 8}, find the additive inverse of each element of set B. SOLUTION

See page S-1.

11,0,

—8

Section 2.1 © Introduction to Integers

5

The absolute value of a number is its distance from zero on the number line. Therefore, the absolute value of a number is a positive number or zero. The symbol for absolute value is two vertical bars, ||. The distance from 0 to 3 is 4. Therefore, the absolute value of 3 is 3.

j| Sat

itt

—5-4-3-2-1

|3| =3 The distance from 0 to —3 is 3. Therefore, the absolute value of —3 is 3.

a

ee

012345

|j}

|-3| =3

Absolute Value The absolute value of a positive number is the number itself. The absolute value of a negative number is the opposite of the number. The absolute value of zero is zero. EXAMPLES

1. |6| = 6

2 (sis

Using variables, the definition of absolute value is eee 0)

bel =

0,

x=0

=a)

Focus on evaluating an absolute value expression Evaluate |—4| and —|—10].

SOLUTION |—4| =4 =(—10) = —10 Check your understanding 4 Evaluate |—5| and —|—23]. SOLUTION

See page S-1.

55323

Objective 2.1B Practice . Find the additive inverse of 4. —4 . Find the additive inverse of —9. 9 . Find the additive inverse of —36. 36

. Evaluate —(—40). 40 . Evaluate |—74|. 74 —81 khwnds An = . Evaluate —|81|. Solutions on p. S-4.

6

Module2 @ Integers

SECTION

2.2 Objective 2.2A

J Addition and Subtraction of Integers Add integers A number can be represented anywhere along the number line by an arrow. A positive number is represented by an arrow pointing to the right, and a negative number is represented by an arrow pointing to the left. The size of the number is represented by the length of the arrow.

Gy

=)

8

i

AG

She teal

oie)

2

1

0

1

v



4

5)

Oo

che

alto)

Addition is the process of finding the total of two numbers. The numbers being added are called addends. The total is called the sum. Addition of integers can be shown on the number line. To add integers, start at zero and draw, above the number line, an arrow representing the first number. At the tip of the first arrow, draw a second arrow representing the second number. The sum is below the tip of the second arrow.

44+2=6

4+ (2) = a

Sa ea

Syl

=4

Wf

4

+2

2

ee

2A fs A

5

—6

|

GOW

ie

afi

a

P=aja= p39) jl O it 2 g A

4+ (-2)=2 -4 |

+4 a

42

——s

SSS SS SS SS See 7-6-5 —-4-3-2-1 0 1 2 3 4

=2

we

SSS == A=f=2=l © 1 23 45 6 YF

The pattern for addition shown on the number lines above is summarized in the following rules for adding integers. Addition of Integers To add two numbers with the same sign, add the absolute values of the numbers. Then attach the sign of the addends. To add two numbers with different signs, find the absolute value of each number. Subtract the smaller of the absolute values from the larger. Then attach the sign of the number with the larger absolute value. EXAMPLES Adds

(—26)

VP se ( 26) =

21, INGE =D |ae 19| =

SP ee 19; |8| =8

19-8=11 —19

+38

—38

=

The signs are the same.

Add the absolute values of the numbers (12 + 26). Attach the sign of the addends.

The signs are different. Find the absolute value of each number.

Subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger. —{]

Attach the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.

Section 2.2 © Addition and Subtraction of Integers

Focus on adding integers

fPAdds 52 1 = 39) SOLUTION

—52 + (—39) =

—91

| Check your understanding 1 | Add:

100 + (—43)

| SOLUTION

Tips for Success >

See page S-1.

57

Focus on adding integers

One of the key instructional features

of this text is the Focus On/Check

Add: 37 + (—52) + (—14)

Your Understanding pairs. Each Focus On is completely worked.

SOLUTION

You are to solve the Check Your

37 + (—52) + (-14) = -15 + (-14)

Understanding problems. When you are ready, check your solution against the one given in the

Solutions section at the end of the dule.

pais

S65 |

4

| Check your understanding 2

Rad

s 1s 40.

_ SOLUTION

17 +1109)

See page S-1.

94

Apply the Concept Suppose you wake up in St. Paul, Minnesota, and the temperature is — 12°F. By noon, the temperature has risen 7°F. What is the temperature at noon? SOLUTION

To find the temperature at noon, add 7° to — 12°.

an ee

oe

The temperature at noon is —5°F.

( Find the sum of —23, 47, —18, and —10.

Recall that a sum is the answer to an addition problem. ; S73) sie A) Se (- 18) at (- 10) j = 94 (= 18) af (= 10)

* To add more than two numbers, add the first two numbers Then add the sum to the third number. Continue until all the numbers are added

= 6+ (-10) = —-4 All of the phrases below indicate addition.

added to

—6 added to 9

9+ (—6) = 3

more than

3 more than —8

Se}

the sum of

the sum of —2 and —8

increased by

—7 increased by 5

=i) st

the total of

the total of 4and —9

4+

plus

6 plus —10

6+ (—10) = —4

NO aera

2 + (-8) = k= 2

(—9) = —-5

-10

7

8

Module2

Integers

| Focus on translating an expression | Find 11 more than —23.

| SOLUTION = 23 oF

ie

| Check your understanding 3 |

| Find —8 increased by 7.

|SOLUTION

See page S-1.

—|

Objective 2.2A Practice

1. Add —6 + (—9).

15

Py POG! =i7/ ar WF, 0 30 Add —27 2 (42) (18)

87

4. Add —6 + (—8) + 14+ (—4). 5. What is 4 more than —8? 6. What is —8 added to —21?

~—4

4 ~—29

Solutions on p. S-4.

Objective 2.2B

Subtract integers Look at the expressions below. Note that each expression equals the same number.

8—3=5

8 minus 3is5.

8 + (—3) = 5

8plus the opposite of 3 is 5.

This example suggests the following.

Subtraction of Integers To subtract one number from another, add the opposite of the second number to the first number. EXAMPLES

1. Subtract: —21 — (—40) —21 — (—40) = —21 + 40 =

19

Rewrite the subtraction as addition of the opposite. Add.

5 mulomereie IS) = Sil 15 — 51 = 15 + (—5]) =

—36

Rewrite the subtraction as addition of the opposite. Add.

Section 2.2 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Integers

Apply the Concept The table at the left shows the boiling point and the melting point, in degrees Celsius, of three chemical elements. Find the difference between the boiling point and the melting point of mercury. SOLUTION

To find the difference, subtract the melting point of mercury from the boiling point of mercury.

357 =| 39) = 307+ 39 = 396 The difference is 396°C.

Focus on subtracting integers Subtract:

—12 — (—21) — 15

SOLUTION =)

=

(—21) —15=-12+

21 + (-—15)

= 9+ (-—15) =

* Rewrite each subtraction as additionof the

-6

opposite. Then add

Check your understanding 4 Subtract:

—9 — (—12) - 17-4

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

—18

A difference is the answer to a subtraction problem. tFind the difference between —8 and 7. 8

l=

8+

( 7)

¢ Rewrite the subtraction as addition of the

Stee

opposite.

Then add

All of the following phrases indicate subtraction.

Take Note > Note the order in which numbers are subtracted when the phrase less than is used. If you have $10

—5 minus 11 a 3 less 5

and your friend has $6 less than you do, then your friend has $6

less than

—8 less than —2

ef

(3)

less than $10, or $10 — $6 = $4.

the difference between

the difference between —5 and 4

=

4 = —9

decreased by

—4 decreased by 9

subtract... from

subtract 8 from —3

Focus on translating an expression Find 9 less than —4. SOLUTION

-4-9=-4+ (-9) = -13

=6

9

10

Module2 « Integers |

Check your understanding 5

| Subtract |

| | Le

—12 from —11.

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

|

Objective 2.2B Practice

5 wllonere Ie = B12

. Subtract 6— (—12).

18

. Subtract -19 — (—19) — 18. —18 . What is 9 less than —12? —-21 . Find —21 decreased by 19. —40 WN ah Solutions on p. S-4.

Objective 2.2C

Solve application problems | Focus on solving an application The average temperature on Mercury’s sunlit side is 950°F. The average temperature | on Mercury’s dark side is —346°F. Find the difference between these two average

| temperatures. | STRATEGY

| To find the difference, subtract the average temperature on the dark side (—346) from the | average temperature on the sunlit side (950).

_ SOLUTION

950 — (—346)

950 + 346 = 1296

| The difference between the average temperatures is 1296°F.

| Check your understanding 6 _ The average daytime temperature on Mars is —17°F. The average nighttime temperature | on Mars is —130°F. Find the difference between these two average temperatures. | SOLUTION

See page S-2.

10358

Objective 2.2C Practice

1. The elevation, or height, of places on Earth is measured in relation to sea level, or the average level of the ocean’s surface. The table below shows height above sea level as a positive number and depth below sea level as a negative number. Use the table below to find the difference in elevation between Mt. Kilimanjaro and the Qattara Depression. 6028 m

Mt. Kilimanjaro

|=

Qattara Depression

Asia

Mt. Everest

Dead Sea

Europe

Mt. Elbrus

Caspian Sea

America

Mt. Aconcagua

Death Valley

Section 2.3 © Multiplication and Division of Integers

11

2. The elevation, or height, of places on Earth is measured in relation to sea level, or the average level of the ocean’s surface. The table below shows height above sea level as a positive number and depth below sea level as a negative number. Using the table below, for which continent shown is the difference between the highest and lowest elevations smallest? Purope

Africa ie Asia

|

Mt. Kilimanjaro

Qattara Depression

Mt. Everest

Dead Sea

Europe

Mt. Elbrus

5634

America

Mt. Aconcagua

—400

Caspian Sea Death Valley

—28 |

—86

i

3. The graph below shows the depths of Earth’s three deepest ocean trenches and the heights of its three tallest mountains. What is the difference between the depth of the Philippine Trench and the depth of the Mariana Trench? 980 m Qozir

9000

Kangchenjunga ban

8586

Mt. Everest

8611

Meters

Trench

Solutions on pp. S-4-S-S.

SECTION

2.3 Objective 2.3A

Multiplication and Division of Integers Multiply integers Several different symbols are used to indicate multiplication. The

3

numbers being multiplied are called factors; for instance, 3 and 2 are factors in each of the examples at the right. The result is called the product. Note that when parentheses are used and there is no operation symbol, the operation is multiplication.

Beli 6 6)(0) = 3)(2) = 6 3(2) = 6

Multiplication is repeated addition of the same number. The product 3 X 5 is shown on the number line below.

(3)2. = 6

5 5 eee SS

Gow

tt

shale Sei 7atg Voto

5

tia 1314 1s

D2 = 6

5 is added 3 times. ee a ahd aN

Si Gieke Osteo t=

-

15

12

Module2 « Integers

Now consider the product of a positive and a negative number. —5 is added 3 times.

3(— Sea

et eae)

=n

This example suggests that the product of a positive number and a negative number is negative. Here are a few more examples.

4(-7) = —28

—6:7 = —42

(—8)7 =

To find the product of two negative

These numbers

numbers, look at the pattern at the right. As —5 multiplies a sequence

LAE

These numbers

=

of decreasing integers, the products increase by 5.

—56

Y 4 oryee bye: 3 = 15

=) = 10) ACR

=
=1

The element 5 is greater than —1.

Check your understanding 3

Check your understanding 4

[=5} = 5 —|=23| = =23 Section 2.2

Check your understanding 1 100 + (—43) = 57

Check your understanding 2

—51 + 42 + 17 + (—102) = —9 + 17 + (—102) = 8 + (—102)

= —94

Check your understanding 3

-§+7=—-1

Check your understanding 4

9 — (-12) -17-4 0) Se Ei ete) eA) ll —14 + (—4)

er

= —18

Check your understanding 5

—11 — (-12)=-11+12=1

S-2

Solutions to Module 2

Check your understanding 6

STRATEGY To find the difference between the two average temperatures, subtract the smaller number

(—130) from the larger number (—17). SOLUTION

=),

(130)

ren

= ns

The difference is 113°F.

Section 2.3

Check your understanding 1 (=2)3(63)7 = 6(—8)9

= 48(7) = 336

Check your understanding 2 —9(34) = —306

Check your understanding 3

(—135) + (—9) = 15 Check your understanding 4 le)

4

= II

Check your understanding 5

Check your understanding 7 STRATEGY

To find the average daily low temperature: ¢ Add the seven temperature readings. ¢ Divide the sum by 7.

SOLUTION —6 + (~-7) + 0 + (—5) + (—8) + (-1) +

(-1) = -28

Iss = 7 = =A

The average daily low temperature was —4°C.

Check your understanding 8 STRATEGY

¢ Multiply each correct answer (23) by 5, multiply each incorrect answer (7) by —2, and multiply each question left blank (5) by 0. ¢ Add the results.

Solutions to Module 2 S-3 SOLUTION

There were 23 correct answers: 5(23) = 115 There were 7 incorrect answers: —2(7) = —14

There were 5 questions left blank: 0(5) = 0 115)+ (=14) +0=

101

The score for the student was 101.

Section 2.4

Check your understanding 1

a, 6 G2) = 3)G)G) -(=2)(—2)(—2) = 27(—8) = —216 b. The product of an odd number of negative factors is negative. Therefore,

(1)

=

ce. —2?-(—1)!- (-3)

=(2-2)- 1+ (=3) -(-3) — 2s | okey — eyes

Check your understanding 2

he 3

ne]

2 P

=7-

2[6 a

=f

2) 8 |:

=f



=

7 —

=

—12]1

14)

2[64] 128

¢ Perform operations inside grouping symbols

« Simplify

exponential expressions

¢ Multiply

or divide from left to right

* Subtract

Check your understanding 3

18 =5[8 — 2(2 —-5)] + 10 18 — 5[8 — 2(—3)] + 10

° Perform operations inside grouping symbols

= 18 — 5[8 + 6] + 10 = 18 — 5[14] + 10 =

18 —

70 +

10

* Multiply or divide from left to right

=18—7 —> a |

* Subtract

Check your understanding 4

36 + (8 — 5)? — (-3)*-2 =

36 +

(3)? =

=

36

~9-9-2

(—3)? -2

© Perform operations inside grouping symbols. * Multiply or divide from left to right

=4-9-2 =4-18 =-|4

* Subtract

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 2.1A

1. —14
-31 ah 7 Rep

S-4

Solutions to Module 2

Oh

ops

=il0)

a. a NO} 0

0)

110)

10

The elements

—33 and —24 are less than —10.

Objective 2.1B

Objective 2.2A

6 + (-9) = =

-15

iat ean)

—27 + (—42) + (—18) = —69 + (—18) = —87 =6 (8) BYP

14

4)

id 4) 0 + (—4) = -4

5. -8+4=-4 6. —21 + (-8) = -29 Objective 2.2B

1. 16 — 8 = 16+

(-8) =8

2. 6— (-12) =6+ 12=18 32°19

(19)

1S

19019 18)

= 0 + (-18) = -18 4. =12-—9==12 + (9) = =21 5.

Objective 2.2C

=20

1921

E19) = —40

1. STRATEGY To find the difference, subtract the elevation of the Qattara Depression (— 133 m) from the elevation of Mt. Kilimanjaro (5895 m). SOLUTION

5895 — (—133) = 5895 + 133 = 6028 The difference in elevations is 6028 m. 2.

STRATEGY

To find which continent has the smallest difference in elevations, find the difference

for each continent and compare the differences.

Solutions to Module 2

S-5

SOLUTION

Africa:

5895 — (—133) = 5895 + 133 = 6028 m

Asia: 8850 — (—400) = 8850 + 400 = 9250 m Europe:

5634 — (—28) = 5634 + 28 = 5662 m

America:

6960 — (—86) = 6960 + 86 = 7046 m

The continent with the smallest difference between the highest and lowest elevation is Europe. STRATEGY To find the difference, subtract the depth of the Mariana Trench (—11,520 m) from the

depth of the Philippine Trench (— 10,540 m). SOLUTION

—10,540 — (—11,520) = —10,540 + 11,520 = 980 The difference is 980 m.

Objective 2.3A

1.

(—13)(—9) = 117

2.

17(—13) = —221

—12(—4)7(—2) = (48)7(—2) = 336(-2) = —672 ~2(—3)(—4)(—5) = 6(—4)(—5) = —24(—5) = 120 18 + (—3) = -6

Objective 2.3B

57 + (-3) = -19 =. =—17 .

0+ (-14) =0

ipsa al) eae Objective 2.3C

1. STRATEGY To find the average daily high temperature: ¢ Add the six temperature readings. ¢ Divide the sum by 6. SOLUTION

B29) (era 28) —156 + 6 = —26

(28)

The average daily high temperature was —26°F. STRATEGY

To find the average daily low temperature: ¢ Add the 10 temperature readings. * Divide the sum by 10.

(= 97)

156

S-6

Solutions to Module 2 SOLUTION

ee

Oe

5)

2)

(2) 1) 0-2)

= 30) = LOR 3 The average daily low temperature was —3° F. STRATEGY

To find the score: ¢ Multiply the number of correct answers by 7. ¢ Multiply the number of incorrect answers by —3.

¢ Multiply the number of blanks by —1. ¢ Add the results.

SOLUTION 17(7) = 119

8(—3) = —24

(1) = —2 119 + 24)

(2) = 955 2) = 93

The student’s score was 93.

Objective 2.4A

(—7) 47-3? = (-7)-4-4-3-3 = (-7)- 16-9 ll

—112:9 = —1008

(=2)(—3)( 1)

(2

2) 2) 5) (ea)

= —8(9)(—1) = —72(-1) = 72 Objective 2.4B

4—-8+2=4-4=0

24-183 +2= 24-642 S187

20

27 — 18

2 =

16+ 15

($37)

= 27

189)

= 2

+ (—-5) —-2 = 16 + (-3) -2= 13 -2=11

16-4 6+— De)

=)

12 = 4 + 12 =6+—-2 6 =6 +929 Se

=8-2

18 +2-4

—- (-3)=18+216-9 =9-16-9 =-7-9 = -16

=e

MODULE

Fractions

SECTION 3.1

The Least Common

Multiple and Greatest Common

Objective 3.1A

Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers

Objective 3.1B

Find the least common

Objective 3.1C

Find the greatest common factor (GCF)

SECTION 3.2

Factor

multiple (LCM)

Introduction to Fractions

Objective 3.2A

Write a fraction that represents part of a whole

Objective 3.2B

Write an improper fraction as a mixed number or a whole number, and a mixed

number as an improper fraction

SECTION 3.3 Objective 3.3A

Writing Equivalent Fractions Write a fraction in simplest form

Objective 3.3B

Find equivalent fractions by raising to higher terms

Objective 3.3C

Identify the order relation between two fractions

SECTION 3.4

Multiplication and Division of Fractions

Objective 3.4A

Multiply fractions

Objective 3.4B

Divide fractions

Objective 3.4C

Solve application problems and use formulas

SECTION 3.5

Addition and Subtraction of Fractions

Objective 3.5A

Add fractions

Objective 3.5B

Subtract fractions

Objective 3.5C

Solve application problems

SECTION 3.6

Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions

Objective 3.6A

Multiply and divide positive and negative fractions

Objective 3.6B

Add and subtract positive and negative fractions

SECTION 3.7

The Order of Operations Agreement and Complex Fractions

Objective 3.7A

Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions

Objective 3.7B

Simplify complex fractions

2

Module 3 e Fractions

SECTION

The Least Common Multiple and Greatest Common Objective 3.1A

Factor

| Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers Natural number factors of a number divide that number evenly (there is no remainder).

|, 2, 4, and 6 are natural number factors of 6 because they divide 6 evenly. Note that both the divisor and the quotient are factors of the

dividend.

6

3

2

|

1)6 2)6 3)6 6)6

To find the factors of a number, try dividing the number by 1, 2, 3, 4,5, .... Those numbers that divide the number evenly are its factors. Continue this process until the factors start to repeat. The following rules are helpful in finding the factors of a number. 2 is a factor of a number

if the digit

in the ones place of the number 0.

2.4.6

31S a factor of sum

is

ors

a number

if the

of the digitsof the number

1s

divisibleby 3

436 ends in 6. Therefore, 2 is a factor of 436. (436 + 2 = 218)

The sum of the digits of 489 is 4 + 8 + 9 = 21. 21 is divisible by 3. Therefore, 3 is a factor of 489.

(489 + 3 = 163) 4 is

a factor

last two

of a

digits of

number

if the

the number

are

5 18 a factor

556 ends in 56.

56 is divisible by 4 (56 + 4 = 14). Therefore, 4 is a factor of 556. (556 + 4 = 139)

divisible by 4

of

a number

digit of the number is 0 0

if the ones r5

520 ends in 0. Therefore, 5 is a factor of 520.

(520 + 5 = 104) | Focus on finding the factors of a number

| Find all the factors of 42. |SOLUTION |Ae

{42

| and +2 are factors of 42.

| 42 +2 =21

2 and 2! are factors of42.

| 4D

+ and | are factors of 42.

3 —

4

|42 +4

4 will not divide 42 evenly.

| 42 + 5

5 will not divide 42 evenly.

| 4a

6 and / are factors of 42.

|42+7=6

/ and 6 are factors of 42.

| The factors are repeating. All the factors of 42 have been found.

| The factors of 42 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 7. 14, 21, and 42.

Section 3.1 © The Least Common

Multiple and Greatest Common

Factor

3

| Check your understanding 1 |Find all the factors of 30. | SOLUTION

See page S-1.

295. 2,0, 101. 30)

LE

A prime number is a natural number greater than | that has exactly two natural number factors, 1 and the number itself. 7 is prime because its only factors are | and 7. If a number is not prime, it is a composite number. Because 6 has factors of 2 and 3, 6 is a composite number. The prime numbers less than 50 are Deo

ett ls bin lO 2S, 2oc Sh, Slt), 43e47

The prime factorization of a number is the expression of the number as a product of its prime factors. To find the prime factors of 140, begin with the smallest prime number as a trial divisor and continue with prime numbers as trial divisors until the final quotient is prime.

_ Focus on finding the prime factorization of a number Find the prime factorization of 140.

| SOLUTION ~

|

pal

et76 2)140

35

5)35

2)70

2)70

2)140

| 140 is divisible by 2. Divide 140 by 2.

2)140

70 is divisible by 2. Divide 70 by 2.

| The prime factorizationof 140is

2:2-5-7

35 is not divisible by 2 or 3 but is divisible by 5. Divide 35 by 5. The quotient is 7, which is prime.

2

587,

Check your understanding 2 Find the prime factorization of 88. | SOLUTION

See page S-1.

Asay

Finding the prime factorization of larger numbers can be more difficult. Try each prime number as a trial divisor. Stop when the square of the trial divisor is greater than the number being factored.

Focus on finding the prime factorization of a number Find the prime factorization of 201. SOLUTION

201 is not divisible by 2 but is divisible by 3. Divide 201 by 3. 67

3)201

67 cannot be divided evenly by 2, 3, 5, 7, or 11. Prime

numbers greater than 11 need not be tried because 117 = 121 and 121 > 67.

The prime factorization of 201 is 3 - 67.

Check your understanding 3 Find the prime factorization of 295. SOLUTION

See page S-1.

5-59

4

Module3 « Fractions

Objective 3.1A Practice . Find all the factors of 12. . Find all the factors of 56. . Find all the factors of 48.

1, 2,3, 4,6, 12 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28, 56 1, 2,3, 4, 6,8, 12, 16, 24, 48

. Find the prime factorization of 16. . Find the prime factorization of 40. Wn Auk = . Find the prime factorization of 37.

2 2-5 Prime

Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.

Objective 3.1B

Find the least common

multiple (LCM)

The multiples of a number are the products of that number and the numbers

3X1=

3

32 =

10

3X8 3X 4= 12

1, 2, 3,

The multiples of 3 are 3, 6,9, 12, 15,....

3x5 = 15

A number that is a multiple of two or more numbers is a common multiple of those numbers. The multiples of4 are 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36,....

The multiples of6 are 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42,.... Some common multiples of 4 and 6 are |2, 24, and 30.

The least common more numbers.

multiple (LCM)

is the smallest common

multiple of two or

The least common multiple of 4 and 6 is | 2. Listing the multiples of each number is one way to find the LCM. Another way to find the LCM uses the prime factorization of each number. To find the LCM of 450 and 600, find the prime factorization of each number and write the factorization of each number in a table. Circle the greatest product in each column. The LCM is the product of the circled numbers.

2 2

450 =

soo= [2-2-2]

3 (5a)

3

5 (Ges)

equal. Circle just one product

The LCM is the product of the circled numbers. The

CM

2

283

13)

Focus on finding the LCM Find the LCM of 24, 36, and 50. SOLUTION

¢ In the column headed by 5, the products are

00!

Section 3.1 ¢ The Least Common

Multiple and Greatest Common

Factor

5

Check your understanding 4 Find the LCM of 12, 42, and 45. SOLUTION

See page S-1.

420

Objective 3.1B Practice . Find . Find . Find . Find . Find &WwYN Am = . Find

the the the the the the

LCM of 8 and 12.

24 56 9 and 36. 36 102 and 184. 9384 4, 8, and 12. 24 3,5, and 10. 30

LCM of 8 and 14.

LCM LCM LCM LCM

of of of of

Solutions on p. S-10.

Objective 3.1C

Find the greatest common factor (GCF) Recall that a number that divides another number evenly is a factor of that number. The number 64 can be evenly divided by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64, so the numbers 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64 are factors of 64.

A number that is a factor of two or more numbers is a common factor of those numbers. The factors of 30 are |, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, and 30.

The factors of 105 are |, 3, 5, 7, 15, 21, 35, and 105. The common factors of 30 and 105 are |, 3, 5, and !5. The greatest common factor (GCF) is the largest common factor of two or more numbers.

The greatest common factor of 30 and 105 is |5. Listing the factors of each number is one way of finding the GCF. Another way to find the GCF is to use the prime factorization of each number. To find the GCF of 126 and 180, find the prime factorization of each number and write the factorization of each number in a table. Circle the least product in each column that does not have a blank. The GCF is the product of the circled numbers. * In the column headed by 3, the products are equal, Circle just one product. Columns 5 and 7 have a blank, so 5 and 7 are not common factors of 126 and 180. Do not circle any number in these columns,

The GCF is the product of the circled numbers. The GCF = 2-3-3 = 18.

|Focus on finding the GCF Find the GCF of 90, 168, and 420. SOLUTION

The GCF = 2 = 3'=6.

6

Module3 « Fractions

| Check your understanding 5 | Find the GCF of 36, 60, and 72. SOLUTION

See page S-1.

12

oe

Focus on finding the GCF Find the GCF of 7, 12, and 20.

SOLUTION

Because no numbers are circled, the GCF

=

1.

_ Check your understanding 6 | Find the GCF of 11, 24, and 30. |

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

Objective 3.1C Practice . Find the GCF of 6and9. 3 . Find the GCF of 25 and 100. . Find the GCF of 32 and 51.

25 |!

. Find the GCF of 3,5, and 11. | . Find the GCF of 24, 40, and 72. & . Find the GCF DAnbhWYN

of 32,56, and 72.

&

Solutions on p. S-11.

Introduction to Fractions Objective 3.2A Take Note > The fraction bar separates the numerator from the denomina-

Write a fraction that represents part of a whole A fraction can represent the number of equal parts of a whole.

The shaded portion of the circle is represented by the 4

tor. The numerator is the part

fraction —. Four of the seven equal parts of the circle (that

of the fraction that appears above the fraction bar. The

is, four-sevenths of it) are shaded.

denominator is the part of the

Each part of a fraction has a name.

fraction that appears below the

Ractionibatt

4 < Numerator

UEDA Lee 7 < Denominator A proper fraction is a fraction less than 1. The numerator of a proper fraction is smaller than the denominator. The shaded portion of the circle can be represented by the proper fraction as

Section 3.2 ¢ Introduction to Fractions

7

A mixed number is a number greater than 1 with a whole-number part and a fractional part. The shaded portion of the circles can be represented by the mixed l number 2 |.

Focus on writing a mixed number Express the shaded portion of the circles as a mixed number.

OOO% SOLUTION »)

a

ole 5

Check your understanding 1

@000*

Express the shaded portion of the circles as a mixed number.

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

4

4

An improper fraction is a fraction greater than or equal to 1. The numerator of an improper fraction is greater than or equal to the denominator. The shaded portion of the circles can be represented by the improper

fraction re The shaded portion of the square can be rep-

:

4

resented by +.

Focus on writing an improper fraction Express the shaded portion of the circles as an improper fraction.

GSOOe SOLUTION

ly 5

Check your understanding 2

BREST

Express the shaded portion of the circles as an improper fraction.

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

3

4

4

8

Module 3 « Fractions

Objective 3.2A Practice

1. Express the shaded portion of the circle as a fraction.

2. Express the shaded portion of the circle as a fraction.

3. Express the shaded portion of the circles as a mixed number.

>:

,

b)

COOo@

=)

4. Express the shaded portion of the circles as an improper fraction.

9

Solutions on p. S-11.

Objective 3.2B

Write an improper fraction as a mixed number or a whole number, and a mixed number as an improper fraction a

Note from the diagram that the mixed number 23 and the improper fraction

- both represent the shaded

portion of the circles, so 2. —

=

|.

6

ee

66

An improper fraction can be written as a mixed number or a whole number.

ou

13

=

|Focus on writing an improper fraction as a mixed number Write a as a mixed number.

| SOLUTION |

We

;

:

:

_ Divide the numerator by the

To write the fractional part of

Write the

| denominator.

the mixed number, write the

answer.

remainder over the divisor.

|

|

2 =

Sais =I)

SRS 0

3

3

_ Check your understanding 3 | Write 2 as a mixed number.

SOLUTION

3 5k a5 z

See page S-2.

4

Mm

a)

13 as :

3 2.

Section 3.3 ¢ Writing Equivalent Fractions

9

Focus on writing an improper fraction as a whole number |

Write isas a whole number.

SOLUTION | 18 aera B er Oa D as) |Check your understanding 4 |

Write 2 as a whole number.

| SOLUTION

See page S-2.

4

To write a mixed number as an improper fraction, multiply the denominator of the fractional part by the whole-number part. The sum of this product and the numerator of the fractional part is the numerator of the improper fraction. The denominator remains the same.

| Focus on writing a mixed number as an improper fraction Pak ; | Write 73 as an improper fraction.

SOLUTION | 373). Se 8 | «8

3

SO ntioe i a22 8 8

eam 8

Be 8

| Check your understanding 5 | Write 143 as an improper fraction. _SOLUTION

i

See page S-2.

Q

Objective 3.2B Practice 1. Write raas a mixed or whole number.

2 ;

2. Write ieas a mixed or whole number.

°

Ju Write 65 as an improper fraction. : 4. Write 5% as an improper fraction.

58

Solutions on pp. S-11—S-12.

SECTION

3.3 Objective 3.3A

Writing Equivalent Fractions Write a fraction in simplest form Writing the simplest form of a fraction means writing it so that the numerator and denominator have no common factors other than 1. :

4

2

.

:

The fractions , and , are equivalent fractions.

Is ae Ce Cea 2 , 1s written in simplest form as ..

I+ eee :

;

=

2:

eae

7

i

:

|

10

Module3 ° Fractions

The Multiplication Property of One can be used to write fractions in simplest form. Write the numerator and denominator of the given fraction as a product of factors. Write factors common to both the numerator and denominator as an improper fraction equivalent to 1.

4 2252 }252|2 ey a

6 Feel

cos eae

The process of eliminating common factors is displayed with slashes through the common factors as

|

en ae (eae ae

shown at the right.

18

To write a fraction in simplest form, eliminate the

30

x. z- 3-3 3 “Gh Talo

common factors.

An improper fraction can be changed to a mixed

number. ' Focus on writing a fraction in simplest form a. Write R in simplest form.

_ b. Write & in simplest form.

| c. Write iin simplest form. | d. Write 4 as a fraction in simplest form.

| SOLUTION

15 40

|

Seng 2-2-2:

ed

Oia r yay ReySG 1

1

82 290s (Coes 0” 53-6 = e 8

io)S)

N= RH Nn

SS)

Nw

=N

—&

Al 2

|Check your understanding 1 | a. Write 6 in simplest form.

b. Write & in simplest form. c. Write B in simplest form.

_d. Write z as a fraction in simplest form. SOLUTION

=

6

See page S-2.

Objective 3.3A Practice

1. Write fain simplest form. 2. Write a in simplest form.

a.

35

1

m.

4. Write i in simplest form.

+

Solutions on p. S-12.

Objective 3.3B

_ Find equivalent fractions by raising to higher terms Equal fractions with different denominators are

called equivalent fractions.

ae

ce

4

_ 1s equivalent to |. Remember that the Multiplication Property of

One states that the product of a number and 1

p}

is the number. This is true for fractions as well as whole numbers. This property can be used to write equivalent fractions.

3 a

II

ll

x

wt

WIN

2 = XA

2 SSK

3

| hr to

2-4 =——=

3

2 3 Was

lI rye Wl

i

sip me

pac equivalent

to

2eC

>| &

|

8,

SPawny

12

; 2 scquvat to —

Se

3

Wee. ee fractions ¢ and 77.

+8

>= 8

=4

¢

5-4

20

ay

20

the larger

denominator

« Multiply the numerator

32

=

Divide

fraction by the

quotient

by

and denominator of the given (4)

5

_ Focus on writing equivalent fractions | Write ;as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 42. SOLUTION

2

Sue

74

2-14 =

es

28 :

:

* Divide the larger denominator De

=

by the smaller

¢ Multiply the numerator and denominator of the given fraction by the quotient (14)

42 ~

2

42 1S equivalent to 3.

Check your understanding 2 | Write 2as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 45. SOLUTION

See page S-2.

27 45

3

>|

Y

¢

ee ae EE

:

the smaller

39 1S equivalent to g.

4) = 3° =

+

a See

Write a fraction that is equivalent to 2and has a denominator of 32. 32

=

Ea — “ik

8

rewritten as the equivalent

3 x aay

||

=

12

Module3 « Fractions fi

Focus on writing equivalent fractions Write 4 as a fraction with a denominator of 12. | SOLUTION

| Write 4 as , ||

125

4

1

1e=s12

* Divide the larger denominator

AV? =

Pay,

48 =

by the smaller

¢ Multiply the numerator and denominator of the given fraction by the quotient (12)

1

48 | 4 1s equivalent to 75.

|Check your understanding 3 | Write 6 as a fraction with a denominator of 18. | SOLUTION

108

See page S-2.

18

Objective 3.3B Practice

1. Write ; as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 16.

2. Write ;as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 49. 3. Write 3as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 18. 4. Write i as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 64. Solutions on p. S-12.

Objective 3.3C

Identify the order relation between two fractions Recall that whole numbers can be graphed as points on the number line. Fractions can also be graphed as points on the number line. [pe The graph of 3 on the

é

0

1

4

mS

4

4

1

&

[Si

faa

©

“@

4

A

8

4

iO

4

4a mM

2B

4

1B

HM

RET

9

number line

The number line can be used to determine the order relation between two fractions. A fraction that appears to the left of a given fraction is less than the given fraction. A fraction that appears to the right of a given fraction is greater than the given fraction. 1 a>

3 8

6 g-

Bi 8

[+

++}

Ow

eB RO

A CeOm

++

& SG 7 Om MORES

+++ tt

2 MW Ss 3

ml )

+++ tm aS we fb Gh &

1g

To find the order relation between two fractions with the same denominator, compare the numerators. The fraction that has the smaller numerator is the smaller fraction. When the denominators are different, begin by writing equivalent fractions with a common denominator; then compare the numerators.

Focus on finding the order relation between two fractions _ Find the order relation between 7 and 2.

Section 3.4 © Multiplication and Division of Fractions SOLUTION

The LCD of the fractions is 72. 11 ies 44
, between the two numbers.

pee ek

Py

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Objective 3.3C Practice

1. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers. 1 ee)

40 40 2. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers. 2S 5 tf 3. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers. ey 7 Hey IL 4. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers. 5 7 We

AIS

Solutions on p. S-12.

SECTION

3.4 Objective 3.4A

Multiplication and Division of Fractions Multiply fractions To multiply two fractions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators. Multiplication of Fractions

Take Note > Note that fractions do not need to have the same denominator in order to be

multiplied.

The product of two fractions is the product of the numerators over the product of the denominators. where

b#0O

and

d#0

13

14

Module3 e Fractions 2

i

:

5

The product 5 - 3 shown in example (1) on the previous page can be read 1»



5

thu

gas



9

CH

xe



"5 times i or

6

c

g

:

of 3. Reading the times sign as “of” is useful in diagramming the product of two fractions.

-of the bar at the right is shaded.

Po

We want to shade :of the i already shaded.

|

é of the bar is now shaded.

After multiplying two fractions, write the product in simplest form.

Multipl UCL DUS 3

eects ee

Simo

4 Ls B74

* Multiply the numerators

8 y 9 ae 8-9 = I

=

Multiply the denominators

Bo 2S 9)

Die PEI)

* Express the fraction in simplest form by first writing the prime factorization of each number

Sie}

|

« Divide by the common

6

factors and write the product in

simplest form

Sf WEG MAbeUiohys =| = }l|S— SN 3 SX

(2\(10 SNOT

=

3+2:10 hey Sl}

=

05

* Multiply the numerators. Multiply the denominators.

3°2°2'5

Bg

¢ Write the product in simplest form

cid 14

To multiply a whole number by a fraction or a mixed number, first write the whole number as a fraction with a denominator of 1.

5 _ Multiply: 3 3 Sa)

Sa

3

3-—-=—-—

a

* Write the whole number 3 as the fraction 7

oe)

¢ Multiply the fractions.

1:8

There are no common

15

=

=

W |—

factors in the numerator and denominator.

¢ The answer can be written as an improper fraction or a mixed number

Section 3.4 © Multiplication and Division of Fractions

Apply the Concept A seamstress is making 12 costumes for a dance recital. Each costume requires a yd

of fabric. How much fabric should the seamstress buy to make the 12 costumes? SOLUTION

To find the amount of fabric the seamstress should buy, multiply the amount of fabric needed for each costume (3)by the number of costumes (12).

B23 12-3 36 ei 4 4

2s

=9

The seamstress should buy 9 yd of fabric

Find the product of 4i and 2. ve. 2 Th i. i F =)

Gr

alOpns

* Write each mixed

number

as an improper

fraction

6. 10 Sy e707]

« Multiply

the fractions

6°10 BY COB

Syl)

a) =

| =>

the product in simplest form

5

45 =

* Write

«

1]

The answer can be written as an improper fraction or a mixed number

| Focus on multiplying fractions

| Multiply:

3/1\/8

—| — }{—

nie i(3)(5) SOLUTION H

sala) fh go (Pers

4\2/\9

=

* Multiply the numerators

49

Multiply the denominators

=

* Write the product in simplest form

Check your understanding 1

3(ra)las)

i | Multiply: — SOLUTION

See page S-3.

27

15

16

Module3 @ Fractions

Focus on multiplying a fraction and a whole number _ What is the product of é and 4? | SOLUTION

Ue

SS i

12

ges

A

SS eS

* Write 4 as >

aon ey

=

¢ Multiply

pee

is

UL?

=

PED 7

=

|

=)

“5

¢ Write the product in simplest form

8)? |

3

numerators and multiply denominators.

¢ The answer can be written as an improper fraction or a mixed number.

3

_ Check your understanding 2 | Find the product of 5and 6.

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

5

be

| Focus on multiplying mixed numbers

i

| Multiply: ee

5

| SOLUTION We

Gf

eee

=

iby

i

||

F

* Write the mixed numbers as improper fractions

3 =

15

+22

* Multiply numerators and multiply denominators

PRES |

= 375271

|

¢ Write the product in simplest form

2-5

=

|

be) = 33 1

| Check your understanding 3 Multipl Ultiplys ply 3== 7 A“9

| | SOLUTION

See page S-3.

3 oe

| Focus on evaluating a variable expression Evaluate the variable expression xy for x = 12 and y = 2. SOLUTION

xy

|Y le4S |=) \a= SoS Om 5

* Replace x by l= and y by 7. Write l= as an improper fraction

||

¢ Multiply numerators and multiply denominators.

| 8 ENO

|

»

;

©

9°5 a 5-6

=

Se eS SZ 3 |

= rycs

|||z

¢ Write the product in simplest form

F

Section 3.4 © Multiplication and Division of Fractions

17

Check your understanding 4 : 5 2 Evaluate the variable expression xy for x = 55 and y = 3. 5 SOLUTION See page S-3. 3 |> Objective 3.4A Practice

1. Multiply: 3-3 l

. Multiply: a ; 3 l

. Multiply: 3; ;ae

. Multiply: 35-55

19

WN & >

5. Find the product of is and =.

-

6. Evaluate xy for x = + and VS 6x.

~ or 3

Solutions on pp. S-12—S-13.

Objective 3.4B

Divide fractions The reciprocal of a fraction is that fraction with the numerator and denominator interchanged. The reciprocal of a number is also called the multiplicative inverse of the number. .

ire.

ae!

The reciprocal of | is ..

A

AY

Hoe

S)

The reciprocal of 5 is” 1

The product of a number and its reciprocal is 1.

The process of interchanging the numerator and denominator of a fraction is called inverting the fraction.

To find the reciprocal of a whole number, first rewrite the whole number as a fraction with a denominator of 1. Then invert the fraction.

6=

°

The reciprocal of 6 is i.

Reciprocals are used to rewrite division problems as related multiplication problems. Look at the following two problems: Oo

|

NM

\|

ios)

6 divided by 2 equals 3.

oO

II

1S)

6 times the reciprocal of 2 equals 3.

Division! isldefinted as/multiplication bythefeCiprocall Therefore, “divided by 2” s the same as

“times 5.” Fractions are divided by making this substitution.

18

Module3 e Fractions

Division of Fractions

To divide two fractions, multiply by the reciprocal of the divisor. where b # 0, c # 0, andd #0

EXAMPLE Cr

eS Divide: = + — oye Sie oyu. LL an pee S45 24 8 SS SS Dice

¢ Rewrite the division as multiplication by the reciprocal!

¢ Multiply the fractions

ie 7 14 IDinyitelos Se OES

ieee 100 15

= ue

=

=

=

* Rewrite the division as multiplication by the reciprocal

10 14 Pols

* Multiply the fractions

10-14 UI AS PRED) OI,©. Th

¢ Write the product in simplest form

7a Note in the next example that when we divide a fraction and a whole number, we first write the whole number as a fraction with a denominator of 1.

Take Note > Sie ie

6 =

#53

5 means that if

is divided into 6 equal parts, 1

If 6 people share 3 of a pizza, what fraction of the pizza does each person eat? SOLUTION

To find the fraction, find the quotient of ;and 6.

each equal part is 3

Therefore, if 6 people share 3 fiof a pizza, each person eats A of the pizza.

3 4 3 4 3 |

2

©

Write

6as 2

* Rewrite the division as multiplication by the reciprocal et ©

* Multiply the fractions

aS Nlwoa Orew

Each person eats ¢ of the pizza.

Section 3.4 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Fractions

19

When a number in a quotient is a mixed number, first write the mixed number as an im-

proper fraction. Then divide the fractions.

bay

ree!

l

PDivides= =, i 8) 4 2

:

i

Oy

=

2 aus 2)

2

4

=—-—-—

=

Se) 2:4

—_

8

=

SE

«

Write

the mixed

*

Rewrite

th

'

Multiply

number

vision

the

|; as

an improper

multiplication

by

fraction

the reciprocal

fractions

15

|Focus on dividing fractions Pog

A

8

(Divides | 5 15) |SOLUTION 4 ind 8

5

a

4 f 15

Thisaers!

AB

* Multiply

by the reciprocal

8

SySi)

_2-2-3°5 B) PLS POD) =

3 =

|

2 |

|

*

The

answer can be written

as an improper fractionor a mixed numbei

2

Check your understanding 5

5

| SOLUTION

10 See page S-3.

| Focus on dividing mixed numbers 4 | Divide: 3— + 2— 15

SOLUTION e Write the mixed numbers

as improper

¢ Write the product in simplest form

Check your understanding 6 3 1 Divide: ivide 4— 8 + 3— , SOLUTION

See page S-3.

|

|

fractions

20

Module3 ° Fractions

"Focus on dividing a whole number and a fraction | What is the quotient of 6 and 29 |

| SOLUTION +. OS

©

ae

3 eS

|

CED

| |

Sage1ae

|

wes

* Write 6 as 7

* Multiply by ultiply by the the reciprocal reciproca

IES) |

=

ae

¢ Write the product in simplest form

1-3

|

10

|

=—=

|

10

Check your understanding 7 _ Find the quotient of 4 and S. | SOLUTION

See page S-3.

4

_ Focus on evaluating a variable expression | Evaluate x + ytot x= 35 and y = 5. - SOLUTION lazy

| eee 5 ieee

a 25 at = RN PS Se 35°59 Be alih.

|Check your understanding 8 | Evaluate x + y for x = 2 and y = 9. |SOLUTION

|

See page S-4.

A

Objective 3.4B Practice

9 ‘e

1. Divide: ; = ;

2. Divide: 6+ 3 8 Sel woe. 3. Divide: 33 + 3

rele

We

3 e

WO 5

Tagen

4. Divide: 33 oo 26

yet

Se a

= or | e

5. Find the quotient of 25 and 2 Pye

2 or re 4

hl

5

6. Evaluate x + y when x = 43 and y = 7. Solutions on pp. S-13-S-14.

:

Section 3.4 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Fractions

Objective 3.4C

21

Solve application problems and use formulas Figure ABC is a triangle. AB is the base, b, of the triangle. The line segment from C that forms a right angle with the base is the height, /, of the triangle. The formula for the area of a triangle is given below.

Cc

Area of a Triangle The formula for the area of a triangle is A = tbh, where A is the area of the triangle, b is the base, and h is the height. EXAMPLE

eee 2 The area of the triangle at the right is 6 m

| Focus on finding the area of a triangle A riveter uses metal plates that are in the shape of a triangle and have a base of 12 cm and a height of 6 cm. Find the area of one metal plate. STRATEGY

To find the area, use the formula for the area of a triangle,

A = Shh. b=

12 andh=6

_ SOLUTION |

|

| A=-—bh | 2

(A=5 090 |

12cm

A = 36

| The area is 36 cm’.

Check your understanding 9 Find the amount of felt needed to make a banner that is in the shape of a triangle with a base of 18 in. and a height of 9 in.

ie

SOLUTION

See page S-4.

81 in?

| Focus on solving an application problem A 12-foot board is cut into pieces 25 ft long for use as bookshelves. What is the length of the remaining piece after as many shelves as possible are cut? | STRATEGY

_ To find the length of the remaining piece: | ¢ Divide the total length (12) by the length of each shelf (24).The quotient is the number |

of shelves cut, with a certain fraction of a shelf left over.

* Multiply the fraction left over by the length of a shelf.

22.

Module 3 © Fractions | SOLUTION

nasi g it, 52 2_2-2 aD. tO AS Modes

WA GS

4 5

_ 4 shelves, each 25 ft long, can be cut from the board. The piece remaining is Zof a 25-foot shelf.

4 t 6“3

45 _45 =2 6.9. 429

Phe length of the remaining piece is 2 ft.

_ Check your understanding 10 The Booster Club is making 22 sashes for the high school band members. Each sash requires | 2yd of materia] at a cost of $12 per yard. Find the total cost of the material.

SOLUTION

See page S-4.

$363

Objective 3.4C Practice

inthe NEWS!

>

Asteroid to Fly Within Orbit of

1. The Assyrian calendar was based on the phases of the moon. One lunation was 295 days long. There were 12 lunations in one year. Find the number of days in one year in the Assyrian calendar. 954 days 2. A car used 125 gal of gasoline on a 275-mile trip. How many miles can this car travel on J gal of gasoline? 22 m:

the Moon Asteroid GA®6 will zip past Earth on Thursday at 7:06 p.m, EDT. The asteroid, a space rock about 7\ ft wide, will fly within the orbit of the moon while it passes Parth,

3. Read the news clipping at the left. The distance between Earth and the moon is approximately 250,000 mi. At its closest point, asteroid GA6 was iiof that distance from Earth. Approximate the asteroid’s distance from Earth at its closest point. 5,000 mi 4. A vegetable garden is in the shape of a triangle with a base of 21 ft and a height of

Source:

Solutions on pp. S-14—S-15.,

news, yahoo.com

13 ft. Find the area of the vegetable garden.

4,

,,

SECTION

(35

Objective 3.5A

Addition and Subtraction of Fractions Add fractions Addition of Fractions with the Same Denominator

To add fractions with the same denominator, add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. EXAMPLES

litte Take Note > Ii Example 2 al the right, note that the answer is reduced to simplest form, AIWwiys

Hplest

Wile

fort

Your

atswer

in

=:

Section 3.5 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Fractions

]

aL.

ay

18

=

18

18

|

¢

18

The denominators are the same. Add the numerators Place the sum over the common denominator

9) =

¢ Write the answer

in simplest form

To add fractions with different denominators, first rewrite the fractions as equivalent fractions with a common denominator. Then add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. The LCM of the denominators of the fractions is the least common denominator (LCD).

EXAMPLE

Adda =+ = 29.53 The LCM of the denominators 2 and 3 is ©. ¢ Write equivalent fractions with 6 as the denominator

«

Add the numerators

Focus on adding fractions INOW

oe # = se = eS)

SOLUTION 5 a y =

45

56

8

a)

WDD

9

¢ Write equivalent fractions using 72 (the denominators) as the common

LCM of the

denominator

AS + 56 =

72

101 =

=

92

¢«

Add the numerators

e

The answer

29 |

7p:

Check your understanding 1 INGO

TE eal Se Se a tee Ais)

SOLUTION

See page S-4.

23

can be written as a fraction or a mixed number

23

24

Module3 ° Fractions [|

Focus on adding fractions Find 5 more than 3.

| SOLUTION 3 a 8

7 = 12)

Z ak 14 24 24

* Write equivalent fractions using 24 (the LCM of the denominators) as the common denominator

9414

See page S-5.

ia

The sum of a whole number and a fraction is a mixed number.

The procedure below illus2 trates why 2 + — = De 3 3

Add:

2

6

2

D;

3

3

8

3

2 +

To add a whole number and a mixed number, write the fraction and then add the whole numbers.

2 Add: Te +4 2

Write the fraction.

UP

+4

Add the whole numbers.

VW

sets >

5

1] M|rN

Section 3.5 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Fractions

25

To add two mixed numbers, add the fractional parts and then add the whole numbers. Remember to reduce the sum to simplest form.

Focus on adding mixed numbers

What is 673 added to 55? SOLUTION

The LCM of the denominators 9 and 15 is 45.

Add the fractional parts.

Add the whole numbers.

x4. 520 9 14

45 42

°15

O45

fa

20

9 14

45 42

ome

62 is

62 ig

2 eet

17 lg tga = 12

| Check your understanding 4

| Add: 7 ee + 13— eS 10 15 |

| SOLUTION

7

See page S-5.

2855

A pastry chef is making a blueberry cake that requires 13 cups of flour for the streusel topping and li cups of flour for the cake. To find the total amount of flour the chef needs, add 15 and |i SOLUTION

Objective 3.5A Practice

abageceet ; ra eae >)

todeee S35

2 ISG ESE ASE 16 165 48 SinAddasianeroleatt j

eee

aaa)

2

4. Find the sum of 3,2 and 3

5 5) 5. Add: 1 aF 35

i Le

Solutions on pp. S-15—S-16.

19

i

26

Module3 ¢ Fractions

Objective 3.5B

Subtract fractions

Subtraction of Fractions with the Same Denominator To subtract fractions with the same denominator, subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.

EXAMPLE =

2

11

I

PSUDthAC hei 18 1



18

7

=

= 18

Ws

18

*« The denominators are the same.

Subtract the numerators

18 =

4 ——

* Place the difference over the common

denominator

18 =

=

¢ Write

the answer

in simplest form

9

Subtraction of Fractions with Different Denominators

To subtract fractions with different denominators, first rewrite the fractions as equivalent fractions with a common denominator. Then subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator. EXAMPLE

if

5

Subtract ubtrac 6

4

The LCD of the fractions is | 2.

10 6

4

3

* Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction with 12 as

12

12

the

10-37 12

12

denominator

¢ Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common

denominator

"Focus on subtracting fractions | Siloieeis

11

=

2

16

12

| SOLUTION 11

5

333)

AD)

16

12

48

48 48

=



* Write equivalent fractions using 48 (the LCM of the denominators) as the common denominator ¢ Subtract

the numerators

¢ Write the answer

in simplest form

Section 3.5 « Addition and Subtraction of Fractions

27

Check your understanding 5 im | Subtract Su 2 == ils

| SOLUTION

=g BA

See page S-5.

=

| Focus on subtracting fractions | Find the difference between iand =. |

SOLUTION | oT

5

eee

12

|

i

ZA a. 10

24

* Write

24

equivalent

lenominators)

fractions

as the

using

24 (the

LCM of the

common denominat

ap tegdal

24 |

=

|

Sree

1]

¢ Write

the

an

simple

24

| Check your understanding 6 |

Haters

5

8

| Find 6 less than 9:

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

To subtract mixed numbers without borrowing, subtract the fractional parts and then subtract the whole numbers.

ubtrac SURE

5 3 B=6 — 2r

Subtract the fractional parts. 5

10

Ie eT

* The LCD of the

me

ee

ractions

fies Da 4

:

Subtract the whole numbers.

is

i

5

10

Fine tsOB

12

= =

=

ae

9

4

12

NW l

Pet

12

12

a

The difference is 375

Subtraction of mixed numbers sometimes involves borrowing.

Bese PeSUbiactay

P. 3

1 6 7=

Write equivalent fractions

Borrow | from 7. Add the 1 — Subtract the mixed

using the LCD, 24.

te 4. Write 1s ae 3

1 ==

4

memati = iS

ee eueeee)

15

| —2-=2— Pe C4

j

ae

28

Me

24

«24

5

15

15

Q— =)2— = 2 8 DA 04

:

13

| The difference is 457.

numbers.

i ok Go

Te

an

5

15

—2==2— Sua eod 13 4 24

28

Module 3 e Fractions

Apply the Concept

7

The inseam of a pant leg is 305 in. What is the length of the inseam after a tailor

cuts :in. from the pant leg? SOLUTION

To find the length of the inseam, subtract :from 305.

i)

3

ieee

3

7 :

3

Te eo ye

The length of the inseam is 293 in.

i)

SUbitactss))=- ar

_ Borrow | from 5.

Write | as a fraction so that the fractions have the

Subtract the mixed numbers.

same denominators. Nn

I] Na

ll aN

nn

nn

| i)

I] K

Il we)

cof

le)

|] 00 | (noo oo tw

The difference is 23.

_ Focus on subtracting mixed numbers |Find us decreased by 2.

| SOLUTION =

ie

(oO eeerR 11 33 Se

=

10

LCD = 48

48 33

ca

35 48

&-

|Check your understanding 7

| What is 215 minus 775? |

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

E=3

ee 30

Objective 3.5B Practice

insane Oj

ubdtract:

0

Wl 2. Subtract: 9

ee 0

10

hui 6 ie

5 3. Subtract: gs dG

(Alyy

11

Section 3.5 e Addition and Subtraction of Fractions

28

4. Subtract:

ordbras

Oe =

85

75

Busine od6 e ubdtract: 9 6. Evaluate

29

as Z TS

x — y for x = 8 and y = 42. 3

Solutions on pp. S-16-S-17.

Objective 3.5C

Solve application problems -

| Focus on solving application problems involving fractions

| The

length of a regulation NCAA football must be no less than 10% in. and no more

"than ig in. What is the difference between the minimum and maximum lengths of an || NCAA regulation football? STRATEGY

| To find the difference, subtract the minimum length (103) from the maximum length

l 12) 16/° | SOLUTION Me

7

lO

16

poe;

7

lla

8

eye.

F

16

=

16

=

16

16

«16

Q

The difference is (6 in.

| Check your understanding 8 | The Heller Research Group conducted a survey to determine favorite doughnut flavors. :of the respondents named glazed doughnuts, 4 named filled doughnuts, and 3 named | frosted doughnuts. What fraction of the respondents did not name glazed, filled, or

| frosted as their favorite type of doughnut? 13 SOLUTION See page S-6. ‘0d

bes Focus on solving application problems involving fractions

A 23-inch piece is cut from a 62-inch board. How much of the board is left? | STRATEGY

To find the length remaining, subtract the length of the piece cut from the total length of the board. SOLUTION

5)

15

39

1

1

Cpe Ss

23

354 D3),

,

3s

354 in. of the board are left.

30

Module3 e Fractions

Check your understanding 9 A flight from New York to Los Angeles takes 5 5h. After the plane has been in the air for 23 h, how much flight time remains? 2

SOLUTION

See page S-6.

2h 4

Focus on solving application problems involving fractions Two painters are staining a house. In one day, one painter stains }of the house and the other stains tof the house. How much of the job remains to be done? STRATEGY

To find how much of the job remains: l

| ¢ Find the total amount of the house already stained (3ap 1). _ © Subtract the amount already stained from 1, which represents the complete job. SOLUTION 1

4

2

ora. i: 1 = 4

ae

3}

i a

7

1

12

iL?

5

5

12

12

> of the house remains to be stained

Check your understanding 10 A patient is put on a diet to lose 24 lb in 3 months. The patient loses 15 Ib the first month and 53 Ib the second month. How much weight must be lost during the third month to | achieve the goal?

| SOLUTION

See page S-6.

10; Ib

Objective 3.5C Practice 1. A roofer and an apprentice are roofing a newly constructed house. In one day, the roofer completes 3of the job and the apprentice completes f of the job. How much of the job remains to be done? Working at the same rate, can the roofer and the apprentice complete the job in one more day?

5

EYES

20

2. A student worked 43 h, 5 h, and 33 h this week at a part-time job. The student is paid

$9 an hour. How much did the student earn this week?

5117

3. A boxer is put on a diet to gain 15 lb in 4 weeks. The boxer gains 45 Ib the first week

and 33 Ib the second week. How much weight must the boxer gain during the third and fourth weeks in order to gain a total of 15 Ib? Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.

6; Ib

Section 3.6 © Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions

31

SECTION

Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions Objective 3.6A

Multiply and divide positive and negative fractions The sign rules for multiplying positive and negative fractions are the same rules used to multiply integers.

The product of two numbers with the same sign is positive. The product of two numbers with different signs is negative.

3008 Multiply: Pere The signs are different. The product is negative.

3. 8 At 5 —

3-8 4: as PY cto ow) PP AD3C5

MIBLIEV® £0.00 rsiidin lite keno rebar bor *

Write

the

product

in

simy

lest

form

rs

The sign rules for dividing positive and negative fractions are the same rules used to divide integers.

The quotient of two numbers with the same sign is positive. The quotient of two numbers with different signs is negative.

The signs are the same. The quotient is positive.

ioe 108

LAN eee714 15 Hy BES) =

=

=

—-:—

10 14 els 10-14 Theis) Dies 2, 27

* Rewrite

¢

Multiply

the division as multiplication by the reciprocal

the fractions

* Write the product in simplest form

32

Module3 « Fractions

_ Focus on multiplying positive and negative fractions | Multiply: -2(5)(-5)

- SOLUTION 3/1

=

8

=

4\2

edhe

=

9

4-2-9 AONE So

* The product is positive Multiply the numerators Multiply the denominators

sD

2:2-2-3-3

one eed

¢ Write the

; product

in simplest form

| 3

_ Check your understanding 1

|

Weve

| SOLUTION

See page S-7.

| Multiply: aor Nees

|S

_ Focus on evaluating a variable expression :

;

4

5)

Evaluate the variable expression xy for x = 15 and y = —@. SOLUTION

(B22 eee pe if a

6

ee) :

as

4

« Replace x by 1= and y by

516 O55 = —— S26 Bee =-— JHZE8 3

=

=

—%.5 Write

154 as an improper fraction

* Multiply numerators and multiply denominators.

¢ Write the product in simplest form

|

|

*

The answer can be written as an improper fraction or a mixed number.

_ Check your understanding 2 | Evaluate the variable expression xy for x = —55 and y = 5.

| SOLUTION

See page S-7.

ae| iI)

|Focus on dividing positive and negative mixed numbers 1vide: soe 15 5 (-25] 10 Divide | |

| SOLUTION

sks

(24) =

VetSae

10

|

(2-2) 15

(49

a

10

* The signs are different. The quotient is negative. Write the mixed numbers as improper fractions.

10

¢ Write the product in simplest form

Section 3.6 * Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions

| Check your understanding 3

|

Dues IVIG

CS

| SOLUTION

a: nee

Ses

See page S-7.

15

| Focus on dividing positive and negative fractions | What is the quotient of 6 and —39

| SOLUTION Gah

3

;

5

Ss

6

j

3

it

¢ The signs are different. The quotient is negative

&

Write 6 as 7

HS

| |

Sa) ay

ey ee

¢ Multiply by the reciprocal

=—

* Write the product in simplest form

_| Check your understanding 4 |Find the quotient of 4 and 2

|

|| SOLUTION

See page S-7.

4

2)

Objective 3.6A Practice

1.. Multipl 26 ( | 1ply Bhkoa Verte: 5

3 ie)

2. Multiply:

:5

2 eo)

| ae

S) ull 3. Multiply: Pits

er

2 3 ultiply Si3 ( 24 INiuitiipohys ((SS4

ph

iy

55

ET

5. Evaluate xy for x = —jg andy =j75. 5

5)

a

- re

6

(O IDYaAivide: les ==~~ ae || ( :) 3 5

Ty JOXNRIGIER = 8

oh IDinasles ivide

(-5) 12 5 7 Sys [|4 5 (

¢

= 10

—8

9.% Find the quotient of 25 and 2 FBS

:

5

2 or te 4

|

ileal

10. Evaluate x + y for x= —g andy = —>5. Solutions on pp. S-18-S-19.

5

33

34

Module3 e Fractions

Objective 3.6B

Add and subtract positive and negative fractions To add a fraction with a negative sign, rewrite the fraction with the negative sign in the numerator. Then add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. i | |

Take Note > =|

1

12-12

3a

48S 4

Add: -> + = 6.

1

SoS

12

6

sls

OS a 6 + =lQ .

=

4

Although the sum could have

SSS 12

=i been left as Te all answers

Oa

in this text are written with the negative sign in front of the fraction.

SS

=

aa 12

* Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction using the (12) of the fractions

Y

EE

12

Sa

* Rewrite the first fraction with the negative sign in the numerator

¢

|

ee

ee

12

Add the fractions

¢ Simplify the numerator and write the negative sign in front of the

12

2

4

3

5

LCD

fraction

Add: -= + (-= 2

+

{—

3

ENE = 5

en

+ 3

LO

ees2

es 15

— IS}

LOG

=

* Rewrite each negative fraction with the negative sign in the numerator

>

* Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction using the LCD (15) of the fractions

Eat?

710 + (+12)

15

99 =

«

Add the fractions

7

=

=>

15

]

=

15

To subtract fractions with negative signs, first rewrite the fractions with the negative signs in the numerators.

By Simplify: Ee

2

See

9

12

5

=

* Rewrite the negative fraction with the negative sign in the

9 =

12

numerator

au — iS 36

=

8

15 =

36 23

=

¢ Write the fractions as equivalent fractions with a common

36

denominator

23 36

* Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator ¢ Write the negative sign in front of the fraction

36

:

2 P Subtracts— 3

4 (-2) 5

2 —— 13

2

a

3 NO, —

5

4 3)

{-—]=—+

=

=

* Rewrite subtraction as addition of the opposite

i

1S

— 15

IOs

12

———_

15

Te eh

¢ Write the fractions as equivalent fractions with a common denominator e Add the fractions

Section 3.6 ¢ Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions as

Focus on adding signed fractions Ad

|

ep Na) eee or

a

gene

3)

6

|

| SOLUTION le }

——+

|

8

||

gece)

5)

-

4

=

6

ee)

+

8

=

|

=

sao

ee

+

4

Omen

+

;

S90

24

24

24

=o

is

(20)

24

i |

* Rewrite each negative fraction with the negative

6

24

sign in the numerator

* Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction using the LCD (24) of the fractions *

Add the fractions

1 24

| Check your understanding 5

:

leoANdGs

5. i2

ets “8

| ( ;)

+—+

| SOLUTION

|

See page S-8.

24



| Focus on subtracting signed fractions oe! | Subtract

SS2 6

|( SS4 8

| SOLUTION | |

lt

5

« 3 9 |-—_.—4 |) - 5 5.SSimplity.— Simplify 8 = (=

bei

Subriinys (7 (= = 5) =)) ===16. 6.» Simplify

ae

6A

Solutions on pp. S-21-S-22.

Objective 3.7B

Simplify complex fractions A complex fraction is a fraction whose numerator or denominator contains one or more fractions. Examples of complex fractions are shown below.

4

Main fraction bar ——~

10

coo|r|Ri[w

Look at the first example given above and recall that the fraction bar can be read “divided by.” =A )

Therefore, — can be read “* divided by 4

“ce 3

” and can be written | ~ ,. This is the division

8

of two fractions, which can be simplified by multiplying by the reciprocal, as shown below.

To simplify a complex fraction, first simplify the expression above the main fraction bar and the expression below the main fraction bar; the result is one number in the numerator and one number in the denominator. Then rewrite the complex fraction as a division problem by reading the main fraction bar as “divided by.”

| Focus on simplifying Simplify:

a complex fraction

i ———

2) SOLUTION a

pete1

= as 2)

2

¢ The numerator (4) is already simplified. Simplify the expression in the dene ( ) tenominator.

2

SS =

Note;

5 asD

Tes

o

ay)

a y; aa)

¢ Rewrite the complex fraction as division. I

a aoe >

¢ Divide.

12

sie

3 2}.

3 I 8

=—=

5

3

|—

5

;

¢ Write the answer in simplest form.

40

Module 3 « Fractions

Check your understanding 3 | Simplify: 7

i

|

Sel SOLUTION

See page S-9.

| Focus on simplifying

|

39

if

a complex fraction

nea

| 10:5 | Simplify: ——— i 4

SOLUTION =

Sie

SIs

10

ce:

3

5

10

¢ Simplify the expression in the numerator

5

lies

Note:

4 =

3

=|

5

==

= =

3

4

10

ll

anh y 3

4

Write the mixed number

as

in the denominator

* Rewrite the complex fraction as division. The quotient will be negative

¢ Divide by multiplying by the reciprocal

5 =

——

* Write the answer in simplest form

| Check your understanding 4

|

po se,

|

4

5

|

2 +

I

3).

&4

| Simplify:

| SOLUTION

See page S-9.

Objective 3.7B Practice

sack Fae LG 1. Simplify: ra 4 |

2. Simplify:

as

:

ile 3. Simplify:

ee

oes)

r

14° 7 43 4. Simplify: : 2 55 Sie SY

5. Evaluate = —

5 = : ad 4 Beye,

=o

eae lora 4, = 7,i= and @="95. 17

Solutions on pp. S-22—-S-23.

as an improper fraction,

Solutions to Module 3

SOLUTIONS TO MODULE

3

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 3.1

Check your understanding 1 S095 NO

0)

2 = Ip)

80% 3) — 10 30 + 4

* Does not divide evenly

30+5=6 30

a

6 =5

¢

The factors are repeating

The factors of 30 are 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, and 30.

Check your understanding 2 11

2)22 2)44 2)88

88 =2:°2-2*11 =2?-11 Check your understanding 3 5g 5)295 DD ISy"5°Bh)

Check your understanding 4 7

The

LEM = 2 2+3-3-5-7 = 420.

Check your understanding 5

The GCF = 2° 2)°3 = 12,

Check your understanding 6 3

5

11

Because no numbers are circled, the GCF = 1.

S-1

S-2

Solutions to Module 3

Section 3.2

Check your understanding 1

“4

Check your understanding 2 17

oA Check your understanding 3

yo

4

ae

~20

2

Dy,

Check your understanding 4 4

pee

ee

93

0

Check your understanding 5

5 «88 Section 3.3

1124+ 5 8

8

Check your understanding 1 |

a

fOr 94 Tp ee 1

1 1

2-287

Rb

| Oe 1



1

1

8

ee eas il

Qnia

Oe 1

eae

1

ine 3-5 130.9 2-0 De 1

F AS

1

2-22

15 1

Die

Check your understanding 2 45+5=9 5 =

¢ Divide the larger denominator by the smaller

5-9 9 =

A5

¢ Multiply the numerator

and denominator of the given fraction by the quotient (9)

27;18 equivalent al 45 to 3=.

Check your understanding 3 Write 6 as $ 18+ C=

1=18

6-18

=

ire tN

¢ Divide the larger denominator

— 108 Se

by the smaller

* Multiply the numerator and denominator of the given fraction

18

by the quotient (18)

ra is equivalent to 6.

Check your understanding 4 9

27

1355

26

9 iS 13

14

42

7

ap)

14

21

Solutions to Module 3

Section 3.4

Check your understanding 1

(a \e) SII,

i538

=

15

Sel

* Multiply the numerators Multiply the denominators

als)

(S222 S}O DAS PROSSER)

=

* Write the product in simplest form

De pz|

Check your understanding 2 8 9

367 80 : = De le oe

-6

2s 2°2:2:2°-3

* Write 6 as ;.

== 16 =

3-3-1

5 I

3

¢

3

The

Then multiply

answer can be written as an improper

fraction or a mixed

number

Check your understanding 3

pl ab he. 3--Q- = S = YS

¢ Write the mixed numbers as improper

fractions.

qr ® es 3yo Bie Bye Pha il

+

(so)

Te ae ay

Then multiply

92

Pe)

Check your understanding 4 xy

Pale ae oe 3

eae

3

and y by

=. Then multiply

a [410-2 “88 abit Secv2 52-73

2 Se

Pigs

Bh 1)

Check your understanding 5

Oe ry 627 6 10 6-10 e UCESCaee

D305

* Multiply by the reciprocal

aa

4

A

Check your understanding 6

pate alee 33 ph 109522 3542 ReeeOee Sno Geko 837

See DDS PEDO GS

eh

4

Check your understanding 7

* Write the mixed numbers as improper fractions

Then multiply by the reciprocal

S-3

S-4

Solutions to Module 3

Check your understanding 8 IG => FY

,

1

5

eee eo ee 2 A 1 BAL ee _ 3235 eed 2725 3a8 2 a

4

Check your understanding 9 STRATEGY To find the amount of felt needed, use the formula for the area of a triangle, b = 18 andh = 9

1 A = i Dh.

SOLUTION

A=

Th 2

=ae5 18) (1809)(9 A=

8l

81 in’ of felt are needed.

Check your understanding 10 STRATEGY To find the total cost:

3

¢ Multiply the amount of material per sash (13)by the number of sashes (22) to find the total number of yards of material needed.

¢ Multiply the total number of yards of material needed by the cost per yard (12). SOLUTION

3 59 =lh 22s ee 8 a al 121 | = — = 30— 4 4 1 ON edible 30—-12= 4 40 4-1 11-11-2-2:3 = 363 Tl The total cost of the material is $363.

Section 3.5

Check your understanding 1 7 aie MI =

35 ae 33

9

45

15

45

_ 35 + 33 = =

45

68

eS

IG

¢ Write equivalent fractions using 45, the

LCM of the denominators

of the fractions

¢ Add the numerators

w3;

Ne

¢ Write the answer as a mixed number or an improper fraction.

Solutions to Module3

Check your understanding 2 5 i

9

12

16

20).

=

Pal

ae

48

¢ Write equivalent fractions using 48, the LCM of the denominators

48

of the fractions

_ 20.+.27 a

48

¢

Add the numerators

47 48

Check your understanding 3

2

OL ED

Sb

4

de Se

5

8

40

SUR —

ae

40

oa

Zo

40

87 40

ees

40

* Write equivalent fractions using 40, the

¢

Add the numerators

5 i

EN ae

aan

Spee

40

* Write the answer as a mixed number or an improper

Check your understanding 4 —74

a wee

=

5

°

30

7

is 3( 30 The e LCD is

PII

6—= 10

6—30

11 qr IBS] = 15

22 ISS 30 67 (j= SS Di 30 30

Check your understanding 5 13

V

eel

= 24 =

18 _

WD

TP

Dh mi

« Write equivalent fractions using 72, the denominatorsof the fractions

LCM of the

All

70

¢ Subtract the numerators

st G2,

Check your understanding 6 Sion asd ae Ol * Write equivalent 9

6

18

18

Dilcesis a

©

18

fractions using 18, the denominators of the fractions

¢ Subtract the numerators

a!

18

21]

=2)

LCM of the

denominators of the fractions

= 20

¢ The LCD is 36.

LCM of the

fraction

S-5

S-6

Solutions to Module 3

Check your understanding 8 STRATEGY

To find the fraction of the respondents who did not name glazed, filled, or frosted: ¢ Add the three fractions to find the fraction that named glazed, filled, or frosted.

¢ Subtract the fraction that named glazed, filled, or frosted from 1, the entire group surveyed.

SOLUTION yD, 8 3 +—+—= eee

20)

40

-

32

+

15

OO Rae OOOO

an

100

100

100

100 ~~100

ip of the respondents did not name glazed, filled, or frosted as their favorite type of doughnut.

Check your understanding 9 STRATEGY

To find the time remaining before the plane lands, subtract the number of hours already

in the air (23) from the total time of the trip (54). SOLUTION

eG 5— = 5= = 4— a 3 RG eee Aa 3 2h 4

The plane will land in 23 h. Check your understanding 10 STRATEGY

To find the amount of weight to be lost during the third month: ¢ Find the total weight loss during the first two months (73 + 53). e Subtract the total weight loss from the goal (24 Ib). SOLUTION

i gn 2 4

eee4

ee4 5 1 12> = 13—Ib lost 4 4 4

24 =23-4

Sig 4ae 4 4 10>4 Ib The patient must lose 103 Ib to achieve the goal.

Solutions to Module 3

Section 3.6

S-7

Check your understanding 1

(-3) S)-2.33 3

12

15

3.49

an

15

1€ product 18 positive.

eS See IP2F> ili 1hOS) OPES ByOO D2: NON ow) or.

775)

Check your understanding 2

xy 12

==

41

0 =

8

3

2

;

8

¢ The signs are different.

3

Improper

The answer ts negative.

|

Write 5g as an

traction

41-2 =

-(8-3

* Multiply the numerators.

Multiply the denominators

ey =

(5 ere

4i

5

_—

br

* Write the product in simplest form * Write the answer

ete)

as an improper

fraction or a mixed numbe:

Check your understanding 3 —q4—

3} 8

1

+ 3-—=

»

3)



8

:

* The signs are different.

»

oi 35 as improper

8 ; 5)

=

Soe

—|

——

2a

Be

=

a

Write 45 and

* Rewrite division as multiplication by the reciprocal

« Multiply the numerators.

SSS

5

The answer is negative.

fractions

Multiply the denominators

¢ Write the product in simplest form.

¢

Write the answer

as an improper

fraction or a mixed

number

4

Check your understanding 4 4

=

6 7

4

6

* The signs are different.

=

SS

arias

* Rewrite division as multiplication by the reciprocal.

ais

cael

¢ Multiply the numerators.

Lae) 4 7

easy

The answer is negative.

:

=

Write 4 =

4j

Multiply the denominators

LO) =

iM

2°2:7

* Write the product in simplest form.

re ANOS) 14

fe

¢ Write the answer as an improper fraction or a mixed number

S-8

Solutions to Module 3

Check your understanding 5 —

2

+ 2 +

d

I

&

6

=

2

ae 5 ae 71

(2 =

8

=10 24

* Rewrite each fraction with the negative sign in

6

the numerator.

ak 15 a. ea 24 24

* Write equivalent fractions using 24, the LCM of the denominators. Then add

_ 10 + 15 + (-4) 24

ane 24

SSS

SS

6

SS

9

9

Sj

SS Se 18 =

5

—;- with the negative sign in the

* Rewrite 6

numerator

aes

.

eee 18

slp

* Write equivalent fractions using 18, the LCM of the denominators.

14

¢ Subtract the fractions.

18 = 28 18

=

Section 3.7.

29

1

SSS SS 18

|

|= 18

¢ Write the difference as an improper fraction o1 a mixed number.

Check your understanding 1

C )Gra) 13

Bi( 2 4

13)

* Perform operations in parentheses

1 ¢ Simplify exponential expressions

:

* Multiply or divide from left to right

13 2 12

-13-= nee 13 1 O93 43.1925 a156 Check your understanding 2

( 7) =e 2 =

=

=

fa

LN

| ——]

D

wa

+

Ae

ad

-—

4+ —

=

¢ Simplify

5

als rae ae is

Bi) 5p 1 4 +

iO

S



kee 4

9

¢ Simplify (= 5

ae 1

8

5

IM

10

==

9 iI@

Solutions to Module 3

Check your understanding 3 2

2

Cees oe

a

sigy A

4

o +

l

3

84

2

2



SSS

=

cet

SoS

* Rewrite the complex fraction as division.

ee,

8?

323

9

15> 20°

12 3 520-20

SSS SS SS 8 4 &) |

2 =

* Simplify the expression in the denominator.

3

7

1]

=

12 3)

¢ Simplify the expression in the numerator and the expression in the denominator.

c

¢ Rewrite the complex fraction as division

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 3.1A

1. 12S ID

112 2=6

12+3=4 12-4=3 Thefactors of 12 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 12.

I, Dose I= No) 56 52 = 28 56+4=14 56 = 1 =8 561-5 =F The factors of 56 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28, and 56.

3. 48 = 1 = 48 48 +2 = 24 48 = 3'=16 48+4=12 48 -6=8 48 = 8=6 The factors of 48 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, and 48.

S-9

S-10

Solutions to Module 3

2)16 16=2-2-2-2=2 5

ae

2)10 2)20 2)40 40 =2-2:2-5=23-5 6. 37 is a prime number.

Objective 3.1B

1.

2

3.

4.

5.

6

2

3 5=

10

KOM

3

3)

5

© 5

= Do Bos) = AO

Solutions to Module 3

Objective 3.1C

Objective 3.2A

Objective 3.2B

il.

S-11

S-12

Solutions to Module 3

33 6

2 {ee 11 Objective 3.3A

;

2

2 aes 11 11

a =

1.

=

10903

6

1

1

5

1

16° 2922-20

8

4

Dao ao eel

j 7

12a 22 15 5-7 Ce 36

1

2 35

1

1

“pba:

Objective 3.3B

1

1

1

1

Bi A 4-4

(0 27 See ji-7 5-2 139: =. : 3 2 15-4 4. 64 + 16 = 4; —— : 2 16:4 et:

Objective 3.4A

he 16

1. 16+ 4=4;——=— p

Objective 3.3C

1

PBI”. Sey 2-2-2-B

E49 10 IS =

60 — 64

ie ee 40 40 2 11635n Sees 2s =——-=—,—> Peeks bis ee 13-41-26) eae 8, = S; =—, = 18 36512 Bars ae 5 25 37. VOsae 7 4. =—, =—, < 12) 6015 60 noe 15 1. alae

1. >-1=-2.4

G2 Sa Se 322 VED 5

ey S

1504 " 16

10 loe4 16-9 375-22 DD Dates

3

Solutions to Module 3

“3 £4 8 9

2 3 PLE BOG SPL, OP GPLS Sie 3: a1

12

12

DADA e 27)

Objective 3.4B

1.

Di

ED

S-13

S-14

Solutions to Module 3

Objective 3.4C

1. STRATEGY

1 To find the number of days, multiply the number of days in one lunation (295) by 12. SOLUTION

Bele FO12 2D,

2)

=

539) o 112) Wo ||

= 354

There are 354 days in one year of the Assyrian calendar.

Solutions to Module3 -

S-15

STRATEGY

To find the number of miles traveled, divide the number of miles (275) by the

1 number of gallons used (125). SOLUTION

Il

21S

oD,

Zils).

Pes) + | 2 Pils) 72 se 25

The car can travel 22 mi on 1 gal of gas.

3. STRATEGY To approximate the asteroid’s distance from Earth at its closest point, multiply the distance between Earth and the moon in miles (250,000) by the fraction of that

9 distance that the asteroid was from Earth tl SOLUTION 2

!

.

eee

9 10

=

250,000

°

9

] 10 2,250,000 a 225,000 10

At its closest point, the asteroid was approximately 225,000 mi from Earth. 4.

STRATEGY

To find the area, use the formula below. Substitute 21 for b and 13 for h, and solve for A. SOLUTION

1

es

1

[ie D;ON 273 = S— = 2

es 3=

ik Bil

We

Dee.

|]

1 2

1

The area of the vegetable garden is 136, Ve

Objective 3.5A

1.

S-16

Solutions to Module 3

Bh

2_ 40 3 60 1 2 5 60 Feige2 12 60 Si 60 35459 aa 5 20 6 24

2 ee 60 20

plage gS iD 04 me Dy oh 5 en atS

(= f

ome 25

10,

Objective 3.5B

1

7

9 20 7 20 eal 20 +10 dele Om © als oes 6a ale 11 18 27 4 Sas To etl TO) beh Tee ee 5 45 45 4 20 20 ton aes 43

Solutions to Module 3

5.

40—

S-17

4 8 26 = 40— = 39 9 18 18 ]

Soap! Pye 6 18 18 see 18 (Ss Se

5h

5 6 §:=4-=7 6 6 ] = 3— 6

Objective 3.5C

4

5 6

1. STRATEGY To find the amount of roofing that remains: oa

al

¢ Add the amounts already done (Z3e i} ¢ Subtract the amount already done from the total job (1).

To determine if the roofers can finish in one more day, compare the amount already 1

done with —.

2

SOLUTION

2) i ay 54 9, 30 13.6201 2 13 20°20 20

eee 20 20

7 0 of the roofing job remains to be done. fl 1 Because 0 is less than 5° the roofing can be finished in one more day. 2.

STRATEGY

To find the amount earned: ¢ Add the hours worked (4;ar 8) ae 33). ¢ Multiply the hours worked by 9. SOLUTION

1 SE

z

aa

;

a

13

13-9 = 117

The student earned $117. 3.

STRATEGY

To find the amount of weight the boxer must gain: ¢ Add the amounts already gained (453F a) ¢ Subtract the amount gained from the goal amount (15).

S-18

Solutions to Module 3 SOLUTION

| Pa sceeeese3 4~+3—-=4-43 Pa ea ae 1S

Sa 4

4

Cee

8— =6 4 +

3 The boxer has or Ib left to gain.

Objective 3.6A

EQ

Solutions to Module 3 Nn

ON

nA rI|nr}n WN n|oa

NN

na ~

Aye We es 8 ( 4 ia G < a es

C4)

ey gee _ 340-233 7 3-220 Se’ y 16 neal 1) eo 5 10 ae 16 5> 7 SED DST eg Pe] 32-5 “ 5-7

=== -8 eee 5a 5) 5 12

3225

65"12 UE 5.55 WS 282.3 Sil

= 4 LOS

4

any,

Smeets.

\ae Oe.

-3+(-2)=3+4 ae

56

eer

815 3 5-2 7 239-9-3°5

S-19

S-20

Solutions to Module 3

Objective 3.6B

1.

sO dk 4

es Aes aes (res): ae _=9+88 =1 12 12 ik, + == + Pee orbs 8 =e 15 Ae, DA _-14+151 24 24 11 \ ° 2 ed + [=—+ 5 (-75) aS 2 Oppel! Ge erie =



1 12

See

6+(-11)

e + 8

—-5

15 15 1 hamec Case +—=—+ + 5) 41 Se Ope 12" 14 =—+ + 4. | 34) 9A O a(12) 14 4 ft 24

3G Se 3

a + 10

7 2

5 12

7 3. ay =—+ ieee iy aes O: =14 = ay eA _9+(-14) _ -5 30 30 _-1 3 ji 3 ee Se 8 8 _-4-3. -7 7 8 8 8 2\_-5 -2 3 oD aE hees: i sO

_ -5 = (-8) 12 See

en

i

Solutions to Module 3

-15+14

-1_

24

24

i571 36 Reis

Objective 3.7A

He

24

20 36 (—20)

36 156205 36

5 36

limeocd De 8 Ses 9 15

Se 45

45

ol

45

Suse Ono 4a —-=+-—+—-= EO

]

8 EE

5

21g Se

eo Sed 9 6 9 16m |— + —8 — — 1g 18 48

ee

=

ne,

Ee ie)

CTC

18 a

92 ee

Se, 1.9 38 Digue (Gtr == i 367) 36m

=

at

36.

eee 8

oil0r 35, Ty 55

72

aa

A

S-21

S-22

Solutions to Module 3

9 eis: 9 Be 10 \3 30510 wy 3 i i IG PS a3 24-26 10 ais 515 iris ~ 5

ae ecw Leb

a

to eye +3 BH19 iS Moa A394 = 1.0 re

Tie

G

aa

5) 16

pe

Ne

(; 2 Hi

glee p fond

one — 64—«W+6 ao 64. «64 é ~ 64 9

i 28

Objective 3.7B

3) Abn aa 4

Sx

eee-3 ~ 16 30nd me 4) ee ie AS). ik at a “86UF eee Ht 6-7 6 97 4 wy a 9° 1 Sir a 7 ei in eit 22 ad eg ie at

Solutions to Module 3

SI 4—-3=

8_ 8

Lots 8

7,

Ea

P4

pole Ca

Bo

Mes) 24 aay)

See

Bee

—-+—

ue 12

|7 a

nS 11)

Si 7

&ls 12

12

S-23

MODULE

Decimals and Percents

SECTION 4.1 Objective 4.1A

Introduction to Decimals Write decimals in standard form and in words

Objective 4.1B

Round a decimal to a given place value

Objective 4.1C

Compare decimals

SECTION 4.2

Adding and Subtracting Decimals

Objective 4.2A

Add and subtract decimals

Objective 4.2B

Solve application problems and use formulas

SECTION 4.3

Multiplying and Dividing Decimals

Objective 4.3A

Multiply decimals

Objective 4.3B

Divide decimals

Objective 4.3C

Solve application problems and use formulas

SECTION 4.4

Comparing and Converting Fractions and Decimals

Objective 4.4A

Convert fractions to decimals

Objective 4.4B

Convert decimals to fractions

Objective 4.4C

Compare a fraction and a decimal

Objective 4.4D

Write ratios and rates

SECTION 4.5

Introduction to Percents

Objective 4.5A

Write a percent as a decimal or a fraction

Objective 4.5B

Write a decimal or a fraction as a percent

SECTION 4.6

Radical Expressions and Real Numbers

Objective 4.6A

Find the square root of a perfect square

Objective 4.6B

Approximate the square root of a natural number

Objective 4.6C

Solve application problems

2

Module 4 e Decimals and Percents

SECTION

4.1 Objective 4.1A Take Note > In decimal notation, the part of the number that appears to

the left of the decimal point is the whole-number part. The part of the number that appears to the right of the decimal point is the decimal part. The decimal point separates the whole-number part from the decimal part.

| Introduction to Decimals Write decimals in standard form and in words The price tag on a sweater reads $61.88. The number 61.88 is in decimal notation. A number written in decimal notation is often called simply a decimal.

A number written in decimal notation has three parts.

61

:

Whole-number

Decimal

part

point

88 _—Decimal part

The decimal part of the number represents a number less than 1. For example, $.88 is less than $1. The decimal point (.) separates the whole-number part from the decimal part. The position of a digit in a decimal determines the digit’s place value. The place-value chart is extended to the right to show the place values of digits to the right of a decimal point.

In the decimal 458.302719, the position of the digit 7 determines that its place value is ten-thousandths.

To write a decimal in words, write the decimal part of the number as though it were a whole number, and then name the place value of the last digit.

0.9684

Nine thousand six hundred eighty-four ten-thousandths

The decimal point in a decimal is read as “and.”

372.516

Three hundred seventy-two and five hundred sixteen thousandths

To write a decimal in standard form when it is written in words, write the whole-number part, replace the word and with a decimal point, and write the decimal part so that the last digit is in the given place-value position. Four and twenty-three hundredths

3 is in the hundredths place.

4.23

Section 4.1

© Introduction to Decimals

3

Focus on naming a place value Name the place value of the digit 8 in the number 45.687. | SOLUTION

The digit 8 is in the hundredths place.

Check your understanding 1 | Name the place value of the digit 4 in the number 907.1342. SOLUTION

See page S-1.

Thousandths

Lo

When writing a decimal in standard form, you may need to insert zeros after the decimal point so that the last digit is in the given place-value position. Ninety-one and eight thousandths

8 is in the thousandths place.

91.008

Insert two zeros so that the 8 is in the thousandths place. Sixty-five ten-thousandths 5 is in the ten-thousandths place.

0.0065

Insert two zeros so that the 5 is in

the ten-thousandths place.

Focus on writing a number in words

| Write 293.50816 in words. SOLUTION | Two hundred ninety-three and fifty thousand eight hundred sixteen hundred-thousandths

Check your understanding 2 Write 55.6083 in words.

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

Fifty-five and six thousand eighty-three ten-thousandths

Focus on writing a number in standard form Write twenty-three and two hundred forty-seven millionths in standard form. SOLUTION 23.000247

¢ 7 is in the millionths place.

Check your understanding 3 Write eight hundred six and four hundred ninety-one hundred-thousandths in standard form.

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

806.00491

Objective 4.1A Practice

1. Name the place value of the digit 5 in the number 432.09157. 2. Write A asadecimal.

0.853

3. Write the number 25.6 in words.

Twenty-five and six tenths

—Ten-thousandths

4

Module 4 © Decimals and Percents 4. Write the number 1.004 in words. One and four thousandths 5. Write nine and four hundred seven ten-thousandths in standard form. 9.0407 6. Write six hundred twelve and seven hundred four thousandths in standard form.

612.704

Solutions on p. S-7.

Objective 4.1B Tips for Success > Have you considered joining a study group? Getting together regularly with other students in the class to go over material and quiz each other can be very beneficial. See AIM for Success.

Round a decimal to a given place value In general, rounding decimals is similar to rounding whole numbers except that the digits to the right of the given place value are dropped instead of being replaced by zeros. Round 6.9237 to the nearest hundredth. pany

jewncert place value (hundredths)

right are dropped.

6.9237 lid 3 5

Increase 3 by | and drop all digits to the right of 3.

12.385 rounded to the nearest tenth is 12.4.

_ Focus on rounding to a given place value | a. Round 0.9375 to the nearest thousandth. _ b. Round 2.5963 to the nearest hundredth. | ce. Round 72.416 to the nearest whole number. | SOLUTION

| a.

ee Given place value 0.9375 5=5 0.9375 rounded to the nearest thousandth is 0.938.

ca

ae

place value

2.5963 6>5 2.5963 rounded to the nearest hundredth is 2.60.

&

ee Given place value

72.416 4, between the numbers. 0.0135

0.02

| SOLUTION

0.02

0.0135

2

135

oe

100

10,000

200

135

10,000

10,000

200 10,000

O02

113)5%

=

10,000

==)

¢ Write the numbers as fractions

¢ Write the fractions with

a common

¢ Compare the fractions

O13

| Check your understanding 5 | Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers.

0.15

SOLUTION

0.107

See page S-1.

0.15 > 0.107

Objective 4.1C Practice 1. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers.

0.278 > 0.203 2. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers.

0.045 > 0.038 3. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers.

0.037 < 0.13 4. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers. 0.031 > 0.00987 5. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers. 0.02883 < 0.0305 Solutions on p. S-8.

denominator.

27 ten-thousandths

.0027 eee!

=

PEA 10,000

6

Module 4 e Decimals and Percents

SECTION

4.2 Objective 4.2A

|

Adding and Subtracting Decimals Add and subtract decimals

| Add: 0.326 + 4.8 + 57.23

Note that placing the decimal points on a vertical line ensures that digits of the same place value

+

{5 ees

sis

are added.

| The sum is 62.356. _ Find the sum of 0.64, 8.731, 12, and 5.9.

Arrange the numbers vertically, placing the decimal points on a _ vertical line.

12

_ Add the numbers in each column.

0.64 Sa oll 12.

_ Write the decimal point in the sum directly below the decimal points in the addends.

te PITA

_ Subtract and check: 31.642 — 8.759

2 | 10

B\Y

|

By

Note that placing the decimal points on a vertical _ line ensures that digits of the same place value are subtracted. | The difference is 22.883.

Check:

Subtrahend + Difference = Minuend

8.759 + 22.883 31.642

y

212 elelsls:

Section 4.2 ¢ Adding and Subtracting Decimals

i Subtract and check: 5.4 —

1.6832

_ Insert zeros in the minuend so that it has the same

\

7

;

5.4000

number of decimal places as the subtrahend.

— 1.6832

iSubtract and then check. 4

_ Check:

139

910

1.6832

Z.AQOO

5.4000

3.7168

Apply the Concept Figure | shows the average price of a movie theater ticket in 1989, 1999, and 2009. Find the increase in price from 1989 to 2009.

= nn(=)

SOLUTION

To find the increase in price, subtract the price in 1989 ($3.99) from the price in 2009 ($7.50).

dollars) (in Price

7.50 SE) 3.51

1989

Figure 1

1999

2009

Average Price of a

From 1989 to 2009, the average price of a

Movie Theater Ticket

movie theater ticket increased by $3.5]

SOITESWWiePaLOORMAG CHE

The sign rules for adding and subtracting decimals are the same rules used to add and subtract integers.

Take Note >

| Simplify: —36.087 + 54.29

Recall that the absolute value

j

of a number is the distance

| The signs of the addends are different. Subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger

from zero to the number on the number line. The absolute

value of a number is a positive number or zero.

|54.29| = 54.29 |—36.087|

= 36.087

' absolute value.

{

| 54.29 — 36.087 = 18.203

' Attach the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.

| [54.29] > |-36.087| | The sum is positive.

—36.087 + 54.29 = 18.203

Recall that the opposite or additive inverse of n is —n, and the opposite of —n is n. To find the opposite of a number, change the sign of the number.

| Simplify: —2.86 — 10.3 iRewrite subtraction as addition of

Sesto =

NOS

|the opposite. The opposite of 10.3 _is = 03)

= —2.86 + (—10.3)

|The signs of the addends are the same.

_Add the absolute values of the numbers.

| Attach the sign of the addends.

1386

8

Module 4 e Decimals and Percents

Focus on adding and subtracting decimals a. Add: 35.8 + 182.406 + 71.0934 b. What is —251.49 more than —638.7? ce. Subtract and check: 73 — 8.16

| SOLUTION | a.

il, i

35.8 182.406

|

X 8 240

(32.41)(7.6). It is close to the

2 decimal places | decimal place

32.41

XO

S10)

240 1s an estimate of

11

3 decimal places

246.316

| Multiply: 0.061 (0.08)

actual product, 246.316. 0 i

a

0.061 x 0.08 0.00488

3 decimal places 2 decimal places 5 decimal places

* Insert two zeros between the 4 and the decimal point so that there are 5 decimal places in the product

To multiply a decimal by a power of 10 (10, 100, 1000, . . .), move the decimal point to the right the same number of places as there are zeros in the power of 10.

PrISIS 10

= 27.935

i

\A

| zero

| decimal place

PaJISP333) = 100

= 279.35

2 Zeros

ip Spy

2 decimal places

1000

= 2793.5

ae

Say

3 zeros

3 decimal places

DesIfSPBis\ 10,000

= 27,935.

a

ae}

4 zeros

4 decimal places

PIED © 100,000



ey

7 9350: SS

5 zeros

* A zero must be inserted before the decimal point.

5 decimal places

Note that if the power of 10 is written in exponential notation, the exponent indicates how many places to move the decimal point.

21935 -10' = 27.935 \A

| decimal place

2.195 ¢ 10? = 279.35 2 decimal places

251935." 10? = 2793.5 Se

3 decimal places

PAC Boe 10* = 27,935. al

4 decimal places

ZAD3S * 10° = 279,350. 7

5 decimal places

12

Module 4 « Decimals and Percents

| Find the product of 64.18 and 10°. | 64.18 - 10° =

64,180

¢ The exponent on 10 is 3. Move the decimal point in 64.18 three places to the right.

The sign rules for multiplying decimals are the same rules used to multiply integers. The product of two numbers with the same sign is positive. The product of two numbers with different signs is negative.

Multiply: (—3.2)(—0.008) (—3.2)(—0.008)

= 0.0256

* The signs are the same lhe product is positive. Multiply the absolute values of the numbers

|Focus on multiplying decimals

| Multiply: 0.00073(0.052) _ SOLUTION 0.00073

x

Recall that division is defined

as multiplication by the

To write a percent as a fraction, remove the percent sign and multiply by 799.

reciprocal. Therefore,

Sore

Pine

13%

multiplying by 799 is equiva-

1 ee ii) =100

13 X

=

100

lent to dividing by 100. ||

| Focus on writing a percent as a decimal and as a fraction | Write each percent as a decimal and as afraction.

a. 120%

| SOLUTION | 2s

|

IDG

=

120 « OO

120% = 120 x i bo 43%

=

11

hy AP Ok

00

100. 5

= 43" < 0:01=

010438

1 4.3% = 4.3 x —— 100 sepa 10. 100 =

43

10°.

x

1

Bene =

100

43

1000

10

* Multiply the fractions.

c. 0.45% = 0.45 X 0.01 = 0.0045 |

O45

i

7r—10'45

100

eee 20

9

2000

100

ase

100

20

¢ Multiply the fractions.

b. 4.3%

c. 0.45%

Section 4.5 ¢ Introduction to Percents

27

| Check your understanding 1 | Write each percent as a decimal and as afraction. | SOLUTION

See pages S-5-S-6.

pd

Re

eral

a. 125%

|

be 0035,

4

b. 8.5% 17

——

200

ec. 0.25%

2.00025:

l

——

400

-

| Focus on writing a percent as a fraction |

;

Q;

:

| Write 163% as a fraction.

| SOLUTION |

y)

D

iwh6=lo8—=

a

cie

x

sk #100

|

50

1

50

|

|Check your understanding 2 | Write 335% as a fraction. |

| SOLUTION

See page S-6.

L

]

Objective 4.5A Practice 1. Write 36% as a decimal and as a fraction. 2. Write 6.2% as a decimal and as a fraction.

0.36, = 0.062, ana

3. Write 0.25% as a decimal and as a fraction.

0.0025, Aa

4. Write 125% as a fraction. 2,

5. Write 4—% as a fraction. 7

70

Solutions on p. S-14.

Objective 4.5B

Write a decimal or a fraction as a percent A decimal or a fraction can be written as a percent by multiplying by 100%. | Write 0.37 as a percent.

037°

=

037 x 100%

=

37%

Move the decimal point two places to the right. Then write the percent sign.

When changing a fraction to a percent, if the fraction can be written as a terminating decimal, the percent is written in decimal form. If the decimal representation of the fraction is a repeating decimal, the answer is written with a fraction.

28

Module 4 ¢ Decimals and Percents

Take Note >

' Write gas a percent.

The decimal form of 4 terminates.

13 3 100% G22 vee 8.8 1 | 300% 8 = 37.5%

0.375 8) 3.000

=A

60

=56 40

3 . 3 =

(2.375 is a terminating decimal

¢ The answer is written in decimal form.

=40 0)

oy we ll

Write ¢ as a percent.

bd

Take Note >

0.166 6)1.000 6 40 =36 40 =36

4

2 100% xX ——

—=—

6

The decimal form of é repeats.

6 _ 100%

¢—

|

|

= 0.16 is a repeating decimal.

6

5 = 16-%

* The answer is written with a fraction

3

_ Focus on writing a decimal or a fraction as a percent | a. Write 0.015 and 2.3 as percents. | b. Write ioas a percent. ae) c. Write 3 as a percent.

| SOLUTION | a. 0.015 = 0.015 X 100%

|

= lat 2.3 = 2.3 X 100% == EY

19 . 100%

* 80

1900%

|

80 =

|

Des

ne?)

Claes

3

23.75%

* Write the answer in decimal form

100% a

3

_ 200%

1

3 =

2

007%

« Write the answer with a fraction

_ Check your understanding 3 |a. Write 0.048 and 3.6 as percents.

ess



| b. Write 7¢ as a percent. | c. Write 2 as a percent. |SOLUTION

See page S-6.

a. 4.8%, 360%

Objective 4.5B Practice

1. Write 0.73 as a percent. 73% 2. Write 1.012 as a percent. 101.2% 3. Write oe asapercent. 85%

b. 31.25%

]

Cumoomec

3

Section 4.6 ¢ Radical Expressions and Real Numbers 4. Write : asapercent.

29

225%

:

5. Write i as apercent.

|

58%

Solutions on p. S-14.

SECTION

Radical Expressions and Real Numbers Objective 4.6A

Find the square root of a perfect square Recall that the square of a number is equal to the number multiplied times itself.

3° =3:3=9 The square of an integer is called a perfect square.

9 is a perfect square because 9 is the square of 3: 37 = 9. The numbers

1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64, 81, and 100 are perfect squares.

jee

a

3° = 9 A

1G

5? = 25 GAA A= AG

$= 64 Larger perfect squares can be found by squaring 11, squaring 12, squar-

ing 13, and so on.

O81

107 = 100

Note that squaring the negative integers results in the same

i=]

list of numbers.

(A2)= 4

(-3 =9 (—4)? = 16, and so on.

Perfect squares are used in simplifying square roots. The symbol for square root is a

Square Root A square root of a positive number x is a number whose square is x. If

ars then Vx =a.

EXAMPLE

The expression V/9, read “the square root of 9,” is equal to the number that, when squared, is equal to 9.

Since 3? = 9, V9 = 3.

30

Module 4 « Decimals and Percents

Every positive number has two square roots, one a positive number and one a negative

number. The symbol VV is used to indicate the positive square root of a number. When the negative square root of a number is to be found, a negative sign is placed in front of the square root symbol. For example,

/9=3

and

-V9=-3

The square root symbol, Wy is also called a radical. The number under the radical is

called the radicand. In the radical expression V9, 9 is the radicand.

| Simplify: V49 | V49 =7

Take Note >

¢ \/49 is equal to the number that, when squared, equals 49. 77 = 49.

| Simplify: 6 + 4/9

The radical is a grouping symbol. Therefore, when simplifying numerical expressions, simplify the radicand as part of Step | of the Order of Operations

LG

* Simplify V9

6c

AV 6

=6+

=

12

* Use the Order of Operations Agreement.

18

Agreement.

| Focus on simplifying perfect square radical expressions 4 |

Simplify: a. V121

bb. , ee

c. V36 — 9V/4

|

| SOLUTION

| a. Since 11? = 121,V121 = 11. Aran b. Since (2) OLE Wee Wo ei Gr |

Lc, \/46 ONeo) |

SoeGeilWe) |

= 6 + (-18)

|

—|2 a

Check your understanding 1

1 Simplify: a. —V/144—b. 4 |5 | | SOLUTION

See page S-6.

—1|2 aaa

c. 4V/16 — V9

_ Focus on evaluating an expression | Evaluate 6V/ab for a = 2 and b = 8. |

| | | | | |

SOLUTION 6V ab

6V 2-8 = 6V/16

= 6(4) = 04

iY

i =

10

ens

Section 4.6 ¢ Radical Expressions and Real Numbers

31

| Check your understanding 2 | Evaluate SV a + b for a = 17 and b = 19.

|

| SOLUTION

See page S-6.

30

Objective 4.6A Practice . Simplify: By

. Simplify: V81

|

9

. Simplify: aa

N/25, 7

. Simplify: V144 + 3V/9 21 . Evaluate 7V x + y for x = 34andy= 15. 49 by the square root of 16? 3

. What is 7 decreased = NY WwW & Nun Solutions on p. S-14.

Objective 4.6B

Approximate the square root of a natural number If the radicand is not a perfect square, the square root can only be approximated. For ex-

ample, the radicand in the radical expression V2 is 2, and 2 is not a perfect square. The square root of 2 can be approximated to any desired place value.

To the nearest tenth:

V2~

14

(1.4)? = 1.96

To the nearest hundredth:

V2 ~1A4l

(1.41)? = 1.9881

To the nearest thousandth:

V2 ~ 1.414

(1.414)? = 1.999396

To the nearest ten-thousandth:

V2 ~ 1.4142

(1.4142)? = 1.99996164

The square of each decimal approximation gets closer and closer to 2 as the number of place values in the approximation increases. But no matter how many place values are used to approximate Vo), the digits never terminate or repeat. In general, the square root of any number that is not a perfect square can only be approximated. Recall that a rational number has a decimal representation that terminates or repeats. A number such as V2 has a non-terminating, non-repeating decimal representation. Such a number is called an irrational number.

Irrational Numbers

An irrational number is a number whose decimal representation never terminates or repeats.

EXAMPLES OF IRRATIONAL NUMBERS (eee 3. 0.23239233323333...

The rational numbers and the irrational numbers taken together are called the real numbers.

32

Module 4 « Decimals and Percents

Real Numbers

The real numbers are all the rational numbers together with all the irrational numbers.

|

~ Whole Numbers Integers

—~—

'—

Zero

— ~~ Positive Integers (Natural Numbers)

Negative Integers

Rational Numbers

Terminating Decimals

Real Numbers ,

Irrational

Numbers

Fractions That Cannot

Be Reduced to Integers Repeating Decimals

| Focus on approximating a square root Approximate \/11 to the nearest ten-thousandth.

| SOLUTION 11 is not a perfect square. _ Use a calculator to approximate Witte

| VIL © 3.3166 | Check your understanding 3 | Approximate 3V/5 to the nearest ten-thousandth.

| SOLUTION

See page S-6.

6.7082

| Focus on finding a natural number inequality for a square root Between what two whole numbers is the value of V41?

| SOLUTION _ Since the number 41 is between the perfect squares 36 and 49, the value of V41 is | between 1/36 and V 49.

| Because \/36 = 6 and V49 = 7, the value of VAI is between the whole numbers 6 | and’7.

_ This can be written using inequality symbols as 6 < \/ 41 < 7, which is read “the square | root of 41 is greater than 6 and less than 7.” | Use a calculator to verify that Val ~ 6.4, which is between 6 and 7.

|Check your understanding 4 | Between what two whole numbers is the value of V572

| SOLUTION

See pageS-6.

7 < 57 0.203 2. 0.045 > 0.038

84 OWS < Ouls 4. 0.031 > 0.00987

5. 0.02883 < 0.0305

Objective 4.2A

1. —42.1 — 8.6 lI —42.1 + (—8.6) —50.7

2. —9.37 + 3.465 = —5.905 3. 382.9 + (—430.6) = —47.7 4.

—6.82 — 4.793 = —6.82 + (—4.793) AOI

Sy ab ar

—125.41 + 361.55 = 236.14 6. x =y¥

—3.69 — (—1.527) = =3.69 + 1.527 = —2.163

Objective 4.2B

1. sTRATEGY To find the new balance: e Add the amount of the deposit (189.53) to the old balance (347.80). ¢ Subtract the amount of the check (62.89) from the sum. SOLUTION

347.08 + 189.53 = 536.61

536.61 — 62.89 = 473.72 The new balance is $473.72. 2. STRATEGY

To find the markup, substitute 2231.81 for S and 1653.19 for C in the given formula and solve for M. SOLUTION

M=S—C M = 2231.81 — 1653.19 M = 578.62

The markup is $578.62.

Solutions to Module 4. S-9

oF

STRATEGY

To find the equity, replace V by 225,000 and L by 167,853.25 in the given formula and solve for E. SOLUTION

B=

VSL

E = 225,000 — 167,853.25 E = 57,146.75

The equity on the home is $57,146.75.

Objective 4.3A

1.

(269) (224) S15. 12

1.31(—0.006) = —0.00786 6.71210 =.67,100 (2.7) (— 16) (3.04)

i

(—43.2) (3.04)

= —131.328 ab

452(—0.86) = —388.72

Objective 4.3B

(—3.312) + (—0.8) = 4.14

84.66 + (—1.7) = —49.8 OSS 9.407 + 10° = 0.009407 so

eS y

26.22 ore =6.9

Objective 4.3C

20.22, 7

(0.9): = —3,8 ( )

if STRATEGY To find Ramon’s average yards per carry, divide the number of yards gained (162) by the number of carries (26). Round to the nearest hundredth. SOLUTION

162 + 26 ~ 6.23 Ramon averaged approximately 6.23 yards per carry.

S-10

Solutions to Module 4 2.

STRATEGY

To find the amount received for the 400 cans, multiply the weight of the cans (18.75) by the amount paid per pound (0.75). Round to the nearest cent. SOLUTION

18.75 - 0.75 ~ 14.06 The amount received for the 400 cans is $14.06. 3.

STRATEGY

To find the number of miles, divide the total distance traveled (295) by the number of

gallons (12.5). SOLUTION

2955

eet

28.6

You can travel 23.6 mi on one gallon of gas. 4.

STRATEGY

To find the area, substitute 7.8 for L and 4.6 for W in the formula below and solve for A. SOLUTION

A = LW

A = 7.8: 4.6 = 35.88 The area is 35.88 cm’.

Objective 4.4A

1.

D2,

0.55

O22 11)8.0000 = 30 22, 80 =i

30 =)

Solutions to Module

0.639639 111)71.000000 — 666 4 40 339 1 070 moo 710 — 666

440 = 333 1070 =e 71 71

—— = 0.639639... = 0.639 111

;

0.77272 22)17.00000 154 1 60 lot 60

—44 16 AS 0.77272... = 0.772 2p.

Ve

TE 40)3.000

=2 80 200 ~200 0 3 — = 0.075 40

9007.25 4)29.00

-28. 10 =8 20

4. S-11

S-12

Solutions to Module 4

ek

Objective 4.4B

A = %5) 7 S

1. 04=—=—

2. (ee '

100

eee 25

485 97 = —— = 1000 200 75 3 4,395.6 = : 100 an . 0485 psa

]

5. 0052=

1

5) 2-2°-13 13 = 2 1000 2:2-250 250 1

6. 0.00015=

1

15 100,000

gis

¥-20,000 1

Objective 4.4C

1.

0.7

iS 100 40 oy 8 200 26 —— —

40

:

3

20,000

Solutions to Module 4

12 =e 12) eo 55 100 240 © 242 1100 1100 240 242 7100 ~ 1100 ne < 0.22

55

055

> 9 Sh) ss 100 9 495 500 900 900 495 500 900~ 900 5

Oss < 5

wb)

=

3.14

22) 314 7 6.100 2200 2198 700 700. 2200_ 2198 700 ~ 700 224 7 Objective 4.4D

1.

Deine 28. 36in.36

9

28 in. :36 in. = 28:36 = 7:9 28 in. to 36 in. = 28to36 3202.

32

2

l6oz

16

1

= 7to9

320z:160z = 32:16 = 2:1 320z tol60z = 32 tol6 = 2 tol

10ft = = D Sill! 4s

$51,000 12 months $11.05 = 3.4 Ib

;

= $4250/month

$3.25/lb

639 mi = 42.6 mi/gal 15 gal

S-13

S-14

Solutions to Module 4

Objective 4.5A

1. 36% = 36 x 0.01 = 0.36

Aisi SOS

ee ee 100 100. 25 2. 6.2% = 6.2 X 0.01 = 0.062 in 6.2, ee Oe 6.2% = 6.2 X 100 100 1000 500 3. 0.25% = 0.25 X 0.01 = 0.0025

See a es 0 “100 100 10,000

‘pe oe 2 100 eon oes ~ 200° 8 5 pe 7 7. 100; 2 aes CO 200s Objective 4.5B

1. 0.73 = 0.73 X 100% = 73%

2. 1.012 = 1.012 x 100% = 101.2% 7 1700 3

. == 20 = —— 20 ws 100% 0 0 =

4. 2 = 2 x 100% = au 4 4 vf if 5 =pa

Objective 4.6A

100%

=

%‘O =

20

=

1. Since 1? = 1, - V1 = -1. 2. Since 9? = 81,V/81 = 9. 3. V144 — V25 = 12-5=7 4. V144 + 3V9 = 12 +3°3 =12+9=21

6. T= Vb= 7-423

Objective 4.6B

1. V/10 ~ 3.1623

2. 6V15 ~ 23.2379 3. 10/21 ~ 45.8258 4. —12\/53 ~ —87.3613

85%(4)

= 225%

700 ou

5. WVx+y 7V34 + 15 = 7V/49 =7-7=49

8

1 — 58%

400

Solutions to Module 4. S-15

5. 29 is between the perfect squares 25 and 36.

V/25 = 5 and V36 = 6 5 21/20 26 6. 130 is between the perfect squares 121 and 144.

V 121 = 11 and V 144 = 12 lil +n

|Check your understanding 2 | a. Translate “five times the difference between a number and sixty” into a variable expression. Then simplify. | b. Translate “negative four multiplied by the total of ten and the cube of a number” into a variable expression. Then simplify.

| SOLUTION

See page S-2.

a. 5(x —60) = 5x-—

300

ob, —4(10 + n3) = —40 — 4n3

Objective 5.3B Practice

1. Translate “twelve minus a number” into a variable expression. 12 — x 2. by 2. Translate “the quotient of twice a number and nine” into a variable expression. 9 3. Translate “the sum of five-eighths of a number and six” into a variable expression. —x + 6 4. Translate “a number added to the difference between twice the number and four” into a variable expression. Then simplify. (2x — 4) + x = 3x — 4 5. Translate “the sum of one-sixth of a number and four-ninths of the number” into a variable expression. Then simplify. by 4 f = . Solutions on p. S-4.

Objective 5.3C

6

9

18

Translate application problems Many applications in mathematics require that you identify the unknown quantity, assign a variable to that quantity, and then attempt to express other unknown quantities in terms of the variable. _ The height of a triangle is 10 ft longer than the base of the triangle. Express the height of _ the triangle in terms of the base of the triangle. the base of the triangle: b the height is 10 more than the base: ) +

¢ Assign a variable to the base of the triangle. 10

¢ Express the height of the triangle in terms of b.

Focus on translating an application problem a. The length of a swimming pool is 4 ft less than two times the width. Express the length of the pool in terms of the width. b. A banker divided $5000 between two accounts, one paying 10% annual interest and the second paying 8% annual interest. Express the amount invested in the 10% account in terms of the amount invested in the 8% account.

Section 5.3 © Translating Verbal Expressions into Variable Expressions

15

SOLUTION a.

the width of the pool: w the length is 4 ft less than two times the width: 2

— 4

. the amount invested at 8%: x the amount invested at 10%: 5000



x

Check your understanding 3 The speed of a new jet plane is twice the speed of an older model. Express the speed of the new model in terms of the speed of the older model. lb. A guitar string 6 ft long was cut into two pieces. Express the length of the shorter piece in terms of the length of the longer piece. a.

| SOLUTION

See page S-2.

a. Let s be the speed of the older model: 2s

b. Let y be the length of the longer piece: 6 — y

Objective 5.3C Practice In the News > U2 Concerts Top Annual Rankings in North America

The Irish rock band U2 performed the most popular concerts on the North American circuit this year. Bruce

Springsteen and the E Street Band came in second, with $28.5 million less in ticket sales. Source: new.music.yahoo.com

if See the news clipping at the left. Express Bruce Springsteen and the E Street Band’s ; ; F Bhieesrla eancals concert ticket sales in terms of U2’s concert ticket sales.'*' / be U's concert ucket sales: T — 28,500,000

. A recent survey conducted by Bankrate.com asked, “If you receive a tax refund, what will you do?” Thirty percent of respondents said they would pay down their debt. Express the number of people who would pay down their debt in terms of the number of people surveyed. Let N be the number of people surveyed: 0.30N . Ina triangle, the measure of the smallest angle is 10 degrees less than one-half the measure of the largest angle. Express the measure of the smallest angle in terms of the measure of the largest angle. Let L be the measure of the largest angle: = —7, — 19

Two cars are traveling in opposite directions at different rates. Two hours later, the cars are 200 mi apart. Express the distance traveled by the faster car in terms of the distance traveled by the slower car. Let x be the distance traveled by the slower car: 200 — x Solutions on p. S-5.

ee ed

.

ol

~—

wills:]

tedwatey

ll he rapa

a!

yote

aa

‘own

—a

“= je eee |

= - oh = ‘havi

ew

us

re

bitin: jay

Motte

'



207

Ball

taelt

1

fre

Me

ate Weil

oie

dees UP ie

ty bla

of

Wisk

cuit

Hiyal rouse

7

iyi

wordt

Sir

ry

Tee

Toil all

|

Tae

Solutions to Module 5

SOLUTIONS

TO MODULE

5

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 5.1

Check your understanding 1 —4 is the constant term.

Check your understanding 2 a. 2xy + y’

2(—4)(2) + (2)?

era

4)

= 2(—4)(2) + 4 = (—8)(2) + 4 (16). 4 = —12 a+b Guat

Seb oer

5 +(-3)

25

9 C.F he — a el

5+ (-3) pe 2; =

17

ce xr —%xe+yt+2 (2)? — 2[2 + (—4)} + (-3)?

+ v= 2, y= -42=-3

Sg i=io(Sony =8§+4+9

=12+9 = 21

Section 5.2

Check your understanding 1 hy. Bi = 21D = Syke (Op

=

b. —3y? + 7+ 8y -— 14 =5y

a AD

-7

Check your understanding 2 a. —5(4y’) = —20y?

b. —7(—2a) = 14a =( fi ) 7 Ce

5)

9

Gl)

=

15

a

Check your understanding 3 a. —8(—2a + 7b) = 16a — 56b

b. 3(12x? — x + 8) = 36x” — 3x + 24 c. 3(-—a’ — 6a + 7) = —3a’* — 18a + 21

S-1

S-2

Solutions to Module 5

Check your understanding 4 Fae oii 2(y — 7x) = Sie Dy aitca lle =yt 14x

* Use the Distributive Property * Combine like terms.

b. —2(x — 2y) — (—x + 3y) = —2x + 4y + x - 3y =

S25 ar ay

c. 3y — 2[x — 4(2 — 3y)] = 3y — 2[x — 8 + 12y] = 3y — 2x + 16 — 24y ae = SA Yee Mey

Section 5.3

Check your understanding 1 a. the difference between twice n and the square of n 2n — n* b. the quotient of 7 less than b and 15

y= 1 115)

Check your understanding 2 a.

the unknown number: x the difference between the number and sixty: x — 60

5(x — 60) = 5x — 300 b. the unknown number: n the cube of the number: n° the total of ten and the cube of the number: 10 + n?

—4(10 + n’) = —40 — 4n3 Check your understanding 3 a. the the b. the the

speed speed length length

of the older model: 5 of the new jet plane is twice the speed of the older model: 2s of the longer piece: y of the shorter piece: 6 — y

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 5.1A

1. 3a+ 2b

3(2) + 23) =6+6=

12

2. be + (2a)

3(-—4) + (2:2) = -12+4=-3 3.

(b — 2a)? + be

(3 — 2(2))? + 3(—4) = @ — 4)? + 3(—4) = (-1)? + 3(—4) = 1 + 3(-4)

=

(12)

11

4. (d- a) — 3c

Beg

ate Des 5

3h) (3128

Solutions to Module5 3)

Te

1

Ta Blac aie bd)

1 Sesl (= (9) +

3 ==(4))

Objective 5.2A

1 3 SE SSS +se ANB4@)] 9) = -F@ +52 + 12] 3 1 SS =(4) (74) + ae (14 5004)

2a)

6x + 8x = 14x

dg b= Bo —300

oe

=

-50D

Neo = 0

OS a Syn = Si7) Sp Sy) 9a 3 4

%

Sx

Objective 5.2B

1 3

%

7 8

o—

18 24

8

—%

24

x,

21 24

=

11 24

3

(—8y) — 10x + 4x = —3x — 8y

AV3x) = 12%

(4x)2 = 8x 1 =5(-2) = —0.2(10x) = —2x —0.5(—16y)

Objective 5.2C

= 8y

(5 — 3b)7 = 35 — 21b 3(5x° + 2x) = 15x? + 6x

(—3x — 6)5 = —15x — 30 40? — 3x + 5) = 4° — 12x + 20

3 3 9 =4x (20= Gy ey 6y + 8) 8) =k5? —(8b* — 6b + 9) = —8b? + 6b — 9

Objective 5.2D

4x — 2(3x + 8) = 4x — 6x — 16 = —2x —

16

5n — (7 — 2n) =5n —-7+2n=7n—-7

12(y — 2) + 37 = 3y) = 12y — 24 + 21 — 9y

=e 9/30 28 — 2x]

—2[3x + 2(4 — x)] ll

=—I|\x +8] = —2x — 16

S-3

S-4

Solutions to Module 6

§, —3[2x = & + 7)] = =3[2x =x = 7]

= =3[x = 7] = —3x + 21 6, 0,0Sy + 0,02(4 = x) = 0,08x + 0,08 = 0,02x = 0,03x + 0,08 Objective 5.3A

1, «less than 16

nm + (tQnm = 9) Objective 5.3B

1. the unkeowa pumber: x h2 = x

2. the unknown nepbder: ¢ twice the unkeownm number: Dy pe.

Q X

the unkeewn number: 4

=

ive-eighihs of the numer: 3 Ss

4

the unknewa number.» twice the number: 2s

the difference betweem (wae the mummies aint fine: Do — 4

Qe — 4)

+a =MB=— 44+ 5=B-4

SS the unknewr numder:o,

. : h One-kihOf The: nUMDeE a ; : : My four-ninthAs oF theemumberr: 5 I

+

—% 4 =

¢

&

x =

&

&

&

th =—%

Solutions to Module5

Objective 5.3C

1. U2’s concert ticket sales: T E Street Band’s concert ticket sales:

T — 28,500,000

number of people surveyed: NV number of people who would pay down their debt: 0.30N

measure of the largest angle: L

1 measure of the smallest angle: re = 0) distance traveled by the slower car: x

distance traveled by the faster car: 200 — x

S-5

rr -

a

7

>

=

che Viikneh UPer

A

|



et

a) —_

-

Veoe) (aedaetabent 26

ais

2—_ , a

a

‘).

a

:

MODULE

Introduction to Equations SECTION 6.1

Introduction to Equations

Objective 6.1A

Determine whether a given number is a solution of an equation

Objective 6.1B

Solve an equation of the form x

Objective 6.1C

Solve an equation of the form ax = b

Objective 6.1D

Solve basic uniform motion problems

SECTION 6.2

+a=b

Proportions

Objective 6.2A

Solve proportions

Objective 6.2B

Solve application problems using proportions

SECTION 6.3

The Basic Percent Equation

Objective 6.3A

Solve the basic percent equation

Objective 6.3B

Solve percent problems using proportions

Objective 6.3C

Solve application problems

SECTION 6.4

Percent Increase and Percent Decrease

Objective 6.4A

Solve percent increase problems

Objective 6.4B

Solve percent decrease problems

SECTION 6.5

Markup and Discount

Objective 6.5A

Solve markup problems

Objective 6.5B

Solve discount problems

SECTION 6.6 Objective 6.6A

Simple Interest Solve simple interest problems

2

Module 6 e Introduction to Equations

SECTION

6.1 Objective 6.1A

Introduction to Equations Determine whether a given number is a solution of an equation An equation expresses the equality of two mathematical expressions. The expressions can be either numerical or variable expressions.

9 + 3 = 12 3x — 2 = 10 y+4=2y-1

lea

Lee The equation at the right is true if the variable is replaced by 5.

x + 8 = 13 5+ 8= 13

A true equation

The equation is false if the variable is replaced by 7.

7 + 8 = 13

A false equation

A solution of an equation is a number that, when substituted for the variable, results in a true equation. 5 is a solution of the equation x + 8 = 13. 7 is nota solution of the equation Xt Swiss

_ Focus on determining whether a number is a solution of an equation Is —2 a solution of 2x + 5 = x — 3? SOLUTION

Take Note > The Order of Operations Agreement applies when

evaluating 2(—2) + 5 and

x+5=x7r-3 | 2(=2) 5 5) (Gao Sil ae 5)

(2) a3.

(==

* Replace x by —2

AS

¢ Evaluate the numerical expressions

4]

¢ If the results are equal,

—2 is a solution of the

equation. If the results are not equal,

Yes, —2 1s a solution of

—2 is not a

solution of the equation

the equation.

Check your understanding 1 Is 5 a solution of 10x — x* = 3x — 10?

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

No

Objective 6.1A Practice 1. Is3 asolution of y+ 4=7?

Yes No 3. Is 4a solution of 3y — 4 = 2y? Yes 2. Is 2 asolution of 7 — 3n = 2?

4. Is 3 asolution of z7 + 1 = 4 + 3z? 5 lis 3 a solution of 8x — 1 =

12x + 3?

No No

Solutions on p. S-7.

Objective 6.1B

Solve an equation of the form x + a = b To solve an equation means to find a solution of the equation. The simplest equation to solve is an equation of the form variable = constant, because the constant is the solution. The solution of the equation x = 5 is 5 because 5 = 5 is a true equation.

Section 6.1 ¢ Introduction to Equations

Tips for Success > To learn mathematics, you must be an active participant. Listening and watching your professor do mathematics are not enough. Take notes in class, mentally think through every question your instructor asks, and try to answer

it even if you are not called on to do so. Ask questions when you have them. See AIM for Success.

The solution of the equation at the right is 7 because 7 + 2 = 9 isa true equation.

G29

Note that if 4 is added to each side of

3

i2 = 9

bao

theA ae equation x + 2 = 9,A the leat soluti is still7.

Galilee afae: x+6=13

If —5 is added to each side of the

Ma

equation x -+- 2 = 9, the solution is.

x -+ 2+

7+6=13

=,

(—5) = 9 + (—5)

Equations that have the same solution are called equivalent equations. The equations x+2=9,x

+ 6 =

13, and x — 3 = 4 are equivalent equations; each equation has 7 as

its solution. These examples suggest that adding the same number to each side of an equation produces an equivalent equation. This is called the Addition Property of Equations.

Addition Property of Equations The same number can be added to each side of an equation without changing its solution. In symbols, the equation a = b has the same solution as the equation at+c=bte. EXAMPLE

The equation x — 3 = 7 has the same solution as the equation x — 3 + 3 = 7 + 3.

In solving

an

equation,

the goal

is to rewrite

the

given

equation

in the

form

variable = constant. The Addition Property of Equations is used to Femovela erm from

one side of the equation bylldding theopposite OFthattermt6eachSide’ theequation. Focus on solving an equation Take Note > An equation has some properties that are similar to

Solve:

x — 4= 2

SOLUTION

those of a balance scale. For instance, if a balance scale is

x-4=2

in balance and equal weights

x—-—4+4=2+4

are added to each side of the scale, then the balance scale remains in balance. If an

x+0=6

equation is true, then adding

x=6

Check:

the same number to each

© Add4 to each side of the equation

¢ Simplify. © The equation is in the form variable = constant.

x —4=2 6-4

side of the equation produces another true equation.

« The goal is to rewrite the equation in the form variable = constant.

| 2 2=2

¢ A true equation

The solution is 6.

Check your understanding 2 Solve:

26 = y — 14

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

40

Because subtraction is defined in terms of addition, the Addition Property of Equations also makes it possible to subtract the same number from each side of an equation without changing the solution of the equation.

4

Module 6 @ Introduction to Equations

_ Focus on solving an equation with fractions

|| Solve:

SeeTEoeSs)

Ma

| SOLUTION |

See! Vie 4 =

y+

3)

7

2

3)

Ba

a =

y+O=

*

5

The goal is to rewrite the equation in the form variable = constant.

+ Subtract 73 from each side of the equation

4

wakes

cmt

a = A

* Simplify

| ses

A

¢ The equation is in the form variable

= constant

| The solution is - t You should check this solution.

_ Check your understanding 3 1 3 | Solve: (Cp =weiner + 4+ |

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

=i

Objective 6.1B Practice

1 Solvecandicheck:yi-=o sn 2. Solve and check: -8 =n + 1 3. Solve and check: -9 =5 +x Qe~ 3

4s

Olverandichecke

ye 5

9 —14

=i

5 5. Solve and check: w + 2.932 = 4.801

1.869

Solutions on p. S-8.

Objective 6.1C

Solve an equation of the form ax = b The solution of the equation at the right is 3 because 2 - 3 = 6 is a true equation.

2x = 6 ona e

Note that if each side of 2x = 6 is multiplied by 5, the solution is still 3.

5(2x) = 5-6 10x = 30

: ‘ ee If each side of 2x = 6 is multiplied by ~—4, the solutionis still 3.

2x = 6 (Aion) = (eae eee oy

2°3=6

10-3 = 30 Mors Jetty

The equations 2x = 6, 10x = 30, and —8x = —24 are equivalent equations; each equation has 3 as its solution. These examples suggest that multiplying each side of an equation by the same nonzero number produces an equivalent equation.

Multiplication Property of Equations Each side of an equation can be multiplied by the same nonzero number without changing the solution of the equation. In symbols, if c # 0, then the equation a = b has the same solutions as the equation ac = be. EXAMPLE The equation 3x = 21 has the same solution as the equation 5“3x = i le

Section 6.1 ¢ Introduction to Equations

5

The Multiplication Property of Equations is used to coefficient remove a by multiplying

each side ofthe equation by the reciprocal ofthe coefficient.

t

3

j

ne =9

¢ The goal is to rewrite the equation in the form

Eee We 4 eas anaes

¢ Multiply each side of the equation by 7

i

1-z=12

* Simplity.

|3

z=

variable

= constant.

! :

=

12

* The equation is in the form variable

= constant

| The solution is 12. You should check this solution.

Because division is defined in terms of multiplication, each side of an equation can be divided by the same nonzero number without changing the solution of the equation. | Solve: Take Note > Remember to check the

solution. Check:

6x = 14

())

6

7

14

14 = 14

6x =

: 6x = i

14

Wise

meas

16x

|t

6

14 ¢ The goal is to rewrite the equation in the form variable = constant.

14

7.

* Divide each side of the equation by 6

6

H

7

hes

3

« Simplify.

The equation is in the form variable = constant

eae

} The solution is 3.

Focus on using the Multiplication Property of Equations to solve an equation a. Solve:

Bx —9 = ws

b. Solve:

5x — 9x = 12

SOLUTION

3x a.

—9=

5

a .

=(-9) = : or

4

eS =

ri

* Multiply each side by 5.

—| Pie? The solution is —12.

[ts ons — Whe —4x

—4x

ae

—4

117 =

a

12

12

ee

—4

6) The solution is —3.

* Combine like terms.

* Divide each side by —4.

6

Module6 « Introduction to Equations

Check your understanding 4 a. Solve:

2

ars =6

b. Solve: 4x — 8x = 16 SOLUTION

See page S-1.

ae

b.

—4

Objective 6.1C Practice 1. Solve and check: 2a =0

0

2. Solve and check: a

le)

Be

2

3. Solve and check: 5% =6 4. Solve and check: a

2.95

15 —7.88

—23.246

5. Solve and check: 7d — 4d =9

3

Solutions on pp. S-8—S-9.

Objective 6.1D Take Note > A car traveling in a circle at a constant speed of 45 mph is not in uniform motion because the direction of the car is always changing.

Solve basic uniform motion problems Any object that travels at a constant speed in a straight line is said to be in uniform motion. Uniform motion means that the speed and direction of an object do not change. For instance, a car traveling at a constant speed of 45 mph on a straight road is in uniform motion.

The solution of a uniform motion problem is based on the uniform motion equation d = rt, where d is the distance traveled, r is the rate of travel, and ¢ is the time

spent traveling. For instance, suppose a car travels at SO mph for 3 h. Because the rate (50 mph) and time (3 h) are known, we can find the distance traveled by solving the equation d = rt for d. d=

rt

d = 50(3)

or = 50,1

=3

d = 150 The car travels a distance of 150 mi.

A jogger runs 3 mi in 45 min. What is the rate of the jogger in miles per hour? To find the rate of the jogger, solve the equation d = rt for r. The answer must be in miles per hour and the time is given in minutes. Convert 45 min to hours: 45 min = 2 h= 3 h d= rt 3 =

(§)

4

ed

ai!

4

3 3= wi (=)3 =

t\3

( Fewer Students Take LSATs

This year, 137,444 people took the Law School Admission Test

(LSAT). Three years ago, the LSATs were administered to

2. Due to an increased number of service lines at a grocery store, the average amount of time a customer waits in line has decreased from 3.8 min to 2.5 min. Find the percent decrease. 34.2% 3. Use the news clipping at the left to find the percent decrease in the number of people who took the LSATs in the last three years. 7.1% 4. It is estimated that the value of a new car is reduced by 30% after one year of ownership. Find the value after one year of a car that cost $21,900 new. $15,330 Solutions on pp. S-16—S-17.

148,014 people. Source: Law School Admission Council

Markup and Discount Objective 6.5A

Solve markup problems Cost is the amount a merchandising business or retailer pays for a product. Selling price, or retail price, is the price for which a merchandising business or retailer sells a product to a customer. The difference between selling price and cost is called markup. Markup is added to cost to cover the expenses of operating a business and to provide a profit to the owners.

Markup can be expressed as a percent of the cost, or it can be expressed as a percent of the selling price. Here we present markup as a percent of the cost, which is the most common practice. wae]

| | Selling Price

Cost

The percent markup is called the markup rate, and it is expressed as the markup based on the cost. A diagram is useful for expressing the markup equations. In the diagram at the left, the total length is the selling price. One part of the diagram is the cost, and the other part is the markup.

The Markup Equations Take Note > If C is added to both

sides of the first equation, M = P — C the result is the second equation,

Mi=


FistDege tations and inequaitties

SOLUTION

The LOM of 5, 2. and4 is 20.

es el 2 20

ee eee

x ~ 5)= 20f 2 5 z, 4

£5)me 20f=)= 2042)

+ Multiply cach sade by 20 s ¢

Use the Distributive Propert

léx — 10 = 15 l6x — 10 + 10 = 15 + 10

+ Add 10 10 cach side

lox= 25 l6x 6

=

25

;

16

+ Divide cach sideby 16

25

ae? fhe

solution js

7

Check your understanding 3 2 Solve 3** 3= SOLUTION

7 7 by first clearing denominators.

See page S-1.

Objective 7.1A Practice 1. Solve and check: 2x -5 = —I1

3

2. Solve and check: —-4y+15=15

0

3. Solve and check: 7 — 9a = 4

hl » Solve and check:=xee ~—= —7 5. Solve and check: Sy

7

+9 + 2y = 23

2

Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11,

Objective 7.1B

Solve an equation of the form ax + b =cx +d

Tips for Success »

In solving an equation of the form ax + b = cx + d, the goal is to rewrite the equation

Have you considered join

in the form variable = constant. Begin by rewriting the equation so that there is only one

ing 4 study group? Getting

variable term in the equation. Then rewrite the equation so that there is only one constant

together regularly with other students in the class to go

term,

over material and quiz each other can be very beneficial,

|

See AIM for Success

_ Focus on solving an equation with the variable on both sides | Solve:

2x

+3 = 5x

-9

Section 7.1 * General Equations

SOLUTION

ZANE

OR

DS vem? S98 59 B\ = SiON eels

oe

te Outs

2

Sh 8eOP

* Subtract 5x from each

eo

¢ Simplify.

a= =

=O

eT,

Xe

OH 3

There is only one variable term

* Subtract 3 from each side of the equation.

ea

ete ain

side of the equation

* Simplify.

V2

There is only one constant term

ue

cy = az

* Divide each side of the equation by —3

x=4

*

The equation is in the form variable

constant

The solution is 4+. You should verify this by checking this solution.

Check your understanding 4 Solve:

5x + 4= 6+

10x ~

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Fir

P

.

*

=

| Focus on solving an equation with the variable on both sides SOlVen

Suet 4

0 =D

ae

SOLUTION

3x +4—

$x =2 = 4x

=

—2x

= 2 = 4x

+ 4x+4=2—-—4x+

* Combine like terms

4x — + Add 4x to each side

2x+4=2 9x +4-4=2-4

¢ Subtract4 from each side

2x = —2 PRES

tye!

oh

Fy rots ==

* Divide each side by 2

|

The solution is —1.

Check your understanding 5 SOMMER

She = 10)

SOLUTION

shy

ey

See page S-2.

Objective 7.1B Practice 1. Solve and check: 15x — 2 = 4x — 13 | 2. Solve and check: 0.2b + 3 =0.5b + 12 —30 3. Solve and check: 5 + 7x = 11 + 9x 3

4. Solve and check: 7x — 8 = x — 3 Sli jet 3 = 5x — 7, evaluate 3x = 2. Solutions on pp. S-11-S-12.

17

5

6

Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities

Solve an equation containing parentheses

Objective 7.1C

When an equation contains parentheses, one of the steps in solving the equation is to use the Distributive Property. The Distributive Property is used to remove parentheses from a variable expression.

| Focus on solving an equation containing parentheses || |

Solve:

4 + 5(2x — 3) = 3(4x - 1)

| SOLUTION 4+

5(2x — 3) = 3(4x — 1)

AON

ll WPA

als

8)

¢ Use the Distributive Property.

Then simplify.

Obs = jhik Sie= 3} Oke

ips5— Il = ase— Due = 3} Ihe — Nil = = 3}

¢ Simplify

= re iil sp ill == 2) 4° Ill

« Add 11 to each side of the equation

= — 8,

¢ Simplify

eee =i)

¢ Subtract 12x from each side of the equation

* Divide each side of the equation by —2

=)

x=-4

* The equation is in the form variable

| The solution is ~4. You should verify this by checking this solution.

|Check your understanding 6

|Solve: 5x — 4(3 — 2x) = 2(3x — 2) + 6 |SOLUTION

See page S-2.

2

Focus on solving an equation containing parentheses Solve:

3[2 — 4(2x — 1)] = 4x — 10

SOLUTION

3[2 — 4(2x — 1)] = 4x — 10

3[2 — 8x + 4] = 4x — 10

¢ Distributive Property

3[6 — 8x] = 4x — 10

¢ Simplify.

18 — 24x = 4x — 10 i

ey

Ue

— He ee Abs

i

Distributive Property



INO)

18 — 28x = —10 RS—=

=

Doe =

°

Subtract 44

Simplify

— Il) = 18

Subtract

18

—28x = —28

~28x 28 |

Divide by

DS x=1

| The solution is 1.

Check your understanding 7 Solve:

—2[3x — 5(2x — 3)] = 3x — 8

| SOLUTION

See page S-3.

2

—28

= constant.

Section 7.1 ¢ General Equations

Objective 7.1C Practice

1. Solve and check: 9n — 3(2n — 1) = 15 2. Solve and check: 5(3 — 2y) + 4y=3

4 2

3. Solve and check: 0.05(4 — x) + 0.lx = 0.32 4.

24

Solve and check: 7 — (5 — 8x) = 4x + 3 :

5 . Solve and check: 5 + 3[1 + 2(2x — 3)] = 6(@ + 5)

20

3

Solutions on pp. S-12-S-13.

Objective 7.1D

Solve a literal equation for one of the variables A literal equation is an equation that contains more than one variable. Examples of literal equations are shown at the right. Formulas are used to express relationships

among physical quantities.

1

A formula is

Bis

a literal equation that states a rule about measurements. Examples of formulas are

RET

shown at the right.

ASE

2x + 3y = 6 4w —- 2x +z2=0

eee

dis Bae ye

aaeeth

(Physics) 1h

(viathematies)

(Business)

The Addition and Multiplication Properties can be used to solve a literal equation for one of the variables. The goal is to rewrite the equation so that the variable being solved for is alone on one side of the equation, and all the other numbers and variables are on the other side.

| Focus on solving a literal equation | Solve 3x — 4y = 12 for y. SOLUTION

3x — 4y = 12

Sho Sipe

it

Ay —4y ll

sh eel be

=

26

a

I?

St

he

Viejas —4

ik

+ Subtract 3x.

ae IP

3

4

12

ate —4

+ Divide by —4

neve

¢ Recall that a fraction bar acts as a grouping symbol. Divide each term in the numerator by —4.

5

Check your understanding 8 Solve 5x — 2y = 10 for y.

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

y= =0 — 5

Focus on solving a literal equation by removing parentheses

Solve A = P(1 + i) fori.

8

Module 7 ¢ General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities

SOLUTION

The goal is to rewrite the equation so that i is on one side of the equation and all other variables are on the other side.

A= P(1 + i) A=P+

Pi

IN

3

PSP

A=

P=

Pi

A=

P © Pt =

PB

* Use the Distributive Property to remove parentheses. ae 127)

¢ Subtract P from each side of the equation.

SS

* Divide each side of the equation by P

B

Ar ee alee P

§

Check your understanding 9 ar lb

Solve s =

SOLUTION

fori

See page S-3.

L= 25, A

In the previous example, the Distributive Property was used to remove parentheses, as can be symbolized by

a(x + y) = ax + ay In a similar way, we can use the Distributive Property to rewrite two or more terms containing a common factor with parentheses.

ax + ay = a(x + y) In this case, we say that we have factored « from the expression. This concept is used in solving some literal equations.

Focus on solving a literal equation by factoring

| Solve S = C — rC forC. | SOLUTION

SSC S= iS

= -

7 Sy

=

==

KE

C(1 — r) c(i = r)

|

7

« Cis a common factor. * Use the Distributive Property to factor C from the two terms. Recall that C = C> 1. ¢ Divide by (1 = 7).



tC

| S76

Check your understanding 10 Solve S = rS + C for S. SOLUTION

See page S-3.

$=

&-

Objective 7.1D Practice 1. Solve 4x + 3y = 12 forx.

2. Solve

E=IRforR.

x=

3 Beri +3

R= ;

3. Solve F = =C ae Soe

(EC,

©

Sa) 5

Section 7.1 ¢ General Equations

4. Solve s = a(x — vt) fort.

9

t= -

5. solvera = S'— Sr for S.

ree

Solutions on p. S-14.

Objective 7.1E

Solve an absolute value equation Recall that the absolute value of a number is its distance from zero on the number line. Distance is always a positive number or zero. Therefore, the absolute value of a number is always a positive number or zero.

Tips for Success > Before the class meeting in which your professor begins a new section, you should read each objective statement for that section. Next, browse through the objective material. The purpose of browsing through the material is to set the stage for your brain to accept and organize new information when it is presented to you. See AJM for Success.

The distance from 0 to 3



ar

or from 0 to —3 is 3 units.

s=—3

Site

|-3| =3

i

eee tat ta mOmals

ttt 2

3

4

5

Absolute value can be used to represent the distance between any two points on the number line. The distance between two points on the number line is the absolute value of the difference between the coordinates of the two points. The distance between point a and point b is given by |b — al. The distance between 4 and —3 on the number line is 7 units. Note that the order in which

the

coordinates

subtracted does the distance.



are

not affect

Distance = |—3 — 4| = |-7|

Distance = |4 — (—3)| = |7|

=7

=7

For any two numbers a and b, |b — al = |a — bj. An equation containing a variable within an absolute value symbol is called an absolute value equation. Here are three examples.

w=

3

lx

2) = 8

Take Note > You should always check your

If a> 0 and |x| = a, then x= then |x| = a has no solution.

answers. Here is the check for examples (1), (2), and (3) at

EXAMPLES

the right.

Putte

lse| = 3

sires 3=3

bal =

vif

eis 3=3

|=x| = 8

Cais

|8| | 8 8 =8 jx+ 3) =4

abe

4=4

—a or x = a. If |x| = 0, thenx = 0. Ifa

lee

You can check the solution to

i

a translation problem.

Wiese.

Check:

i

NG

ae than a

. The unknown

less than 18 is 13

j

hss = 3}

4

ee

13

13 = 13

]

]

iS

thirteen

number:

n—-5

=

n

¢ Find two verbal expressions for the same value

* 1B}

Assign a variable to the unknown

verbal expression.

[et O) tae)

=

n= : The number is 18.

13) ae S

18

number,

e Write a mathematical expression for each

¢ Solve the equation.

Write the equals sign.

12

Module 7 ¢ General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities Recall that the integers are the numbers {..., —4, —3, —2, —1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, ...}. An even integer is an integer that is divisible by 2. Examples of even integers are —8, 0, and 22. An odd integer is an integer that is not divisible by 2. Examples of odd integers are —17, 1, and 39. Consecutive integers are integers that follow

ib, We St}

one another in order. Examples of consecutive integers are shown at the right. (Assume

=o =F, =© Byiae Mid se 2

that the variable n represents an integer.) Take Note >

Examples of consecutive even integers are

Both consecutive even and

shown

consecutive odd integers

able n represents an even integer.)

nn+2,n+4

Examples of consecutive odd integers are shown at the right. (Assume that the variable n represents an odd integer.)

OMI 23 Solisal ne Di ae Pig. ap A

at the right. (Assume

that the vari-

24, 26, 28 ==), =,

=6

are represented using 71,

n+2,n+ 4,....

_ The sum of three consecutive odd integers is forty-five. Find the integers. | STRATEGY /e First odd integer:

n

¢ Represent three consecutive odd integers.

Second odd integer: n + 2 | Third odd integer: n + 4 _¢ The sum of the three odd integers is 45. _ SOLUTION }n+

(n = 2) te (n ate 4) = 45

¢ Write an equation.

3n + 6 = 45

* Solve the equation

3n = 39 n=

ln

2 =

13)

215

int4=1344=

13

¢ The first odd integer 1s 13.

¢ Find the second odd integer

17

* Find the third odd integer

| The three consecutive odd integers are 13, 15, and 17.

Focus on solving an integer problem The sum of two numbers is sixteen. The difference between four times the smaller num-

_ ber and two is two more than twice the larger number. Find the two numbers. | STRATEGY | | The difference between four | | times the smaller number | and two

The smaller number:

| The larger number:

n

16 — n

two more than twice the

larger number

Section 7.2 © Translating Sentences into Equations

13

SOLUTION |

4n —2 = 2(16 =n) + 2

|

Aye P32) SORE 2

Fihasripinve Propero

An

* Combine like terms.

2 — 34 — 2n

| Bigs Lig = Oe = BY a Daag)

|

+ Add 2n to each side

6n — 2 = 34 Oni 242

— B44 2

* Add2 to each side

6n = 36

| |

ue S28 6 6

|

n=06

| 16—n=16—6=

* Divide each side by 6 * The smaller number is 6. 10

¢ Find the larger number

|

| The smaller number is 6. |

| The larger number is 10.

|Check your understanding 1 | The sum of two numbers is twelve. The total of three times the smaller number and | six amounts to seven less than the product of four and the larger number. Find the two numbers.

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

oN I

Focus on finding consecutive even integers Find three consecutive even integers such that three times the second equals four more than the sum of the first and third. | STRATEGY

¢ First even integer: n Second even integer: n + 2 Third even integer: n + 4 | ¢ Three times the second equals four more than the sum of the first and third.

SOLUTION |

3(n + 2) =n+(n+4)

+4

3n+6=2n+ 8

| 3n —2n +6 =2n—2n+8 n+6=8 n=2

* The first even integer is 2.

n+2=2+2=4

¢ Find the second even

n+4=2+4=6

* Find the third even integer.

integer.

The three integers are 2, 4, and 6.

| Check your understanding 2 Find three consecutive integers whose sum is negative six. SOLUTION

See pages S-4—S-5.

ee

eal

14

Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities

Objective 7.2A Practice

For Exercises | to 5, translate into an equation and solve. 1. The sum of five and a number is three. Find the number. 5 + x = 3: ~2 2. Four times the sum of twice a number and three is twelve. Find the number. 3. The sum of two numbers is fifteen. One less than three times the smaller is equal to the larger. Find the two numbers. 3x — | = 15 — x: 4, 11 4. The sum of two numbers is eighteen. The total of three times the smaller and twice the larger is forty-four. Find the two numbers. 3x + 2(18 — x) = 44; 8, 10 5. Twice the smallest of three consecutive odd integers is seven more than the largest. Find the integers. 2x —7 =x + 4; 11, 13,15 Solutions on pp. S-15—S-17.

Objective 7.2B

Translate a sentence into an equation and solve | Focus on solving an application problem 1A wallpaper hanger charges a fee of $25 plus $12 for each roll of wallpaper used in a _ room. If the total charge for hanging wallpaper is $97, how many rolls of wallpaper were | used?

| STRATEGY | To find the number of rolls of wallpaper used, write and solve an equation using n to _ represent the number of rolls of wallpaper used. 9) plus $12 for 7 each roll ofFa) | jg e $25 | | wallpaper

'

$97

| SOLUTION

| 25 + 12n = 97 12n

=

72

* Subtract 25 from each side

Sa

¢ Divide each side by 12

2 =

12

=

1

;

n=6

| 6 rolls of wallpaper were used.

_ Check your understanding 3 | The fee charged by a ticketing agency for a concert is $3.50 plus $17.50 for each ticket | purchased. If your total charge for tickets is $161, how many tickets did you purchase?

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

9 tickets

Focus on solving an application problem A board 20 ft long is cut into two pieces. Five times the length of the shorter piece is 2 ft more than twice the length of the longer piece. Find the length of each piece. STRATEGY

Let x represent the length of the shorter piece. Then 20 — x represents the length of the longer piece. Make a drawing.

2

es

ee

re ;

|

Section 7.3 ¢ Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems

15

To find the lengths, write and solve an equation using x to represent the length of the shorter piece and 20 — x to represent the length of the longer piece. Five times the length of the shorter piece

is |2 ft more than twice the length of the longer piece

SOLUTION

5x = 2(20 — x) + 2 |

Sx Sea

40

2

2

* Distributive Property

5x = 42 — 2x

* Combine like terms

gS

« Add 2x to each side

Dae she

Tx = 42 The

2

ah = aap

* Divide each

x=6

side by 7

* The shorter piece

| 20-x=20-6=

14

is 6 ft long

¢ Find the length of the longer piece

The length of the shorter piece is 6 ft The length of the longer piece is 14 ft

Check your understanding 4 A wire 22 in. long is cut into two pieces. The length of the longer piece is 4 in. more than twice the length of the shorter piece. Find the length of each piece. SOLUTION

See page S-5.

6 in., 16 in

Objective 7.2B Practice

1. One slice of cheese pizza contains 290 calories. A medium-size orange has one-fifth that number of calories. How many calories are in a medium-size orange? 58 calories 2. John D. Rockefeller died in 1937. At the time of his death, Rockefeller had accumulated $1400 million, which was equal to one sixty-fifth of the gross national product of the United States at that time. What was the U.S. gross national product in 1937? (Source: The Wealthy 100: A Ranking of the Richest Americans, Past and Present) $9) billion 3. The cost to replace a water pump in a sports car was $820. This included $375 for the water pump and $89 per hour for labor. How many hours of labor were required to replace the water pump? 5h 4. The cellular phone service for a business executive is $80 per month plus $.40 per minute of phone use over 900 min. For a month in which the executive’s cellular phone bill was $100.40, how many minutes did the executive use the phone? 95! min Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.

SECTION

1.3 Objective 7.3A

a

Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems Solve value mixture problems A value mixture problem involves combining two ingredients that have different prices into a single blend. For example, a coffee merchant may blend two types of coffee into a single blend, or a candy manufacturer may combine two types of candy to sell as a variety pack.

16

Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities

Take Note > The equation AC = V is used to find the value of an ingredient. For example, the

The solution of a value mixture problem is based on the value mixture equation AC = V, where A is the amount of an ingredient, C is the cost per unit of the ingredient, and V is the value of the ingredient.

value of 4 lb of cashews cost-

ing $6 per pound is AC=V

4:$6=V $24—=

' A coffee merchant wants to make 6 |b of a coffee blend costing $5 per pound. The blend _ is made using a $7-per-pound grade and a $4-per-pound grade of coffee. How many ' pounds of each grade should be used?

V

Strategy for Solving a Value Mixture Problem 1. For each ingredient in the mixture, write a numerical or variable expression for the amount of the ingredient used, the unit cost of the ingredient, and the value of the amount used. For the blend, write a numerical or variable expression for the amount, the unit cost of the blend, and the value of the amount. The results can be recorded in a table.

Amount of $7 coffee: x

The sum of the amounts is 6 lb.

Amount of $4 coffee: 6 — x Take Note»> Use the information given in the problem to fill in the amount and unit cost columns of the table. Fill in the value column by multiplying the two expressions you wrote in each row. Use the expressions in the last column to write the equation.

J

Sani ee

a

ee

ee a

$5 blend

2. Determine how the values of the ingredients are related. Use the fact that the sum of the values of all the ingredients is equal to the value of the blend.

The sum of the values of the $7 grade and the $4 grade is equal to the value of the $5

blend.

| 7446 =e S56) | 7x + 24 — 4x = 30 3x + 24 = 30

3x = 6 CS

6-x=6-2=

9

¢ Find the amount of the $4 grade coffee.

| The merchant must use 2 lb of the $7 coffee and 4 lb of the $4 coffee.

Focus on solving a value mixture problem | How many ounces of a metal alloy that costs $4 per ounce must be mixed with 10 oz of an alloy that costs $6 per ounce to make a mixture that costs $4.32 per ounce?

Section 7.3 ¢ Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems

17

STRATEGY

* Ounces of $4 alloy: x ——

a

iijouas

SS

eS

=|he

‘ost

————

alu

—————

| © The sum of the values before mixing equals the value after mixing. | SOLUTION 4x + 6 (10) =

4.32 (10 Se x)

*

The sum of the values before mixing equals the value after mixing

4x + 60 = 43.2 + 4.32x —().32x

+ 60 =

—()/32x% |

43.2

=-—16.8

aS =

52.5

* Subtract

4.32x from each side

* Subtract 60 from each side ®

Divide

each

side by

0.32

52.5 oz of the $4 alloy must be used.

| Check your understanding 1 A gardener has 20 lb of a lawn fertilizer that costs $.90 per pound. How many pounds of | a fertilizer that costs $.75 per pound should be mixed with this 20 lb of lawn fertilizer to | produce a mixture that costs $.85 per pound? | SOLUTION

See page S-6.

10 lb of the $.75 fertilizer

Objective 7.3A Practice

1. An herbalist has 30 0z of herbs costing $2 per ounce. How many ounces of herbs costing $1 per ounce should be mixed with these 30 oz of herbs to produce a mixture costing $1.60 per ounce? 20 07 2. The manager of a farmer’s market has 500 lb of grain that costs $1.20 per pound. How many pounds of meal costing $.80 per pound should be mixed with the 500 Ib of grain to produce a mixture that costs $1.05 per pound? 300 Ib 3. Find the cost per pound of a “house blend” of coffee that is made from 12 lb of Central American coffee that costs $8 per pound and 30 lb of South American coffee that

costs $4.50 per pound. $5.50 4. How many liters of a blue dye that costs $1.60 per liter must be mixed with 18 L of anil that costs $2.50 per liter to make a mixture that costs $1.90 per liter? 36 L. Solutions on pp. S-1S—S-20.

Objective 7.3B

Solve percent mixture problems A percent mixture problem can be solved using the equation Ar = Q, where A is the amount of a solution, r is the percent concentration of a substance in the solution, and Q is

the quantity of the substance in the solution.

For example, a 500-milliliter bottle is filled with a 4% solution of hydrogen peroxide.

AiO) 500 (0.04) = O

20=Q The bottle contains 20 ml of hydrogen peroxide.

18

Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities

_ How many gallons of a 20% salt solution must be mixed with 6 gal of a 30% salt solution to make a 22% salt solution?

Strategy for Solving a Percent Mixture Problem 1. For each solution, write a numerical or variable expression for the amount of

solution, the percent concentration, and the quantity of the substance in the solution. The results can be recorded in a table.

Take Note > Use the information given in the problem to fill in the amount and percent columns of the table. Fill in the quantity column by multiplying the two expressions you wrote in each row. Use the expressions in the last column to write the equation.

| i |

Amour

|

5 Le

is

0.22(x + 6)

2. Determine how the quantities of the substances in the solutions are related. Use the fact that the sum of the quantities of the substances being mixed is equal to the quantity of the substance after mixing.

The sum of the quantities of the

substances in the 20% solution and the

0.20x + 0.30(6) = 0.22(x + 6)

020% + 1.80 = 0.22, -2 1.32

30% solution is equal to the quantity of the substance in the 22% solution.

ee

— (102 G—s O48 x = 24

| 24 gal of the 20% solution are required.

| Focus on solving a percent mixture problem | A chemist wishes to make 2 L of an 8% acid solution by mixing a 10% acid solution and | a 5% acid solution. How many liters of each solution should the chemist use? | STRATEGY

| ¢ Liters of 10% solution: x Liters of 5% solution: 2 — x

Section 7.3 ¢ Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems

=

19

¢ The sum of the quantities before mixing is equal to the quantity after mixing. | SOLUTION Os iKOke Se 0.05(2 — x) = 0.08(2)

* The sum of the quantities before mixing equals the quantity after mixing

| 0.10x + 0.10 — 0.05x = 0.16 0.05x

| |

+

0.10

=

0.16

¢«

0.05x

=

0.06

¢ Subtract 0.10 from each side

1.2

* Divide each side by 0.05

x=

| Liters of 10% solution:

Combine like terms on the left side

|.2

| Liters of 5% solution: 2 — x

2—

12 = 0.8

The chemist needs 1.2 L of the 10% solution and 0.8 L of the 5% solution.

| Check your understanding 2 A pharmacist dilutes 5 L of a 12% solution with a 6% solution. How many liters of the | 6% solution are added to make an 8% solution? | SOLUTION

See page S-6.

1OL

Objective 7.3B Practice

1. How many gallons of a plant food that is 9% nitrogen must be combined with another plant food that is 25% nitrogen to make 10 gal of a plant food that is 15% nitrogen? 6.25 gal 2. A chemist wants to make 50 ml of a 16% acid solution by mixing a 13% acid solution and an 18% acid solution. How many milliliters of each solution should the chemist use?

20 ml of 13% solution; 30 ml of 18% solution

3. A hair dye is made by blending a 7% hydrogen peroxide solution and a 4% hydrogen peroxide solution. How many milliliters of each are used to make a 300-milliliter solution that is 5% hydrogen peroxide?

100 ml of 7% hydrogen peroxide; 200 ml of 4% hydrogen peroxide

4. A hair stylist combines 12 0z of shampoo that is 20% conditioner with an 8-ounce bottle of pure shampoo. What is the percent concentration of conditioner in the 20-ounce mixture? 12% Solutions on pp. S-20-S-21.

Objective 7.3C

Solve uniform motion problems An object traveling at a constant speed in a straight line is in uniform motion. The solution of a uniform motion problem is based on the equation rt = d, where r is the rate of travel, tis the time spent traveling, and d is the distance traveled.

20

Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities

| A car leaves a town traveling at 40 mph. Two hours later, a second car leaves the same _ town, on the same road, traveling at 60 mph. In how many hours will the second car pass

the first car?

Strategy for Solving a Uniform Motion Problem 1. For each object, write a numerical or variable expression for the rate, time, and distance. The results can be recorded in a table.

| The first car traveled 2 h longer than the second car. ' Unknown time for the second car: ' Time for the first car:

[ee H

ig

Second car

f

t + 2

‘ate

ee

60

ial ie A ial ale

.

First car

GPS

60r

: 1 = 40(t + 2)

Re

| I | | |

Second car Guo

re d

= 60t

2. Determine how the distances traveled by the two objects are related. For example, the total distance traveled by both objects may be known, or it may be known that the two objects traveled the same distance.

The two cars travel the same distance.

AOQ(t + 2) = 601

40t + 80 = 60t 80 = 20t

4=t | The second car will pass the first car in 4 h.

_ Focus on solving a uniform motion problem | Two cars, one traveling 10 mph faster than the other, start at the same time from the same point and travel in opposite directions. In 3 h, they are 300 mi apart. Find the rate of each | Car. STRATEGY ¢ Rate of first car:

r Rate of second car:

r + 10

Section 7.3 ¢ Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems

21

¢ The total distance traveled by the two cars is 300 mi. SOLUTION

3r + 3(r + 10) = 300 3r + 3r + 30 = 300

* Distributive Property

6r + 30 = 300 |

* Combine like terms

6r = 270 r= r+

10=45

+

* Subtract 30 from each side

45

10 =

* Divide each side by 6. This is the rate of the first car 55

¢ Find the rate of the second car

The first car is traveling at 45 mph. The second car is traveling at 55 mph.

Check your understanding 3 Two trains, one traveling at twice the speed of the other, start at the same time on parallel tracks from stations that are 288 mi apart and travel toward each other. In 3 h, the trains

pass each other. Find the rate of each train. SOLUTION

See pages S-6-S-7.

32 mph; 64 mph

Focus on solving a uniform motion problem How far can the members of a bicycling club ride out into the country at a speed of 12 mph and return over the same road at 8 mph if they travel a total of 10 h? STRATEGY

| © Time spent riding out: ¢ Time spent riding back: 10 — t¢

¢ The distance out equals the distance back. SOLUTION

12t = 8(10 — 2) 12t = 80 — 8¢

* Distributive Property

20t = 80

¢ Add 8 to each side.

t =

4 (The time is 4 h.)

¢ Divide each side by 20

The distance out = 12t = 12(4) = 48 The club can ride 48 mi into the country.

Check your understanding 4 A pilot flew out to a parcel of land and back in 5 h. The rate out was 150 mph, and the rate returning was 100 mph. How far away was the parcel of land? SOLUTION

See page S-7.

300 mi

22

Module 7 ¢ General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities Objective 7.3C Practice

1. A long-distance runner starts on a course running at an average speed of 6 mph. Half an hour later, a second runner begins the same course, running at an average speed of 7 mph. How long after the second runner starts will the second runner overtake the first runner? 3h 2. An executive drove from home at an average speed of 30 mph to an airport where a helicopter was waiting. The executive boarded the helicopter and flew to the corporate offices at an average speed of 60 mph. The entire distance was 150 mi. The entire trip took 3 h. Find the distance from the airport to the corporate offices. 120) mi 3. A passenger train leaves a train depot 2 h after a freight train leaves the same depot. The freight train is traveling 20 mph slower than the passenger train. Find the rate of each train if the passenger train overtakes the freight train in 3h. Freight train: 30 mph; passenger train: 50 mph 4. A plane left Kennedy Airport on Tuesday morning for a 605-mile, 5-hour trip. For the first part of the trip, the average speed was 115 mph. For the remainder of the trip, the average speed was 125 mph. How long did the plane fly at each speed? 2h at 115 mph; 3h at 125 mph Solutions on pp. S-22—S-23.

First-Degree Inequalities Objective 7.4A

Write sets of real numbers using set-builder notation and interval notation A set is a collection of objects, which are called the elements of the set. The roster method of writing a set encloses a list of the elements in braces. The set of the positive integers less than 5 is written {1, 2. 3, 4}.

Use the roster method to write the set of integers between 0 and 10. Heh

{1 DBA

IO

Se

* A set can be designated by a capital letter. Note that 0 and 10 are not elements of the set.

_ Use the roster method to write the set of natural numbers. A=

esaray wey

* The three dots mean that the pattern of numbers continues without end.

The empty set, or null set, is the set that contains no elements. The symbol @ or { } is used to represent the empty set.

The set of people who have run a 2-minute mile is the empty set.

Section 7.4 ¢ First-Degree Inequalities

23

Union and Intersection of Two Sets The union of two sets, written A U B, is the set of all elements that belong to either set A or set B. The intersection of two sets, written A M B, is the set that contains the elements that are common to both A and B.

EXAMPLES Find A UB and AB, Ay

B=

4 hy Be

given A = {1,2, 3, 4} and B=

ahs. 6}

¢

{3,4, 5) 6}.

The union of A and B contains all the elements of A and all the elements of B. Elements in both sets are listed only once

ANB=

{3, 4}

¢ The intersection of A and B contains the elements common to A and B

| Find D UE, given D = {6, 8, 10, 12} and E = {—8, —6, 10, 12}. | DWE. = {—8, -6;,6,.8, 10, 12}

| Find

ANB, given A = {5, 6, 9, 11} and B = {5, 9, 13, 15}.

1ANB = {5,9}

| Find ANB, given A = {1, 2,3, 4} and B = {8, 9, 10, 11}. i

laAnB=@2 Another method of representing sets is called set-builder notation. This method of writing sets uses a rule to describe the elements of the set. Using set-builder notation, we represent

the set of all positive integers less than 10 as

{x|x < 10, x € positive integers}, which is read “the set of all positive integers x that are less than 10.”

_ Use set-builder notation to write the set of integers less than or equal to 12.

ii {x|x = i

12,x€

integers }

¢ This is read “the set of all integers x that are less than or equal to 12.”

| Use set-builder notation to write the set of real numbers greater than 4. i {x|x > 4,x € real numbers} ii

* This is read “the set of all real numbers x that are greater than 4.”

For the remainder of this section, all variables will represent real numbers. Given this con-

vention, {x|x > 4, x © real numbers} is written {x|x > 4}.

24

Module 7

General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities

Some sets of real numbers that are written in set-builder notation can also be written in interval notation. For instance, the interval notation [—3, 2) represents the set of real numbers between —3 and 2. The bracket means that —3 is included in the set, and the

Take Note > Set-builder notation is mainly used to represent sets that have an infinite number of

parenthesis means that 2 is not included in the set. Using set-builder notation, the interval | —3, 2) is written

elements. The set {x|x > 4} has an infinite number of elements and cannot be represented using the roster method.

{x| Soi

2}

¢ This is read “the set of all real numbers x between

—3 and 2,

including —3 but excluding 2.”

To indicate an interval that extends forever in the positive direction, we use the infinity symbol, ©; to indicate an interval that extends forever in the negative direction, we use the

negative infinity symbol, — ©.

Write {x|x < —2} in interval notation. _ {x|x < —2} is the set of real numbers less than or equal to —2. This set extends forever

in the negative direction. In interval notation, this set is written

(—%, — 2}.

When writing a set in interval notation, we always parenthesis US@a to the right of and to the left 6f =) Infinity is not a real number, so it cannot be represented as belonging to the set of real numbers by using a bracket.

Focus on writing a set in interval notation | Write in interval notation.

| al divi = OF

b. {x|0 =x 9. Write the solution set in interval notation.

Each side of the inequality is divided by a negative number; the inequality symbol

' | 35> 3 [3x

must be reversed.

9 9

ea

Saag Fe

za)

* Divide each side of the inequality by the coefficient —3. Because —3 is a negative

pe)

ex

number, the inequality symbol must be reversed.

3}

| The solution set is (—2%, —3). _ Focus on solving an inequality |

1

1



p

7

:

:

Solve 5 — ax = i Write the solution set in set-builder notation.

_ SOLUTION 1s SSS161

2

| |

| |

Gt

]

12S 6

3

12

|

aie

(oe a

=

11

| a

* Clear fractions by multiplying each side of the inequality by 12

12

he S> lil

|

= Uhe SS &

= Oh a

=o

ee

4x + 5. Write the solution set in set-builder notation. | SOLUTION

| 2x-9>4x4+5 | =e

=

|

= Dye > IA

|

|| The

YS

ex

SSS =

5)

galt

—=_

aa

¢ Subtract 4x from each side of the inequality.

* Add 9 to each side of the inequality « Divide each side of the inequality by the coefficient —2. Because —2 is a negative number, reverse the inequality symbol.

el

solution set is {x|x
8. Write the solution set in set-builder taf fp notation. {x

4

4}

ee

Peo

2. Solve 5x — 2 S 8. Write the solution set in set-builder notation. 3. Solve 3x + 1 S 7x —

{x|\x = 2}

15. Write the solution set in set-builder notation.

4. Solve ix = ; < ix — 2. Write the solution set in interval notation.

{x\. = 4}

(1, ~)

5. Solve 3 — 4(x + 2) = 6 + 4(2x + 1). Write the solution set in interval notation. Solutions on pp. S-24—S-25.

Objective 7.4C

ax

Solve application problems Focus on solving an application problem | AUS. cellular phone company offers a golfer traveling to Ireland two plans. The first | plan costs $5.99 per month with roaming rates of $.99 per minute. The second package has no monthly fee and roaming rates of $1.39 per minute. What minimum number of | minutes must the golfer use in one month to make the first plan more economical than | the second? | STRATEGY

_ To find the number of minutes, write and solve an inequality using x to represent the number of minutes of roaming time used by the golfer. Then the cost of the first plan is 5.99 + 0.99x, and the cost of the second plan is 1.39x. SOLUTION

| Cost of plan 1 < Cost of plan 2

Ore

0.097

139%,

5.99 < 0.40x 14.975 < x The golfer must use at least 15 min of roaming time.

30

Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities

| Check your understanding 8 | The base of a triangle is 12 in., and the height is (x + 2) in. Express as an integer the _ maximum height of the triangle when the area is less than 50 in’.

| SOLUTION

See pages S-8-S-9.

8 in.

_ Focus on solving an application problem _ An average score of 80 to 89 in a history course receives a B. Luisa Montez has grades of | 72, 94, 83, and 70 on four exams. If the maximum score on a test is 100, find the range of

_ scores on the fifth exam that will give Luisa a B for the course. | STRATEGY

| To find the range of scores, write and solve an inequality using N to represent the score | on the fifth test. The average score is the sum of the five scores divided by 5. SOLUTION

80
Have you considered joining a study group? Getting together regularly with other students in the class to go over material and

quiz each other can be very beneficial. See AJM for Success.

Introduction to Functions Evaluate a function In mathematics and its applications, there are many times when it is necessary to investigate a relationship between two quantities. Here is a financial application: Consider a person who is planning to finance the purchase of a car. If the current interest rate for a 5-year loan is 5%, the equation that describes the relationship between the amount that is borrowed B and the monthly payment P is P = 0.018871B.

For each amount

the purchaser may

borrow

(B), there is a

certain monthly payment (P). The relationship between the amount borrowed and the payment can be recorded as a set of ordered pairs, where the first coordinate of each pair is the

amount borrowed and the second coordinate is the monthly payment. Some of these ordered pairs are shown at the right.

7

0.018871B = P

(6000, (7000, (8000, (9000,

113.23) 132.10) 150.97) 169.84)

10

Module 8 « Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

A relationship between two quantities is not always given by an equation. The table at the right describes a grading scale that defines a relationship between a score on a test and a letter grade. For each score, the table assigns only one letter grade. The ordered pair (84. B) indicates that a score of 84 receives a letter grade of B.

The bar graph at the right shows the number of people who watched the Super Bowl for the years 2007 to 2012. The jagged line between 0 and 90 on the vertical axis indicates that a portion of the vertical axis has been omitted. The data in the graph can be written as a set of ordered pairs.

{(2007, 93.2), (2008, 97.4), (2009, 98.7), (2010, 106.5), (2011, 111.01), (2012, 111.35)}

FE oppo asp gs emis

2009 2010 2011 mae”

ee

This set is a function. There are no two ordered pairs with the same first coordinate. The ordered pair (2010, 106.5) means that in 2010, the number of people who watched the Super Bowl was !06.5 million.

In each of the above examples, there is a rule (an equation, a table, or a graph) that determines a certain set of ordered pairs.

Definition of a Function

A function is a set of ordered pairs in which no two ordered pairs have the same first coordinate. The domain of a function is the set of first coordinates of the ordered pairs; the range of a function is the set of second coordinates of the ordered pairs. EXAMPLES

1. {(1, 2), (2, 4), 3, 6), 4, 8)} Domain = {1, 2, 3, 4}

Range = {2, 4, 6, 8}

2. {(—1, 0), ©, 0), (1, 0), (2, 0), (3, 0)} Domain = {—1, 0, 1, 2, 3}

Range = {0}

Now consider the set of ordered pairs {(1, 2), (4, 5), (7, 8), (4, 6)}. This set of ordered pairs is not a function. There are two ordered pairs, (4, 5) and (4, 6), with the same first coordinate. This set of ordered pairs is called a relation. A relation is any set of ordered pairs. A function is a special type of relation. The concepts of domain and range apply to relations as well as to functions.

Section 8.2 ¢ Introduction to Functions

11

| Determine whether each set of ordered pairs is a function. State the domain and range.

_A. {(2, 3), (4,6), (6, 8), (10, 6)} |B. {(2,2),(1,1),0,0), @, -2), @, -1)} iA. No two ordered pairs have the same first element. The set of ordered pairs is a func|

tion. The domain is {2, 4, 6, 10}. The range is {3, 6, 8}.

i /B. The ordered pairs (2, 2) and (2, —2) have the same first coordinate. The set of ordered pairs is not a function. The domain is {0, 1, 2}. The range is {—2, —1, 0, 1, 2}.

For each element of the domain of a function there is a corresponding element in the range of the function. A possible diagram for the function in part A of the example above is shown at the right. Each element of the domain is paired with exactly one element in the range. The diagram represents a function.

A diagram for part B of the example above is shown at the right. There are some elements in the domain that are paired with more than one element in the 6 = A range. The diagram does not represent a function.

{(2, 3), (4, 6), (6, 8), (10, 6)}

Domain

Range A ==

==

——l

{(2, 2), (1, 1), ©, 0), (2, -2), (1, -1)}

Take Note > For a set, the order in which the elements are listed is not important. For instance,

{a, b, c} = {b, a, c}. Note that the elements of the domain of the gradingscale function were listed from smallest to largest. It is common practice to list both domain and range elements in order from smallest to largest.

Consider again the three examples of functions given at the beginning of this objective. For the equation 0.018871B = P, the domain is the possible amounts a consumer might borrow to purchase a car. Let’s assume that the most a person would borrow is

$50,000. Then the domain is {B|0 = B = 50,000}. The range is all possible monthly pay-

ments. The largest monthly payment is P = 0.018871(50,000) ~ 943.55, so the range is

{P|\0 = P < 943.55}. For the grading-scale function, the domain

is {0, 1, 2,3,....97, 98,99, 100}. The {A, B, C, D, F}.

range

is all possible test scores.

is all possible

grades.

The domain

The

range

is

On’ Vertical thé axis. For the graph of the Super Bow! data, the domain is the set of years. The domain is {2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012}. The range is the number of people watching each year. The range is {93.2, 97.4, 98.7, 106.5, 111.01, 111.35}.

Focus on finding the domain and range of a function

Find the domain and range of the function {(5, 3), (9, 7), (13, 7), (17, 3)}. SOLUTION

The domain is the set of first coordinates. The range is the set of second coordinates.

The domain is {5, 9, 13, 17}. The range is {3, 7}.

12

Module 8 © Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

Check your understanding 1 Find the domain and range of the function {(—1, 5), (3, 5), (4, 5), (6, 5)}. SOLUTION

See page S-1.

Domain: {—1, 3, 4, 6}; Range: {5}

The square function, which pairs each real number with its square, can be defined by the equation

y=x This y in y = able Take Note > A pictorial representation of the square function is shown at the right. The function acts as a machine that changes a number from the domain into the square of the number

equation states that for a given value of x in the domain, the corresponding value of the range is the square of x. For instance, if x = 6, then y = 36 and if x = —7, then 49. Because the value of y depends on the value of x, y is called the dependent variand x is called the independent variable.

A function can be thought of as a rule that pairs one number with another number. For instance, the square function pairs a number with its square. The ordered pairs for the values shown at the right are (—5, 25), (2 : ),(0, 0), 5° 25 and (3,9). For this function, the second coordi-

nate is the square of the first coordinate. If x represents the first coordinate, then the second coordinate is x° and the ordered pair is (x, .”). A function cannot have two ordered pairs with different second coordinates and the same first coordinate. However, a function may contain ordered pairs with the same second co-

ordinate. For instance, the square function has the ordered pairs (—3, 9) and (3, 9); the second coordinates are the same but the first coordinates are different.

The double function pairs a number with twice that number. The ordered pairs for the values shown at the right are (—5, —10), (3 8),(0, 0), and (3. 6). For this function, the second coordinate is twice the first coordinate. If x represents the first coordinate, then the second coordinate

is 2x and the ordered pair is (x. 2).

Not every equation in two variables defines a function. For instance, consider the equation y=xr4+9

Because

52g OF

Rand

(5)

49

the ordered pairs (4, 5) and (4, —5) are both solutions of the equation. Consequently, there are two ordered pairs that have the same first coordinate (4) but different second coordinates (5 and —5). Therefore, the equation does not define a function. The phrase “‘y is a function of x,” or the same phrase with different variables, is used to describe an equation in two variables that defines a function. To emphasize that the equation represents a function, function notation is used.

Section 8.2 ¢ Introduction to Functions

13

Just as the variable x is commonly used to represent a number, the letter f is commonly used to name a function. The square function is written in function notation as follows: Take Note >

This is the value of the function It is the number that is paired with x

The dependent variable y and

the notation f(x) can be used interchangeably.

——

FQ) = x The name of the function is /

This is an algebraic expression that defines the relationship between the dependent and independent variables

The symbol f(x) is read “the value of f at x” or “f of x.” It is important to note that f(x) does not mean f times x. The symbol f(x) is the value of the function and represents the value of the dependent variable for a given value of the independent variable. We often write y = f(x) to emphasize the relationship between the independent variable x and the dependent variable y. Remember that y and f(x) are different symbols for the same number.

The letters used to represent a function are somewhat arbitrary. All of the following equations represent the same function.

FO) = s(t) = f ? Each equation represents the square function.

P(v) =v The process of determining f(x) for a given value of x is called evaluating a function. For instance, to evaluate f(x) = x° when x = 4, replace x by 4 and simplify.

FG) = x?

f(4) =4 = 16 The value of the function is 16 when x = +. An ordered pair of the function is (4, |6).

Focus on evaluating a function Evaluate g(t) = 3° — 5t + 1 whent = —2.

SOLUTION g(t) = 3P —5t+1 g(—2) = 3(—2)?

— 5(—2) + 1

* Replace t by —2 and then simplify.

B(A)aeses (2)

Take Note > Because g(—2) = 23, (—2, 23)

Dear

is an ordered pair of the function.

MQ ae i = 228)

When fis —2, the value of the function is 23.

Check your understanding 2

Evaluate G(x) = = SOLUTION

when x = —4.

See page S-2.

6

14

Module 8 © Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

Apply the Concept The height s(¢), in feet, of a ball above the ground ¢ seconds after it is thrown

upward at a velocity of 64 ft/s is given by s(t) = —16

+ 64f + 4. Find the height

of the ball 1.5 s after it is released. SOLUTION

To find the height, evaluate the function when ¢ = 1.5.

—16r + 644 + 4 s(1.5)

= HON

ale 64(1.5)

+4

* Evaluate the function when t =

1.5

—16(2.25) + 64(1.5) + 4

—36+96+4 64 The ball is 64 ft above the ground 1.5 s after it is released.

When a function is represented by an equation, the domain of the function is all real numbers for which the value of the function is a real number. For instance: * The domain of f(x)= x° is all real numbers, because the square of every real number

is a real number. In set-builder notation, the domain is {x|—2 < x < co}.

* The domain of g(x) = Fa 5 is all real numbers except 2, because when x = 2s

gQ) = 5 2 5 = i which is not a real number. The domain is {x|x # 2}.

i| Find the domain of f(x) = 2x7 — 7x + 1. laeoanes the value of 2x? — 7x + 1 is areal number for any value of x, no values are

_excluded from the domain of f(x)= 2x* — 7x + 1. The domain of the function is all real

| numbers, or {| Sordi

' Find the coordinates of the x- and y-intercepts of the graph of the equation

The x-intercept occurs when

| 3x + 4y = -12.

39 = ©. The y-intercept occurs when 3 = (0)

/ _ To find the x-intercept, let y = 0. (Any point on the x-axis has _ y-coordinate ().)

To find the y-intercept, let x = 0. (Any point on the y-axis has x-coordinate ().)

3x + 4y = —12

3x + 4y = —12

| 3x + 4(0) = —12

3(0) + 4y = —12

3x = —12

4y = —12

x=

-4

y=s3

| The x-intercept has coordinates (—4, 0)

The y-intercept has coordinates (0, —3).

|Focus on graphing by using the x- and y-intercepts | Graph 3x — 2y = 6 by using the x- and y-intercepts. | SOLUTION

3x — 2y = 6 Boe a= 2(0) =6

* To find the x-intercept,

|

let y =

0. Then solve for x

3x = 6 |

x=2

| The x-intercept has coordinates (2, 0).

|

piSxb= Zyr=.6 3(0) — ()

J

2y = =

6

—2y =6

|

=

¢ To find the y-intercept, let x = 0. Then solve for)

=)

The y-intercept has coordinates (0, —3). Graph the x- and y-intercepts. Draw a line through the two points.

4

| Check your understanding 6 Graph 3x — y = 2 by using the x- and y-intercepts. )

SOLUTION

See page S-4.

y-intercept: ie’ 0):y-intercept: (0, —2)

26

Module 8 © Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

The graph of f(x) = 2x — 4 is shown at the right. Evaluating the function when x = 2, we have

f(x) = 2x — 4 f(2) = 202) —4 f(2) =0 2 is the value ofx for which f(x) = 0. A value of x for which f(x) = 0 is called a zero of f.

Note that the x-intercept of the graph has coordinates (2, 0). xcoordinate The of the

x-intercept isazero ofthe function. Zero of a Function A value of x for which f(x) = 0 is called a zero of the functionf, EXAMPLES

1. Let f@) =3x+6andx=—2.

2. Let f(x) = 2x — 6 and x = 0.

=3(-2) + 6 = 0 f(-2)

f(0) = 20) -6 = -6 #0

Because f(—2) = 0, —2 is a zero of f.

Because f((0) # 0, 0 is not a zero of f.

Z

_ Focus on finding the zero of a function |

.

~

a

?

Find the zero of f G) = 3x — 4. SOLUTION

:

y

9

.

+

-

4

8

f(x) ==x - 4 3

4

2 Q0=

3° —4

©

To find a zero of a function,

let

flx

0

2 ==x

3

="=34

¢ Solve for x

x=6

The zero is 6. The graph of fis shown above. Note that the x-coordinate of the x-intercept is the zero of f-

Check your understanding 7

1.

7

Find the zero of g(x) = 4 + 32. SOLUTION

See page S-4.

Ea Job Es

—6

Objective 8.3C Practice

For Exercises 1 to 4, find the x- and y-intercepts and graph. Ll. x — 2y =

—4

2. 2x — 3y =9

x intercept:

x intercept

(—4. 0): y-intercept: {9

\ = 0): y-intercept:

2

2.

(0.2

(0. —3



a

a

a

=

Section 8.3 ¢ Linear Functions

3. 2x +

27

3

y=3

x-intercept: (=; 0): y-intercept: (O, 3)

4. 3x+ 2y=4

4

x-intercept: (—, O

}; y-intercept:

(0, 2)

Solutions on pp. S-14—S-15.

Solve application problems

Objective 8.3D

There are a variety of applications of linear functions.

Focus on solving an application using a linear function Take Note > In many applications, the

The heart rate R after t minutes for a person taking a brisk walk can be approximated by | the equation R = 2t¢ + 72. Graph this equation for 0 = t = 10. The point with coordi| nates (5, 82) is on the graph. Write a sentence that describes the meaning of this ordered | pair.

domain of the variable is

such that the equation makes sense. For this example, it would not be sensible to have values of t that are less than zero. This would indicate

SOLUTION

Find the values ofR for t = 0 and t =

negative time! The number 10 is somewhat arbitrary, but after 10 min most people’s

|

R

heart rates would level off, and a linear function would

no longer apply. Heart rate

10. When t = 0, R = 72. When t =

10, R = 84.

¢ Graph (0, 72). (5, 82). and (10, 84). Draw the line segment

80 60 40 20

beats (in minute) per

that

contains the three points

t 24" £6) Se 10

0

Time (in minutes)

The ordered

pair (5, 82) means that after 5 min, the person’s heart rate is 82 beats |per

minute.

h

4

& 80

Check your understanding 8

(32, 74)

TA

ater)

EN re0

The height h (in inches) of a person and the length L (in inches) of that person’s stride

= 40

| while walking are related. The equation h = a1 + 50 approximates this relationship.

o

20

0

10

20

30 40

| Graph this equation for 15 = L = 40. The point with coordinates (32, 74) is on the graph. Write a sentence that describes the meaning of this ordered pair.

a

SOLUTION

Stride (in inches)

See page S-4.

The ordered pair (32, 74) means that a person with a stride of 32 in. is 74 in. tall.

Objective 8.3D Practice

1. The monthly cost of a wireless telephone plan is $39.99 for up to 450 min of calling time plus $.45 per minute for each minute over 450 min. The equation that describes the cost of this plan is C = 0.45x + 39.99, where x is the number of minutes over 450. What is the cost of this plan if a person uses a. 398 min and b. 475 min of calling time? a. $39.99 b, $51.24 2. A bee beats its wings approximately 100 times per second. The equation that describes the total number of times a bee beats its wings is given by B = 100f. Graph this equation for 0 = t S 60. The point with coordinates (35, 3500) is on the graph. Write a sentence that describes the meaning of this ordered pair. A bee beats its wings 3500 times in 35 s.

sont 5000 4000

(35, 3500)

3000 2000

beats1000 of Number 10 20

30

40

50 60

Time (in seconds)

t

28

Module 8 e Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

3. The cost of manufacturing skis is $5000 for startup costs and $80 per pair of skis

Feet

~1 UID & NW o

manufactured. The equation that describes the cost of manufacturing n pairs of skis is C = 80n + 5000. Graph this equation for 0 = n = 2000. The point with coordinates (50, 9000) is on the graph. Write a sentence that describes the meaning of this ordered pair. The cost of manufacturing 50 pairs of skis is $9000. 4. The Large Hadron Collider, or LHC, is a machine that is capable of accelerating a proton to a velocity that is 99.99% the speed of light. At this speed, a proton will travel approximately 0.98 ft in a billionth of a second (one nanosecond). (Source: news.yahoo.com) The equation d = 0.98t gives the distance d, in feet, traveled by a proton in ¢ nanoseconds. Graph this equation for 0 = t = 10. The point with coordinates (4, 3.92) is on the graph. Write a sentence that explains the meaning of this ordered pair. The proton travels 3.92 ft in 4 nanoseconds. Solutions on pp. S-15—-S-16.

3

Cc (2000,

160,000 120,000 80,000

165,000)

(0, 5000) /

40,000

—(50,

dollars) Cost (in

9000)

500

pee

1000

Number

1500

2000

of pairs of skis

Slope of a Straight Line Find the slope of a line given two points The graphs of y = 3x + 2 and y = $x + 2 are shown at the left. Each graph crosses the y-axis at the point P(O, 2), but the graphs have different slants. The slope of a line is a measure of the slant of the line. The symbol for slope is m.

The slope of a line containing two points is the ratio of the change in the y values of the two points to the change in the x values. The line containing the points whose coordinates are (—1, —3) and (5, 2) is shown below.

The change in the y values is the difference between the y-coordinates of the two points.

er

ye

Change in y= 2 — (—3) = 5 ix

The change in the x values is the difference between the x-coordinates of the two points.

- Change in y

ae,

Change in x = 5 — (-1) =6

Change ing

:

P

;

5 — (I) =6

The slope of the line between the two points is the ratio of the change in y to the change in x.

Slope =m

=

changeiny changeinx

2—(-3)=5

5 6

Ti

2 = (=3) 5 Saws

5

cee

In general, if P;(x;, y,) and P(x, y2) are two points on a line, then Change in y = y) — y,

Change in x = x, — x,

Section 8.4 ¢ Slope of a Straight Line

29

Using these ideas, we can state a formula for slope.

Slope Formula

The slope of the line containing the two points P,(x,, y,) and P,(x>, y>) is given by Mp

EDA

SS ey xX]

Ter

Frequently, the Greek letter A (delta) is used to designate the change in a variable. Using this notation, we can write equations for the change in y and the change in x as follows:

Change in y = Ay = y, — y,

Change inx = Ax = x, — x,

Using this notation, the slope formula is written m = Ay4.

Ax*

Take Note > When finding the slope of

Focus on finding the slope of a line: positive slope

the line between two points,

Find the slope of the line passing through the points

it does not matter which point is called P, and which

P,(—2, 0) and P,(4, 5).

is called P,. We could have labeled the points P,(4, 5) and P,(—2, 0), reversing the

| From P,(—2, 0), we have x, = —2, y, = 0. From P,(4, 5),

names of P, and P,. Then

|we have x, = 4, y, = 5. Now use the slope formula.

SOLUTION

Eee Al i ee Xx

me

m

X

0-5

S21E

ya

Mii

Kaa

-5_5

-

6 6

The result is the same.

=

—s

See 5 4 = (=2) » 6 =

e

A

-

Positive slope

sy

The slope of the line is ¢

| A line that slants upward to the right has a positive slope. |

Check your understanding 1 Find the slope of the line containing P,(2, 5) and P;(—4, 2). SOLUTION

See page S-4.

7

Focus on finding the slope of a line: negative slope Find the slope of the line passing through the points

P(—3, 4) and P,(, 2). SOLUTION From P,(—3, 4), we have x, = —3, y, = 4. From P,(4, 2), we have x, = 4, y, = 2. Now use the slope formula. Wb) m=

eit

Dh

AN

—2

2

PIE Soe GDR Pg ae lhe

The slope of the line is —>. A line that slants downward to the right has a negative slope.

Negative slope

30

Module 8 © Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

| Check your understanding 2

| Find the slope of the line containing P,(4, —3) and P,(2, 7). | SOLUTION

See page S-4.

|

—5

_ Focus on finding the slope of a line: zero slope |

_ Find the slope of the line passing through the points

|

7

P,(—2, 2) and P, (4, 2). :

4

|

ee ere (eee

| From P,(—2, 2), we have x, = —2,y,= 2. From P,(4, 2),

| we have x, = 4, y, = 2. Now use the slope formula.

X>

ine x,

4 oc

Se

(—2)

Ape

el

=2

0

Lie

yo = Vi

|

Fe

6

| he slope of the line is 0.

Bow Sine

| A horizontal line has zero slope.

|Check your understanding 3 | Find the slope of the line containing P,(—3, 4) and P,(5, 4). |SOLUTION

See page S-S.

0

| Focus on finding the slope of a line: undefined slope Find the slope of the line passing through the points

y

_P (1, -2) and P,(1, 3).

t

Tips for Success >

|

4

To learn mathematics, you

| SOLUTION

A

must be an active participant. Listening to and

| From P,(1, —2), we have x, = 1, y, = —2. From P,(1, 3), _ we have x, = 1, y, = 3. Now use the slope formula.

watching your professor do

|

Z

mathematics is not enough.

|

Take notes in class, mentally think through every question your instructor asks, and try to answer it even if you are not called on to do so. Ask questions when you have them. See AIM for Success.

a

2

wry

|

a

Viera

3 a= (42)0.65 =

X4

ete

xX

TE ay

ee

eye

Mere)

et 1 =o

1

0

mat

ls

Undefined

F

| 9 is nota real number, because division by zero is undefined.

The slope of the line is undefined.

A vertical line has undefined slope. A vertical line is also said to have no slope. |

| Check your understanding 4 |Find the slope of the line containing P,(6, —1) and P,(6, 7). | SOLUTION

See page S-5.

Undefined

There are many applications of slope. Here are two examples. The first record time for the 1-mile run was recorded in 1865 in England. Richard Webster ran the mile in 4 min 36.5 s. His average speed was approximately 19 ft/s.

4000 lc1 393420) 3000 2000

1000

The graph at the right shows the distance Webster ran during that run. From the graph, note that

feet) (in Distance

after 60 s (1 min) he had traveled 1140 ft, and

:

after 180 s (3 min) he had traveled 3420 ft.

ee pe cghee 240

Time (seconds)

> x

Section 8.4 ¢ Slope of a Straight Line

31

We will choose P,(60, 1140) and P,(180, 3420). The slope of the line between these two points is hi, =

Yo ~ Vy

3420 — 1140

2280

X — Xj

180 — 60

120

=

19

Note that the slope of the line is the same as Webster’s average speed, 19 [t/s. Average speed is related to slope. The resale value of a 2010 Chevrolet Corvette declines as the number of miles the car is driven increases, as shown in the graph at the right. From the graph, note that after the car is driven 25,000 mi, its value is $34,400, and after the car is driven 50,000 mi, its value is $33,000. (Source:

y (25734400) (30;'33;000) NR

S S) r=)3S

Edmunds.com, December 2011) dollars) (in value Resale

0

10

20

30

40

50

Miles driven (in thousands)

We will choose P,(25, 34,400) and P,(50, 33,000). The slope of the line between the two

points is My = m



33,000 = 34400

«ml400° =

9 :

=

Xo

oa XxX,

50

a

25

25

If we interpret negative slope as decreasing value, then the slope of the line represents the dollar decline in the value of the car for each 1000 mi driven. Thus the value of the car decreases by $56 for each 1000 mi driven In general, any quantity that is expressed using the word per is represented mathematically as slope. In the first example, the slope represented the average speed, !9 ft/s. In the second example, the slope represented the rate at which the value of the car was decreasing, $56 for each 1000 mi driven.

| Focus on solving an application involving slope The graph at the right shows the relationship between the cost of an item and the sales tax. Find the slope of the line between the two points shown on the graph. Write a sen-

= & R§ 6

tence that states the meaning of the slope.

gS,

SOLUTION $e

Died, = OU 75 —

.

1.75

50

Bs

ighopsePs050, 3.50).and

0

P.(75, 5.25)

(50, 3.50)

2

20 40 60 80100 Cost of purchase

cine

(in dollars)

25 A slope of 0.07 means that the sales tax is $.07 per dollar.

Check your understanding 5 The graph at the right shows the decrease in the value of a recycling truck over 6 years. Find the slope of the line between the two points shown on the graph. Write a sentence that states the meaning of the slope.

SOLUTION

See page S-5.

m = —10,000

Value

ON slope of —10,000 means that the value of the recycling truck is decreasing by $10,000 per year.

of thousands (in dollars)

U2

475.56

Age (in years)

32

Module 8 @ Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

Objective 8.4A Practice

. . . .

Find Find Find Find

the the the the

slope slope slope slope

of of of of

the the the the

line line line line

containing containing containing containing

P,(—1, 4) and P,(2, 5). P,(—1, 3) and P,(—4, 5). P,(2, 4) and P,(2, —2). Undefined P,(2, 3) and P,(—1,3). 0

. Find the slope of the line containing P,(0, 4) and P,(—2,5).

= NY Ww nb



-

Solutions on p. S-16.

Objective 8.4B

Find average rate of change Recall that slope measures the rate at which one quantity changes with respect to a second quantity. Straight lines have a constant slope. No matter which two points on the line are chosen, the slope of the line between the two points is the same.

If a graph is not a straight line, the slope of the line between two points on the graph may be different from the slope of the line between two different points on the graph. In cases such as these, the average rate of change between any two points is the slope of the line between the two points.

Apply the Concept Population | |

(in millions) |

The table at the left shows the population of California for each decade from 1850 to 2010. (Source: U.S. Census Bureau) The graph below, called a scatter diagram, is a graph of the ordered pairs (year, population) from the table. Find the average rate of change of the population of California between 1980 and 2000.

NR ine) —=} un On

millions) Population (in =n(=) ur

SOLUTION

To find the average rate of change between 1980 and 2000, find the slope of the line between the points P, (1980, 23.7) and P,(2000, 33.9). B39) m

23

~ 2000 — 1980

al

20

=

0.51

The average rate of change was 0.51 million, or

510,000, people per year. This

means that on average, from 1980 to 2000, the population of California increased by 510,000 people per year.

Section 8.4 ¢ Slope of a Straight Line

33

| Focus on finding an average rate of change | The graph at the right shows the growth in the number of hits per day for a new website. Find the average rate of change in the number of hits per day between days 300 and 450. Round to the nearest whole number.

(450, 8125)

> ® [or

SOLUTION

z

The average rate of change in the number of hits per day is the slope of the line between the two points P,(300, 870) and P,(450, 8125). | 1

S250 re 450 — 300

0

(300, 870) 100 200 300 400 500” Days

oh

| The average rate of change in the number of hits per day between days 300 and 450 is | 48 hits per day.

Check your understanding 6 Take Note > The median of a set of numbers is the middle number when the numbers are listed

from smallest to largest. This means, for example, that in 2006, half of the Red Sox players made less than $3,000,000 and half made more than $3,000,000.

|The table below shows the median salaries in 1996, 2001, 2006, and 2011 for Boston Red | Sox oe and New York Yankees players. (Source: usatoday.com)

| Find the average annual rate of bee in the median salary of Boston Red Sox players between 1996 and 2011. Round to the nearest thousand dollars.

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

$317,000 per year

Objective 8.4B Practice

1. The graph below shows the number of people subscribing to a sports magazine of increasing popularity. Find the slope of the line between the two points shown on the graph. Write a sentence that states the meaning of the slope. y

m = 54,000

Each year, an average of 54,000 subscribers are added.

fly B5Q)

Xe)S So

Number of subscriptions thousands) (in 500

08,580}

08 10 712 Year

2. The graph below shows how the amount of gas in the tank of a car decreases as the car is driven. Find the slope of the line. Write a sentence that states the meaning of the slope. n=

cS A n

—O05

Approximately 0.05 gal of fuel is used for each mile the car is driven. &

oe

a Oo eg

Gas i)

&

: 0

100

200

300

Distance driven (in miles)

34

Module 8 @ Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

3. On November 5, in midstate New Hampshire, the temperature at 6 A.M. was 34°F. At 2 P.M. on the same day, the temperature was 58°F. Find the average rate of change in

temperature per hour.

3°F per hour

Solutions on pp. S-16-S-17.

Objective 8.4C

Graph a line given a point and the slope The graph of the equation y =

3x + 4 is shown at the left. The points with coordinates

(—4, 7) and (4, 1) are on the graph. The slope of the line is Tey

SO

3

S27 ae Note that the slope of the line is the coefficient of x in the equation of the line. Recall that the y-intercept is found by replacing x by zero and solving for y. yan

y:

y=

The coordinates of the y-intercept are (0, 4). Note that the y-coordinate of the y-intercept is the constant term of the equation of the line.

Slope-Intercept Form of a Straight Line The equation y = mx + b is called the slope-intercept form of a straight line. The slope of the line is m, the coefficient of x. The coordinates of the y-intercept are (0, D).

When the equation of a straight line is in the form y = mx + b, its graph can be drawn by using the slope and y-intercept. First locate the y-intercept. Use the slope to find a second point on the line. Then draw a line through the two points. | |

Focus on graphing a line using the slope and y-intercept

Take Note >

|

When graphing a line by using its slope and y-intercept, always start at the y-intercept.

| SOLUTION

Graph y = 2 — 4 by using the slope and y-intercept. 5 _

change in y

| The slope is the coefficient of x: m = 3 ~ change in x" | | The coordinates of the y-intercept are (0). —4).

| Beginning

at the y-intercept, which has coordinates ((). —4), move up 5 units (change in y) and then right 3 units (change in x).

_ The point with coordinates (3, 1) is a second point on the

graph. Draw a line through the points with coordinates (0, —4) and (3, 1). down

3

Check your understanding 7 Graph y = —3x + 4 by using the slope and y-intercept. 3

| SOLUTION

See page S-S.

m =

—~; y-intercept: (0, 4)

Section 8.4 © Slope of a Straight Line

35

| Focus on graphing a line using the slope and y-intercept Graph x + 2y = 4 by using the slope and y-intercept. SOLUTION

| Write x + 2y = 4 in the form y = mx + b by solving the

| equation for y. x+2y=4

DY

ane ain | Sein gee oe”

Answer graphs for Objective 8.4C Practice.

- om

:

1. /

y-intercept

(O,

2)

| |

| Beginning at the y-intercept, which has coordinates ((), 2), |move down | unit (change in y) and then right 2 units | (change in x). The point with coordinates (2, 1) is a second

y

| point on the graph. Draw a line through the points with | coordinates (0, 2) and (2, 1). nn

|Check your understanding 8 | Graph 2x + 3y = 6 by using the slope and y-intercept.

;

|SOLUTION

,

See page S-6.

—m = ~

This example differs from the preceding two in that a point other than the y-intercept is given. In this case, start at the given point.

| Graph the line that passes through P(—4, —4) and has slope 2.

| SOLUTION | When the slope is an integer, write it as a fraction with denominator 1. |

i)

» _ 2 _ change in y

St)

=

=.=

|

ie

y

change in x

| Beginning at the point P(—4, —4), move up 2 units (change in y) and then right | unit (change in x). The

point with coordinates (—3, —2) is a second point on the graph. Draw a line through the points with coordinates

(—4, —4) and (—3, —2).

(-2, 3)! I down 4

Check your understanding 9

= right 3

-4

| Graph the line that passes through P(—2, 3) and has slope -¢ SOLUTION

See page S-6.

Objective 8.4C Practice 1. Graph y = ex — 3 by using the slope and y-intercept.

m = —; y-intercept: (0, —3) eee)

2. Graph y = —3x by using the slope and y-intercept.

im = —

; y-intercept: (0, 0)

|Ww bo

36

Module 8 @ Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

3.

3. Graph y = 2x — 4 by using the slope and y-intercept. m = 2;y-intercept: (0, —4) 4. Graph the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope: 4

P(—1, —3); slope z

5. Graph the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope: P(2, 1); slope —4

4.

BE

Solutions on p. S-17.

Finding Equations of Lines Objective 8.5A

_ Find the equation of a line given a point and the slope One method of finding the equation of a line when the slope and any point on the line are known involves using the point-slope formula. This formula is derived from the formula for the slope of a line as follows.

y

Let P,(x;, y;) be the given point on the line, and let P(x, y) be any other point on the line. See the graph at the left. ee a >

X—

(x —

=m

¢ Use the formula for the slope of a line.

xX

x) =

Hee —

28)

V = yy = ne = a

¢ Multiply each side by (x — x,)

* Simplify.

Point-Slope Formula

Let m be the slope of a line, and let P,(x,, y,) be a point on the line. The equation of the line can be found from the point-slope formula:

y-y, =m — x,)

_ Find the equation of the line that contains the point P(4, —1) and has slope -3 y-y=

mx = %)

4 iy —

(

y=

?

3

( aG

¢ Use the point-slope formula

4)

3

ey)

= (4-1)

3

y+1=

wae ap 3

y=—-—x+2

* Simplify. e Write the equation in the form y = mx

+ b.

Section 8.5 © Finding Equations of Lines

37

When the slope of a line is undefined, the point-slope formula cannot be used. _ Find the equation of the line that passes through the point P(4, 3) and whose slope is _ undefined. |Because the slope is undefined, the point-slope formula ‘ cannot be used to find the equation. Instead, recall that

_ when the slope of a line is undefined, the line is vertiical. The equation of a vertical line is x = a, where a is

_ the x-coordinate of the x-intercept. Because the line is ' vertical and passes through P(4, 3), the x-intercept has _ coordinates P(4, 0).

? The equation of the line is x = 4.

_Focus on finding the equation of a line given a point and the slope | Find the equation of the line that contains the point P(—2, 4) and has slope 2. | SOLUTION

m=2

(1,1) = (-2, 4)

Ly =y,

= ma —k)

Reig Aire tom) (a2) y— 4 = 2

+ 2)

y-4=2x+4 y=2x+

8

| ‘The equation of the line is y = 2x + 8.

| Check your understanding 1 Find the equation of the line that contains the point P(—3, —2) and has slope i.

SOLUTION

See page S-6.

ae

ee

Le

Objective 8.5A Practice

For Exercises | to 5, find the equation of the line that contains the given point and has the given slope. 1. P(2,3),m= 2. P(-1,7),m=-3

3. ees

3

y=-3x+4

Vi

3

ee

4. P(3, —4), slope is undefined BP)

=3) om = 0

y=

+=3

-3

Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.

Objective 8.5B

Find the equation of a line given two points The point-slope formula and the formula for slope are used to find the equation of a line when two points are known.

38

Module 8 e Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

| Focus on finding the equation of a line given two points Find the equation of the line containing P,(3, 2) and P,(—5, 6).

SOLUTION y eae en

_ To use the point-slope formula, we must know the slope. Use the formula for slope to | determine the slope of the line between the two given points.

ieee

Bee 2

|A

|

iP

Vee oh

Omid

=>

Py

4



eh

=

|



ee

|Now use the point-slope formula with m = ry-y=

mx

=

x)

: and (x,, y,) = (3, 2).

* Use the point-slope formula

| y-2=(-s)@-9)

) oy

1 7S

| |

Via

7m

=>, (61.94)

(2.2

a 3 x

2, |

2) ss 7

aa

i

,

* Simplify

¢ Solve fory

2

The equation of the line is

y= —jx

= 5

+

| Check your understanding 2 | Find the equation of the line passing through the points P,(2, 0) and P,(5, 3).

SOLUTION

See page S-6.

ye

2

|‘Focus on finding the equation of a line given two points | Find the equation of the line containing P,(2, —3) and P,(2, 5).

|SOLUTION | im=

Ve = A Xy—

=

Xj

Sr

3)

8

=

D9)

0

| The slope is undefined. The graph is a vertical line.

The equation of the line is x = 2.

| Check your understanding 3

|Find the equation of the line containing P,(2, 3) and P,(—S, 3). _ SOLUTION

See page S-7.

ya

Objective 8.5B Practice

For Exercises | to 5, find the equation of the line that contains the given points. 1. P, ©, —3), P(—4,5) y= ax a3

2. P,(—1, —2), P,(3, 4)

3, Pi(=2,3)92;

0, =1)

}=

y=

esa

A. PGA) AP) (24

aie 4

5. P,(-2,5),

ee

(2)

Solutions on pp. S-18-S-19.

4

Section 8.5 ¢ Finding Equations of Lines

Objective 8.5C

39

Solve application problems Linear functions can be used to model a variety of applications in science and business. For each application, data are collected and the independent and dependent variables are selected. Then a linear function is determined that models the data. aa

Focus on solving an application Suppose a manufacturer has determined that at a price of $150, consumers will purchase 1 million portable music players, and at a price of $125, consumers will purchase | 1.25 million portable music players. Describe this situation with a linear function. Use will purchase if the i the function to predict how many portable music players consumers |

| price is $80. | STRATEGY

| ¢ Select the independent and dependent variables. Because you are trying to determine the number of portable music players, that quantity is the dependent variable, y. The price of a portable music player is the independent variable, x. ¢ From the given data, two ordered pairs are (150, 1) and (125, 1.25). (The ordinates are in millions of units.) Use these ordered pairs to determine the linear function. | ¢ Evaluate the function when x = 80 to predict how many portable music players consumers will purchase if the price is $80.

| SOLUTION Choose P, (150, 1) and P,(125, 1.25). m=

tn oe. = ee Kea eG,

=

P25) == BIO

25)

=

—0.01

y— yy = mix — x) y=

0,01

(= 150)

y = —0.01x + 2.50 The linear function is f(x)

=

—0.0lx

+ 2.50.

f(80) = —0.01(80) + 2.50 = 1.7 Consumers will purchase |.7 million portable music players at a price of $80.

Check your understanding 4 Gabriel Daniel Fahrenheit invented the mercury thermometer in 1717. In terms of readings on this thermometer, water freezes at 32°F and boils at 212°F. In 1742, Anders Celsius invented the Celsius temperature scale. On this scale, water freezes at 0°C and boils at 100°C. Determine a linear function that can be used to predict the Celsius temperature when the Fahrenheit temperature is known.

SOLUTION

See page S-7.

fF)

De,

= a (Pics 32)

Objective 8.5C Practice

1. A jogger running at 9 mph burns approximately 14 Calories per minute. a. Write a linear function for the number of Calories burned by the jogger in terms of the number of minutesrun. /(x) = |4¥% b. Use your function to find the number of Calories the jogger has burned after jogging for 32 min.

448 Calories

40

Module 8 ° Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables

2. A cellular phone company offers several different service options. One option, for people who plan on using the phone only in emergencies, costs the user $4.95 per month plus $.59 per minute for each minute the phone is used. a. Write a linear function for the monthly cost of the phone in terms of the number of minutes the phone is used. f(x) = 0.59x + 4.95 b. Use your function to find the cost of using the cellular phone for 13 min in one month. $12.62 3. At sea level, the boiling point of water is 100°C. At an altitude of 2 km, the boiling point of water is 93°C. a. Write a linear function for the boiling point of water in terms of the altitude above sea level. f(x) = —3.5x + 100 b. Use your function to predict the boiling point of water on top of Mount Everest, which is approximately 8.85 km above sea level. Round to the nearest degree. 69°C Solutions on p. S-20.

Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Find parallel and perpendicular lines Two lines that have the same slope and different y-intercepts do not intersect and are called parallel lines.

Slopes of Parallel Lines Two nonvertical lines with slopes of m, and m, are parallel if and only if m; = m. Vertical lines are parallel lines. EXAMPLES

1. The graphs of y = 5x ar eel i) = ix — 3 have the same slope, —§. The lines are parallel. See Figure 1 at the left. 2. The graphs of x = 2 and x = 5 are vertical lines. The lines are parallel. See Figure 2 at the left.

Is the line containing the points P,(—2, 1) and P;(—5, —1) parallel to the line that con_ tains the points Q,(1, 0) and Q,(4, 2)? Figure 2 m

=

el

—5—(-2) m {

= 2

=

9)

2 0 eee I =, || 3

=

=, = 2

-3

3

¢

e


10 We

3. Graph the solution set: 2x + 3y = 6

4. Graph the solution set: —x + 2y > —8 5: Graph the solution set: y — 4 < 0 Solutions on pp. S-22-S-23.

45

i

ae

@

at!

jst

-

Peja!

waa

“"

x

4

ea

Solutions to Module 8

SOLUTIONS TO MODULE

8

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 8.1

Check your understanding 1 Use P,(5, —2) and P,(—4, 3). d = V(x, — x)? + (, — yp)?

parva Sime ictal

Dii3)”

= V9 + (-5) Vol = V 106 ~ 10.30

Check your understanding 2 Use P,(—3, —5) and P,(—2, 3). xX; + X2 Xn

=)

mPa

2

y, + V2 Ym

:

at) 7 2

Tat

eae

2

ers ae

5 =

——

Ds

=

—]|

The coordinates of the midpoint are (-3, = 1),

Check your understanding 4

Section 8.2

Check your understanding 1 The domain is the set of first coordinates. The range is the set of second coordinates.

Domain: {—1, 3, 4, 6} Range: {5}

S-1

S-2

Solutions to Module 8

Check your understanding 2 3x

Rass

3(-4) _ -12 a )- sa" aw Check your understanding 3 Because 3x? — 5x + 2 evaluates to a real number for any value of x, the domain of

f(x) = 3x° — 5x + 2 is all real numbers, or {x|—2

‘i

ye

=

DD) == 86

The slope is —5.

8) 2-4



0 =)

=

5

Solutions to Module 8

S-5

Check your understanding 3 Use P,(—3, 4) and P,(5, 4).

Vise

Aa 4

a =—



0

5 (23) ~ 8 ——|

=a (()

The slope of the line is zero.

Check your understanding 4 Use P,(6, —1) and P,(6, 7).

Rela ie Wire shia AG), )- 8 3) — 8

O16

0)

Division by zero is not defined. The slope of the line is undefined.

Check your understanding 5 Choose P,(5, 25,000) and P;(2, 55,000). OES

m=

Dal

IG = 25 — 55,000 — 25,000 =>

2

as 5

°

1

\

5.

25.000)

(2.

55.000)

30,000 =3 = —10,000

A slope of — 10,000 means that the value of the recycling truck is decreasing by $10,000 per year.

Check your understanding 6

In 1996, the median salary was $750,000, so one point is P; (1996, 750,000). In 2011, the median salary was $5,500,000, so a second point is P,(2011, 5,500,000). Find the slope of the line between P; and P).

_ 5,500,000 — 750,000 ~ 317,000 AML = NLS The average annual rate of change in median salary was approximately $317,000 per year.

Check your understanding 7 Sir (eZ

==

2

eas) =

——

2

y-intercept = (0, 4) Beginning at (0, 4), move down 3 (the change in y) and to the right 2 (the change in x). Draw a line between the two

points.

S-6

Solutions to Module 8

Check your understanding 8 2x + 3y =6

3y = -—2x +6 M

ae, Me

2 i m= -— > = — 3 3 y-intercept = (0, 2)

Beginning at (0, 2), move down 2 (the change in y) and to the right 3 (the change in x). Draw a line between the two points.

Check your understanding 9

y

Locate P(=273): 4

-4

3

3

Lent A pont Ga down at

Beginning at (—2, 3), move down 4 (the change in y) and to the right 3 (the change in x). Draw a line between the two pom!

Section 8.5

Check your understanding 1 1

digee e

(x1,1) = (—3, —2)

y-y, =m — ») 1 y= (2) = alee yet 2=

?

+2

=

y=

a

1

(x a 3)

:

a

3

1

1

Bae = 3

The equation of the line is y =

ix Tie

Check your understanding 2 Use P,(2, 0) and P,(5, 3).

Yo — Vi ee MS = Se - aes aa |

y= yim

ea)

y-0=1(@-2)

Velo 2) Se

The equation of the line is y = x — 2.

oe alae

2

» right 3M, 1 Bo ale

and

Solutions to Module 8

Check your understanding 3 Use P,(2, 3) and P,(—S, 3).

Domaeiin eeeOir3

=

=

is

Ome

yy

0



Syrak

== (0)

7

The line has zero slope, so the line is a horizontal line. All points on the line have an ordinate of 3. The equation of the line is y = 3.

Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY ¢ Select the independent and dependent variables. The function will predict the Celsius temperature, so that quantity is the dependent variable, y. The Fahrenheit temperature is the independent variable, x.

¢ From the given data, two ordered pairs are (212, 100) and (32, 0). Use these ordered pairs to determine the linear function. SOLUTION

Choose P;(32, 0) and P,(212, 100). Yo—-y, it

100-0

iy = 33,

BP

100 5

ser

AK)

Yin me x) y

=Q=(&= 0 ay 9

32)

5

5

y= 9 & — 32),orC = 9 (F — 32) 9

The linear function is f(F) = 2 (F = 32).

Section 8.6

Check your understanding 1 From the equation y = ix — 4, the slope of the given line is i.Because parallel lines

have the same slope, the slope of the unknown line is also 5 y-y=

mx

— x)

1

Piet ie a) y=

1

3 Sse

,

ail

¢

Use the point-slope formula.

© m=, 91) = 23)

;

¢

Simplify

*

Write the equation in the form

2 y=—x+2



2

The equation of the parallel line is y = ix ap 2,

y = mx

+ b.

S-7

S-8

Solutions to Module 8

Check your understanding 2 The slope of the given line is —}. The slope of the line perpendicular to the given line is the negative reciprocal of 3, which is 3.Substitute this slope and the coordinates of the

given point, (—2, 1), into the point-slope formula. y-y=

m(x - x;)

3

ai)

y=

*

2)!

3

i =

a

+3

y=

=r

3 2

4

The point-slope formula

SEs

3

yin)

(2)

¢

Simplify.

¢

Write the equation in the form

re

The equation of the perpendicular line is y = ax ap al

Section 8.7

Check your understanding 1 SeaP ayy > (6 Sy >

ap. sp ©

ee

1

ee

Check your understanding 2 ye

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 8.1A

l

d= V(x; =%))

d=V

BOp— yy

527)

ee

d= V169 = 13 —5+7 2 _-24+321

Xm

=

Ym

Length:

=

9)

ll

2

1 13; midpoint: (1, 5)

y = mx

+ b.

Solutions to Module 8

2. d= V(x, — x)? + (y, — y,) d=V( - (-2))? + @ - 4) d=V5~2.2A Xm =

0 + (—2)

=

2 Sood 7

Yin

y

ral

2

7 Length: 2.24; midpoint: (-1 4 3.

d= V(x; = Hy) TF

Yo)"

d= V(-7 — (-2)? + (—5 -— (-1))? d= VAI ~ 6.40 i

ED)

p:

ISy7/ = |Se 9

3

ees +

=

2

1 z

i,

2

1 2

Asie, te

as Ym

Wt)

2

Ue D)

Hho Length: 4.18; midpoint: & ;)

S-9

S-10

Solutions to Module 8

Objective 8.1B

5

4.

= De = 3

y=

See

heat

Solutions to Module 8

Objective 8.2A

1. This set represents a function because each x-coordinate is paired with only one y-coordinate.

Dewees 4) R = {0}

2

i) =

4

f(-2) =5(-2) -4 f-2) = -10= 4

he 3.

an)=r —4

GG)

ale)

=4

q(-5) = 25-4

q-5) 4.

=

s(t)=P

sj

-—3r+4

(2) — 3(2) + 4

s(2) =8-6+4 s(2) =6 5. {x|—~

Keep in mind the differ-

ences among independent, dependent, and inconsistent systems of equations. You should be able to express

1. The The pair The

;

s

graphs intersect at one point. solution of the system of equations is the ordered (x, y) whose coordinates name the point of intersection. system of equations is independent.

your understanding of these

bars Oe

ee

. The lines are parallel and never intersect. The system of equations has no solution. The system of equations is inconsistent. . The graphs are the same line, and they intersect at infinitely many points. There are infinitely many solutions of the system of equations. The system of equations is dependent.

Objective 9.1A Practice

Solve by graphing. Ub 93 yet9) iar 2 = NO (ez) 2. 3x — 2y = 6 y=3 3.

I.

(4,3)

x=4 3x —2y=4

(4,4)

4. 2x-y=6 3

(Om Pie 10)

5. 2x + 3y = 6 y=

2

ae

+1

Nosolution

Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.

Objective 9.1B

Solve a system of linear equations by the substitution method When we solve a system of equations by graphing, we approximate the coordinates of a

point of intersection. An algebraic method called the substitution method can be used to find an exact solution of a system of equations. Substitution To Use the method) we must

6

Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables

_Focus on solving an independent system of equations | by the substitution method | Solve by the substitution method:

(1)

3x+y=5

(2) 4x + 5y = 3 | SOLUTION |

3x +y=5

| (3)

Syn

* Solve Equation (1) for ) = Sh SES)

This is Equation (3)

| | (2)

Any

|

Sy =3

¢ This is Equation (2).

4x + 5(—3x oF 5) =3

¢ Equation (3) states that

| |

“ve —

| | | *

| (3)

y=

=

=2

10

¢ Solve for x

—3x

4 5

¢ Substitute the value of x into Equation (3)

to find the valueof y

a 3

=-—| \

Le 5s

3)

—3(2) ae.

NO

2

Ban

|lbpear 2s) =

= ile sp DS = 3 SX eee x=2

|

4

y = —3x + 5

Substitute —3x + 5 for y in Equation (2)

4

>

X

|

| The solution is the ordered pair (2, —1).

|

| The graph of the system of equations is shown at the left. Note that the graphs intersect at | the point whose coordinates are (2, —1), the solution of the system of equations.

| Check your understanding 4 _ Solve by substitution: |

3x

iyis3

| 6x + 3y = —4 | SOLUTION

See pages S-1-S-2.

(= = 2)

|Focus on solving an inconsistent system of equations

| by the substitution method | Solve by the substitution method: |

(1) 6x + 2y = 8 QQ) She sry = 2

|SOLUTION 3x

(3)

+y=2

7 =

¢ We will solve Equation (2) for y.

She ap 2

* This is Equation (3).

| | (1) |

(he Sr 2y =

8

* Thisis Equation (1).

6x + 2(—3x a¢ 2) =

8

¢ Equation (3) states that y = —3x + 2 Substitute —3x + 2 for y in Equation (1).

6x — 6x

+4 = 8

* Solve for x.

Ox+4=8 4=8

| This is not a true equation. The system of equations is inconsistent. The system of equa| tions has no solution.

| The graph of the system of equations is shown at the left. Note that the lines are parallel.

Section 9.1 * Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing and by the Substitution Method

Check your understanding 5

7

y

| Solve by substitution and graph: er dese Nga 72 yeast | SOLUTION

See page S-2.

No solution

iFocus on solving a dependent system of equations | by the substitution method | Solve by substitution and graph:

| Wyte Sy = 12 | Viera

hasta

SOLUTION

9x + 3y = 12 Ox + 3(— 3x ae 4) =

ae

12

*

Saat

A

ele 12 = 12

| This is a true equation. The system is dependent. The graphs are the same line. | The solutions are the ordered pairs (x, —3x + 4) A

Check your understanding 6 |Solve by substitution and graph: beOxi— oy ="6 2X y= 2 SOLUTION

See page S-2.

tn

ey

(Coppa)

Objective 9.1B Practice

Solve by the substitution method. 1. x=2y+4 4x + 3y = -17 (pes)

2. 2x — Sy = —-9 322y y=4x+

1

ae c

4. 6x — 4y = 3 3x — 2y =9

No solution

Bh 256 —= Thy =O 3x +y=0

(0,0)

Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.

Objective 9.1C

Solve investment problems The annual simple interest that an investment earns is given by the equation Pr = I, where

P is the principal, or the amount invested, r is the simple interest rate, and / is the simple interest.

8

Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables

For instance, if you invest $500 at a simple interest rate of 5%, then the interest earned after one year is calculated as follows: Pr=I

500(0.05) =I 25=1

+ Replace P by 500 and r by 0.05 (5%) * Simplify

The amount of interest earned is $25.

Tips for Success > Note that solving a word problem includes stating a strategy and using the strategy to find a solution. If you have difficulty with a word

'You have a total of $5000 to invest in two simple interest accounts. On one account, a _ money market fund, the annual simple interest rate is 3.5%. On the second account, a bond fund, the annual simple interest rate is 7.5%. If you earn $245 per year from these two investments, how much do you have invested in each account?

problem, write down the

Strategy for Solving Simple-Interest Investment Problems

known information. Be very specific. Write out a phrase or sentence that states what you are trying to find. See

1. For each amount invested, use the equation Pr = 7. Write a numerical or variable expression for the principal, the interest rate, and the interest earned.

AIM for Success.

Amount invested at 3.5%: Amount invested at 7.5%: y | | =

Amount at 3.5% Amount at 7.5%

2. Write a system of equations. One equation will express the relationship between the amounts invested. The second equation will express the relationship between the amounts of interest earned by the investments.

_ The total amount invested is $5000: « + » = 5000 The total annual interest earned is $245: 0.035%

Solve the system of equations.

_ Solve Equation (1) for y: Substitute into Equation (2):

+ 0.075y

= 245

(1) x + y = 5000 (2) 0.035x + 0.075y = 245 (3) y = —x + 5000 (2) 0.035x + 0.075(—x + 5000) = 245 O35 O107Sie 3 37 245 —0.04x = —130 ie

- Substitute the value of x into Equation (3) and solve for y.

y = —x + 5000 y = —3250 + 5000 = 1750 |The amount invested at 3.5% is $3250. | The amount invested at 7.5% is $1750.

S250)

Section 9.1 * Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing and by the Substitution Method

9

Focus on solving an investment application An investment of $4000 is made at an annual simple interest rate of 4.9%. How much additional money must be invested at an annual simple interest rate of 7.4% so that the total interest earned is 6.4% of the total investment? STRATEGY

¢ Amount invested at 4.9%: $4000 ¢ Amount invested at 7.4%: x ¢ Amount invested at 6.4%:y

| Prine

a PERE

| Pi int cir ipal | | Rate |

|

leasen ra eon

anco

Ti

Interest in inter

0.049|ie049(4000)

Amount at 7.4%

0.074

ria 074x

Amount at 6.4%

0.064

| 0.064y 0. |

¢ The amount invested at 6.4% (y) is $4000 more than the amount invested at 7.4% (x): = x + 4000 | ¢ The sum of the interest earned at 4.9% and the interest earned at 7.4% equals the interest earned at 6.4%:

0.049(4000)

+ 0.074x = 0.064y

| SOLUTION

(1) (2)

y = x + 4000 0.049(4000) + 0.074x = 0.064y

Replace y in Equation (2) by » + 4000 from Equation (1). Then solve for x.

0.049(4000) + 0.074x 196 + 0.074x 0.01x x

= = = =

0.064(. + 4000) 0.064x + 256 60 6000

$6000 must be invested at an annual simple interest rate of 7.4%.

Check your understanding 7 An investment club invested $13,600 in two simple interest accounts. On one account,

the annual simple interest rate is 4.2%. On the other, the annual simple interest rate is 6%. How much should be invested in each account so that both accounts earn the same annual interest?

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

$8000 at 4.2%; $5600 at 6%

Objective 9.1C Practice

1. Two investments earn an annual income of $575. One investment earns an annual simple interest rate of 8.5%, and the other earns an annual simple interest rate of 6.4%. The total amount invested is $8000. How much is invested in each account? $3000 at 8.5%; $5000 at 6.4% 2. A company invested $30,000, putting part of it into a savings account that earned 3.2% annual simple interest and the remainder in a stock fund that earned 12.6% annual simple interest. If the investments earned $1665 annually, how much was invested in each account? $22,500 at 3.2%; $7500 at 12.6%

10

Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables

3. An account executive divided $42,000 between two simple interest accow' tax-free account, the annual simple interest rate is 3.5%; on the money ma the annual simple interest rate is 4.5%. How much should be invested in each so that both accounts earn the same annual interest? $23.625 at 35005 > Solutions on pp. S-10-S-12.

Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method Objective 9.2A

Solve a system of two linear equations in two variables by the addition method The addition method is an alternative method for solving a system of equations. ‘This method is based on the Addition Property of Equations. We use the addition method when it is not convenient to solve one equation for one variable in terms of another. Note, for the system of equations at the right, the effect of adding Equation (2) to Equation (1). Because —3y and 3y are

()

ara

Q@Q)

Obese sip = 9,

14

additive inverses, adding the equations results in an equation

Pee

with only one variable.

a

The solution of the resulting equation is the first coordinate of the ordered-pair solution of the system.

Ue =i 76 == |

The second coordinate is found by substituting the value of x into Equation (1) or (2) and then solving for y. Equation (1) is used here.

CG

a

see = Shee i 5(1) — 3y = 14 5 — 3y = 14 —3y =9 y= = 5)

The solution is (1, —3),

Tips for Success » Always check the proposed solution of a system of equations. For the system at the right:

Sometimes each equation of a system of equations must be multiplied by a constant so that the coefficients of one of the variables are opposites.

| Solve by the addition method:

(1) 3x + 4y = 2 Q), Bie sr Sy = =

_To eliminate x, multiply Equation (1) _ by 2 and Equation (2) by —3. Note at

2(3x + 4y) = 2-2 Xx

_ the right how the constants are chosen.

=o (2x4) 5y) = —3(—1)

6-4

« The negative is used so that the coefficients will be opposites

6x + 8y = 4

| 64

Sy

* —3 times Equation (2).

Hy = 7 The solution checks.

ye

¢ 2 times Equation (1).

il

* Add the equations. * Solve for y.

Section 9.2 © Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method

| Substitute the value of y into Equation (1) or Equation (2) and solve for x. Equation (1)

_ will be used here.

i (1)

3x + 4y = 2 Bye 45 4(-1)

=2

3x -4=2 3x = 6 x=2

* Substitute

—1 for )

* Solve for a

The solution is (2, —1).

Focus on solving an independent system of equations by the addition method Solve by the addition method: ()), © Ghe == 2p nea) iO) 2a i3yi= 4 SOLUTION

Write Equation (1) in the form Ax + By = C.

WiSXaeeD yo 26 Ie 58 = Ds) Solve the system: 56 = Ps)

| 2x + 3y = —4 Eliminate x.

—2(x — 2y) = —2(5)

2x3 Sy) 4 = D5e ae Chy == 1K) 2x + 3y = —4 Ty = Ses

—|4

¢ Add the equations

2

¢ Solve for y

Replace y in Equation (2). 2x + 3y = —4 2x + 3(—2) = -4 2x—-6=-4 2x =2 x=! The solution is (1, —2).

Check your understanding 1 Solve by the addition method: 2x + Sy = 6 She = Dy = Gis se 2 SOLUTION

See page S-3.

(2)

Focus on solving a dependent system of equations by the addition method Solve by the addition method:

(1) (2)

2xy=3 4x —2y=6

11

12

Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables

Take Note >

| SOLUTION

The result of adding Equa-

|

tions (3) and (2) is 0 = 0.

It is not x = 0 and it is not y = 0. There is no variable in the equation 0 = 0. This result does not indicate that

| To eliminate | (1) —2(2x | (3) | ||

y, first multiply Equation (1) by —2.

—4x

Pi, y) =

—2(3)

¢ —2 times Equation (1).

+ 2y =

-6

* This is Equation (3)

_ Add Equation (3) to Equation (2).

the solution is (0, 0); rather, it

indicates a dependent system of equations.

|

(2)

4x —2y =6

G3)

=432y==56 0=0

The equation is dependent. _ are the same. _ equations are

0 = 0 indicates that the system of equations This means that the graphs of the two lines Therefore, the solutions of the system of the ordered-pair solutions of the equation of

the line. Solve Equation (1) for y. |

2x-y=3 Ws De ae 3} V = 26 The ordered-pair solutions are (x, 2x — 3), where 2x — 3

| is substituted for y.

Check your understanding 2 | Solve by the addition method: (1)

4x — 8y = 36

OQ)

se = Op = 27/

|

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

(«. aa [> WN

9 a]

| Focus on solving an inconsistent system of equations by the addition method Solve by the addition method: () 3x + 6y=7 (2) 2x+ 4y=5 |

SOLUTION

_ Eliminate x. Multiply Equation (1) by ~2 and Equation (2) by 3. Then add. (1) —2(x + 6y) = -2:7 | | |

2)

3C@s-4y)i= 325

—6x — 12y = —14 6x + 12y= 15 0=

1

¢ This is a false equation.

| The system of equations is inconsistent and therefore has no solution.

Check your understanding 3 2x+y=5

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

No solution

Section 9.2 © Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method

13

Objective 9.2A Practice Solve by the addition method. 1. x-3y=4 rym tT. — 1) 2. 3x + by =7 2x + 4y =5

30 2x — 3y — 14 ie OVe—u 52. 4. 3x —4y =0 4x — Ty =0

No solution

(4

2)

(0,0)

So ieoy — ox — |

2X

y= 4y

9

(—3,

5)

Solutions on pp. S-12—S-13.

Objective 9.2B

Solve a system of three linear equations in three variables by the addition method An equation of the form Ax + By + Cz = D, where A, B, and C are the coefficients of the

variables and D is a constant, is a linear equa-

tion in three variables. Examples of this type of equation are shown at the right.

Graphing an equation in three variables requires a third coordinate axis perpendicular to the xy-plane. The third axis is commonly called the z-axis. The result is a three-dimensional coordinate system called the xyz-coordinate system. To help visualize a three-dimensional coordinate system, think of a corner of a room: The floor is the xy-plane, one wall is the yz-plane, and the other wall is the xz-plane. A threedimensional coordinate system is shown at the right.

Each point in an xyz-coordinate system is the graph of an ordered triple (x, y, z). Graphing an ordered triple requires three moves, the first in the direction of the x-axis, the second in the direction of the y-axis, and the third in the direction of the

z-axis. The graphs of the points with coordinates

(—4, 2, 3) and (3, 4, —2) are shown at the right.

Ds Se Jigen

,

am,

ei ieee OVtatZ

3

14

Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables

The graph of a linear equation in three variables is a plane. That is, if all the solutions of a linear equation in three variables were plotted in an xyz-coordinate system, the graph would look like a large piece of paper extending infinitely. The graph of x + y + z =3 is shown at the right.

Just as a solution of an equation in two variables is an ordered pair (x, y), a solution of an

equation in three variables is an ordered triple (x, y, z). For example, the ordered triple (2, 1, —3) is a solution of the equation 2x — y — 2z = 9. The ordered triple (1, 3, 2) is not a solution.

A system of linear equations in three variables is shown at the right. A solution of a system of equations in three variables is an ordered triple that is a solution of each equation of the system.

Mee Ay eee = © BX ay = DZ == 2 Dge = Sy se Sie = II

For a system of three equations in three variables to have a solution, the graphs of the equations must be three planes that intersect at a single point, must be three planes that intersect along a common line, or must be the same plane. These situations are shown in the figures that follow.

The three planes shown in Figure A intersect at a point. A system of equations represented by planes that intersect at a point is an independent system.

An Independent System of Equations

The three planes shown in Figures B and C intersect along a common line. In Figure D, the three planes are all the same plane. The systems of equations represented by the planes in Figures B, C, and D are dependent systems.

Dependent Systems of Equations

Section 9.2 © Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method

15

The systems of equations represented by the planes in the four figures below are inconsistent systems.

Inconsistent Systems of Equations

A system of linear equations First, eliminate one variable variable from any other two variables. Solve this system

Solve: i

in three variables can be solved by using the addition method. from any two of the given equations. Then eliminate the same equations. The result will be a system of two equations in two by the addition method.

(1)

x + 4y—z=10

(2) Cia

3x + 2y+z=4 syle = —7/



Eliminate z from Equations (1) and (2) by adding the two equations. The result is Equation (4). ESTE

(4)

x+ 4y—z= 10 3x + 2y+z=4 4x + 6y =

14

¢ Add the equations.

/

2x + 8y — 2z = 20

* 2 times Equation (1).

|

Dae = Bis pig}

* This is Equation (3).

iHe)

4x + Sy =

13

« Add the equations.

| Using Equations (4) and (5), solve the system of two equations in two variables. = 14 Cae

Sian ae Roun aS Or {lms 13 (nN

|!Eliminate x. Multiply Equation ie NS! —_—“

i

SS 33), = Kate Ly lz

{

SOLUTION

=-6 =D

See pages S-4—S-5.

3

Objective 9.2B Practice

Solve by the addition method. Ile 6o — BAY are KG) BPP Shy ee ANG) Seek eae oO, 2.4) jay,

Dear y = Be = 7 Nie) Vest oe all

Sx Bi

Ay

3z 113 © (3, 1, 0)

os Sy a re Il 12 = Dy se Bye = 5 Mee =

6y ot 4z =

3

No

solution

(Oi

—1,7 =2a)8

S-6

Solutions to Module 9

Section 9.4

Check your understanding 1 STRATEGY

¢ Rate of the rowing team in calm water: t Rate of the current: c

|

Rate |time |

co ceo ‘Aniovcoror [me|2[ato | ¢ The distance traveled with the current is 18 mi. The distance traveled against the current is 10 mi.

2(t + c) = 18 2(t—c)= SOLUTION

(+0

52+ d =5

1 1 =o WG ae @) = =? 18

2(t + c) = 18

2



=e) at

Ge)

Gi

.

ols

2)

S10 0

2

t+c=9 Cis)

2t = 14 t=7 t+c=9 1te=

9

¢ Substitute 7 forf

c=2

The rate of the rowing team in calm water is 7 mph. The rate of the current is 2 mph.

Check your understanding 2 STRATEGY ¢ Amount invested at 9%: x

Amount invested at 7%: y Amount invested at 5%: z

FriaRate ttre fa|a ¢ The amount invested at 9% (x) is twice the amount invested at 7% (y): x = 2y The sum of the interest earned by all three accounts is $1300: 0.09x + 0.07y + 0.05z =

The total amount invested is $20,000: x + y + z = 20,000

SOLUTION (1)

Mee ZY

(2) 0.09x + 0.07y + 0.05z = 1300

(3)

x+y+z=

20,000

Solve the system of equations. Substitute 2y for x in Equation (2) and Equation (3).

0.09(2y) + 0.07y + 0.05z = 1300 2y + y + z = 20,000

1300

Solutions to Module 9

(4)

0.25y + 0.05z lI= 1300

+2 = 20,000

3y

(5)

S-7

_ _- 0.09(2y) + 0.07y = 0.25)

+ 2 +y=3y

Solve the system of equations in two variables by multiplying Equation (5) by —0.05 and adding to Equation (4).

0.25y + 0.05z ~0.15y — 0.05z 0.10y y

= = = =

1300 —1000 300 3000

Substituting the value of y into Equation (1), x = 6000.

Substituting the values of x and y into Equation (3), z = 11,000. The investor placed $6000 in the 9% account, $3000 in the 7% account, and $11,000 in the 5% account.

Section 9.5

Check your understanding 1 Shade above the solid line graph of y = 2x — 3. Shade above the dashed line graph of y = —3vx. The solution set of the system is the intersection of the solution sets of the individual inequalities.

Check your understanding 2 3x + 4y > 12

dy> —3x3 ve

12

“Fe ae 3}

Shade above the dashed line graph of y = —}x alae).

Shade below the dashed line graph of y = 4x tile The solution set of the system is the intersection of the solution sets of the individual inequalities.

S-8

Solutions to Module 9

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 9.1A

1. x—-y=-2 x + 2y = 10

The solution is (2, 4).

2. 3x =2y= 6 yi

The solution is (4, 3).

3:

x=4 3x — 2y = 4

The two equations represent the same line. The system of equations is dependent. The solutions are the ordered pairs (x, 2x — 6).

Solutions to Module9

5. 2x + 3y=6

a

ake

categgh 3

cae 5

The lines are parallel and do not intersect, so the system has no solution.

Objective 9.1B

1. (1) Q)

x=2y+4 Vag sy == 17 Substitute 2y + 4 for x in equation (2). 4x + 3y = -17

4(2y + 4) + 3y = -17 8y + 16 + 3y = —17 iby se Ke) = hl 7/

ily= —33 y= -3 Substitute —3 for y in equation (1).

x=2y+4

x = 2(-3) +4 x=-6+4

x=-2 The solution is (—2, —3).

21)

26 "5

===

9

(2) y=9 — 2x Substitute 9 — 2x for y in equation (1). 2 — Sy = —9 -9

2x — 5(9 — 2x) = 2x — 45 + 10x = se = Ay = 12x = x=

—9

9) 36

Substitute 3 for x in equation (2).

jy a)

ae

y= 926) y=9-6

We)

The solution is (3, 3). 25 Ul) Bree Py = 7 (2) y=4x+ 1 Substitute 4x + 1 for y in equation (1). 264+ 2y = 7 Oe 4 24x 41) = 7 Dye ae (ye ae PD = TT hese 2= 7 10x =5

Ac

1

1

S-9

S-10

Solutions to Module 9

Substitute 5for x in equation (2).

y=4%4+1

1 y= 4(—) + 1

;

(;)

y=2+ 1

We) The solution is (3,3),

4. (1)

6x —4y =3

(2)

3x-2y=9

Solve equation (1) for y. 6x — 4y = 3 —4y = —6x + 3

a

5

Substitute 3x = 2 for y in equation (2).

She = hy =O)

This is not a true equation. The lines are parallel and the system is inconsistent. The system has no solution. Ee (G))) a — hy = © (2) 3x+y=0 Solve equation (2) for y. 3x + y= 0 y= —3% Substitute —3x for y in equation (1). 2x — Ty = 0

2x — 7(—3x)= 0 2x + 21x =0 23x = 0 =0 Substitute 0 for x in equation (2). 3x +y =0 3(0) +y =0 Ose 7 = © y=0 The solution is (0, 0).

Objective 9.1C

1. STRATEGY Let x represent the amount invested at 8.5%. Let y represent the amount invested at 6.4%.

Pina wate [nt fameonaesn |= _[oes|ows| Amount at 6.4%

Solutions to Module9

S-11

The total amount invested is $8000: x + y = 8000 The total interest earned is $575: 0.085x + 0.064y = 575 SOLUTION

(1) x + y = 8000 (2) 0.085x + 0.064y = 575 Solve equation (1) for y and substitute for y in equation (2). y = 8000 — x 0.085x + 0.064(8000 — x) = 575 0.085x + 512 — 0.064x = 575 OOM ke se SI = Sys 0.021x = 63 x = 3000 y = 8000 — x = 8000 — 3000 = 5000 $3000 is invested at 8.5% and $5000 is invested at 6.4%. .

STRATEGY

Let x represent the amount invested at 3.2%. Let y represent the amount invested at 12.6%.

en ee

The total amount invested is $30,000: x + y = 30,000 The total interest earned is $1665: 0.032x + 0.126y = 1665 SOLUTION

(1) x + y = 30,000 (2) 0.032x + 0.126y = 1665 Solve equation (1) for y and substitute for y in equation (2). y = 30,000 — x 0.032x + 0.126(30,000 — x) = 1665 0.032x + 3780 — 0.126x = 1665 —0.094x + 3780 = 1665 —0.094x = —2115 x = 22,500 y = 30,000 — x = 30,000 — 22,500 = 7500 $22,500 is invested at 3.2% and $7500 is invested at 12.6%. .

STRATEGY

Let x represent the amount invested at 3.5%. Let y represent the amount invested at 4.5%.

ee

The total amount invested is $42,000: x + y = 42,000

The interest earned from the 3.5% investment is equal to the interest earned from the 4.5% investment. 0.035x = 0.045y

S-12

Solutions to Module 9 SOLUTION

(1) x+y = 42,000 (2) 0.035x = 0.045y Solve equation (1) for y and substitute for y in equation (2). y = 42,000 — x 0.035x = 0.045(42,000 — x) 0.035x = 1890 — 0.045x 0.080x = 1890 = 23,625 y = 42,000 — x = 42,000 — 23,625 = 18,375 $23,625 is invested at 3.5% and $18,375 is invested at 4.5%.

Objective 9.2A

1.(1)

x-3y=4

(2) x+5y= Eliminate x.

—4

—1(e=3y) = -1(4 Kot Visas

== Xa ect Ly = 4 Add the equations. 8y = -8 y=-] Replace y with —1 in equation (2). x+ 5y = —4 x + 5(-1) = —4 x-5=-4 x=1

The solution is (1, —1). 2. ())

20 -6y7

(2) 2x+4y=5 Eliminate x.

2(3x + 6y) = 2(7) —3(2x + 4y) = —3(5)

6x + 12y = 14 =(op0 == A) == 115) Add the equations. 0=-!1 This is not a true equation. The system of equations is inconsistent and therefore has no solution. aE (ID) 2e=— shy = 4 Qy Se — Oy = 32 Eliminate y.

—2(2x — 3y) = —2(14) 5x — by = 32

=a

+ 6y = —28

5x — 6y = 32

Add the equations. x=4

Solutions to Module 9

Replace x with 4 in equation (1). 2x — 3y = 14 2(4) — 3y = 14 8 — 3y = 14 —3y =6

yee 2 The solution is (4, —2). - (1) 3x-4y=0 (2) 4x -Ty=0 Eliminate x.

—4(3x — 4y) = —4(0) 3(4x — Ty) = 3(0)

—12x + loy = 0 12x — 2ly = 0 Add the equations.

—S5y = 0 y=0 Replace y with 0 in equation (1). 3x — 4y = 0 3x — 4(0) = 0 3x = 0'— 0 3x = 0 x=0

The solution is (0, 0). 5

(Cl)

Soe — Dy

ae —

O) ay AyD Write the equations in the form Ax + By = C. Solve the system of equations. Gb) =Shp Shy = al (2) 2x + 3y = 9 Eliminate x. 2(—3x — 2y) = 2(—1) 3(2x + 3y) = 3(9)

=6%— 4y = =2 6x + 9y = 27 Add the equations. Sy = 25 y=5 Replace y with 5 in equation (1). SG Dy — 8 — 5% —.2(5) = 8x — 1 ape = 10) = ee Il — sya) i= eS

The solution is (—3, 5).

S-13

S-14

Solutions to Module 9

Objective 9.2B

1. (1)

x-2y+z=6

(OOP

ser Shy sh 2 = 116

QD)

se — y= 4 = 1

Eliminate z. Add equations (1) and (3). B86 — Nae 7 =

3k = y = oS (4)

4x — 3y = 18

Add equations (2) and (3). Bhar Sar z= 1G

Sh = i

(5)

ig Se

4x + 2y

28

Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for x and y.

4x — 3y = 18 4x + 2y = 28 Eliminate x. 4x — 3y = 18

—1(4x + 2y) = —1(28) 4x — 3y = 18 4% — Dy 8 Add the equations. aye 110) y=2 Replace y with 2 in equation (4). 4x — 3y = 18 4x — 3(2) = 18 4x —-6= 18 4x = 24

x=6 Replace x with 6 and y with 2 in equation (1). x= Ly i=

6 — 2(2) +z Qa

eS

The solution is (6, 2, 4).

» CYS QQ)

WeDa yas ea es =2y Saal

@) Breer thy = Be = 13) Eliminate z. Add equations (1) and (2).

PS oP — oy

7

YSey ae3e =| (4)

3x-y=8

Add equations (2) and (3). re = Dy ap Bye = Il 3x + 4y — 3z = 13 (5)

4x + 2y=

14

Solutions to Module9 Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for x and y. 3x —y=8

4x + 2y = 14 Eliminate y.

2(3x — y) = 2(8) 4x + 2y = 14

6x — 2y = 16 4x + 2y = 14 Add the equations.

10x = 30 x =3 Replace x with 3 in equation (4). 5518 3(3) -y=8 9-y=8 -y=-]

y=1 Replace x with 3 and y with 1 in equation (1). Vo

2(3) + (1) — 32 =7 Goel she 7 = 8ye= 7 —3z=0 z=0

The solution is (3, 1, 0). 5

GY) (Q)) (3)

oe By ee Pee il 4 = 2y32 —5 2x —- 6y + 4z4=3

Eliminate x. Use equations (1) and (2). 55 = Sy ap De = 59 = Dae Bye = 33 — Sar Oe

|

—1(x — 2y + 3z) = -1(5) eet eee = Sit Ly 32 = =5

CD ae a. a aia Use equations (2) and (3).

j= Dy ae she 2x — 6y + 4z = 3

—2(x — 2y + 3z) II= —2(5) 2x — 6y + 4z = 3

= Dye ae BN (oye ll== = Ill0) DhySe 0)ie Yas)

(6).

Oy = 22 = —7

S-15

S-16

Solutions to Module 9

Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for y and z. ae yy = es

7]

-2(=y =)=-2(-4 I)

Se

= 7

2y + 2z=8 y= eS 7

0O=1

This is not a true equation. The system of equations is inconsistent and therefore has no solution. 4. @)

4% +5y+z=6

(Oy (3)

7Ae = ae De = 1h abar Dy ae Be = Eliminate z. Use equations (1) and (2).

4x +S5y+z=6 Dg yp ae De = Il

—2(4x + 5y + z) = —2(6) Die \) ae Wg =| — = stone — MOK Dees 2% ay ei (Ch)

1)

ore — iy = il

Use equations (2) and (3).

hg Wear oye = II aap Dy ae Die = (6

—1(2x — y + 2z) = -1(11) Kat 2y te 2

6

Seer i — es =I) Sap 2) ar 2 = ©

(5)

=x+3y=—5

Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for x and y.

Soe hy = = Xie Vie Eliminatex. oye — Why = il —6(—x + 3y) = —6(—5) =(oxe = Slip = =! 6x — 18y = 30

—29y = 29

|

Solutions to Module9 Replace y with —1 in equation (4).

On lily = = 1

6x — 11(—1)

=

-1

=o

ae iil = Il = OX — 1D, x=2 Replace x with 2 and y with —1 in equation (1). 4x + 5y+ z=

4(2) + 5(-1)

+z=

of 8) Ae Ole a=

The solution is (2, —1, 3). 7 (Si Syst 4z ="6 @) 4255 = Sys 22 = 10) GC) yaoe 4 Eliminate x. Use equations (1) and (3). 3x — 3y + 44 = 6 x—2y+3z=4 3x — 3y + 4z = 6

OG

2y 1 oz) — 314)

3x = 3y + 4z |= oy = Shear (yy — Che ll (4)

3y—5z=

-6

Use equations (2) and (3).

4x — Sy + 2z = 10 ao = DY ap Be = a 4x — Sy + 2z = 10 —A(x — 2y + 3z) = —4(4)

=e

ale == ayy ae De = Ill) se fy = Ig = 110)

©)

By — Iz =

= 6

Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for y and z. 3y — 5z = —-6 3y — 10z = —-6 Eliminate y.

sal (307) 3

—3y + 5z =6 3y — 10z = —6 —5z=0

z=0

ml

NO = AS

6)

S-17

S-18

Solutions to Module 9

Replace z with 0 in equation (4). 3y — 5z = —6 3y — 5(0) = -6 3y = —6 y=Replace y with —2 and z with 0 in equation (1). 3x — 3y + 4z = 6

3x — 3(—2) + 40) =6 3x +6+0=6 3x =0 x=0

The solution is (0, —2, 0).

Objective 9.3A

1:

somal | |= 5@) = eo —3 5 7 ;

0) =10+1=11

(7) - 5(0)

=

—3(7) — 5(1) = —21

—5 = —26

5 -10 ; 3 = §(—2) — 1(-10) = -10+ 10=0

; ie | eal? lee 3

c

ee)

3

lee

oar?

= At—4-— 1)

=

3

1

14 13) + 3 + 6)

= 3

:

‘ el oe

3

cz

p)

1

| — sf 3) i

Al

4

il

=i 2

1

= 4(—4 — 5) — 5(12 — 10) — 2(3 + 2)

= —36 — 10 — 10 = —56 Objective 9.3B

Jy = 16 1. 3x 2x + 5y = 11

a 2

D=

anal

= I

od

c

F i D

=

aS

jy

ae

—2

Be)

i it 1DY,

=

2

The solution is (—2, 3).

==

Doe

3

=—=3

a

Solutions to Module9

S-19

3x + 4y = 11

D=|pr3 al| 14

[hi Dee

D,. =

Sy

=

or

Tp

=

—42,

a

St

=

OS Ds 0 ee2

D, = ,=S

Yy

=o

= 70

SS =

ris

The solution is (—3, 5). .

9x + by =7 3x + 2y =4 D=

bed Y

©

=0

: DS. Since D = 0, — is undefined. Therefore, the system of equations does not have a unique solution. The equations are not independent. 3X ly tee 2x + 3y + 2z = —6 353 = ar 2 =

3-2 1 2-23. 2) =——4 3 -1 1 Deas S| Delay ee aw 0 -1 1 ye 2x tI Dine or e238 ory ie By She = t3) DX ae OV tea 3x — 4y + 2z=9

ines De|> =3rh |= =A 3 -4 2 Sono De |S 30 all = 9 -4 2 isos DLS Mil y Be oe)

a

eeee tee

S-20

Solutions to Module 9

ape De I D,=|2

1



Objective 9.4A

a

3

=

SS

See

ol

eee



DS ri i

1. STRATEGY Let x represent the rate of the cabin cruiser in calm water. The rate of the current is y. Sige

eo] Distancce | alNae =

The distance traveled with the current is 45 mi. The distance traveled against the current is 45 mi. 3(x + y) = 45

5(x — y) = 45 SOLUTION

Solve the system of equations. 3(x + y) = 45 oh —y) = 45 == 3x +) =

xt+y=15 x-y=9 2x = 24 x=

xy

12

=U15

12+ y =15 ie) The rate of the cabin cruiser in calm water is 12 mph. The rate of the current is 3 mph. STRATEGY

Let p represent the rate of the plane in calm air. The rate of the wind is w.

a0 ee eee [Re

Soe:

ess,

| Time

|Distance_|

The distance traveled with the wind is 300 mi. The distance traveled against the wind

is 270 mi. 2(p + w) = 300

2(p — w) = 270

Solutions to Module9 SOLUTION

Solve the system of equations. 2(p + w) = 300 2(p — w) = 270 i 1 —:2(p + w) = —: 300

sila 1

Vues

¢

ee

! =-—:270

a

p+w = 150 Pp — w= 135 2p = 285 p = 142.5 p+w = 150 142.5 + w = 150 w=

7.5

The rate of the plane in calm air is 142.5 mph. The rate of the wind is 7.5 mph. -

STRATEGY

Let x represent the rate of the team in calm water. The rate of the current is y. a

Te

' — eh

iT sta

eT

ea

Against current

The distance traveled with the current is 20 km. The distance traveled against the current is 12 km.

2(x + y) = 20

2 iaary)A= SOLUTION

Solve the system of equations.

2(x + y) = 20 2(x — y) = 12 1

2 2(x + y) =

520-9) = Sotiris 9 x-y=6 2x = 16 x=

x+y=10 8+y=10

view? The rate of the team in calm water is 8 km/h. The rate of the current is 2 km/h.

S-21

S-22

Solutions to Module 9 4.

STRATEGY

Let x represent the rate of the plane in calm air. The rate of the wind is y.

The distance traveled with the wind is 800 mi. The distance traveled against the wind is 800 mi. A(x + y) = 800 5(x — y) = 800 SOLUTION

Solve the system of equations. 4(x + y) = 800 5(x — y) = 800 1 1 6 % A(x oa + y) = 4 800

1

: repli

I

J) ==—- 800

x + y = 200 x — y= 160

2x = 360 x = 180 x + y = 200 180 + y = 200 y = 20

The rate of the plane in calm air is 180 mph. The rate of the wind is 20 mph.

Objective 9.4B

1. STRATEGY Let x represent the cost of the cinnamon tea. The cost of the spice tea is y. First mixture:

WERPEAEES 1sPOL Ss | SeIT ES ia

pe

SEPCT

The first mixture sells for $40. The second mixture sells for $54.

10x + 5y = 40 12x + 8y = 54

Solutions to Module9

S-23

SOLUTION

Solve the system of equations. 10x + Sy = 40 12x + 8y = 54 —8(10x + S5y) = —8(40) 5(12x + 8y) = 5(54)

—80x — 40y = —320 60x + 40y = 270 —20x = —50 x= 2.5 10x + 5y = 40 10(2.5) + 5y = 40 25 + Sy = 40 Sy = 15 y=3

The cost of the cinnamon tea is $2.50/lb and the cost of the spice tea is $3.00/Ib. -

STRATEGY

Let x represent the cost per unit of electricity. The cost per unit of gas is y. First month:

Electricity Gas The total cost for the first month was $352. The total cost for the second month was

$304. 500x + 100y = 352 400x + 150y = 304 SOLUTION

Solve the system of equations. 500x + 100y = 352 400x + 150y = 304

3(500x + 100y) = 3(352) —2(400x + 150y) = —2(304) 1500x + 300y = 1056 —800x — 300y = —608 700x = 448 x = 0.64

S-24

Solutions to Module 9

500x + 100y = 500(0.64) + 100y = 320° 100y = 100y =

352 352 352 32

y = 0.32

The cost of gas is $0.32/unit. 3.

STRATEGY

Let x represent the amount of the first powder. The amount of the second powder is y.

Vitamin B.:

|

a

|

Amount | Sars: Pes

ec Ee [aedpowder |» [015 | 015) Vitamin B,:

Fae ree Fon ee Pe Pasapowaer [| y | 020 | 0207 The mixture contains 130 mg of vitamin B, and 80 mg of vitamin B 2° 0.20x + 0.15y = 130 0.10x + 0.20y = 80 SOLUTION

Solve the system of equations. 0.20x + 0.15y = 130 0.10x + 0.20y = 80

0.20x + 0.15y = 130 —2(0.10x + 0.20y) = —2(80) 0.20x + 0.15y = 130 —0.20x — 0.40y = —160

—0.25y = —30 y = 120

0.20x + 0.15y = 130 0.20x + 0.15(120) = 130 0.20x + 18 = 130 0.20x = 112 x = 560 The pharmacist should use 560 mg of the first powder and 120 mg of the second

powder. 4.

STRATEGY

Let x represent the cost of a blanket. The cost of a cot is y. The cost of a lantern is z.

Solutions to Module9

First Loatoagitt

aces

Un

coche nsioiy faites | 15 Third purchase:

a oan[e geal mid

The value of the first purchase was $1250. The value of the second purchase was

$2000. The value of the third purchase was $1625. SOLUTION

Solve (1) (2) Gn

the system of 15x + Sy + 20x + 10y + lOxS ISy

equations. 10z = 1250 15z = 2000 5271 11625

Multiply equation (3) by —2 and add to equation (1). 15x + 5y + 10z = 1250 spon 3 S0y 107 3250 @)

jox = 25y = —2000

Multiply equation (3) by —3 and add to equation 2. 20x + 10y + 15z = 2000 =30ke = 4S — bye Ai)

(5)

—10x — 35y = —2875

Multiply equation (4) by —2 and add to equation (5). 10x + 50y = 4000 = Ore = S59 = PASTS)

15y = 1125 y=75 Substitute for y in equation (4).

—5x — 25(75) = —2000 =Syr II= = 1125 x = 25

15(25) + 5(75) + 10z = 1250 375 + 375 + 10z = 1250 10z = 500 z= 50

Each blanket costs $25, each cot costs $75, and each lantern costs $50.

S$-25

S-26

Solutions to Module 9

Objective 9.5A

1. Solve each inequality for y. PR

Pi SWiK Se ar a Wee Pe — vl

ar VSS a9 + 14y? —5x?@Gx? — 3x — 7). —15x* + 15x? + 35x?

Solutions on p. S-4.

ey

mesa" — 2a? + Ta"

8

Module 10 © Polynomials

Objective 10.3B

Multiply two polynomials Multiplication of two polynomials requires the repeated application of the Distributive Property.

(y — 2)(9? + 3y + 1) = (y — 2)(») + Gy — 2)By) + (y — 2)0) =y-2y+3y-6y+y-2 =y ty? — 5y —2

A convenient method of multiplying two polynomials is to use a vertical format similar to that used for multiplication of whole numbers.

Multiply each term in the trinomial by —2. Multiply each term in the trinomial by y. Like terms must be in the same column.

ea

Add the terms in each column.

ime

Vrmoyety

Focus on multiplying two polynomials

Multiply: (2b° — b + 1)(2b + 3) SOLUTION

20

etal gy a 3}

6b°

= Bio ar 3

4b*



¢ Multiply 2b°>

2b + 2b

— b + 1 by 3

* Multiply 2b* — b + | by 2b. Arrange the terms in descending order

4b4+ + 6b° —

2b?

-—

b+3

* Add the termsin each column.

Check your understanding 2 Multiply: (2y? + 2y’ — 3)@Gy — 1) SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Ov ch 4

Oye

Or

Ss

Focus on multiplying two polynomials Multiply:

(4a? — 5a — 2)(3a — 2)

SOLUTION

AG =

5d = 2 sy =

— 8a? 12a* 12at



+ 10a + 4

* Multiply 4a* — 5a — 2 by



15a? —

6a

* Multiply 4a’ — 5a

8a* —

15a7+

4a+4

¢

SOLUTION

Add the terms in each column

(3x3 — 2x7 + x - 3)(2x + 5)

See page S-2.

Ce

See

A

—2

— 2 by 3a.

Check your understanding 3 | Multiply:

Gy 2

1S

— Sy — 2

Section 10.3 ¢ Multiplication of Polynomials

9

Objective 10.3B Practice

1. Multiply: (2x — 3)@? — 3x +5)

2x3 — 9x? + 19x — 15

2. Multiply: Gx — 5)(—2x? + 7x — 2) —6x> + 31x? — 41x + 10 3. Multiply: (y + 2)(y°? + 2y* — 3y +1) y+ +4y3+y?-Sy +2 Solutions on p. S-5.

Objective 10.3C

Multiply two binomials It is often necessary to find the product of two binomials. The product can be found using a method called FOIL, which is based on the Distributive Property. The letters of FOIL stand for First, Outer, Inner, and Last.

Multiply (2x + 3)(x + 5) using the FOIL method. Take Note > FOIL is not really a different way of multiplying. It is based on the Distributive Property.

(2x + 3)(x + 5) = 2x(x + 5) + 3 + 5) F O I Ib,

= oP lOn on = 2° + 13x + 15

_ Multiply the First terms.

(2x43) +5)0

2x-x=2r

Multiply the Outer terms.

(Qx+3)%+5)

2x5 = 10x

_ Multiply the Inner terms.

(2x + 3)(x + 5)

E)Rie

Multiply the Last terms.

(2x + 3)(x + 5)

Si Sealey

_ Add the products.

(2x + 3)(x + 5)

Combine like terms.

ante ys

F O Da: 2x7 + 10x + 3x + 15 2x° + 13x + 15

| Focus on multiplying two binomials using the FOIL method Multiply:

(4x — 3)(3x — 2)

| SOLUTION F

ee

O

3) (Siie 2) An (3)

I

ax

2)et(—3)(3x) ta

L

3) (2)

method

= 12x" ='8x = 9x + 6 4

=

Ie

* Use the FOIL

HG

¢ Combine like terms.

Check your understanding 4 Multiply: | SOLUTION

(4y — 5)(y — 3) See page S-2.

12y? — 27y + 15

| Focus on multiplying two binomials using the FOIL method Multiply: (3x — 2y)(x + 4y) SOLUTION F

O

I

iL,

(3x — 2y)(x + 4y) = 3x(x) + 3x(4y) + (—2y)(x) + (—2y)(4y) =

3,7? +

12xy —

Qxy =

=

357 +

10xy —

8y"

;

;

8y°

Check your understanding 5 Multiply: a + 2b)(3a — 5b) SOLUTION

See page S-2.

9a* — 9ab — 10b°

* Use the FOIL method.

* Combine like

terms.

10

Module 10 © Polynomials

Objective 10.3C Practice

. Multiply: (6 — 6)(6 + 3)

b? — 3b — 18

. Multiply: (Sy — 9)(y + 5)

Sy? + 16y — 45

. Multiply: (3b + 13)(5b — 6)

15h + 47b — 78

. Multiply: (x — 7y)(x + Sy)

9x? — 6xy — 35y?

. Multiply: (2a + 5b)(7a — 2b)

bh nan = ON

14a? + 3lab — 10b?

Solutions on p. S-5.

Objective 10.3D

Multiply binomials that have special products The expression (@ + ))(a — b) is the product of the sum and difference of two terms. The first binomial in the expression is a sum; the second is a difference. The two terms are a and b. The first term in each binomial is 7. The second term in each binomial is b. =

The expression (« + )) is the square of a binomial. The first term in the binomial is a. The second term in the binomial is /.

Using FOIL, it is possible to find a pattern for the product of the sum and difference of two terms and for the square of a binomial.

The Product of the Sum and Difference of Two Terms

(a + b)(a — b) =a —ab+ab-b =@¢-p

Square of first term

J

|

Square of second term

“Focus on finding the product of the sum and difference of two terms Multiply:

(2x + 3)(2x — 3)

| SOLUTION | (2x ae 3) (2x =

|

=

(2x)? =

|

=

47

—9

3?

3)

¢ (2x

+ 3)(2x —

3) is the product of the sum and difference of two terms.

¢ Square the first term. Square the second term.

¢ Simplify.

_Check your understanding 6 Multiply: | SOLUTION

2a + 5c)(2a — 5c) See page S-2.

Aa

5c

Section 10.3 ¢ Multiplication of Polynomials

11

The Square of a Binomial

(a+ bv =(a+bd\at+b)=a@ +ab+abt+h =a’+2ab+b? Square of first term

|

Twice the product of the two terms

Square of last term

(a — bP = (a — b)(a- b) =a

-—ab-abt+h

=a’ —-2ab+b* Square of first term

|

Twice the product of the two terms Square of last term

' Focus on finding the square of a binomial

Multiply: (4c + 5d)? SOLUTION | (4c + 5d)? (4c)? + 2(4c)(Sd) + (5d)?

+ (4c + Sd)? is the square of a binomial * Square the first term. Find twice the productof the two terms. Square the second term.

16c? + 40cd + 25d?

* Simplify

Check your understanding 7

| Multiply: (3x + 2y)? SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Qx° + 12xy + 4y°

Sa

Note that the result in the preceding example is the same result we would get by multiplying the binomial times itself and using the FOIL method.

(4c + 5d)? = (4c + 5d)(4c + 5d)

16c? + 20cd + 20cd + 25d? 16c*? + 40cd + 25d? Either method can be used to square a binomial.

Focus on finding the square of a binomial

Multiply: (8x — 2)?

SOLUTION (3x — 2)? =

(3x)? =

SO

* (3x — 2)? is the square of a binomial. 2(3x) (2) Ip (2)?

12x

4

¢ Square the first term. Find twice the product of the two terms. Square the last term.

* Simplify.

Check your understanding 8 Multiply: (6x — y)? SOLUTION

See page S-2.

36x° — 12xy + y?

12

Module 10 © Polynomials Objective 10.3D Practice

. Multiply: . Multiply: . Multiply: . Multiply: Ww ak = . Multiply:

(y — 5)(y + 5) y? — 25 (4% — 7)(4x + 7) 16x? — 49 Ga — 5)? 9a? — 30a + 25 (x + 3y)? x? + 6xy + 9y? (2a — 9b)? 4a? — 36ab + 81b?

Solutions on p. S-5.

} } H

|

Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation SS

Objective

10.4A

SSeS

RSA

SS

ii

Trent

Simplify expressions containing integer exponents The quotient of two exponential expressions with the same base can be simplified by writing each expression

Le dee ee

in factored form, dividing by the common factors, and then writing the result with an exponent.

el

ees POS : xXx re on

x

Note that subtracting the exponents results in the same

e =p

r=

quotient.

ee

a

Simplify.

7356

Boas

Da

a

TS) 7

i) .

The bases are the same. Subtract the exponent in the denominator from the exponent in the numerator.

is.

Subtract the exponents of the : like bases.

Z ee a

8

et =a r’s

1-3

4

8-7,6-1 aS aS 5

Recall that for any number a, a # 0, - = |. This property is true for exponential expres-

sions as well. For example, for x # 0, z = Ih

avers This expression also can be simplified using the rule for dividing ex-

4 Ss

ponential expressions with the same base.

x"

4

Sh

Because a = | and - = x’, the following definition of zero as an exponent is used. a

4

.

OPE

is

Section 10.4 © Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation Take Note > In example (1) at the right, we

13

Zero as an Exponent

indicated that a # 0. If we try to

evaluate (12a°)° when a = 0, we get [12(0)?]° = [12(0)}°= 0°. However, 0° is not defined.

If x # 0, then x° = 1. The expression 0° is not defined.

Therefore, we must assume

1. Simplify: (12a°)°, a #0

that a # 0. To avoid stating this restriction for every example or exercise, we will assume that variables do not take on values

that result in the expression 0°.

EXAMPLES Any nonzero expression to the zero power is 1.

. Simplify:

—G*)°, y # 0

Any nonzero expression to the zero power is 1.

Because the negative sign is outside the

—(y*)° = -1

parentheses, the answer is —1.

4

The meaning of a negative exponent can be developed by examining the quotient a

The expression can be merator and denominator the common factors, and exponent. B hadirs Now simplify the same

simplified by writing the nuin factored form, dividing by then writing the result with an

jy

ae eS ey

th

ea

PAR Se oe eee x

| oY

ea :

expression by subtracting the

exponents of the like bases.

i

4

==

xt

oS x

x,

Because |; = : and |; = x -, the expressions 4 and x * must be equal. This leads to the following definition of a negative exponent.

If n is a positive integer and x # 0, then x~ EXAMPLES In each example below, simplify the expression by writing it with a positive exponent.

Take Note >

' Evaluate 27+.

Note from the example at the

right that 2~* is a positive number. A negative exponent does not indicate a negative number.

Write the expression with a positive exponent.

Then simplify.

pte

uM

yh

NING

Now that negative exponents have been defined, the Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions can be stated.

14

Module 10 © Polynomials

Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions

If m and n are integers and x # 0, then or =e

n

EXAMPLES

Simplify each expression below by using the Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions.

6 De — yon

ay

y

| Focus on simplifying an expression containing negative exponents |

=3

| Write eur with a positive exponent. Then evaluate. | SOLUTION | ee |

|

|

| |

32

a

lea Si

=3

e 32-3~ and 3°2 have: the same base. Subtracty the exponents

3

SA'S

1 ss 2

|

=

* Use the Definition of Negative Exponents to write the expression with a positive exponent.

=

¢ Evaluate.

243

| Check your understanding 1 -2 Write — with a positive exponent. Then evaluate. 2 _ SOLUTION

See page S-2.

5

The rules for simplifying exponential expressions and powers of exponential expressions are true for all integers. These rules are restated here.

Rules for Exponents If m, n, and p are integers, then x” xy?

=

xt

Cad ie =

yy"

(xy)?

=

xP y"™?

1

x"=—,x #0

ae

An exponential expression is in simplest form when it is written with only positive exponents.

_ Focus on simplifying an expression containing negative exponents ane Simplify:

= a. a ’b°

b.

—4,6 oy —

e ¢: 6d ,d #0

Section 10.4 © Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation

15

SOLUTION be

a.

a'b

een)

* Rewrite a

’ witha positive exponent.

a —4,6

b

oy s

xy

=x 47

« Divide variables with the same base by subtracting the exponents

= x~5y4 yi

Take Note > =

In part (c), the exponent on d is —4 (negative 4). The d

f

hyen-

2

‘is

written in the denominator as d*.

* Write the expression with only positive exponents. tS

|

c.

6d

e

ees di

“=6: aN

The exponent on 6 is | (posi-

d

tive 1). The 6 remains in the

« Use the Definition of Negative Exponents to rewrite the expression

d

with a positive exponent

Check your understanding 2

numerator. Note that we indicated d # 0. This is necessary because division by zero is not defined. We

Caen Dies Simplify:

will assume that values of the variables are chosen so that divi-

ee

sion by zero does not occur.

Lb

a, xy =]

SOLUTION

c. 4c =3

b. Peak.

cS

See pages S-2-S-3.

aa

y

a

b; a°b2

Ca

4

c

_ Focus on simplifying an expression containing negative exponents

| |

m0 ei

Sinplityss

as ===

oe

b. (—2x)(3x*)~3

25 aigbe

SOLUTION

—S5a°bad °

25a

=

35a°b* SS

*b°

wey,

=

¢ A negative sign is placed

Dah

|

yes: 75,2 Oa,

=

|

* Factor the coefficients. Divide by the common factors. Divide variables with the same base by subtracting the

a5 '

De

= b.

exponents

ee! 5 Ta*

5p?

¢ Write the expression with only positive exponents.

Sb

(—2x) (Gxt 4) =

(—2x) (3 a 2x9)

* Use the Rule for Simplifying Powers of Products.

—2x + x®

||

a 33

¢ Write the expression with positive exponents.

2x!



¢ Use the Rule for Multiplying Exponential Expressions, and simplify the numerical exponential expression.

On

Check your understanding 3 12xq Py?

aietes

Simplify:

Wee —l6xy

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

L.

3

Objective 10.4A Practice

1. Simplify: 5S :

:

2. Simplity:

m

in front of a fraction.

2x 5.2

gent mn —18b° _ 2b 3. Simplify: 27b* 3

PS steal

b. (—3ab)(2a*ba. —7

3y’

9

xX

7) ~3

3p!

Be =

2. Divide: —-

_.,

3. Divide:

4. Divide:

+

see

2

Sy

16a’b — 20ab + 24ab*

4a

4ab

18a’b? + 9ab — 6

Prat

Z



3ab

;

—5 + 6b

eed5) ab

Solutions on p. S-6.

Objective 10.5B

Divide polynomials To divide polynomials, use a method similar to that used for division of whole numbers. The same equation used to check division of whole numbers is used to check polynomial division.

(Quotient x Divisor) + Remainder = Dividend For example, for the division at the left,

(Quotient x Divisor) (3565)

+ Remainder = Dividend +

2:

aly

20

Module 10 © Polynomials

Divide:

(x? — 5x + 8) + (x — 3)

Step 1 x

x- 3) , —S5x+8

y)

Think:

gi = She : =

=~i =x

5 Multiply: x — 3) = x — 3x

~2x + 8

Subtract: (x? — 5x) —

(? — 3x) = —2a

Bring down + 8. Step 2 se

x-3)e

—5x4+8

x = 3x

S

“2x+8

Think: x)—2x =——x = -2

2

e

Muldpty— 2G — 3) = —2x + 6

2)

Subtract:

(—2x + 8) — (—2x + 6) = 2

The remainder is 2. Check: Quotient X Divisor + Remainder

(x 2) GO 3)

a

= Dividend

er

OO

15x +8

ry

(x? = 5x8) ee

eee

? — 2y* — 9y +3

Check your understanding 3 3x - Or + x—

3

Dyean 5)

15x° — 10x? + 5x — 15 6x4 — 424

2x7 — 6x

6x4+ 11e -— 82-—

x-15

Check your understanding 4 (4y — 5)Gy — 3) = 12y’— 12y — 15y + 15 =

12y* a

2Ty am ils)

—« Use FOI * Combine like terms

Check your understanding 5

(3a + 2b)(3a — 5b) = 9a? — 15ab + 6ab — 10b° a

9a

=

Vala =

10b°

* Use FOI *

Combine

like terms

Check your understanding 6 (2a ats Sc) (2a ri 5c) ra (2a)? a

Age

(Se)r

* Product of the sum and difference of two terms

ne

Check your understanding 7 (3x + 2y)? = (3x)? +e 2(3x) (2y) +t (2y)?

* Squareof a binomial

= 9x7 + 12xy + 4y’ Check your understanding 8 (6x = y)? =

(6x)? = 2(6x) (y) ar (y)?

* Squareof a binomial

= 36x — Idx + y Section 10.4

Check your understanding 1 2

=

a

3

a

Tae

re

I

Be

= sap

Check your understanding 2 : a.

xy

Xx Ts

a

¢ Rewrite

)

with a positive exponent.

y bs

b

——= ;

a

=I

@p>

~b56 as ab

6

¢ Divide variables with the same base by subtracting exponents.

Solutions to Module 10

3

* Definition of Negative

Exponents

Check your understanding 3 ay EE Dr b.

ae

4

=16xy

°°) (—3ab)(2a*b-*) > = (—3ab)(2~3a

eos

Raa® 3b!

ye

8a*

Check your understanding 4 a. 57,000,000,000 = 5.7 x 10!° b. 0:000000017 = 1:7. x 107° Check your understanding 5 a. 5 X 10!? = 5,000,000,000,000 b. 4.0162 X 10°? = 0.0000000040162

Check your understanding 6 a. Multiply 2.4 and 1.6. Add the exponents on 10.

Q4-< 107 (165

10°) "318410

b. Divide 5.4 by 1.8. Subtract the exponents on 10.

5ADGIO. 7

——_——— = 3 x10? ESOC HOR: Section 10.5

Check your understanding 1 4xcy + 8x? — 4xy3 a 4x3y ieBry

2xy

2xy

2xy

4xy?

2xy

= 2x? + 4xy — 2y°

Check your understanding 2 24x*y* — 18xy + 6y _ 24x’? _—-18xy es 6y 6xy

6xy

6xy

Oxy

1 = 4xy -3 + 5G

Check your understanding 3 x +2x+2 Dooce xe

ot Ox? —

2x —4

«+ Thereis no x term.

x -— 2x

2x al 2x? = 4x 2x = 4 DN.

0 G3 — 2x

—-4)+ @-2)

=x

+2x4+2

Insert Ox? for the missing term.

S-3

S-4

Solutions to Module 10

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 10.1A

1. 2x? + 6x + 12 B57EE ees

5x7 + Tx + 20 x

—Ix+

4

27 + x—

10

x +2?

—6x—

6

(Sx° + 7x — 7) + (10x? — 8x + 3) = 5x° + 10x* + (7x — 8x) + (—7 + 3) =5¢ + 107° — x— 4

Objective 10.1B

(x? — 2x + 1) — Ge? + 5x 4+ 8)

= (°° — 2x + 1) + (-x — 5x - 8) x —-2x4+1 —x° — 5x — 8 Te

= 7

(4x? + Sx

= (Ay 4x°

elegant 20

Sx

or

ual)

eo

Lh)

1p ona 2 Shere Si =

Ax? ceon oa

(26 $e= I= ex x 3) = (—2e ie ae) = 00 Fe tee) dt) =

Objective 10.2A

=

—2e

i

2

(50°) (=20) = IG) 2igw a= =a" (—2x4) Gxiy) =) (255) ey (—3a°b)(—2ab*) = [(—3)(—2)(@*- a) - b’) = 6a°b*

(—Sy‘z)(—8y*z*) = [(—5)(-8)]0*- »V@- 2) 40y!z6

Objective 10.2B

(y5)3 is yb

(=237)* = =839°

Gyo (—3y)(—42y*)? = —3y(—64)x°y? = 192x*y"® (—3ab)?(—2ab)? = 9a*b?(—8)a°*b? = —72a°b°

Objective 10.3A

3a7(a — 2) = 3a* — 6a” 2x(6x? — 3x) = 12x° — 6x" 2y?(—3y* — 6y + 7) = —6y* — 12y? + 14y’ —5x7(3x* — 3x — 7) = —15x4 + 153° + 35x7

Solutions to Module 10

Objective 10.3B

1.

¢—

3x+

5

DS

—3x7 +

9x— 15

2x7 — 6x? + 10x D5 = 9x" + 19% —

—27 +

15

Tx-

2

se

SS

10x? — 35x + 10 —6x° + 21x7 -—

6x

—6x° + 31x — 41x + 10 y + 2y — 3y + 1 ear 2

2y> + 4y? — 6y +2 y' a 2y? =

yi + 4y +

Objective 10.3C

3y° stay,

y —5y+2

(b — 6)(b + 3) = b? + 3b — 6b — 18 = b’ — 3b — 18 (Sy — 9)(y + 5) = Sy” + 25y — 9y — 45 = Sy’ + 16y — 45

(3b + 13)(5b — 6) = 15b? — 18b + 65b — 78 = 15b? + 47a — 78 (3x — Ty)(3x + Sy) = 9x? + 15xy — 21xy — 35y* = 9x7 — Oxy — 35y’ (2a + 5b)(7a — 2b) = 14a* — 4ab + 35ab — 10b? = 14a” + 3lab — 100? Objective 10.3D

OS Sich 5) ay = Sy

25

(4x — 7)(4x + 7) = (4x)? — 7 = 16x? — 49

(a — 5)? = Ga)? — 2(3a)(5) + 5? = 9a" — 30a + 25 (x + 3y)? = x7 + 2x(By) + By)? = x + Oxy + Oy’

(2a — 9b)? = (2a)? — 2(2a)(9b) + (9b)? = 4a? — 36ab + 810? Objective 10.4A

8 os Se Ke 97 ae

De m4*n!>

= wn?

eShop, 27b*

3

3

5

Fae ee a Se

ie

SS

24a°b' 36a'b°c

Objective 10.4B

ean Se

SS

3

SS

3

a opt 3

SS

3x3

5 oe = ee 3

2,370,000 = 2.37 X 10° 0.00000000096 = 9.6 x 10°'° 2.3 X 10’ = 23,000,000

¥ 2b*c* Bai

S-5

S-6

Solutions to Module 10

. 3.54 x 10°* = 0.0000000354 . 5,980,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 = 5.98 x 1074 . 0.000000000000665 = 6.65 x 1019

Objective 10.5A

Sx°y” Ply

omy, :: 10xy

Sxy

Sxy

Sxy

9y® — 15y° sf gy° —3y3

15y°

—3y

_-3y3 a.

ae

16a°b — 20ab + 24ab* _ 16a*b _ 20ab 5 24ab* 4ab

4ab

4ab

4ab

= 4a — 5 + 6b 18a°b* + 9ab — 6 _ 18a°b? , 9ab _ 6 3ab

3ab

3ab — 33ab 2 = 6ab + 3 —- — i ab

Objective 10.5B

be 7.

b — 7)b? — 14b + 49 b> — 7b

—Tb + 49 —Tb + 49 0 (b> — 14b + 49) + (b-7)=b-7 se se Il

x4

2) ee 2x? + 4x ie ae 2 eta

0 (2x7 + 5x

+ 2) + @4+2)

=2x4+1

3h =)

4x = 112 = 2344 5 12x° — 3x

—20x + 5 —20x + 5

0 (12x* — 23x + 5) + (4x - 1) = 3x -5 x +2x4+3 x+1)e +3 +5x 48 r+ x

2x? + 5x

2x? + 2x Shearts) Bhp ae 3 5

Chae

heater moss)

em sepheae ays:

MODULE

Factoring Polynomials SECTION 11.1

Common Factors

Objective 11.1A

Factor a monomial from a polynomial

Objective

Factor by grouping

11.1B

SECTION 11.2

Factoring Polynomials of the Form x? + bx +c

Objective 11.2A

Factor trinomials of the form x? + bx +c

Objective 11.2B

Factor completely

SECTION 11.3

Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c

Objective 11.3A

Factor trinomials of the form ax* + bx + c by using trial factors

Objective 11.3B

Factor trinomials of the form ax? + bx + c by grouping

SECTION 11.4

Special Factoring

Objective 11.4A

Factor the difference of two squares and perfect-square trinomials

Objective 11.4B

Factor the sum or difference of two perfect cubes

Objective 11.4C

Factor a trinomial that is quadratic in form

Objective 11.4D

Factor completely

SECTION 11.5

Solving Equations

Objective 11.5A

Solve equations by factoring

Objective 11.5B

Solve application problems

2

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

Ss

1ON

Common Objective 11.1A

Factors

Factor a monomial from a polynomial

Take Note > 12 is the GCF of 24 and 60 because 12 is the largest integer that divides evenly into both 24 al (A).

The greatest common factor (GCF) of two or more integers is the greatest integer that is a factor of all the integers. : : The GCF of two or more monomials is the

24 =2-2-2-3 CON 22 35 GGE 12232

Oxy = 25 Bien x

product of the GCF of the coefficients and the common variable factors.

Se ys Dek GCE = 2 *xex

Note that the exponent of each variable in the

The GCF of 6x*y and 8xy" is 2x.

12 y

x xeyy y= 2ry

GCF is the same as the smallest exponent of that variable in any of the monomials.

| Focus on finding the GCF of two monomials

_ Find the GCF of 12a*b and 18a7b’c.

_ SOLUTION ath

=O

3

a op

¢ Factor each monomial.

18a°b’e.= 2-3-3" Gg)abave | GCF

=

2:3:-a’?-b

=

6a’b

* The common variable factors are a> and b.

|

¢ is not a common

factor.

| The GCF of 12a*b and 18a°b*c is 6a°b.

_ Check your understanding 1 | Find the GCF of 4x®y and 18x’y°. | SOLUTION

See page S-1.

2x*y

The Distributive Property is used to multiply factors of a polynomial. To factor a polynomial

means to write the polynomial as a product of other polynomials.

Multiply |

Factors a=

5)

=

;

Polynomial 2x- + 10x

In the example above, 2. is the GCF of the terms 2x? and 10x. It is a common monomial factor of the terms. x + 5 is a binomial factor of 2x? + 10x.

_ Focus on factoring the GCF from a polynomial | |

| Factor. a. 5x?— 35x24 10x

db. 16x2y + 8x4y? — 12x45

Section 11.1

© Common

Factors

3

| SOLUTION i as line GERMS

|

ox

¢ Find the

oe Sars Sys

» See As 5x

5x° —

35x? +

ll

=

ih

10x Spi

=2

GCF of the terms of the polynomial

* Divide each term of the polynomial by the GCF

10x

* Use the quotients to rewrite the polynomial, expressing each term as a product with the GCF

5x(x?) + 5x(—7x) + 5x(2)

as one of the factors

-

(x2 — Jr 9) lI Sx(x Tx SD)

* Use the Distributive Property to write the polynomial as a product of factors

b. 162y = 2-2-2-2-x Si yea

| |

rend

>

y

¢ Find the GCF of the terms of the polynomial!

gto?

1 ye) Deas eee The GCF is 4x’y. 2

l6x-y

8x4? at

Axy

pia

Axy

. te IRENE

¢ Divide each term of the polynomial by the

GCF

—12x*y° pid 5 = —3xy 4x“y

|

2

l6x’y + 8x4y? —

12x4y

|

=

4x’ y(4) + 4x?y(2x"y)

|

=

Ax’ y(4 +

Qaxy —

+ Ax’ y(—3x°y4)

3x7y")

° Use the quotients to rewrite the polynomial, expressing each term as a product with the GCF as one of the factors ¢ Use the Distributive Property to write the polynomial as a product of factors

Check your understanding 2

| Factor.

.a,.J4a7 — Jiab — be 6x7

Oy + 1D xy

|

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

Bs Wae(2—y3aSd)

oD 8xy7 Ox? = Sx

Ay)

Objective 11.1A Practice i Bactons) Sigel

2. Factor: 3yt — 9y

(2et)

3y(y* — 3)

3. Factor: 6a’b® — 12b?

6b*(a*b — 2)

4, Factor: 3x° + 6x7 + 9x 5. Factor: 8x°y? — 4x°y + x?

3x(x? + 2x + 3) -x°(8y? — 4y + 1)

Solutions on p. S-6.

Objective

11.1B

Factor by grouping In the examples below, the binomials in parentheses are called binomial factors. 2a(a + b)

3xy(x — y) The Distributive Property is used to factor a common binomial factor from an expression.

In the expression at the right, the common binomial factor is y — 3. The Distributive Property is used to write the expression as a product of factors.

x(y — 3) + 4(y — 3) = — Bic 44)

4

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

‘Focus on factoring

a common

binomial factor

|Factor: y(x + 2) + 3(x + 2)

| SOLUTION | y(x + 2) + 3(% + 2)

* The common binomial factor is x + 2

= (x + 2)(y + 3)

_ Check your understanding 3 | Factor:

a(b — 7) + b(b — 7)

_ SOLUTION Sometimes be found.

See page S-1.

(b — 7)(a + b)

a binomial factor must be rewritten before

a common

binomial

factor can

Factor: a(a — b) + 5(b — a) a — band b — a are different binomials.

Note that (b — a) = (-a + b) = —(a — b). Rewrite (b — a) as —(a — b) so that the terms have a common factor. ala — b) + 5(b — a) = ala — b) + 5[—-(a — BD)

ala — b) — 5(a — b) (a — b)(a — 5)

' Focus on factoring | Factor:

a common binomial factor

2x(x — 5) + y(5 — x)

| SOLUTION | 2x(x — 5) + y(5 — x) =

2x(x == 5) = y(x a

=

(x

Sy)

5)

Ore y)

¢ Rewrite

5 — x as

—(x — 5) so that the terms have a common

factor

¢ Write the expression as a product of factors

_ Check your understanding 4

| Factor: 3y(5x — 2) — 4(2 — 5x) | SOLUTION

See page S-1.

(Sx — 2)(3y + 4)

Some polynomials can be factored by grouping the terms so that a common factor is found.

x: Factor=Nee 2° = 37> 4; 4016 Group the first two terms and the last two terms

De

ye

binomial

AG

= (2x7 — 3x") + (4x - 6)

(put them in parentheses).

Factor out the GCF from each group.

= x°(2x — 3) + 2(2x — 3)

Factor out the common binomial factor and write the expression as a product of factors.

= (2x — 3)

+ 2)

Section 11.2 ¢ Factoring Polynomials of the Form x? + bx +c

Focus on factoring by grouping

Factor. a. 2x° — 3x* + 8x — 12

b. 3y> — 4y’ — 6y + 8

| SOLUTION

|

We

3x + Bxi= 12

|

|

Ce _— 3x°) +

(8x _— 12)

* Group the first two terms and the last two terms

lI (2x = 3) ala 4(2x a 3) =

(2x

bails =

— 3)(x°

* Factor out the

+ 4)

GCF from each group.

¢ Factor out the common binomial factor and write the expression as a product of factors

4y — 6y + 8 (3y° —

Ay’) —

4

(6y —

8)

¢ Group the first two terms and the last two terms.

Y

= y’By _ == (Sn)

I

4) _ >

2By ~

6)

4)

Ss

(6)

Note that

8)

* Factor out the GCF from each group

2)

¢ Factor out the common binomial factor and write the expression as a product of factors

Check your understanding 5

Factor. a. y — 5y° + 4y>-— 20 SOLUTION

See page S-1.

ib. 2y° — 2y? — 3y +3

a. ()

S)(y2

+ 4)

b. (yy

NG

3)

Objective 11.1B Practice

. Factor: x(a + b) + 2(a +b) . Factor: ay — 7) + BT — x)

(a + b)(x + 2) («-7)(a —- db)

. Factor: a(x — y) — 2(y— x)

(«—

y)(a + 2)

. Factor by grouping: ? + 4t — st— 4s

. Factor by = YN Ww nk

(¢ + 4)(t—s)

grouping: 4a? + 5ab — 10b — 8a

(4a + 5b)(a

— 2)

Solutions on p. S-7.

SECTION

112 Objective 11.2A

Factoring Polynomials of the Form x? + bx +c Factor trinomials of the form x? + bx +c Trinomials of the form x* + bx + c, where

v’+9x+14,

b=9,

c=

b and c are integers, are shown at the right.

w—x-

b=

1,

II ¢c=-12

b=-2,

c=~-15

12,

x —2x-15, Some trinomials expressed as the product of binomials are shown at the right. They are in

——

factored form.

x +9x+

Trinomial

v?—-x-12

14

Factored Form

14 = (+ 2)@+7) =@+3)@-4)

x — 2x — 15 = (x + 3)@ — 5)

5

6

Module 11 * Factoring Polynomials

The method by which the factors of a trinomial are found is based on FOIL. Consider the following binomial products, noting the relationship between the constant terms of the binomials and the terms of the trinomials.

(emo) (2h Sionetane

SiiLo60nd2———————

Ree:

}

Product of 6 and 2

binomials are

the same

an Det Ox + (6)(2) = 2? + 8x + 12

(x — 3)(@ — 4)

=? — 4x - 3x + (-3)(-4) = 2 -— 7x + 12 Sum of —3 and —4___*_ Product of —3 and

ee) Oe)

oe txt (3)(—5) =x = 2x = 15

epee ie

Siena

Product of 3 and —5

: binomials are

opposite

|

—4

(x — 4)@ + 6) = x? + 6x — 4x + (—4)(6) = 2° + 2x — 24 Sum of —4 and 6______-*__ | Product of —4 and 6

Points to Remember in Factoring x* + bx +c . In the trinomial, the coefficient of x is the sum of the constant terms of the binomials.

. In the trinomial, the constant term is the product of the constant terms of the binomials. . When the constant term of the trinomial is positive, the constant terms of the binomials have the same sign as the coefficient of x in the trinomial. . When the constant term of the trinomial is negative, the constant terms of the binomials have opposite signs.

Success at factoring a trinomial depends on remembering these four points. For example, to factor x7 — 2x — 24, find two numbers whose sum is —2 and whose product is —24 [Points | and 2]. Because the constant term of the trinomial is negative (—24), the numbers will have opposite signs [Point 4].

A systematic method of finding the correct binomial factors of x7 — 2x — 24 involves listing the factors of the constant term of the trinomial and the sums of those factors.

(-24) = -1+24=

Section 11.2 © Factoring Polynomials of the Form x? + bx +c

Take Note >

7

4 and —6 are two numbers whose sum is —2 and whose product is —24. Write the binomial factors of the trinomial.

Always check your proposed factorization to ensure accuracy.

Mx

Check,

tA

24

(x + 4)(x — 6)

6) = x — 6x + 4-24 = a? — 2x — 24

By the Commutative Property of Multiplication, the binomial factors can also be written as

x —2x-24=(«

— 6)(x + 4)



Focus on factoring a trinomial | Factor: x7 + 18x + 32 SOLUTION * Try only positive factorsof 32 [Point 3] * Once the correct pair is found, the other factors need not be tried

e+

18x + 32=(14+

Check:

20+

16)

¢ Write the factorsof the trinomial

(x + 2)(x + 16) = x? + 16x + 2x + 32 = x7 + 18x + 32

Check your understanding 1 Factor: x° — 8x + 15 SOLUTION

See page S-2.

(p93)

(5)

Focus on factoring a trinomial

| Factor: x2 — 6x — 16 | SOLUTION ¢ The factors must be of opposite signs [Point 4].

x — 6x —

Check:

16 = (x + 2)(« — 8)

* Write the factors of the trinomial.

(x + 2)(x — 8) = x° — 8x + 2x - 16 = x7 — 6x — 16

|

Check your understanding 2 Factor: x° + 3x — 18

|

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

(x + 6)(x — 3)

8

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

Not all trinomials can be factored when using only integers. Consider the trinomial 2 pee OU — Co),

Because none of the pairs of factors of —8 has a sum of —6, the trinomial is not factorable using integers. The trinomial is said to be nonfactorable over the integers. Objective 11.2A Practice

1. Factor: x7 + 5x +6

(x + 2)(x + 3)

2. Factor: a2 — 2a — 3

(a +

3. Factor: p? — 4p — 21

I)(a — 3)

(p + 3)(p—7)

4. Factor: y? — 9y + 81

Nonfactorable

5. Factor: a? — Ja — 44

(a + 4)(a — 11)

Solutions on p. S-7.

Objective 11.2B

Factor completely A polynomial is factored completely when it is written as a product of factors that are nonfactorable over the integers.

iFocus on factoring completely Factor:

3x° + 15x* + 18x

SOLUTION | The GCF of ax

1557 and

18x is 3x.

¢ Find the GCF of the terms of the polynomial.

3x8 + 15x? + 18x =

3x(x°) ae 3x(5x) aE 3x(6)

* Factor out the GCF

=

3x(x- aR Ove ar 6)

¢ Write the polynomial as a product of factors. * Factor the trinomial x* + 5x + 6. Try only positive factors of 6

3x + 15x* + 18x = 3x + 2) + 3) Check:

3x(x + 2)(x + 3) = 3x? + 3x + 2x + 6) = 3x(x° + 5x + 6)

= 3x9 + 15x? + 18x Check your understanding 3 Factor:

3a’b —

SOLUTION

18ab — 81b

See page S-2.

3b(a + 3)(a — 9)

Section 11.3 ¢ Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx

+c

9

Focus on factoring a polynomial containing two variables

Factor: x? + 9xy + 20y7 SOLUTION The terms do not have a common

factor. ¢

Take Note >

+

The terms 4y and 5y are placed in the binomials. This is necessary so that when the binomials

are multiplied, the middle term of the trinomial contains xy and the last term contains y’.

Oxy

Check:

207 =

Try only positive factors of 20

& + 49) @ + Sy)

(x + 4y)(x + 5y) = x7 + S5xy + 4xy + 20y’

x° + Oxy + 20y?

Check your understanding 4

| Factor: 4x° — 40xy + 84y° SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Aces)

ey)

Objective 11.2B Practice 1. Factor: 3a + 3a —

18

3(a + 3)(a — 2)

2. Factor: 2a? + 6a” + 4a 2a(a + 1)(a + 2) 3. Factor: z* + 2z7 — 80z* 2(z + 10)(z — 8) 4. Factor: x7 — 8xy + 15y? (x — 3y)(x — Sy)

5. Factor: 4x°y — 68xy — 72y

4y(x + 1)(x — 18)

Solutions on p. S-7.

SECTION

1 1 ao

Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c

Objective 11.3A

Factor trinomials of the form ax? + bx + c by using trial factors Trinomials of the form ax’ + bx + c, where a, b, and c are integers and

3x7 —x + 4, 4° +5x-8,

Zope a II -

1. II

oa

¢ = 4 —8

a # (), are shown at the right.

These trinomials differ from those in the previous section in that the coefficient of x? is not 1. There are various methods of factoring these trinomials. The method described in this objective is factoring trinomials by using trial factors.

To factor a trinomial of the form ax? + bx + c means to express the polynomial as the product of two binomials. Factoring such polynomials by trial and error may require testing many trial factors. To reduce the number of trial factors, remember the following points.

10

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

Points to Remember in Factoring ax? + bx + c 1. If the terms of the trinomial have a common factor, factor out the common factor first. 2. If the terms of the trinomial do not have a common factor, then the terms of a binomial factor cannot have a common factor.

3. When the constant term of the trinomial is positive, the constant terms of the binomials have the same sign as the coefficient of x in the trinomial. 4. When the constant term of the trinomial is negative, the constant terms of the binomials have opposite signs.

Factor by using trial factors.

a. 10x°-—x-—3

b. 4x? — 27x + 18

a. The terms of the trinomial 10x — x — 3 do not have a common factor; therefore, the terms of a binomial factor will not have a common factor [Point 2].

Because the constant term c of the trinomial is negative (—3), the constant terms of the binomial factors will have opposite signs [Point 4]. Find the factors of a (10) and

the factors of c (—3).

Using these factors, write trial factors. Use the Outer and Inner products of FOIL to check the middle term.

( + 1)(10x — 3) (x — 1)(10x + 3)

(2x + 1)(5x — 3) (2x — 1)(5 + 3) (10x + 1)(x — 3)

(Ox 1) ie 3) (5x + 1)(2x — 3) (5x — 1)(2x + 3) From the list of trial factors, 10x° — x — 3 = (2x +

Check:

=(|Spp ab 2s =

I Sye== Doe =

1)(5x — 3).

(2x + 1)(5x — 3) = 10x? — 6x + 5x —3 = 10%? -x -3

All the trial factors for this trinomial were listed in this example. However,

_b. The terms of the trinomial 4x* — 27x + 18 do not have a common factor; therefore, the terms of a binomial factor will not have a common factor [Point 2]. Because the constant term c of the trinomial is positive (18), the constant terms of the binomial factors will have the same sign as the coefficient of x. Because the coefficient ofx is —27, both signs will be negative [Point 3]. Find the factors of a (4) and

the negative factors of c (18).

Section 11.3 ¢ Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c Using these factors, write trial factors.

Middle

11

Term

=

Use the Outer and

(x — 1)(4x — 18)

Inner products of

(x — 2)(4x — 9)

FOIL to check the

oea 4vis = “|i

middle term.

Es

Common factor =O) = be Alfbe Common factor Common factor Common factor

(2x — 3)(2x — 6) (4x — 1)(« — 18)

Common factor =e = 2 = = Tae

(4x — 2)(x — 9) (4x — 3)(x - 6)

Common factor —24x — 3x = —27x

The correct factors have been found.

| 4x? — 27x + 18 = (4x — 3)(x — 6)

The last example illustrates that many of the trial factors may have common factors and thus need not be tried. For the remainder of this module, the trial factors with a common factor will not be listed.

Focus on factoring a polynomial using trial factors Factor:

3x? + 20x + 12

SOLUTION * Because 20 is positive, only the positive factors of 12 need be tried

ie

Se

Aes

eS

S|

(x + 3)@Gx + 4)

=

Ax

ee

ee

¢ Write the trial factors. Use FOIL to check the middle term

of

Ox =" 13K

(3x + 1)(@@ + 12)

36x + x = 37x

(3x + 2)(x + 6)

18x + 2x = 20x

3x° + 20x + 12 = (3x + 2)(x + 6) Check:

(Ax + 2)(x + 6) = 3x* + 18x + 2x + 12 = 3x? + 20x + 12

Check your understanding 1 Factor: 6x7 — llx +5 SOLUTION

See page S-2.

(5G 11)(Gis

==)

12

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

_ Focus on factoring a polynomial using trial factors Factor: 6x7 — 5x — 6

SOLUTION * Find the factors of a (6) and the factors of c (—6)

es |

¢ Write the trial factors. Use FOIL check the middle term

ee

(x + 6)(6x — 1) (2x — 3)(3x + 2)

| 6x? — 5x = 6 = (2x — 3)(3x + 2) Check:

(2x — 3)(3x + 2) = 6x? + 4x — 9x —6

|

=

6x



5x

-6

Check your understanding 2

Factor: 8x* + 14x — 15 | SOLUTION

See page S-3.

(4x — 3)(2x + 5)

_Focus on factoring a polynomial using trial factors Factor:

15 — 2x — x

¢

esr Moye= eee 55= ipass 1b SShe am See Ais 34 — Ok = — 20

15 — 2x —-x = (3 —x)(5 + x) Check:

3 —x)(5+x)

=15+3x-5x-2+

=15-2x-7% Check your understanding 3

Factor: 24 — 2y — y’ SOLUTION

See page S-3.

(4 — y)(6 + y)

The terms have no common coefficient of x* is —1.

factors.

The

¢ Write the trial factors. Use FOIL to check the middle term

to

Section 11.3 © Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c

13

The first step in factoring a trinomial is to determine whether its terms have a common factor. If so, factor out the GCF of the terms.

| Focus on factoring a polynomial using trial factors Factor:

3x° — 23x? + 14x

| SOLUTION |

The GCF

of Ber Dae

and

14x is x.

¢ Find the GCF

| 3x? = 23x? + 14x = xGx? — 23x + 14)

of the terms of the polynomial

* Factor out the GCF * Factor the trinomial 3x° — 23x

(x — 14)(3x — 1) (x — 2)(8x — 7)

3x° — 23x? + 14x =

Check:

14

oe 490 jhe Mos = Sshe —2x — 21x = —23x

(x — 7)(x — 2)

||

+

x(x

7) (3x

2)

x(x — 7)(3x — 2) = xx — 2x — 21x + 14) x(3x? — 23x + 14) 3x° — 23x7 + 14x

|

| Check your understanding 4 Factor:

4a*b? — 30a*b + 14a’

SOLUTION

See pages S-3-S-4.

2g

(b— 27)(2b-— 1)

Objective 11.3A Practice

For Exercises | to 5, factor by using trial factors.

1. 3y° + 7y +2

(y+ 2)Gy +1)

2. 2x = 5x —3' (x —3)Qx +1)

3. 42° 4+5z-6 (+ 2)(4c — 3) 4. 12° + 28t-—5 (21 + 5)(6r — 1) 5 . 15d? — 115b + 70) 5(b — 7)(3b — 2) Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.

Objective 11.3B Take Note > In this objective, we are using

the skills taught in Objective 11.1B. You may want to review

that material before studying this objective.

Factor trinomials of the form ax* + bx + c by grouping In the previous objective, trinomials of the form ax” + bx + c were factored by using trial factors. In this objective, factoring by grouping is used. To factor ax* + bx + c, first find two factors of a: c whose sum is b. Use the two factors to rewrite the middle term of the trinomial as the sum of two terms. Then use factoring by grouping to write the factorization of the trinomial.

14

Module 11

Factoring Polynomials

| Factor by grouping.

a. 2x? + 13x + 15

b. 6x7 — Ilx — 10

c. 3x° — 2x — 4

a. 2x7 + 13x + 15

|

a=2,c=15,a-c =2-15 = 30 Find two positive factors of 30 whose sum is 13. The factors are 3 and 10.

Use the factors 3 and |0 to rewrite 13x as 3x + 10x.

2x7 +

Factor by grouping.

Check:

13x

ar IS

Ix? + 3x + 10x + 15

= =

(2x7 + 3x) + (10x + 15) x(2x + 3) + 5(2x + 3)

=

(2x + 3)(x

+ 5)

(2x + 3)(x + 5) = 2x? + 10x + 3x + 15

= 2x7 + 13x + 15 b. 6x7 —

Ilx — 10

a =6,c = —10,a-c = 6(—10) = —60 Find two factors of —60 whose sumis —11.

The required sum has been found. The remaining0000000factors need not be checked. The factors are + and — 15.

Use the factors 4 and — |5 to rewrite JMG GIS Gah == Joye: Factor by grouping. Note:

Check:

62 ee tO 6x + 4x — 15x — 10

=

—15x — 10 = —(15x + 10)

(6° + 4x) — (15x + 10) 2x(3x + 2) — 5(3x + 2) (3x + 2)(2x — 5)

(3x + 2)(2x — 5) = 6x” — 15x + 4x — 10 = 6x* — Ilx — 10

c. 3x° — 2x — 4

a=3,c=—4a-¢

—3-4)—

—-

Find two factors of —12 whose sum is —2.

No integer factors of —12 have a sum of —2. Therefore, 3x7 — 2x — 4 is nonfactorable over the integers.

Section 11.3 ¢ Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c

15

|Focus on factoring a polynomial by grouping

Factor: 2x? + 19x — 10 | SOLUTION

a‘c = 2(-10) | —1 (20) = Ae 0

= —20

° Find a:

—20 19

¢ Find two numbers whose product is sum is 19,

—20 and whose

| 2x7 + 19x — 10 = 2x7 — x + 20x — 10 ll

* Rewrite 19x as

(2x? — x) + (20x — 10)

—x + 20x

Factor by grouping

= x(2x — 1) + 10(2x — 1) (ica)

era 110)

| Check your understanding 5 | Factor: 2a? + 13a — 7 |

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

(2a — 1)(a + 7)

_Focus on factoring a polynomial by grouping |

| Factor: 8y* — 10y — 3 | SOLUTION (ROR

|

|

8(—3)

2(- 12) = 2 +

(-12)

=

—24

—24 =

¢ Find a:

* Find two numbers whose product is —24 and whose sumun

-10

1s

10

| 8y — 10y — 3 =

8y" ate 2y =

=

(8y? ot 2y) v2 (12y ar 3)

12y 8)

* Rewrite

—10y

as 2)

12y

* Factor by grouping

= 2y(4y + 1) — 3(4y + 1) = (4y + 1)Qy — 3)

Check your understanding 6 Factor: 4a” — lla — 3 | SOLUTION

See page S-4.

(4a + 1)(a — 3)

Remember that the first step in factoring a trinomial is to determine whether the terms have a common factor. If so, factor out the GCF of the terms.

16

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

Focus on factoring a polynomial by grouping

Factor: 24x°y — 76xy + 40y

SOLUTION 24x°y =

70xy >t 40y

¢ The terms of the polynomial have a common factor, 4) Factor out the GCF

= 4y(6x° — 19x + 10)

= =

tne

a:c = 6(10) = 60

To factor 6x* —

—4(-—15) = 60

Find two numbers whose product is 60 and whose sum

—4 + (-15) = -19 6x? = 19x + 10 |

Is

= 62 -4x— 15x+ 10

10, first find a-¢

19

Rewrite

= (6x° — 4x) — (15x — 10)

19x +

—19x

as

—4x



15x

« Factor by grouping

= 2x(3x — 2) — 5x — 2) = (3x — 2)(2x — 5) 76xy +

24x7y =

« Write the complete

40y

factorization

of

the given

polynem

= 4y(6x° — 19x + 10) =

2)(2x

4y(3x

3)

_ Check your understanding 7 Factor:

15° + 40.7 — 80x

SOLUTION

See page S-4.

Sx(Gx — 4)

+ 4

Objective 11.3B Practice

For Exercises | to 5, factor by grouping.

1. 2 —*-20 2. 3p? — l6€p R.

132 + 49> —

@+2r-—5 +5) $8

ip — SGp Nonfactorable

a 457 — Lhyz + 62

2=)(y

5S. 3p? — 16? + Sp

opp —Gp —

— 3

Solutions on p. S-9.

SECTION

Special Factoring Objective 11.4A

Factor the difference of two squares and perfect-square trinomiais: Recall that the product of the sum and difference of the same two terms cquais:thesemare of the first term minus the square of the second term (a+ b(a-—b) =ac¢-F The expression a* — 5* is the difference of two squares. The pattern just menhioned sug> gests the following rule for factoring the difference of two squares.

Section 11.4 ¢ Special Factoring

Rule for Factoring the Difference of Two Squares Difference of

Sum and Difference

Two Squares

of the Same Terms

a—b*

=

(a + b)(a — b)

EXAMPLES Each expression is the difference of two squares. Factor.

Lr

et D(x — 2)

2. y —-9=y — 3? = (y + 3)(y — 3) Take Note > Convince yourself that the sum of two squares is nonfactorable over the integers by trying to factor x° + 4.

————— 4x° + 81 is the sum of two squares. It is nonfactorable over the integers. 4x* — 81 is the difference of two squares. It factors as (2x + 9)(2x — 9).

| Factor: 8x° — 18x 8x? — 18x = 2x(4x* — 9)

| Check:

¢ The GCF

is 2x

= x(x) = 3 |

* 4y

= 2x(2x

* Factor the difference of squares

+ 3) (2x — 3)

9 is the difference of two squares

— 2x(2x + 3)(2x — 3) = 2x(4x° - 9)

i

= 8x" — 18x Factor:

x? — 10

10 cannot be written as the square of an integer.

i x° — 10 is nonfactorable over the integers.

Focus on factoring a difference of squares Factor:

16x° — y”

SOLUTION

16x? — y’ = (4x)? - y

= (4x + y) (4x —

* The difference of two squares

y)

* Factor.

Check your understanding 1 Factor:

25a? — b?

SOLUTION

See page S-4.

(5a + b) (Sa — b)

17

18

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

_ Focus on factoring a difference of squares |

Factor:

z* — 16

SOLUTION te —

16=

(Calle =a

¢ The difference of two squares Ge as 4)

(z +

« z

2) (z =

2)

— 4 is the difference of two squares

¢ Factor.

Check your understanding 2

Factor: n* — 81 | SOLUTION

See page S-5.

(Port 9)i(7 3) (a — 3)

Recall the pattern for finding the square of a binomial.

a+bP?=(at+b)at+b)=a+abtab+Py =a+2ab+b’ Square of the first =

Oy geal

Twice the product of the two terms Square of the last term

The square of a binomial is a perfect-square trinomial. The pattern above suggests the following rule for factoring a perfect-square trinomial.

Rule for Factoring a Perfect-Square Trinomial Perfect-Square Trinomial

a’ + 2ab + Bb? a —2ab+b*

Square of a Binomial

(a + b)(a + b) (a — b)(a — b)

=

= =

(a + by (a — b)’

EXAMPLES

Each expression is a perfect-square trinomial. Factor.

La + 6

9 = Gee)

2. 7° — 6 +9 Se

= 3)?

Note in these patterns that the sign in the binomial is the sign of the middle term of the trinomial. Take Note > A perfect-square trinomial can always be factored using either

of the methods presented in Sec-

Factor: 4x? — 20x + 25

tion 11.3. However, noticing that

;

trinomial can save you a consid-

_ mial as the square of a binomial. Check the factorization.

a trinomial is a perfect-square

Because the first and last terms are squares [(2x)

Oh =

eee

:

erable amount of time.

4x7 — 20x + 25 = Qx — 5)

| Check:

>

(2x — 5)? = (2x)? + 2(2x) (—5) + 5° =

4x? =

Nore es DS

pena

= Ayea Sy = 25, try to factor this trino-

¢ The factorization is correct.

Section 11.4 ¢ Special Factoring

19

| Factor: 4x? + 37x + 9 _ Because the first and last terms are squares [(2x)? = 4x°; 3? = 9], try to factor this trino_ mial as the square of a binomial. Check the proposed factorization.

| 42 + 37x + 9 = (2x + 3) Check

Grr 3) = (2x)

!

2 (2x)\(3)

334

=47 + 12xr+9

' Because 4x7 + 12x + 9 # 4x° + 37x + 9, the proposed factorization is not correct. In this case, the polynomial is not a perfect-square trinomial. It may, however, still factor. In

| fact, 4x7 + 37x + 9 = (4x + 1)(x + 9)

_Focus on factoring a perfect-square trinomial |Factor: 9x = 30x.

25

|SOLUTION | Try to factor this trinomial as the square of a binomial.

| Si Grr 2516)2

|9x2 = 30x + 25 = Bx — 5)? | Check:

(3x — 5)? = (3x)? + 2(3x)(—5) + 5° = 9x? — 30x + 25

| Check your understanding 3

|| Factor:

16y? + 8y + 1

|

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

(4y + 1)?

_ Focus on factoring a trinomial | Factor:

9x7 + 40x + 16

SOLUTION |

9x° = (3x)* and 16 = 4°. Because 2(3x) (4) # 40x, the trinomial is not a perfect-square

_ trinomial.

| Try to factor by another method.

| 9x° + 40x + 16 = (9x + 4)(x + 4) | Check your understanding 4 | | Factor: x7 + 15x + 36

|SOLUTION

See page S-5.

(x £33) Ge + 12)

i

Objective 11.4A Practice

1. Factor: a7 -— 81 (a+ 9)(a— 9) 2. Factor: x7 — 12x + 36 (x — 6)” 3. Factor: 9x7 —

16

(3x + 4)x

4. Factor: 25x7 + 10x +1

— 4)

(5x + 1)

20

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

5. Factor: 2527 — y? (5z + y)(5z — y) 6. Factor: 4a? — 12ab + 9b? (2a — 3b) Solutions on p. S-9.

Objective 11.4B

Factor the sum or difference of two perfect cubes The product of the same three factors is called a perfect cube. The first seven perfect cube integers are:

1 = 17,8 = 27,27 = 3°,64 = 4°, 125 = 5°, 216 = 6°, 343 = 7° A variable term is a perfect cube if the coefficient is a perfect cube and the exponent on each variable is divisible by 3. The table below shows some perfect-cube variable terms.

The cube root of a perfect cube is one of the three equal factors of the perfect cube. W is the symbol

for cube root. To/find!the exponents on the cube'root) of aperfect-cube variable expression, divide the exponents variables onthe by3.

IGE ee 3/53

W/6Ax5 3

The following rules are used to factor the sum or difference of two perfect cubes.

Take Note >

Factoring the Sum or Difference of Two Perfect Cubes

The first factoring formula is the result of finding the quotient

Cae) Bory, a

(a — b)(a* + ab + b’)

EXAMPLES

Similarly, a—b a—b

a? + b? = (a+ b)(@’ — ab + b’)

b+bhD

aD

=a

3

+ab+b

3

Xx

2.2

= 644 = 7 A=

Factor: 64x° —

125

64°

(4x)? =



125 =

=

= Wie Az

5

16)

e Write the binomial as the difference of two perfect cubes

=

(4x —

5)(16x° A

Square of the first term of the binomial factor

35 BOM

se 25)

¢ The terms of the binomial factor are the cube roots of the perfect cubes. The sign of the

binomial factor is the same as the sign of the given binomial. The trinomial factor is obtained from the binomial factor.

Opposite of the product of the two terms

Square of the last term

Section 11.4 ¢ Special Factoring Take Note > Note the placement of the signs. The sign of the binomial factor is the same as the sign of the sum or difference of the perfect cubes. The first sign of the trinomial factor is the opposite of the sign of the binomial factor.

21

|| Focus on factoring the sum of two cubes |

| Factor: m? + 64n? | SOLUTION | m

_ 64n3 =

(m)? ale (4n)°

e

|

Write as the sum of two perfect cubes a

|

= (m

|

+ 4n)(m*

— 4mn

+ 16n7)

mand

b =

“Use a? + b=

4n

(a

+10)(a ab’

5°)

| Check your understanding 5 | Factor: 64c*? + d?

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

(4c + d)(16c?

— 4cd + d’)

_Focus on factoring the difference of two cubes

| Factor: 8x3 — 27 | SOLUTION | 8x? —

V]=

(2x)? _

33

¢ Write as the differenceof two perfect cubes a= 2x and b = 3

|

|

(2x

— 3)(42 + 6x + 9)

¢ Used’

— b = (@ — b)@

+ ab + b’)

Check your understanding 6 Factor: x*y? — 1 SOLUTION

See page S-5.

Gay = Wieey7

sexy

1)

Objective 11.4B Practice

Factor: 2° — 27.)

(x — 3)(x?

Factor: y> + 125.

Factor: 64a? + 27 Factor: 1 — 125b> . Factor: 27a> Sa



16

+ 3x + 9)

(y + 5)(y? — 5y + 25)

(4a + 3)(16a2 — 12a + 9) (1 — 5b)(1 + 5b + 25b’) Nonfactorable

Solutions on p. S-10.

Objective 11.4C

Factor a trinomial that is quadratic in form Certain trinomials that are not quadratic can be expressed as quadratic trinomials by making suitable variable substitutions. A trinomial is quadratic in form if it can be written as au’ + bu +c.

22

Module 11 ® Factoring Polynomials

Take Note > An expression is quadratic in form if it can be written as

Trinomials That Are Quadratic in Form

a()? + b() + c, where the same

A trinomial is quadratic in form if it can be written as au? + bu + c.

expression is placed in both sets of parentheses.

EXAMPLES

Ls 2s

The expression 2x° — 7x° + 4 is quadratic in form because

Ca

Let =e. then uv? = (2)? = 2°.

Tag td

2° —-7 +4527

= 2(¢)? — 7(°) + 4

-—Tu+4

2x° — 7x° + 4 is quadratic in form.

The expression 5x°y’ + 3xy — 6

2. 5x’y? + 3xy — 6

is quadratic in form because 5x’y? + 3xy — 6

Let u = xy. Then uv? = (xy)? = xy?

= 5(xy)? + 3(xy) —6

5xy + 3xy - 65 5w + 3u -6

5x°y? + 3xy — 6 is quadratic in form.

When we use this method to factor a trinomial that is quadratic in form, the variable part of the first term of each binomial factor will be uw.

_Focus on factoring a polynomial that is quadratic in form Factor: x* + 5x7 + 6 SOLUTION

| x° +59" 4) 6) oy

|

ou

©

° Let w = x*. Then w? = x"

= (u + 3)(u + 2)

» Factor

= (x + 3)(x* + 2)

* Replace u by x2.

Check your understanding 7 |Factor: 3x* + 4x? — 4 |SOLUTION

See page S-5.

(x? + 2)(3x? — 2)

| Focus on factoring a polynomial that is quadratic in form |Factor: x — 2Vx — 15

| SOLUTION

| x—2Ve— 15 =

— Qu — 15

a e

=

¢ Replace u by V x.

(\ , — 5)(V x a= a)

Factor.

Check your understanding 8 | Factor: 6xy’ — xy — 12

SOLUTION

ten

\| (u = 5) (u ai 3)

See page S-S.

Gxy + 4)(2xy — 3)

ae

Section 11.4 ¢ Special Factoring

Objective 11.4C Practice . Factor: xy? — 8xy

+ 15

. Factor: xt — 92° + 18 . Factor:

(xy — 3) (xy (6

x + 3Vx + 2

(Weer

. Factor: 2x* — 13x7-— 15 YY we bh an =.

Factor: x%© —- xP -6

3) (x —

— 5) 6)

SINCE ae 13)

(2c — 15)(2 + 1)

(3 + 2)(x

=3)

Solutions on p. S-10.

Objective 11.4D

Factor completely

Tips for Success >

General Factoring Strategy

You now have completed all the lessons on factoring polynomials. You will need to be able to recognize all of the factoring patterns. To test yourself, try the exercises in this objective.

When factoring a polynomial completely, ask the following questions about the polynomial. . Is there a common factor? If so, factor out the GCF. . If the polynomial is a binomial, is it the difference of two perfect squares, the sum of two perfect cubes, or the difference of two perfect cubes? If so, factor.

. If the polynomial is a trinomial, is it a perfect-square trinomial or the product of two binomials? If so, factor.

Take Note > Remember that you may have to

. Can the polynomial be factored by grouping? If so, factor.

factor more than once in order to write the polynomial as a product of prime factors.

. Is each factor nonfactorable over the integers? If not, factor.

Factor: 64y* — 125y

| 64y* — 125y

=

°

Factor out y, the GCF

yl(4y)? — 5°]

.

Write the binomial as the difference of

y(4y — 5)(16y? + 20y + 25)

e

y(64y3 —

125)

two perfect cubes. Factor.

Focus on factoring a polynomial completely | Factor: 6a? + 15a? — 36a | SOLUTION

6a? + 15a? — 36a

= 3a(2a’ + 5a — 12)

3a(2a — 3)(a + 4)

¢ The GCF is 3a. e Factor the trinomial.

Check your understanding 9 Factor: 18x° — 6x* — 60x | SOLUTION be

See page S-5.

6x(3x + 5)(x

2)

a = 4y and b = 5

23

24

Module 11 @ Factoring Polynomials ir

Focus on factoring a polynomial completely

Factor: x’y + 2x7 — y — 2 SOLUTION

All four terms do not have a common factor. The polynomial is not a binomial or a trinomial. Try factoring by grouping. xry+27°-y-2 = (ey + 2x) -

(y + 2)

¢ Factor by grouping.

= xy ty2) aoa) 3

(y ala 2) (x? -

* x —

1)

= (y + 2)ax + 1)@ —

| isa difference of squares.

1)

Check your understanding 10 Factor: 4x — 4y — x° + 2x’y | SOLUTION

See page S-5.

Ge

SLOAE 9

Oe)

Objective 11.4D Practice

. . . .

Factor: Factor: Factor: Factor:

. Factor:

5x* + 10x +5 S(x + 1) 7x7 — 28 7(x + 2)(x — 2) 8x° — 98x° =2x°(2x + 7)(2x — 7) x4 — y* (2 + (x + ye — ») 16a* — b*

. Factor: x = NY & kh Nn

(4a? + b*)(2a + b)(2a — b)

— 27% —-—x+2

(«—-2)(x+

IG

- 1)

Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.

SECTION

Solving Equations Objective

11.5A

Solve equations by factoring Recall that the Multiplication Property of Zero states that the product of a number and zero is zero. If a is areal number, then a: 0 = 0.

Consider the equation a- b = 0. If this is a true equation, then either a = 0 or b = 0.

_

Principle of Zero Products

If the product of two factors is zero, then at least one of the factors must be zero. Ifa:b

= 0,thena

=0orb=0.

Section 11.5 ¢ Solving Equations

25

The Principle of Zero Products is used in solving equations.

f Solve:

Ge — 2)(@— 3) = 0

jUf (@ — 2)(@ — 3) = 0, then (« — 2) = O or & — 3) = 0. Take Note >

(x — 2)(« — 3) =0

x — 2 is equal to a number. x — 3 is equal to a number. In

ba)

(x — 2)(x — 3), two numbers

Kw

3 —"()

x=.

are being multiplied. Since their

x=

product is zero, one of the

bthecks

Meo

numbers must be equal to zero. The number x — 2 is equal to

|

Ce

0 or the number x — 3 is equal to 0.

* Solve each equation forx

3

3) = 0

G2)

—3)— 0

2)| Gono) Ges)

0(—-1) | 0

0=0 A true equation | The solutions are 2 and 3.

alo

1(0) | 0

0=0 A true equation * Write the solutions

An equation that can be written in the form ax + bx

+c =0,

a #0, is a quadratic equation. A quadratic equation is in standard form when the polynomial is equal to zero and its terms are in descending order.

37° +2x+1=0

4x° — 3x

+ 2=0

A quadratic equation can be solved by using the Principle of Zero Products when the

polynomial ax? + bx + c is factorable. | Focus on solving a quadratic equation by factoring

| Solve: 2x7 + x = 6 |

| SOLUTION |

Dial

|

Soir

6

¢ This is a quadratic equation

2? +x-6=0

¢ Write it in standard form.

|

(2x a

3)(x Ge 2) =0

2 |

0) 2x =

¢ Factor the trinomial

x+2=0

3

¢ Set each factor equal to zero (the Principle of Zero Products)

oe)

« Solve each equation for x

3 OG

=

2

_ Check:

Die

|

2 s\n iste,3 |e

|

9 3 A—)+= |} 6 4 2

||

Oe

SPS

peed

6=6 5

3

|| The solutions are 52 and —2.

* Write the solutions.

Check your understanding 1 Solve:

2x? — 50 = 0

| SOLUTION

See page S-6.

—5 and 5

26

Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials

The example on the previous page illustrates the steps involved in solving a quadratic equation by factoring.

Steps in Solving a Quadratic Equation by Factoring . Write the equation in standard form. . Factor the polynomial. . Set each factor equal to zero. . Solve each equation for the variable. . Check the solutions.

| Focus on solving a quadratic equation by factoring Solve:

(x — 3)(x — 10) = —10

SOLUTION (x -

x —

3)(x aT 10) =

—10

¢ This is a quadratic equation. The Principle of Zero Products cannot be used unless 0 is on one side of the equation

13x + 30 =

-10

* Multiply

ae Sx

(x = | fo —

On)

8) (x =

13 =)

5) =

0

* Factor

65.0)

x=8

(« — 3)(x — 10)

¢ Write the equation in standard form



¢ Set each factor equal to zero.

x=5

* Solve each equation for x

Che solutions are 8 and 5.

Write the solutions

Check your understanding 2 Solve: (x + 2)(x — 7) = 52 LSOLUTION

See page S-6.

6 and 11

Objective 11.5A Practice

For Exercises | to 5, solve by factoring. .

(z + 8)(z —

9) =

~2+2-72=0

2a? 9a-5=0

0

-§ and 9

—9and8

—~ands

. (x + 8)(x — 3) = -30 —2and -3 .x(x-1)=x+15

NY WwW ak

—3and5

Solutions on p. S-11.

Solve application problems

Objective 11.5B

~ Focus on solving an application

|A

into a well with an initial velocity of 8 ft/s. The | Howstonemanyis thrown seconds later will the stone hit the bottom of the well? d = vt + 16f, where d is the distance || and ¢ is the time in seconds.

well is 440 ft deep.

Use the equation

in feet, v is the initial velocity in feet per second,

Section 11.5 ¢ Solving Equations

27

STRATEGY

To find the time for the stone to drop to the bottom of the well, replace the variables d and v by their given values and solve for tf. | SOLUTION

|

d=vt+ 16f 440 = 8t + 16°

|

* Replaced with 440 and v with 8

0) = Wa? 42 Bp = Ay)

* Write the equation in standard form

0 = 82P +t — 55)

* Factor out the common

0=2f

* Divide each side of the equation by 8

+1-—55

0 = (2t + 11)(t — 5)

| 2t+

11 =0

2t= |

| |

¢ Factor the trinomial

ta

—-11

factor of 8

= 0

* Set each factor equal to zero

t=

* Solve each equation for 1

ool

Farin: .

:

Because time cannot be a negative number,

OE

4

— > is not a solution.

The time is 5 s.

Check your understanding 3 | The length of a rectangle is 3 m more than twice the width. | The area of the rectangle is 90 m?. Find the length and | width of the rectangle.

| | SOLUTION

See page S-6.

2W +3

Length: 15 m; width: 6m

i

Objective 11.5B Practice

1. The length of a rectangle is 2 ft more than twice the width. The area is 144 ft’. Find the length and width of the rectangle. Length: 18 ft; width: 8 ft 2. The height of a triangle is 4 m more than twice the length of the base. The area of the triangle is 35 m?. Find the base and height of the triangle. Base: 5 m: height: 14 m 3. The height h, in feet, of a ball above the ground f seconds after being thrown upward with a velocity of 48 ft/s is given by h = —16f + 48¢ + 3. After how many seconds will the ball be 35 ft above the ground?

Solutions on pp. S-11-S-12.

After 1 s (on the way up) and after 2 s (on the

way down)

urived wo >

T

4

oy

ey or) only a.

Solutions to Module 11

SOLUTIONS TO MODULE

11

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 11.1

Check your understanding 1 AxSyi= DDR y

1Sxtyo

973

¢ Factor each monomial

3

ye

GCF = 2+x?-y = 2x’y

¢

The common

variable factors are

x and y

The GCF of 4x°y and 18x7y® is 2x’y. Check your understanding 2

a. 14a? =2-7-a° Mab

* Find the GCF of the terms

=3+7-ab

The GCF is 7a’.

14a?

21a"

Ta’

Ta’

¢ Divide each term by the GCF

14a? — 21a*h = 7a*(2) + 7a?(—3a’b)

¢ Write each term as a product

= 7a’(2 — 3a*b) ¢ Find the GCF of the terms

12x°y* os =

Se

The GCF is 3x’y”. 6x4? Po

Save

, —9xy? oh,

Save

6x*y? es 9x3)? a

= 3x yx)

DON:

12x’) ae

385

* Divide each term by the GCF

ep

Shave

12x7y*

3x y= 3x) + 3xy?(4y’)

¢ Write each term as a product

= 3x’y’(2x? — 3x + 4y’)

Check your understanding 3 a(b — 7) + b(b — 7) = (b= Mat)

¢

The common

binomial

factor is b

Check your understanding 4 3y(5x — 2) — 4(2 — 5x) = 3y(5x — 2) + 4(5x — 2)

* Rewrite 2

5x as

(5x

2)

= (5x — 2)(y + 4) Check your understanding 5

a. yi — = = = b.

oy Ay = 20 (y° — Sy’)+ 4’ — 20) y(y’ — 5) + 4(y’ — 5) (9°— 5)(y? + 4)

* Group the terms

¢ Factor the GCE from each group. ¢ Factor out the common

binomial factor.

2y? — 2y? - 3y +3

=

ini

eal yen =a)

¢ Group the terms.

= 2y’*(y -— 1) - 30 - 1)

¢ Factor the GCF from each group.

Sy

¢ Factor out the common

= 8)

binomial factor.

i

S-1

S-2

Solutions to Module 11

Section 11.2

Check your understanding 1 « The factors must both be negative.

vr? -—8&+15=

(x =

3)(x —

5)

¢ Write the factors.

Check your understanding 2 r ¢ The factors must be of opposite signs.


40 = A) Like se

y + y—

2

20 ak

4y = 21

3. Multiply:= pated =.2g a clevara eer 4. Multipl Multiply: ply

=

sli 28 xe Se 4

ee

10

x +2 =

Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.

Objective 12.1C

Divide rational expressions The reciprocal of a fraction is the fraction with the numerator and denominator interchanged. b a

b ‘ Fraction

a

5 aa Gade! YG

a a

|

ee Reciprocal x

ant 32

To divide two fractions, multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the divisor.

.¢ _a@d_ad

“d be be

EXAMPLES ee yoe a

2,2

+4 KG

2) G

y

y= 2

4

Section 12.1

¢ Multiplication and Division of Rational Expressions

| Focus on dividing rational expressions Divide.

er i

eo en= OXY a.

=

a

.

eC

2x + 5x 2.

3x eeeeioea

2x” 3x =")

Dele

SOLUTION .

xy? — 3x’y 4 6x° — 2xy 5)

os

5

z

xy” — 3x’y

=

= ie

z

oar Ox

Zz =

255)

¢ Rewrite division as multiplication by the reciprocal

=

x y(p=3x7-

2?

¢ Multiply the numerators.

z+ 2xBx—yy

|

the denominators. common factors

1

V2

¢ Write the answer in simplest form

+

+

5x+2

3x7 + 13x +4

“2x7 4+3x-2

2° +7x-4

JOB Ee

Desi

Se

* Rewrite division as multiplication by the reciprocal

22 +3x—-2 324+ 13x +4

|

(x4 x+y: Oe De +4

~ Ox Gx + 4 2x +

¢ Factor the numerator and denominator of each fraction. Multiply the numerators. Multiply the denominators, Divide by the common factors

1 ¢ Write the answer in simplest form

3x t |

Check your understanding 4

| Divide. a.

a

a

:

p, et 26x + 16 —— , 2x + 9x = 5 .

4bc? — 2b’c ~~ 6 be — -3b"

|

| SOLUTION

3x? — 7x — 6

See pages S-I-S-2.

a.

se

3¢ yA 6

9 34

1 Divide

== 16a*b-

Oy ADR

Agee

3. Divide:

45

dre)

14a'b

ae {él

= | LX

Abye = 30)

ae! Or

2?—y—56 iF

~~ ae Gy

ae I

6n?° + 13n+6

4 Divide

Aba = &

Solutions on p. S-8.

7 reas}

40xb

(bese 9 = 20).

d3

y— 13y + 40

eet Va Ve 6n? ee Ab

+n-2 = ||

RSP

8

Objective 12.1C Practice

es

Multiply

Divide by the

2 poe 2n— 3

Dee =

15)

7

8

Module 12 © Rational Expressions

Addition aand Subtraction ofRational Expressions — Object:v2 12.2A

Express two fractions in terms of a common denominator The least common multiple (LCM) of two or more numbers is the smallest number that contains the prime factorization of each number. The LCM of 12 and 18 is 36. 36 contains the prime factors of 12 and the prime factors of 18.

IPA at PRO PAE 8) IIfe} =s Ae She 3} Factors of 12 aN

LCM = 36> 2-2-3°3 SS)

Factors of 18

The least common multiple of two or more polynomials is the simplest polynomial that contains the factors of each polynomial.

| Find the LCM of 4xy and 6xy’. 4x’y ==! YG PROG

TAF

EOSy

¢ Factor each monomial.

1 LCM 2223syay =

|2xy

* Write the product of the LCM of the numerical coefficients and each variable factor the greatest number of times it occurs in any one factorization

| Find the LCM of 4x? + 4x and x? + 2x + 1.

Take Note » The LCM must contain the

14x?

factors of each polynomial. As shown with braces at the right,

+40 = ax

1) = 252 xa

r+2xt+1=@+

the LCM contains the factors

1)

1@+1)

Factors of 4x? + 4x

of 4x? + 4x and the factors of ot On,

| LCM

aaSef.teOoOoF

= 2:2-x(x + 1) + 1) :

, Es

* The LCM of 4x° + 4x and x° + 2x + 1 is the product of the LCM of the numerical coefficients and each variable factor the greatest number of times it occurs in any one factorization.

Factors of x + 2x + |

= 4x(x + I(x + 1) | Focus on finding the LCM of two polynomials |

Find the LCM of x2 — x — 6 and 9 — 2’.

| SOLUTION ~C=7—6=

(x =

3)(x =r 2)

9=7 == —9)==G LCM

=

& —

¢ Factor each polynomial

+ 3)G—3)

3)(x + 2)(x + 3)

« The LCM isthe productof each factor the greatest number

factorization.

of times

it occurs

in any one

Section 12.2 © Addition and Subtraction of Rational Expressions

9

| Check your understanding 1 "Find theLCMofm?— 6m + 9 andm?~ 2m ~3. _SOLUTION

See page S22;

(mn

3) (m1 —

3)(m

+

1)

When adding and subtracting fractions, it is often necessary to express two or more fractions in terms of a common denominator. We can use as a common denominator the LCM of the denominators of the fractions. Expressing fractions in terms of the LCM of their denominators is referred to as writing the fractions in terms of the LCD (least common denominator). + 1

Write the fractions * The LCD

is 12x74

Ix+1_x+1 4x°

Take Note >

=

3(x =

ay

17 a

.

eae

es

rewrite each fraction in terms

of the LCD before adding. The

LCD is 12. Qinlen

eS

3; onleber wArnelany

se

rome lB

* Find the LCD

* For each fraction, multiply both the numerator and denominator

2)

by the factors whose product with the denominator

6

2( %

)

NAT

ZS)

te

6x7 — 12x

pews

PA

34-2)

4x?

32

Recall that to add 2 + a we

=

25 6x7 =— 12: - in terms of the LCD.

and

4x?

:

5

so we are not

jes}

is the

changing the value of either fraction

aye

:

6x(x — 2) 2x

Dae

caer

12

12x*(x 2.

: — 22)

_Focus on writing two fractions in terms of the LCD ienkaa, 3x7

Write the fractions

SOLUTION

and * = in terms of the LCD.

The LCD is 24x’y.

Die) elle ate ee Vis ON =

3x2

=


"

in terms of the LCD.

SOLUTION

2x — 1 Ree

=

2x - 1 =

The.LC Das sero CSU

eeaael

2x — x

2

amy

6k

store

5

* Rewrite 7

eet). ese

E

x(x — 2) x +3

oy pe

2x - 1

=(2 :* 2x) =

x x (x — 2) + 3) te

ERT

LCD

| and = = |. We are multiplying each fraction by |

Sh eat

x(x — 2)(x + 3)

r x(x — 2)(x + 3)

2 With a denominatorof x" —

2x.

10

Module 12 © Rational Expressions

| Check your understanding 3 c _ Write the fractions 3 2i4 cea

| SOLUTION

and 2

Diets

ex

See page S-2.

95 in terms of the LCD.

+20

Ker Ax

(x+ (x — 5) +5)’ + DA—S+5)

Objective 12.2A Practice

1 . Find the LCM of 12a*b and 18ab>.

36a°b’

2 . Find the LGMiofix—

@=

1andx—

25)

1)(« — 2)

3. Find the LCM of x? — 2x — 24 andx* — 36. 4

oY

(x — 6)(x + 6)(x + 4)

;

:

. Write = and 5 in terms of the LCD of the fractions. 6x

XY

5. Write 7,74 6. Write

12.2B

iSoesy

and > * { in terms of the LCD of the fractions.

77 =

and a 2x 9 in terms of the LCD of the fractions. See

Solutions on pp. S-S-S-9.

Objective

14x

Oye

5

a)

15y

Pee

airs

o)'

2x? — Ax

eae

8G

= 9)

Add and subtract rational expressions When adding rational expressions with the same denominator, add the numerators. The denominator of the sum is the common denominator. The sum is written in simplest form. When subtracting rational expressions with the same denominators, subtract the numerators. The denominator of the difference is the common denominator. Write the answer in simplest form.

Adding and Subtracting Rational Expressions To add or subtract rational expressions with the same denominator, add or subtract the numerators. The denominator of the sum or difference is the common denominator. Write the answer in simplest form.

EXAMPLES ort ah

ile}

Ales!

a

c

b

b

Gh ar

b

Bel

a

18

Take Note > Be careful with signs when subtracting rational expressions. In example (4) at the right, note that we must subtract the entire numerator 2x + 3.

(Ge = i) = (ect 3) = p=

lh = De= 3

gS vr? —-5x+4

Section 12.2 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Rational Expressions

11

Before two fractions with different denominators can be added or subtracted, each fraction

must be expressed in terms of a common denominator. In this text, we express each fraction in terms of the LCD, which is the LCM of the denominators.

2 ade Sh

| Add: i2

Take Note >

x —-2x

=

This objective requires use of the skills learned in the objective on writing two fractions in terms of the LCD and the objective on adding and subtracting rational expressions with the same denominator.

= x(x =

2A

Fee

6

xr-4 2)

Theil CD is 1G Le =

42)

x A

Ss

Bae 2)

5 =

Base

6

+

x +2

37 =

i x

Se

:

x(x i

=

2

6 2s

=

¢ Find the LCD

2)

eer.)

(x iz 2)(x si 2)

6

6x

HES

aie

:

* Write each

oe

:

fraction in terms of the

Multiply the first fraction by

LCD

> and the

second fraction by

@)

1

¢ Add the fractions

x(x — 2)(x + 2) x + 5x — 6

x(x — 2)(x + 2) (x + 6)(x — =

1)

5) Xx (x

at

=

2) (x

¢ Factor the numerator to determine whether

Ap 2)

there are common

factors

in the numerator

denominator

Focus on adding or subtracting rational expressions |

4 3 a. Be Se ar au se Seg aby

Add or subtract.

De

3 5x

| SOLUTION |

Asethe EEDaselo y —

x

4

3

Sie

4x

uA +

* Find the LCD

y =

y :

12

4y

4

3x

4

y .

aml)

+

lay _ l6y | 9y

(Whe Dy

a

y

Ie —

lov

»

12x

3y

3

Aye

3)

y :

has a denominatorof 12x

Nye +

2

Sy

=

* Rewrite each fraction so that it



¢ Add and subtract the fractions.

* Simplify the numerator.

12x

b. The LCD is 5x. ie

3

Sy

=

x

a

3

ee

5x

* Write x as ' and multiply it by 5x"

¢ Subtract the fractions.

and

12

Module 12 © Rational Expressions

| Check your understanding 4

|

ae

| Add or subtract, | |

| SOLUTION

a, — — —~ + ~~ 8y 3y 4y

bevy + ae y-7

z

See page S-2.

a5,

i

y>—

ee

Ty +5

SLE :

24)

y-

_ Focus on adding or subtracting rational expressions |

|

D}

| Add or subtract. |

a.

die

a ee Diy = 8g

: Sl

Som) cae je = BS Bo

: A i a

| SOLUTION

| a. The LCD is (2x — 3)(x + 1). 2x

1

|

2x

=

|

De =

xt

=

3

heap

De

Me

9

By I

Teak

|

Sear

i

+ 2x

* Rewrite each fraction so

2he I~

(2x — 3)(e +1)

|

2253=3

3

II

=

3}

that it has adenominator

3

One

(2x* + 2x) — (2x — 3) C23) a1)

=

Ay ers

Ye

=

We

nike) * Simplify the numerator

2), 3

=

AX

(x a

|

|

=

3

air

A) (x ar 2) yt 3

(x—4)(*+2)

SiG

2) ¢« Rewrite each

=x = 4) St e (x ale 2) —3(x de 2)

fraction so that it has a

(x -4)(«+ 2)

denominator of

(x + 3) + (—3)(@ + 2)

|

Ge= 4)(r + 2)

=

fractions.

ivi

|

~ (x — 4)(@ + 2)

¢ Simplify the

numerator.

S|

Check your understanding 5 b

4x

afeamait

a.

oe

9

et)

b

Eerie

osoe Bee S35

ee

pig = || oe .

x

ie

2965

Ges

B55 —4b

2. Add:

xO

sear Jl

ie

2 —5x—-—12

3. Subtract:

Syl, ae

Be ||

ae 0 30 ae 2

|

2x*-5x—12 Beta

See

6y

Oxy

. Subtract: ee ssa ais

y= Dorey.

x-4

on arene Oy 18xy?

Faeroe

ae

2 ay

+ (x + 5)(x — 5)

ea

Objective 12.2B Practice

1. Subtact |=: 10.

the

i 5P 3) = Be = ©

|

or subtract.

(x — 4)(x + 2)

e Add

(x = 4) (x af 2)

Add

Mh)

* Subtract the fractions

(2x — 3)(« + 1)

Ib. The LCD is Ge = 4)Ga eer) sh 3

— 3) (ieee

(2x-3)@+4+ 1)

Oy -

Section 12.3 « Complex Fractions

5. Subtract:

5x

2

xet+2x-8

x«+4

a+2

6. Add: a

2

35

grea) a

+

A

(x +4)0-2)

3

+a-2

13

at+6

2a



3

ai

ae

eiPan = IN)

Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.

SECTION

1 2.3 Objective

Complex Fractions

12.3A

Simplify complex fractions A complex fraction is a fraction whose

; numerator or denominator contains one or more fractions. Examples of complex fractions are shown at the right.

3

:

+-o

1° a,

2)

| ,

ee+

ai > eh ae x+4

Jae = x

4

Ree

;

Simplify; ———

1+-XxA Aes

' The LCD

of a AnGie— 1S kee x x

4 j Np

1+

a x

* Find the

LCD of the fractions in the numerator

and denominator

4 |e -

—-

=) x

x

D

i

1+

)

¢ Multiply the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction by the LCD. We are multiplying the complex fraction by

x

x

. Which equals 1, so we are not changing the value of the fraction

4, Ihe iS

=

coy X

PARAS

Me [Lose

qe =o

Xx

re

;

4

¢ Use the Distributive Property to multiply (WPrmes res

;

A

\

and

(Ta).

x

aged x + 2x ¢ Simplify

The method shown above of simplifying a complex fraction by multiplying the numerator and denominator by the LCD is used in the “Focus on” example that follows. However, a different approach is to rewrite the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction as single fractions and then divide the numerator by the denominator. The example shown above is simplified on the next page using this alternative method.

14

Module 12 © Rational Expressions

4 a

=

i TA2 Pe

2

x2

x — 4 e

1: Z ate 2

Z x

x

x

5

¢ Rewrite the numerator and denominator of

=

=

a

1+

4

x

2

x

x

the complex fraction as single fractions.

2

xt a

;

eae

x

x

x

Recall that the fraction bar can be read “divided by.” Divide the numerator of the complex fraction by the denominator. Rewrite

x+2

division as multiplication by the reciprocal

m8 (x a 2)

¢ Multiply the fractions. Factor the numerator,

vx re 2)

eS

Se

* Simplify.

Xx

Note that this is the same result as before.

| Focus on simplifying a complex fraction

|

tip

|

BG

2,

x

4

Simpy,

es ———=

ees

julilyah

15

x

x

yo aS

29108930 a

sg

SOLUTION

a. The LCM of the denominators, x, 2, x*, and 4, is 4x’.

| || |

|

1 5 ae

alee

ae ee ie 1

1

1

|

|

|

* Multiply the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction by 44~

Ae

|

|

ar W450

1

—-4? =

+ > 4x?

is

¢ Use the Distributive Property.

1 1 = +4 — —-4¢ Ge =

Tar

2x

4— x a ee

(2 a x) (2-+xy =

¢ Factor the numerator and denominator. Divide by the

common factors « Write the answer in simplest form

Section 12.3 ¢ Complex Fractions

b. The LCM of the denominators, x and x’, is x’ Py

ia 11 x

Als)

7h,

te =. ie

30

Sica

]

x”

Jk

ara) BO

tp

Xx

Jb

ey

2a ey

Xe

ee

eer

He openness

= ade: «2 1

/|

ln

pms Wo eee

|

|

2590

=

>ale

* Use the Distributive Property

BON Mane eae 2

x — 2x —

|

* Multiply the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction by x°

Ix

15

30 * Factor the numerator and denominator

(x =

|

ae

1 ==

6)

Divide by the common factors

* Write the answer in simplest form

10:

| Check your understanding 1

|

hai

|

3 Sia

|

x

| Simplify. ee

a.

|

i ied ONE

|

| SOLUTION

ee

A

e8 Ke

———— = pean

>

a

ie

See pages S-3-S-4.

a.

_

Objective 12.3A Practice

1. Simplify:

2. Simplify: —————_

——

3. Simplify:

4. Simplify:

ais

x

Gee is Sfa= a 1

Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.

3 X

:

aex

a +

=7

15

16

Module 12 © Rational Expressions

Equations Containing Fractions Oblec

= 12.44

Solve equations containing fractions Recall that to clear denominators, we multiply each side of an equation by the LCD. The result is an equation that contains no fractions. In this section, the fractions in the equations contain variables in the denominators. =

Solve:

2

id

1h

==

Sx

FOX

The LCD of the fractions is 12x. Take Note »

Shae

Note that we are now

solving

equations, not operating

on

expressions. We are not

writing

LCD

-

SOX jl

y

12x (=

each fraction in term the LCD; we are multiplying both sides of the equation by

eee: seals

4x eee =

3x PB

rf

Ax

(2)

3x D

1

a

Ti

at =) =

4x

the

* Find the LCD

a)

ee

3x

rd

(ee |

4x

ii

36x = 1)

* Multiply each side of the equation by the LCD.

6x a

Niobe

1

6x

¢ Simplify by using the Distributive Property

\6x

#40) = 20)

She == 3) se 3 = Il

* Solve for x.

9x +5 = 14 9x = 9 x=

1

1 checks as a solution. The solution is 1.

| Focus on solving an equation containing fractions 4° a x | Solve: === Gans |

i

ae

| SOLUTION

|

ns

|

=

bales

4

2

a

||

a

.

¢ The LCD of the fractions is 2x.

te!

x

Deg

| 2x

a.

2

oes

a =

Dy

2h

=

* Multiply each side of the equation by 2x.

2) eel

lie |

$= 27 = 75

| |

|

* This is a quadratic equation.

0=x+7x-8 0=

x+8=0

(x a6 8) (x a

Ba

¢ Write the quadratic equation in standard form. 1)

=

| x= —8 x=1 | Both —8 and | check as solutions. | The solutions are —8 and 1.

¢ Solve by factoring.

Section 12.4 e Equations Containing Fractions

17

Check your understanding 1

1 4— Solve: Olve: xx + 3= = 3x SOLUTION

4

See page S-4.

3

and |

Occasionally, a value of a variable in a fractional equation makes one of the denominators

zero. In this case, that value of the variable is not a solution of the equation. Solve:

=1+

= 2)

i = 2)

| The LCDas x — 2. DK

* Find the LCD. 4

=l|+

2)

y=

2

Dx (x =

2)

4

=D

=

("=

2)

=

(x Se)

I 45

* Multiply each side of the equation by

=D)

the LCD.

2x (x =

2)

4

=)

ll saps

2) s

meee

* Simplify by using the Distributive Kea

yp =a ye =

Property

PP ae al

¢ Solve for x.

Die =e x=2

When x is replaced by 2, the denominators of ae ae 5 and _ not a solution of the equation.

= 5 are zero. Therefore, 2 is

| The equation has no solution.

| Focus on trying to solve an equation with no solution Solve:

iis

= 5) Ger

Sor A

1 ee A

| SOLUTION

|

3x se = Al

e

= 2))\c

Sie

= 5)or

12

¢ The

= (Ge = 4) 5 4-

eee

.

(

3x — oy — 20 B56 = De — ae

She =

4 does not check as a solution.

The equation has no solution.

Check your understanding 2

SOLUTION

ye +2 ~

BRE

LO x+2

See page S-4.

* Multiply each side of the equation by x — 4

¢ Use the Distributive Property on the right-hand side of the equation. ° Solve for x

=

x=4

Solve:

4.

12

=|

3x = (x — 4)5 + 12

|

LCD of the fractions is x

ip al

No solution

18

Module 12 » Rational Expressions Objective 12.4A Practice 1. Solve.

t eee

2. Solve:

4 ie +S ae = al

3. Solve: 2 + 4. Solve:

—3

MG

1 a

=

2

5. Solve: 2 =

Ye

3 3)

= =

= z eee,

Z

RVs

an 3p = a

5

a

No solution

@=3 2

ae if

a

Solutions on pp. S-11—S-12.

Gbiective 12.4B

Solve problems involving similar triangles Similar objects have the same shape but not necessarily the same size. A tennis ball is similar to a basketball. A model ship is similar to an actual ship. Similar objects have corresponding parts; for example, the rudder on the model ship corresponds to the rudder on the actual ship. The relationship between the sizes of the corresponding parts can be written as a ratio, and each ratio will be the same. If the rudder on the model ship is “00 the size of the rudder on the actual ship, then the model wheelhouse is 1 the size of the actual wheelhouse, the width of the model is ia the width

of the actual ship, and so on. The two triangles ABC and DEF shown at the right are similar triangles. Side AB correspondsto DE,

F A

side BC corresponds to EF, and side AC

5

j ZEN,

corresponds to DF. The


.

Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY * This is an inverse variation. To find the value of k, write the general inverse variation equation, replace the variables by the given values, and solve for k. ¢ Write the specific inverse variation equation, replacing k by its value. Substitute 4 for m and

solve for h. SOLUTION

k

——

¢ Use the general form of an inverse variation equation

m

9=

k

=

5

45 =k

* Replace / by 9 and m by 5 * Solve for k by multiplying both sides by 5

45

h=—

:

* Write the specific inverse variation equation by substituting 45 for k

m

i

45 4

* Replace m with 4 to find h when mz is 4

h = 11.25 It takes 11.25 h for four assembly machines to complete the daily quota.

Section 12.6

Check your understanding 1

STRATEGY * Time for one printer to complete the job: t

Ist printer

2nd printer

1

¢ The sum of the parts of the task completed must equal 1.

Solutions to Module 12

S-7

SOLUTION

Sees)

Se t

t

Sapa

tt—-+—-]=t-l t

¢ Multiply each side by r, the

t

345.

=

LCD.

¢ Distributive Property

8=t

Working alone, one printer takes 8 h to print the payroll.

Check your understanding 2 STRATEGY

¢ Rate sailing across the lake: r Rate sailing back: 2r

ee =

Across

a

=

e

¢ The total time for the trip was 3 h. SOLUTION

Ona (au Wap C6 Ors | =r2r3) iP Ap 6 6 2 OF; r oi Sane

12+

¢ The time spent sailing across plus the time spent sailing back equals 3 h

* Multiply each side by 27

¢ Distributive Property

6=6r

* Solve for)

13)— 67 =r

The rate across the lake was 3 km/h.

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 12.1A

1

16x’) Any

,

2k 3y

x + 8x + 16

Geta) Gan

aoa 4

72x — 24

(4 —6)@ +4)

4-6

pee ete ag es 2 ee ee ee yoy 100 5) a ey att Lys A

2n? —9n +4

Cre

“ 2n—5n-12

Objective 12.1B

1

4 Wry Tab I

2 tab Oxy" 3

as

ree

oni

(2n+3)(n-—4)

2n+3

ag

7 3a

he

bP ey

a Sabxy"

PHE

S-8

Solutions to Module 12

30

On

" 5x-20

ihe mel oie),

eee

ve Wa—4y

2

27x-54 5 -—t Yar 99 1

1

9

1

1

1

i

1

]

|

i

yty—20 yt+4y-21_ G+5)—4) 9+ 7G—3) | YT RY tee 8 GSO 8) Gay 4 = 1 1

x — 1ixt+28 °4+7x%+4+ 10

” ¢ = 135» OO

1

O-Na—4y

1

(e+5)(x + 2)

ee EG =I16) 4—xj(S-+a 1

_xt2

B= 6 lens

Gaoaal

Ox yt — sedan: as 9x y* Ha’

Objective 12.1C

l6a*h?> ~ 14a’b_

MBsa* Si

28x t 14

dager

45x’ 2

Sexi

28x 14 307 — 20

” A5x = 30° 30x22 20 = 45x02 30° -14e 7 ?)

1

_ HQx+t]

2

1

WBx—2}

é

yO

ye

"y~+8y+7

1

eNO

ee ad Oy ty

y-4y-5

y+ 8yt+7 y— 13y + 40

_ OBL

IH)

= 1

6? + 13n +6

6n? +n-—2 6n?+13n+6

at 20)

|

ee

ee

4n’?-1

Ome Gr

_ Ga 230043) Ont} Qn+1) (2n — 3)Qa+3) Gat 2)Qn—t} _eieee!

Up = 3

Objective 12.2A

12ath = 2 3a-b [8ah° = 32a: LCM = 2?- 32a’b° = 36a’b? .

¥-

x=

2G 1&2)

LCM

= @ =

1I)@ = 2)

~e-xe-24=(% - Oe + 4) x — 36 = (&« — 6)(« + 6) LCM

= (x — 6)(x + 6)(x + 4)

Solutions to Module 12

4. LCD = 18x7y

Sy a Loy.

62

18x2y

4

14x

Oxy 18x°y LCD = (2x — 1)(x + 4) or

Bele: + 4)

e+

Retest)

4

Ot— 1)G+4)

lee

(ee (esl)

x+4

(+ 4)(2x -

Dx

1)

(2x —

1)(x + 4)

LCD = (« + 3)(% — 3)(« — 2)

x xrtx-6

;..

x(x — 3) (+ 3) —- 3)

-2)

x — 3x

~ ( + 3)(x — 3) — 2) 2 ts ey 2x(x — 2) xr -9 (x + 3)(x — 3) — 2) 2x? — 4x

(x + 3)(x — 3)(@ — 2)

Objective 12.2B

1.

Ox

3S 3x

Pat)

4

Gra

See

x+1

aj=Sse¢

x

10

x

x+2

MOR Se

Be= il

Ue

xe = 5x — 12

10

ie Nisin Chee

x SHS, = 10 2x +3

(2x + 3)(x — 4)

1 =

Bhs 6y"

ie) Oxy

Sieh)

ey ar 5)

18xy" Re Oise

4

18xy" ys

10y

18xy"

6x es

3 ee

6x(2x + 3) (x + 5)(2x +3)

300s 5) (x + 5)(2x + 3)

12x + 18x — 3x — 15 (x + 5)(2x + 3)

1 ae

aslo

(x + 5)(2x + 3)

Lea) (x + 5)(2x + 3)

S-9

S-10

Solutions to Module 12

5

Se

2

" P+2r—8

7

She

x PA

a

D)

(x+4)(x-2)

=

x3x+4

5x

2 = 2)

= (x+4)~%-2)

Dee

(@&+4)@-2)

teats +

~ & +4)— 2) ape ap a!

~ &+ 4G —2) aoe 2

3

“@t+a-2

Oa

OD

3

G1) =

1

a

a-1 "

a + 3a — 1) 3

(a+ 3)(a- 1) aie 8

Tease

3

G+3G—1

GaP 3 ae 3

~ (a+ 3)(a— 1) at+6

~ @+ 3-1)

jective aan, 22h. {20a |ae ee

ie

1

Sas aes

Ape

ee

rar. 2x(x + 4)

Dx:

~@-4a+4) x-4

Eee >,

eee

e+ ie

_

Sear

3

pe

59 ar 5

eo an 2)

3

year 5

ate)

bi

DS

sag

I(x + 5) —

St

+ 5)

S08 25

x

5¢ aS) = 3}

5p ae 2

Solutions to Module 12

2x? + 5x — 12

(2x — 3)(x + 4)

KeanAt

4x? — 4x — 3

(2x -3)(Qx+1)

2x41

a+4+ (Get Oleta

a a

ala - 2) + 6a - 2) +—

i

Objective 12.4A

1.

= Mel ae (oa) = WB se 15)

Gd ow AG 33) a)

ee

@+4at+3

atl

1--=4

x—-9=4% —9 = 3x —3=x The solution checks.

4x + 5(x — 4) = 5x ase ap Se = 20) = She he — PX0) = Spe 4x = 20 x=5

The solution checks.

(a+3)\a+1)

S-11

§-12

Solutions to Module 12

3

7)a

ee ee

p= 3

3

(@-3(24

)=@-a

Ol

Y=

Ge =

= ) 3

ae 8} == (0)

2a-3=a Be

SW

a=3 The solution does not check. The equation has no solution.

16

4.

Sie Pa 16

8 =— ON

x(x — 2) Sa)

8 =

16x = 8x — 16 8x = —16 x=-2

1-2(8) 6-951) 8y — 16 = 2y + y’ — 2y

0=y' — 8y + 16

= y—-4=0

y=4 The solution checks.

Objective 12.4B

1, 40 = 42 DF DE AC 4 15 eo. 9AC =

15(4)

9AC = 60 AC ~ 6.7 cm

2, jal HSFE h5

Tan

12h = 5(7) 2p

= 35)

h =~ 2.9m

4)

Solutions to Module 12

DiI 3.

AC

Er

A

BC

DEES,

SiG 6DF = 9(5) 6DF = 45 DF = 7.5 ft Perimeter = 6 + 9 + 7.5 = 22.5 ft

oad H hk

DE 12

12a Oris 18h = 12(12) 18h = 144 h=8m

=

A=

Fie

L= 7 (12)(8) = 48 im 1

Objective 12.5A

1.

P=kR 20) =4h15) 20 k=—=4 5 P=kR

P = 4(6) P= 2.

24

M=kP 15 = k(30) 15 espns

I

M = kP M =0.5P M = 0.5(20) M = 10 3.

paw Ww

wee3 96 =k We

Sige ES

cca el

alpen

2

S-13

S-14

Solutions to Module 12

4.

[=kvV 4 = k(100) 4 b= Sa 100 0.04 IT=kV I= 0.04V I = 0.04(75) I = 3 amperes

5

ja" R k 0.25 =— 8 2=k

ee I

ie

eS Objective 12.6A

TR

R

een 12 ~ 1-6 ohms

1. Time for Doug’s son to reroof the house: x

if

Doug

2 2

ei mes

x=12

It will take Doug’s son 12 days, working alone, to reroof the house. 2. Time for the old machine to make the cans: x :

:

5

Time for the new machine to make the cans: 3

Solutions to Module 12 Pp i x x ie & {7 +2) = x00 a8 BX 27+9=x x = 36 me = 3

i

RS

I)

3

The new machine, working alone, will do the job in 12 h.

Objective 12.6B

1. Rate of the prop plane: r Rate of the jet: 4r

plane

450

300

r

fe

ee

450 300 pecs tence EC r

ip

450 + 300 = 5r 750 = Sr

r = 150 4r = 600

The rate of the jet is 600 mph. 2. The unknown distance: d

d d 140 ' 110 d d is40— =) = (1540 g an a)= Coy) lid + 14d = 3080 25d = 3080 Se

+

——



= 123.2 The pilot can fly 123.2 mi north and return within 2 h.

S-15

MODULE

3

Rational Exponents and Radicals

SECTION 13.1

Introduction to Radical Expressions

Objective 13.1A

Simplify numerical radical expressions

Objective 13.1B

Simplify variable radical expressions

SECTION 13.2 Objective 13.2A

SECTION 13.3

Addition and Subtraction of Radical Expressions Add and subtract radical expressions

Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions

Objective 13.3A

Multiply radical expressions

Objective 13.3B

Divide radical expressions

SECTION 13.4

Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions

Objective 13.4A

Solve equations containing one or more radical expressions

Objective 13.4B

Solve application problems

SECTION 13.5

Rational Exponents and Radical Expressions

Objective 13.5A

Simplify expressions with rational exponents

Objective 13.5B

Write exponential expressions as radical expressions and radical expressions as exponential expressions

Objective 13.5C

Simplify radical expressions that are roots of perfect powers

2

Module 13 ® Rational Exponents and Radicals

Introduction to Radical Expressions Obieuitve 13.1A

Simplify numerical radical expressions A square root of a positive number x is a number whose square is x.

A square root of 16 is 4 because 47 = 16. A square root of 16 is —4 because (—4)* = 16. Every positive number has two square roots, one a positive number and one a negative number. The symbol V__, called a radical sign, is used to indicate the positive or principal square root of a number. For example, 16 = 4 and \/25 = 5. The number or variable expression under the radical sign is called the radicand. When the negative square root of a number is to be found, a negative sign is placed in front

of the radical. For example,

—\/16 = —4 and —\/25 = —S.

The square of an integer is a perfect square. 49, 81, and 144 are examples of perfect squares.

7? =1A9 Oe = 8]

12? = 144 The principal square root of a perfect-square integer is a positive integer.

V49 = 7

Val = 9

V144 = 12 The chart below shows square roots of some perfect squares.

Square Roots of Perfect Squares

1/100 = 10 Vim TAA = 12

Take Note >

If an integer is not a perfect square, its square root can only be approximated. For example, 2 and 7 are not perfect squares. Thus their square roots can only be approximated. These

Recall that a factor of a number

numbers are irrational numbers. Their decimal representations never terminate or repeat.

divides the number evenly. For example, 6 is a factor of 18, and 9 is also a factor of 18. Note that 9 is a perfect-square factor of 18, whereas 6 is not a perfect-

square factor of 18.

\/)= NAGI 5 ee

VT = D6A5 7513

ee

The approximate square roots of numbers that are not perfect squares can be found using a calculator. The square roots can be rounded to any given place value. Radical expressions that contain radicands that are not perfect squares are generally writ-

ten in simplest form. A radical expression is in simplest form when the radicand contains enn tet ; no factor greater than | that is a perfect square. For example, \ 50 is not in simplest form because 25 is a perfect-square factor of 50. The radical expression V15 is in simplest form

because there is no perfect-square factor of 15 that is greater than 1.

Section 13.1

¢ Introduction to Radical Expressions

5

In order to avoid variable expressions that do not represent real numbers, and so that absolute value signs are not needed for certain expressions, the variables in this module

will represent positive numbers unless otherwise stated. A variable or a product of variables written in exponential form is a perfect square when each exponent is an even number. To find the square root of a perfect square, remove the radical sign and divide each exponent by 2.

' Simplify: V/a° Vae =a

¢ Remove the radical sign, and divide the exponent by 2.

A variable radical expression is not in simplest form when the radicand contains a factor greater than | that is a perfect square.

| Simplify: Vx" Vy

SV

a

¢ Write x’ as the product of x and a perfect square.

= V8 Vx

¢ Use the Product Property of Square Roots.

BGaN/ x

| Simplify:

* Simplify the square root of the perfect square.

3xV 8x7y"

3xV 8xy!3 =

=

3xV 4x7y!?(2xy)

¢ Write the radicand as the product of a perfect square and factors that do not contain a perfect square.

3xV Ay?

* Use the Product Property of Square Roots.

V 2xy

shee 2xy® VV 2xy

* Simplify.

= 6x’y°V 2xy | Focus on simplifying the square root of a variable radical expression Simplify. a. V24x°

b. 2aV 18a%b'°

SOLUTION a.

bio

V24x° ma VAxt OX

2aN

¢ Write the radicand as the product of a perfect square and factors that do not contain a perfect square.

lI

Vv 4x4 Vox

* Use the Product Property of Square Roots.

=

2x°V 6x

¢ Simplify Vax.

18a7b'° = 2aV 9a’*b' - 2a = 2a

ab”

V2a

¢ Write the radicand as the product of a perfect square and factors that do not contain a perfect square. ¢ Use the Product Property of Square Roots.

= 2a: 3ab°V 2a

* Simplify V9ab".

= 6a2b°V/ 2a

* Multiply 2a and 3ab>.

Check your understanding 3

Simplify. a. V45b’ SOLUTION

See page S-1.

ib. 3a

28a°b"®

a, 3b°V5b_

ib. 6a°b? Va

6

Module 13 © Rational Exponents and Radicals

_ Simplify:

V25(x + 2)?

V 25(x 5 2)F =

5(x ai 2)

* 25 is a perfect square. (x + 2) is a perfect square

= 5x + 10

| Focus on simplifying the square root of the square of a binomial

| Simplify: V16(« + 5)2 SOLUTION Hex |

2

16(x Ste De = A(x a5 5)

* 16 is a perfect square.

(v + 5)> is a perfect square

= 4x + 20

Check your understanding 4

"Simplify: V49(a + 3)? SOLUTION

See page S-1.

ja

2k

Objective 13.1B Practice

1. Simplify;

Vins

2. Simplify: Vy!

3. Simplify: VI8y* 4. Simplify:

=x y?Vy

3)°V/2

V32a°b'§ —4a2b7\2ab

5. Simplify: —4\/20a'b’

6. Simplify: V9(x + 2)?

—8a*b*V/5b

3x + 6

Solutions on pp. S-5—S-6.

Addition and Subtraction

of Radical Expressions Objective 13.2A

Add and subtract radical expressions The Distributive Property is used to simplify the sum or difference of radical expressions with the same radicand.

5/2 HB N/ De) = 8A

6V2x — 4V2x = (6 — 4) V2x = 2V2x Radical expressions that are in simplest form and have different radicands cannot be simplified by the Distributive Property.

2V3 + 4V2 cannot be simplified by the Distributive Property. To simplify the sum or difference of radical expressions, simplify each term. Then use the Distributive Property.

Section 13.2 e Addition and Subtraction of Radical Expressions

rf

Subtract: 4V8 — 10V2 Ave a

10V

== 4V/4-2 =

10V/2

¢ Simplify each term

= 4V4V/2 — 10V2 = 4-2/2 — 10V2 = 8V2 - 10V2 =

(8 7

10) V2

* Subtract by using the Distributive Property.

= —2V2 | Focus on combining numerical radical expressions

| Simplify. a. 5V2—3V2+12V2_

b. 3V12 — 527

|SOLUTION |a. 5V2 — 3V2 + 12V2 = (5 —3 + 12)V2

= Use the Distributive Property

= 14V2 |Is

SWI



SINT)

=

Bye

By

Saves}

* Simplify each term

= 3V4 V3 —- 5V9 V3

= 3:2V3 —-5-3V3 = 6V3 — 15V3 (6 =

15)V3

* Subtract by using the Distributive Property

ONS

| Check your understanding 1

| Simplify.

a. 9V3 + 3V3—-18V3

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

| Subtract:

8V 18x — 2V32x

|

8V 18x — DIN BW. =

8V9

a. —6V3

V2x

>

b. 2V50 — 5V32 b. —10V2

2V16

i

= §-3V2x— 2-4V/2x

|

= 24V/2x — 8V/Ox a

i

V2x

(24 a7 8) V2x

¢ Simplify each term.

* Use the Distributive Property to subtract the

radical expressions.

= 16V2x

| Focus on combining variable radical expressions

| Simplify.

a. 3V/12 — 2xV3x

ob. 2xV8y — 3V/22y + 2V322y

SOLUTION a.

3V128 = 2x\V/3x = 3V/4xr V3x = 2xV/3x

* Simplify each term,

= 3-2xV3x — 2xV3x = 6xV3x — 2xV3x == (6x ri 2x) V3x

= 4xV3x

* Subtract by using the Distributive Property.

8

Module 13 © Rational Exponents and Radicals

V2y + 2162 V2y_—« simp |b. 2xV8y -— 3V2xy + 2V32y = 2xV4 V2ya5}— 3V2 each te -xV2y aL Hie AxV2y ==) reo ON /2y

| | |

= 4xV2y — 3xV2y + 8xV2y

|

= |

(4x = Bye ae 8x) V2y 2 ae

= 9xV2y

¢ Subtract by using the Distributive Property

| Check your understanding 2 |Simplify.

a. yV 28y + 7V 63y°

b. 2V 27a — 4aV

12a? + a?V 75a

|

| SOLUTION

See page S-2.

a. 23yViy_

b. 3a’°V3a

Objective 13.2A Practice

. Simplify: -3V3 —5V3 . Simplify: 3xV2 —xV2

—8V3 2xv2

. Simplify: V45 + V125

85

. Simplify: 4V/128 — 332

20v2

. Simplify: 3V3x2 — 5V272 -12xv3 . Simplify: 2aV8ab? — 2bV2a3— 2ab 2a = NY kW wm NAH . Simplify: b°Va°b + 3a2Vab>— 4a°h? Vab Solutions on p. S-6.

Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions Objective 13.3A

Multiply radical expressions The Product Property of Square Roots is used to multiply variable radical expressions.

V2x V3y = V2x-3y = Véxy

| Multiply: V 2x? V32x° j V2

V'32° = V2

j

= V 64x’

i

=

32x

V 64° Wx

* Use the Product Property of Square Roots to multiply the radicands.

¢ Simplify.

= or Nx

| Focus on multiplying radical expressions |

| Multiply:

V3x4 V2xy V oxy

Section 13.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions

9

SOLUTION V3x4 V2x2y V 6xy" = V 3x4 : 2x’y : 6xy"

¢ Use the Product Property of Square Roots to multiply the radicands.

= V 36x’)?

= V/36x°y? V xy = 6ryV xy

* Simplify.

| Check your understanding 1

| Multiply: V5a V 15a3b4* V3b° | SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Sab’ Vb

When the expression (x) is simplified by using the Product Property of Square Roots, the result is x.

(CVn

x Wx

= \/pey

WE =

35

For a > 0, (Va)?

EXAMPLES 1038)

Multiply: . V 2x (x ar

H=3

V2x (x + V2x) OW 2x) =

V2x (x) a

WS

WD

¢ Use the Distributive Property to remove parentheses.

= xV2x.+ (V2x) = xV2x

+ 2x

° Simplify (V/2x)?.

_Focus on multiplying radical expressions by using the Distributive Property

| Multiply: V3ab (V3a + V9b) SOLUTION

| V3ab(V3a + V9b) |

=

V3ab (V3a) + V3ab (V9b)

= Vorb +

+ Use the Distributive Property to remove parentheses.

V27ab?

= V9a2 Vb + V9b? V3a

* Simplify each radical expression.

= 3aVb + 3bV3a

Check your understanding 2

Multiply: V5x(W5x — V25y) SOLUTION

See page S-2.

5x — 5V5xy

10

Module 13 * Rational Exponents and Radicals

Multiply: (V2 — 3x) (V2 + x) | (V2 = 3x) V2

x) = (V2)? + xV2 - 3xV2 - 3x°

Sa

* Use the FOIL met

(& = 3x) V2 — 3x =

2xV2



3x

* Simplify

_Focus on multiplying radical expressions by using the FOIL method

|| Multiply: (2Vx — Vy)(5Vx — 2Vy) |SOLUTION

| 2Vx — Vy)6Vx — 2Vy) | = 10(Vx)? — 4Vxy — SVxy + 2(Vy)?

+ Use the FOIL method

|

* Simplify.

=

10x

— 9Vxy + 2y

_ Check your understanding 3 |Multiply: | SOLUTION

(Vx — Vy)(SVx — 2Vy) See page S-2.

15x — 11Vxy + 2y

The expressions a + b and a — b, which are the sum and difference of two terms, are called conjugates of each other.

The product ofconjugates isthedifference oftwo squares. (a+ b\a-b)=a-b’

2+ VI)Q-—V7) =2- (VIP =4-7=

-3

Bane) Caste: Vi) 99 |Focus on multiplying conjugate radical expressions | Multiply:

(Va — Vb)(Va + Vb)

SOLUTION

(Va == Vb) (Va a Vb) =

(Va) =

(Vb)?

=i

_ Check your understanding 4

Multiply: (2Vx + 7)(2Vx — 7) SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Ax — 49

Objective 13.3A Practice

. Multiply: V3 V12_ . Multiply: Ver

. Multiply: V8ab5

6

Vab>— @b°

V/12a"b 4a‘b’ V6

. Multiply: (44V3 + (V3 - 1) 11-3V3 . Multiply: (2Va — y)? 4a — 4y Va + y? NY WO fF. nn NAN =.

Multiply: (V2 -— Vy)(V2 + Vy)

Solutions on p. S-6.

2-y

¢ The expressions are conjugatesof each other

Section 13.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions

11

Divide radical expressions

Objective 13.3B

The square root of a quotient is equal to the quotient of the square roots.

The Quotient Property of Square Roots

If a and b are positive real numbers, then EXAMPLES

24x77

| Simplify. a. ne

OA

a.

y!

3x/y"

b.

3x’ y4 8y>

ES

V 4x7y

Vay

« Simplify the radicand

xt

seb = 7;

|

|

2

¢ Use the Quotient Property of Square Roots.

Vi

V 4yt V 2y = aes

¢ Simplify

NEE

2y?V/25 2

V 4x7y

b.

4x’y

=

¢ Use the Quotient Property of Square Roots.

=

V4x

¢ Simplify the radicand.

=

V4 Vx

¢ Simplify the radical expression.

= 2Vx A radical expression is not in simplest form if a radical remains in the denominator. The procedure used to remove a radical from the denominator is called rationalizing the denominator.

St:

2

Simplify: —= i i

a

il

'

2 Wey

=

ave) DNS . AVE BV)

i

* The expression

e

Va has a radical expression in the denominator. Multiply the

expression by Va which equals 1.

i

=

2V3 A

(v3)

Poe

¢ Simplify.

12

Module13 « | ‘ational Exponents and Radicals

OME

.

ae

,

Thus 7 = *3~. Note that ae is not in simplest form. However, because no radical remains in the denominator and the radical in the numerator contains no perfect-square

factors other than 1, a

is in simplest form.

When the denominator contains a radical expression with two terms, simplify the radical expression by multiplying the numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator.

V2y

Simplify:

Vie

Viy__ _Vy V3 iVy+3

Vy+3

* Multiply the numerator and denominator by Vy — 3, the conjugate of Vy + 3

Wy-3

V2y? — 3V2y

(Vip #

¢ Simplify.

The following list summarizes our discussion about radical expressions in simplest form.

Radical Expressions in Simplest Form A radical expression is in simplest form if: 1. The radicand contains no factor greater than | that is a perfect square.

2. There is no fraction under the radical sign. 3. There is no radical in the denominator of a fraction.

| Focus on dividing radical expressions |

qos

V4xy°

MaRS

impliry.

a.

_

v2

>

a

nee

eS

te V5

Cok

ee

eS 2

SOLUTION

7

RS)

Ax'y

=

V 3x4y

4x°y°

* Use the Quotient Property of Square Roots.

3x4y 4

=

a

¢ Simplify the radicand.

On

Use the Quotient Property of Square Roots.

=

Simplify the radical expressions in the numerator and denominator.

TNS) D

=

Dye

8

+_—

193}

INE:

V3

.

;

ee

* Rationalize the denominator by multiplying the expression by

which equals 1.

:

V3 ——, V3

Section 13.4 © Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions | b

ava)

V2

°

WD, +

ae

Vx

:

V2 ra Wx

2

=

Nx

V2 ar Vx

13

* Rationalize the denominator by multiplying the numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator

Dade 2x — c.

YO.

2—x

B= Va

=

24+3V5

.

24+3V5

OSes

5 —

:

gate of the denominator. +

ewe 4

21

=

the numerator and denominator by the conju-

V5

coe

=

* Rationalize the denominator by multiplying

2-3V5 LNG 9-5

.

8

V5

ths

¢ Simplify.

—41



¢ Use the FOIL method to multiply the numerators.

21-11V5 4]

Check your understanding 5 |

Simplify

| | | SOLUTION {he

a

M 15x*y’

b

V3x7y9

Vy

Vy +3 V5 sy xy

See page S-2.

‘s

5) ar Vy

"1 -2Vy y — 3V5 5 + 11Vy + 2) St Cee y= — 4y

Objective 13.3B Practice (Divides

2. Divide:

V 32

=e

V2 Te

6x2

V 2x

aU Diviie

ee 32x

v

i!

IW2 + 49

4.) Vides ———

47

V2-—7 Vy

5. Divide: ————-

2-

Vy

uN

Voor

———

A

4-—y

3- V6 2 6. Divide: ————= _ 3 + V6 5-2V6 Solutions on pp. S-6-S-7.

SECTION

Solving Equations Containing

Radical Expressions Objective 13.4A

Solve equations containing one or more radical expressions An equation that contains a variable expression in a radicand is a radical equation.

Vx =4 \Radical Ve +2 = Vx —7 J equations

The following property of equality states that if two numbers are equal, then the squares of the numbers are equal. This property is used to solve radical equations.

14

Module 13 © Rational Exponents and Radicals

Property of Squaring Both Sides of an Equation

If a and b are real numbers and a = b, then a? = b’.

} Solves

Take Note » Any time each side of an equation is squared, you must check the proposed solution of the equation.

S\N

Wine 2 0

Xie 2-7=0 (cao a) = 7) ( VO

* Rewrite the equation with the radical on one side of the equation and the constant on the other side.

Ne eae ye

¢ Square both sides of the equation

x—-—2=49

x= Check:

* Solve the resulting equation.

51

Wad =

=

9f =a)

* Check the solution. When both sides of an equation are squared, the resulting equation may have a solution that is not a solution of the original equation.

| The solution is 51.

Focus on solving an equation with one radical expression | Solve:

V3x + 2 =5

| SOLUTION

V/3n

25 V3x =3

¢ Rewrite the equation so that the radical is alone on one side of the equation.

(V3x)° => ey

3x =9

¢ Square both sides of the equation.

* Solve forx

ia

V3x+2=5

Check:

Ws)

* Both sides of the equation were squared. The solution must be checked.

se 2

es 2S sar 22, || ss S55

¢ This is a true equation. The solution checks.

The solution is 3.

Check your understanding 1 Solve:

V4x + 3 =7

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

4

Section 13.4 ¢ Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions

15

"Focus on trying to solve a radical equation with no solution SOME

WeA8 — Si ae 3) 0)

SOLUTION

\/2er 15 8 = V2x

—5 =

(V2x — 5)? =

2

—3

¢ Rewrite the equation so that the radical is alone on one side of the equation

(-—3)?

« Square each side of the equation.

Sam

* Solve for x

2x = 14 x=7

Check

= sN 2k

3

lI

ViToSs 23 1495-3 Wns

Breas) 6#

)y| ae Cary Real tee) (Sp em!

¢ This is not a true equation. The solution does not check.

There is no solution.

| Check your understanding 2 Solves

V4u—

SOLUTION

7 +

= 10

See page S-3.

No solution

The following example illustrates the procedure for solving a radical equation containing two radical expressions. Note that the process of squaring both sides of the equation is performed twice.

| Solve:

V5 +x+ Vx =5

V5 +x+ Vx =5 V5+x=5-

(V5 ap x) =

Vx

(5 =

Vx)

5+x=25-—10Vx+x —20

=

2=

iss 4=x

| The solution is 4.

—10Vx

* Solve for one of the radical expressions.

¢ Square each side.

© Recall that (a — b)? = a? — 2ab + B*. ¢ Simplify.

Vx

¢ This is still a radical equation.

(Vx)?

¢ Square each side. ¢ 4 checks as the solution.

16

Module 13 © Rational Exponents and Radicals

_ Focus on solving an equation with two radical expressions | Solve:

=1 Vx Vx — —5

| SOLUTION | Vx-

Vx—-5=1

Ve=e1+VWxr—5

(Vx) =e

5)?

|

x=1+2Vx—5+(¢-—5)

|

4=2Vx—5

|

2=Vx—-5

* Square each side. * Simplify

AN asst 9

|

* Square each side

— * Simplify * This is still a radical equation

2 = (Wx —5)

|

* Solve for one of the radical expressions

Q=x

| Check:

Vx-— Vx—5=1

|

Voy ea

er

a— V4)

L

SP

1

|p ii 1=1

The solution is 9.

Check your understanding 3 Solve:

Vx

SOLUTION

+ Vx +9=9

See page S-3.

16

Objective 13.4A Practice For Exercises | to 5, solve and check.

1. V5e4=45 2. V5 458 =

1

3. V3x+9=4

Nosolution

23s

ASA =e 5. V2x+ V2x+9=9

8

Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.

Objies\ve 13.4B

Solve application problems A right triangle contains one 90° angle. The side opposite the 90° angle is called the hypotenuse. The other two sides are called legs.

The angles in a right triangle are usually labeled with the capital letters A, B, and C, with C reserved for the right angle. The side opposite angle A is side a, the side opposite angle B is side b, and c is the hypotenuse.

Hypotenuse

Leg

4 z

Section 13.4 ¢ Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions

17

The Greek mathematician Pythagoras is generally credited with the discovery that the square of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the two legs. This is called the Pythagorean Theorem. The figure at the left is a right triangle with legs measuring 3 units and 4 units and a

hypotenuse measuring 5 units. Each side of the triangle is also the side of a square. The number of square units in the area of the largest square is equal to the sum of the numbers of square units in the areas of the smaller squares. Square of the hypotenuse

Sum of the squares of the two legs

Pythagorean Theorem If a and b are the lengths of the legs of a right triangle and c is the length of the

hypotenuse, then c? = a? + b’.

If the lengths of two sides of a right triangle are known, the Pythagorean Theorem can be used to find the length of the third side. The Pythagorean Theorem is used to find the hypotenuse when the two legs are known. Take Note >

Hypotenuse = V (leg)* + (leg)?

ei aE

If we let a = 12 and b = S, the result is the same.

Meow 1) aacihHO) c= V25 + 144 c= V169 c=

15

The Pythagorean Theorem is used to find the length of a leg when one leg and the hypotenuse are known.

Leg = V (hypotenuse)? — (leg)? a= a

WV cei

= V/(25)? — (20)

Q@—=V,625 a=

V225

a

15

= 400

Focus on using the Pythagorean Theorem to solve an application A guy wire is attached to a point 22 m above the ground on a telephone pole that is per| pendicular to the ground. The wire is anchored to the ground at a point 9 m from the base of the pole. Find the length of the guy wire. Round to the nearest hundredth.

| STRATEGY To find the length of the guy wire, use the Pythagorean Theorem. One leg is the distance from the bottom of the wire to the base of the telephone pole. The other leg is the distance from the top of the wire to the base of the telephone pole. The guy wire is the hypotenuse. Solve the Pythagorean Theorem for the hypotenuse.

18

Module 13 « “ational Exponents and Radicals SOLUTION

| ¢=

Vigo

¢ = V C2) | c=

V484

9)

se

+ 81

22,b = 9

* Simplify the radicand

€ = V505 c = 23.77

¢ Use a calculator to approximate

565

| The guy wire has a length of 23.77 m.

Check your understanding 4 | A ladder 12 ft long is resting against a building. How high on the building will the ladder | reach when the bottom of the ladder is 5 ft from the building? Round to the nearest hundredth.

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

10.91 ft

| Focus on using a radical equation to solve an application _ _ | _

How far above the water would a submarine periscope have to be for the lookout to locate a ship 5 mi away? The equation for the distance in miles that the lookout can see is d = V1.5h, where h is the height in feet above the surface of the water. Round to the nearest hundredth. STRATEGY

_ To find the height above the water, replace d in the equation with the given value. Then | solve for h. | SOLUTION

d= WV 15h 5 = V1.5h or as ( V 1.5h)°

°d=5 ¢ Square both sides of the equation

25 = 1.5h 2

25 = |i,

ils)

* Solve for h

16.67 ~h | The periscope must be 16.67 ft above the water.

| Check your understanding 5 |Find the length of a pendulum that makes one swing in 1.5 s. The equation for the time | of one swing is T = 277 oSL where Tis the time in seconds and L is the length in feet. | Round to the nearest hundredth.

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

1.82 ft

Objective 13.4B Practice

1. The hypotenuse of a right triangle measures 20 cm. One leg of the triangle measures 16 cm. Find the length of the other leg of the triangle. 12 cm 2. A formula used in the study of shallow-water wave motion is C = 32H,

where C is the wave velocity in feet per second and H is the depth in feet. Use this formula to find the depth of the water when the wave velocity is 20 ft/s. 12.5 f 3. Find the length of a pendulum that makes one swing in 3 s. The equation for the time

of one swing is T = 27 4/4 where T is the time in seconds and L is the length in feet. Round to the nearest hundredth. 7.30 ft

Section 13.5 © Rational Exponents and Radical Expressions

19

4. A stone is dropped into a mine shaft and hits the bottom 3.5 s later. How deep is the mine shaft? The equation for the distance an object falls in T seconds is ut

cc

MiSs

.

.



16, where d is the distance in feet.

196 fi

Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.

SECTION

1 3.5 Objective 13.5A

Rational Exponents and Radical Expressions Simplify expressions with rational exponents In this section, the definition of an exponent is extended beyond integers so that any rational number can be used as an exponent. The definition is expressed in such a way that the Rules of Exponents hold true for rational exponents.

Consider the expression (a")" fora > Oandna positive integer. Now simplify, assuming that the Rule for Simplifying a Power of an Exponential Expression is true.

(a")" =q'"=q'=a i

ile

:

Because (a")” = a, the number a” is the number whose nth power is a.

Definition of a* ik : If n is a positive integer, then a” is the number whose nth power is a. EXAMPLES

1. 9 = 3 because 3? = 9.

2. 64° = 4 because 43 = 64. 3. (—32)5 = —2 because (—2)° = —32.

ih If ais a negative number and n is an even integer, then a” is not a real number. For instance,

Take Note >

|

Le

:

:

:

S

(—9)2 is not a real number. We shall discuss such numbers later in this section.

Suppose that (—9)? = x. Then by the definition of ee eG. However, the square of any real

: As shown at the left, expressions that contain rational exponents do not always represent real numbers when the base of the exponential expression is a negative number. For this

number is not a negative number.

reason, all variables in this section represent positive numbers unless otherwise stated.

dy

uh

ate



eceaies (—9)? is not a real

Using the definition of a” and the Rules of Exponents, it is possible to define any exponen-

number.

tial expression that contains a rational exponent. m

Definition of a n

ik If m and n are positive integers and a” is a real number, then m

q=

(a""

20

Module 13 * Rational Exponents and Radicals

Focus on simplifying an expression containing a rational exponent 5

5

2

Simplify.

2

a. 273

b. 32°55

SOLUTION

| a

2

32

273 = (3 )3

| |

|

=

3363)

=

3?

* Rewrite 27 as 3°. ¢ Use the Rule for Simplifying a Power of an Exponential Expression.

=9

¢ Simplify.

2 Take Note

=

29-5

Note that 32 Pin

boo =

number. A negative does not affect the

number.

2

Dositiv

Qs

* Rewrite 32 as 2°.

=

re ae

exponent

|

= 2

* Use the Rule for Simplifying a Power of an Exponential Expression.

=

* Use the Definition of a Negative Exponent.



sign of a

|

|

ei

2 l

i

=4

* Simplify. pur

|Check your understanding 1

|| Simplify.

a. 64

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

|

b. 1674 EN

ls

|

8

|_ Focus on simplifying an expression containing rational exponents

| |

2

| Simplify.

a. b?-b3-b4

L

eS 3 ay)

a

b. (—64x°y2)efi

|

i

| SOLUTION | a.

Os

b2- b3

aol

2 aa

V/5b

¢ Product Property of Square Roots ¢ Simplify V 9b°

b. 3aV28a°b'® = 3aV/4a5b'® -7a = 3aV/4a*p"® 7a = 3a: 2a'h?V7a

= 6b? Va Check your understanding 4 49 is a perfect square.

(a + 3)’ is a perfect square. V49(a

Section 13.2

+ 3)? = 7(a + 3) = 7a + 21

Check your understanding 1

a. 9V3 + 3V3 — 18V3 =

(9 + 3) =

18) V3

¢ Distributive Property

= -6V3 b. 2V50 — 5V32 = 25) = 516-2 = 225 V2 — 5V 16 V2 = 5/2 — 542 = 10V2 — 20V2 = (10 — 20) V2 = -10V2

* Simplify each term.

* Distributive Property

S-2

Solutions to Module

13

Check your understanding 2 a.

yV28y ote TV 63y3

= yV4 Vy + V9 Vy =y-: 2W Ty ap

2 3yV Ty

= WVIy + 2yVTy = 23yVTy

b. 2V27a° — 4aV/12a? + a?\/75a = 2V9a* V3.4 = 4a

4a

3a) aV/25

3a

= 2-30°V3a — 4a-2aV3a + a? -5V3a = 6a’V

“ion 13.3

3a — 8a

3a + 5a’V

3a = 3a°V

3a

Check your understanding 1

V5a V 15a°b* V'3b° = V225a‘b? =V225a'b®Vb = 15ab*Vb

+ Product Property of Square Roots Simplify

Check your understanding 2

V5x(V5x — V25y) =

(V5x)° oa V125xy

* Distributive Property

= 5x = V25 Vou = 5x — 5V5xy

* Product Property of Square Roots * Simplify

Check your understanding 3 BVx — Vy)(SVx — 2Vy)

15(Vx)? — 6Vxy — SV xy + 2(Vy)? 15x — 11Vxy + 2y

* Use FOIL * Simplify

Check your understanding 4 (2Vx ati T)(2Vx -

7)

* Conjugates

= (2Vx) — 7 = 4x — 49 Check your understanding 5 ‘

V15x8y’ m

15x®y’ aE

Vase

VN

V5

Vay?

* Quotient Property of Square Roots

DAE WE Er ONES Rationalize the denominator

yVx

po

yVx

NI

NO

Wy 33

AyR3

Va

xy

tS Dey Vee

6 Sa.

SING ay) ey 1=2Vy

“ Va2Vvy

12x

5+ 10Vy + Vy + 2y -

1 — 4y

_ 5 + Ivy + 2y

ei

4

Solutions to Module 13

Section 13.4

Check your understanding 1 V4x +3 =7 — « Subtract 3 from each side

Vogt14 (4x)? = 42" |« Square both sides 4x = 16 = Solve for x

x=4

Check:

V4x +3 =7

V4-4 +3 Wilkoar Sh || 7 Ae Lani 7=7

© Atrue equation

The solution is 4.

Check your understanding 2

Vax —-7+5=0 V4x —7 = —5 (VW4x — 7)? = (-5)? 4x —7 = 25 Ax = 32

¢ Subtract 5 from each side

¢ Square each side

¢

Solve

for x

x=8 Check:

V4x —-7+5=0 V4°8—74+5 V32—-74+5 WIS) FPS) Saris

There is no solution.

Check your understanding 3 Vx t+ Vxt+9=9

Vi=9- VES

(Wx)? = (9 — Vx +9)? x=

(Vx +9) = 5? x+9=25 Check:

¢ Square each side

81 —-18Vx+9+(+9)

18Vx + 9 = 90 Vxt+9=5

x=

* Solve for one radical

° Divide each side by 18 ¢ Still a radical * Square each side ¢ Simplify

16

Vx + Vx+9=9 WAIO sp WANG se & 4+ V25 | 9 4 Sy te 9=9

The solution is 16.

« A true equation

S-3

S-4

Solutions to Module 13

Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY To find the distance, use the Pythagorean Theorem. The hypotenuse is the length of the ladder. One leg is the distance from the bottom of the ladder to the base of the building. The distance along the building from the ground to the top of the ladder is the unknown leg. SOLUTION

a=Vc-P a

=V(12)?—G)?

a=

V 144 —

a=

V119

+

25

€=12, b=

* Simplify. ¢ Use a calculator

a =~ 10.91 The distance is 10.91 ft.

Check your understanding 5

STRATEGY To find the length of the pendulum, replace 7 in the equation with the given value and solve for L. SOLUTION

T=2

55

=

ma

TN39 27

ile

39

—— z

.

fl;

i

os

20

1.5

¢ Divide by 27

32

=I

= eS

:

(es .

——s

=

==

Qa

e

Square

each

side

3)

ES)

\

|y

aeN+ 4 Ve

¢ Solve for L.

Bit

rm

\|

ee)i)

¢ Use the 7 key on your calculator.

leAlu BS) aN SS

1.82 = L The length of the pendulum is 1.82 ft. Section 13.5

Check your understanding 1 a.

643 =

(29);

=

b.



a6

¢ Multiply the exponents.

1674 = (24)

=

a

* Rewrite 64 as 2°

Ky x

* Rewrite 16 as 2°.

3

¢ Multiply the exponents.

aoe

* Definition of a Negative Exponent

5 2 TS

33

u

aes

ys 4

=

ogo e

y2

Rema

¢ Rule for Dividing

Exponential

:

Expressions

Solutions to Module 13 Bi Abe

b

32

See

the exponents * Multiply

yz?

’) See

(xty2z

S-5

8

2

ea

¢ Definition of a Negative Exponent

xy3

Gay 9) aa Oy)

Becay i ee

1

Cc.

.

¢ Rule for Simplifying Powers of Products

Si abie =

5

¢ Simplify 9

3xy" SS

ag

geen

27x p;

By52 oS

=

* Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions

Check your understanding 3 a. The denominator of the rational exponent is the index of the radical. The numerator is the power of the radicand.

(2x3)3 = Vir)

vier

b. Note that —5 is not raised to the power. —5a6 = —5(a5)6 =

—5\/ a5

Check your understanding 4 3

a.

b.

a4/

i

3ab =

3

(3ab)3

* The index of the radical is the denominator of the exponent : ° The index of the radical is the denominator of the exponent

d ! xt + y" == Ga ate y*)s

Check your understanding 5 acme,

TD ike =

3

hile

2

b.

V —8x)4 cs

G&

We

4

D

ee

¢ The radicand is a perfect square. d

=

¢ The radicand is a perfect cube. Divide each exponent by 3 2

—3x7y"

=

¢ The radicand is a perfect fourth power. Divide each exponent by 4

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 13.1A

1. V144 = 12 2. W500i V5 (SN 2 Se

3. —9V72 = -9V36-2

= -9V36V2

= —9(6)V2 = -54V2 4 5. 180 =5 36-5

= 5'V 36/5 = 56) V5 = 305

N/a

Objective 13.1B

1 /yi Al /\)'0, LA /y0V/y = yy

V18y4 = Voyt-2 = VoytV/2 = 3yV/2

a.

V32ab

= V 16a*tb'* - 2ab =

Divide the exponent by 2 5

—2x*y

V l6a’b"*V 2ab = 4a*b'V 2ab

S-6

Solutions ic

Module 13

—4V/20a*b’ = —4\/4a'b® - 5b

= —4V/4a'h>\V/5b = —4(2a°b?) 5b = —8ab?V/'5b

V9(x + 2)? = 3(x + 2) = 3x + 6 tive 13.2A



=3V3 S3280/3. 3xV2 — xV2 = 2xvV2

V45 + V125 = V9-5 + V25°5 = BN/5 + 5/5: = 8.v5

4V/128 — 3V32 = 4V64-2 — 3V16-2

= 4(8) V2 — 3(4)V2 = 32V2 - 12V2 = 2072

3V3x2 — 5V 272 = 3xV3 -—5V92-3 = 3xV3 — 5(3x) V3

3xV3 — 15xV3 —12xV3

2a

8ab? — 2bV/ 2a? = 2aV4b? 2a — 2bV a?+2a = 2a(2b)V2a — 2b(a)V2a = 4abV/2a — 2abV2a = 2abV2a

PV ab + 3a2Vab> = b’Vat ab + 3a b' - ab = @b’Vab + 3a°b’Vab = 4a’*b?Vab

Objective 13.3A

V3V12 = Vee

6

VerV abs = Vaib® = ab? V8ab>V/12a"b = V'96a5b°

= V16a8b® 6 = 4a‘b? V6

(4V3+ DVZe Ie AC

ave + V3 — I

= 11 -3V3

(2Va — y)? = (2Va — y)(2Va — y) =4a-4yVa+y

(V2 ~ Vi)(V2 + V3)= (V3? - (V5) = 2 =» Objective 13.3B

WD VB Via

V2x

=

RS = V16 a

=4

720? _ \/r64 = 6x2

Dy

Solutions to Module 13

8

8

8

V30x

Vi6-2x 4V 2x DN 22% Wx TWh

CN V2-7

Wi,

“xcs

25

36

e249 V2 +49 V24+7

2 — 49

AT

ha Al aeOREae

2-Wy 2+Vy

4-y

BEV On V6 pclont V6 412 =3+ V6 25 — 24 BaDV6 SHOVE Objective 13.4A

1.

V5x +4 =3

(Vix +4)? =3? 5x + 4-=9 5x =5 x= 1

Check:

V5x+4=3 V5-1+423

V5+423

VOSS 3 =3 The solution is 1.

V5x +8 = 23 V5r=5

(Vane ails: 5x = 225 x = 45 Check:

V5x +8 V5-45 +8 V225 +8 Ike 23 Io TI 15+ 8 Ihe ge 23

The solution is 45.

8S V3x +9=4

V3x = —5 (V3x)? = (5)? 3x = 25

S-7

S-8

Solutions to Module 13

Check:

V3x+9=4 1

25

5

Bye 7 ae Os

ah

V25+924 5+924 1444 The solution does not check. The equation has no solution.

4.

Vx = Vx4+3-1

(Va)? = (Va +3 - 1)? x=xt+3-2Vx4+3+1

x=x+4-W%x4+3

2Vx+3=4 Vx +3 =2 (Vitor => xo

4: x=

Check:

1

Vx = Vx+3-1 12£Vi+3-1 12V4-1 122-1 1=1

The solution is 1.

5. Vx + V2x+9=9

(V5 IO) AO 07) PEGs) = Il — Ihe WIRE ae 236

18SWon 72 Ve

(V2x)? =4 2x = 16 x=8

Check:

V2x + V2x+9=9

V2E8 + V2 849 29 N/ 1Gi a GeO go Bei) ae) 9=9 The solution is 8.

Objective 13.4B

1.

C=a+b

20° = 167 + 400 = 256 + b’ 14407

b = V144 = 12 The length of the other leg is 12 cm.

Solutions to Module 13. De

C = V32H 20 =

V32H

20? = (V32H)? 400 = 32H 125 =H

The depth of the water is 12.5 ft. 3

IL, ==

T=2

ENED

iG

3 = Dir

|S

62

peer: 20

By)

Cialis) 2a

By)

Boe oe, 42-32

9(32 ( ) = 7.30

=

An

The length of the pendulum is 7.30 ft.

Pate

te 16 d

i)

Ww Nn

ll

a|® 7

EN, ee

12223) = cs 16 196 =d The mine shaft is 196 ft deep.

Objective 13.5A

1. 16° = (2‘)? =22?=4 20

U

= 4"

aA

Kae

5 xs

\

_4

5 SoG eget taemar xs

x

Is

8

16 15

=

— 2xtty) ( _ Axity)

5a 12x34

53 ye

=I 8xy!

=I 8xiys

2 3

S-9

S-10

Solutions to Module 13

Objective 13.5B

1. @ = (@) = Vai 2, =36 = Sea

5. -V3x = —(3x°)2 = —3x2

Objective 13.50

1. V/25x° = 5x 2. Vibatb? = V24a'b? = 2a°b® = 4ab®

3. W27d = 3a = 3a!

4, W/—64x°y? = W(—4)3x8y?= —43)4

5. W8la” = Va" = 3a

P MODULE Quadratic & quations 14 pune.

SECTION 14.1

Solving Quadratic Equations !)

actoring or by Taking Square

Roots Objective 14.1A

Solve quadratic equations by factor:

Objective 14.1B

Solve quadratic equations by taking =

SECTION 14,2

Solving Quadratic Equations )\ Completing the Square

Objective 14.2A

Solve quadratic equations by complet:

SECTION 14.3

Solving Quadratic Equations 5

Objective 14.3A

SECTION 14.4 Objective 14.4A

SECTION 14.5

ire roots

; the square

Using the Quadratic Formula

Solve quadratic equations by using i = quadratic formula

Applications of Quadratic Equa’

woOnsS

Solve application problems

Complex Numbers

Objective 14.5A

Simplify complex numbers

Objective 14.5B

Add and subtract complex numbers

Objective 14.5C

Multiply complex numbers

Objective 14.5D

Divide complex numbers

Objective 14.5E

Solve quadratic equations with complex number solutions

SECTION 14.6

Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations

Objective 14.6A

Solve equations that are quadratic in form

Objective 14.6B

Solve radical equations

Objective 14.6C

Solve fractional equations

SECTION 14.7

Nonlinear Inequalities

Objective 14.7A

Solve nonlinear inequalities

2

Module 14 e Quadratic Equations

tions byFactoring __ Solving QuadratiuacreEqRouaot s

or by Taking Sq Objective

14.1A

Solve quadratic equations by factoring An equation that can be written in the form ax? + bx + c = 0, a # 0, is a quadratic equation.

Ameer

1l=0,

3x7 -4=

a=4.b—=—3-c=1

0,

a=3,b=0.

c=

=4

A quadratic equation is also called a second-degree equation. A quadratic equation is in standard form when the polynomial is in descending order and equal to zero. The two quadratic equations above are in standard form.

Recall that the Principle of Zero Products states that if the product of two factors is zero, then at least one of the factors must be zero. Ifa-b

= 0, thena = 0orb=0.

The Principle of Zero Products can be used in solving quadratic equations.

Solve by factoring: 2x7 — x = 1 9x72 — x=

1

* This is a quadratic equation

Ir? —-x-1=0 (2x +

Da

=

1) =

¢ Write it in standard form 0

Dyess || = @)

¢ Factor the left sideof the equation

x-1=0

° If (2x + 1)(x — 1) = 0, then either 2x + 1 =0 or x

2x =

—1

x=

2 ‘

|

The solutions are

—>5 and |.

| Solve by factoring: aa =

| (x a x=

1=0

* Solve each equation for x |

1

=

x —

1

10x

100 =

Ox 25

+ 25=0

5)(x = a=

0

x=

5

5) = of —

¢ This is a quadratic equation. ¢ Write it in standard form

0

¢ Factor the left side of the equation. 5) = x=5

0)

* Let each factor equal0 ¢ Solve each equation for x

' The factorization in this example produced two identical factors. Because x — 5

| occurs twice in the factored form of the equation, 5 is a double root of the equation.

Section 14.1

¢ Solving Quadratic

Focus on solving a quadratic e

is by Factoring or by Taking Square Roots

3

1 by factoring

Z ie 1 olve by factoring =.) 5 AG Solvelbyiiactonns. —— = — 0 SOLUTION

ag

ee st

a) 2) SO 2 Zz % 1 = =— = = =} = a0)

a0

ractions,

$77 2g = 20

quation 1s in standard form.

(3z -— 1I)(z+1)=0

ie =

i = @

multiply each side of the equation by

fractions

le

of the equation

Zae Il =)

Bye ==

al

nN for

a ges

[he solutions are

and

—|

is

Solutions

Check your understanding 1 3y"

|

2

Solve by factoring:

| SOLUTION

a sy = a

See page S-1.

0

and

Objective 14.1A Practice

For Exercises | to 5, solve by factoring.

De

oe 15 = 0,

2 10 = Br

2-5,3

SA=2

ap5y4 lly = 12)

3,2

MeO"ety

Jee 2

ieuine2 apecta 23

Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.

Objective 14.1B Take Note > Recall that the solution of the

Solve quadratic equations by taki:

square roots

Consider a quadratic equation of the form «° = a. This equation can be solved by factoring.

xy = 25 7 —25=0

equation |x| = 5 is +5. This principle is used when solving an

Gee S)iG 35)

0)

equation by taking square roots.

x 4P 5) =O

ea)

Remember that Vx2 = |x|. Therefore,

Meee Ge)

o= 5

The solutions are —5 and 5.

% = 25

\/ =

V5

|x| =5 =

2D

Solutions that are plus or minus the same number are frequently written using +. For the

example above, this would be written: “P))o so\ulions are +5.” The fact that the solutions

+5 can be written as + V/25 suggests an alternative method of solving this equation.

4

Module 14 © Quadratic Equations

Principle of Taking the Square Root of Each Side of an Equation If x? =a,thenx

=

+V4a.

EXAMPLES 1 Ais then x = 3: 2. If x = 16, then x= +V16 = +4.

We can solve the equation x* = 25 by using this principle.

Take the square root of each side of the equation.

B25

Vie = V5 Simplify.

x=+V25=

Write the solutions.

+5

The solutions are 5 and —5.

Solve by taking square roots: 3x° = 36 Take Noite > You should always check your

; 3x" = 36

solutions by substituting them Daclsanto the original equation.

x=

12

* Solve for

Vxe = Vi12

* Take the square root of each side of the equation

x=+V12

=

+2VvV3

* Simplify

Check: 3x° = 36

3x” = 36

3(2V3)? | 36

3=-3(-2V3)?_ | 36

3(12)"

1236

36 =

3(12) | 36

36

The solutions are

36 =

2/3 and

36

—2V3.

¢ These are true equations.

The solutions check.

* Write the solutions

Focus on solving a quadratic equation by taking square roots Solve by taking square roots:

2x* — 72 = 0

| SOLUTION

2

— 72 =0 TD

* Solve for x?

> = 36 Ve =

x=

36

*

Take the square root of each side of the equation. Then simplify

+V36

x = +6 | The solutions are 6 and —6.

_ Check your understanding 2 Solve by taking square roots: 4x° — 96 = 0 | SOLUTION

See page S-1.

+26

An equation containing the square of a binomial can be solved by taking square roots.

Section 14.1 * Solving Quadratic Equations by Factoring or by Taking Square Roots | Solve by taking square roots:

2(x — 1) — 36 = 0

20 s)s 330)— | 2(x — 1)? = 36

» Solve for (@ — 18

|

* Divide each side of the equation by 2.

(x 7

1)? =

V(x =

18

1) = V18

Hy —

Al

Be

arate

x=

1+

* Take the square root of each side of the equation.

WAR}

* Simplify

BV)

ix-1=3V2

x-1=-3V2 3V2

Check:

+ Solve for.

r=] 2(x ai 1) —

36 =

0

*

Check

the solutions.

2(1 + 3V2 — 1)’ — 36 | 0

RGN Pa =136>|

0

218) = 36 | 0 Bow 30) 1! 0 0=0

2(x — 1)? — 36 =0

|

2(1 —

3V2 — 1)? — 36 | 0 2(-3V2)* — 36 | 0 2(18) — 36 | 0 B86 36) 0 0=0

The solutions are 1 + 3°\V2 and

|

a2

* Write the solutions

Focus on solving an equation containing the square of a binomial | Solve by taking square roots: (x — 6)* = 12

| SOLUTION b>

6)?

112

» Take the square root of each side of the equation.

Vie - 6? = V12 eed

eta VAD

wis Gus

° Then simplify

a IN/3,

x-6=2V3

x

x=6+2V3

6=

—-2V3

f= Oa 2y3

The solutions are 6 + 23

and 6 —

2V3.

Check your understanding 3 Solve by taking square roots: | SOLUTION

See page S-1.

(x + 5)? = 20 =jias WE

Si

Objective 14.1B Practice

For Exercises 1 to 5, solve by taking square roots. ty 49 7

2. 25x -64=0

5

+2

* Solve for x.

6

Module 14 e Quadratic Equations

3. B27

71

4.(¢+1)?-18=0

AeA. .

||

z&

2

=

-1 +32 Mee

Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.

Solving Quadratic Equations. by Completing the Square Objective 14.2A

Solve quadratic equations by completing the square Recall that a perfect-square trinomial is the square of a binomial. Perfect-square Trinomial

Square of a Binomial

x +6x+9

=

(x + 3)?

Xie LO)

-

a5 )o

x’ + 8x + 16

=

(x + 4)?

For each perfect-square trinomial above, the square of 5 of the coefficient of x equals the constant term. 1

xo Oa,

2

(5-6) =9

x? — 10x + 25,

1 ‘ 3 (10) =5 1

x + 8x + 16,

1 : a 7 coefficient of x | = Constant term

2

(5-8) =16

This relationship can be used to write the constant term for a perfect-square trinomial. Adding to a binomial the constant term that makes it a perfect-square trinomial is called completing the square.

Complete the square of the binomial. Write the resulting perfect-square trinomial as the _ square of a binomial.

la,

x — 8x

[ee

se = ie

b. y? + Sy

2

2,

—(—8)

=

1

2

x —

8x

age —

8x +

16

¢ Find the constant term
+ 3s = -1 .

-3+ V5 B+

pi) se

TING

~

Ny 6



Section 14.3 ¢ Solving Quadratic Equations by Using the Quadratic Formula

SECTION

9

| Solving Quadratic Equations by Using the Quadratic -ormula

Objective 14.3A

Solve quadratic equations by using the quadratic formula Any quadratic equation can be solved by completing the square. Applying this method to the standard form of a quadratic equation produces a formula that can be used to solve any quadratic equation.

To solve ax? + bx +c =0,

a #0, by

completing the square, subtract the constant term from each side of the equation.

we + be ae 4: be Sere ee ee ri ee

Multiply each side of the equation by the

(ax? + bx) =

reciprocal of a, the coefficient of x.

a bea a

Complete the square by adding l

Al

> °—] b @ :

F

;

2s

b

: ;

:

;

A.

x Factor the perfect-square trinomial on the 3

left side of the equation. Take the square root of each side of the

te

a

Dae b

@

25

aedee =

4a

b

ae ae

da?

=

b?

c

4a



a

4a

b?

4ac

4a

i bb’

4a

Ag?

— 4ac

4a’

bay? _ & 4a

Be ae

=

2a

ees

equation.

4a?

‘ e

b? — 4ac

a

4a? ae, N/a b

Ps

2a Solve for x.

32 Ate

b 2a

=

“4 =

Vb? — 4ac 2a

b 28 oP a a

b , Vbi = Aac D7 “

soe

2a

—b + Vb — 4ac fas

2a

G ae

b

=



a

1 ap



b

a oN

Aa D Ne a See

:

Simplify the right side of the equation.

a

rt+—4%4= ae a a lL BY See E a) "NS age

a

to each side of the equation.

(—c)

A

:

coe

4ac

2a

Vb’ — 4ac 2a

b

Vb — 4ac

2a

2a

es Vb? — 4acmi 2a

10

Module 14 e Quadratic Equations

The Quadratic Formula

If ax’ + bx + c = 0,a ¥ O, then .

=

—-b+ Vb’ — 4ac 2a

Oo If

The quadratic formula is frequently written in the form bobs ri

Vb? — 4ac 2a

Solve by using the quadratic formula: 2x7 = 4x — 1

2x7 = 4x - 1 Ix —4,x+1=0

« Write the see * ae a=2,b and ¢ =

form

—b = Vb? — 4ac

x=

¢ Replace a, b, and c in the quadratic formula by their values

2a

_ -(-4) + V(=4? = 4-2-1 i. 2D) Ae

WAI

= “=

en

* Simplify

4s 4

_ te NO V2) ies

4

24 V2

Qe2

p:

5 Focus on solving a quadratic equation by using

_ the quadratic formula

| Solve by using the quadratic formula. | a. 2° —3x+1=0 b. 2 = 8x5 |

| SOLUTION | a.

22 —3x¥+1=0

||

=(-3) = V C3) = 40)@) Af

|

|

|

|

| |

* This is a quadratic equation in standard form. a = 2,b = —3,¢

_—

* Replace a, b, and c in the quadratic

Vn D)

=

4

341

aie

formula by their values.

3-1

4

Aan Bari

4

eax, hae) .

|

The solutions are | and 5.

=

=

4

* Simplify

J

Section 14.4 © Applications of Quadratic Equations a

| b.

ae okie

|

De

:

a quadratic equation

—8x+5=0 ess

=

|

5

(ja

he equation in standard form

Sa

ile)

( 8) =

11

oe

( 8)

4(2)(6)

D2

ice

a,

b,and ¢ in the quadratic formula by their

8 + V64 — 40 4

|

SO

|

wea

od

Re Vo |

Pn ets

|

IG

rig V6)

ae V6

PED) :

2

The solutions are

4+

V6 { ~~ and

Check your understanding 1 | Solve by using the quadratic formula.

asmoxeniax 4 0 ya boatst 2x = 1 SOLUTION

See pages S-2-S-3.

a.

|

b

V2

Objective 14.3A Practice

For Exercises | to 5, solve by using the quadratic formula.

12 2oe

By

5 6z— 7 = 0» a

6

0)

7, | ee

a = Bye

4.6%-s-2=0

—1Ya

5. 9/7 = —30v — 23

V2

Solutions on pp. S-12-S-13.

SECTION

|

14.4 | Applications Objective 14.4A

of Quadratic Equations

Solve application problems Each of the strategies for the problems in this section will result in a quadratic equation.

Solve: A small pipe takes 16 min longer to empty a tank than does a larger pipe. Working together, the pipes can empty the tank in 6 min. How long would it take each pipe, working alone, to empty the tank?

|

12

Module 14 © Quadratic Equations

Strategy for Solving an Application Problem * Determine the type of problem. Is it a uniform motion problem, a geometry problem, an integer problem, or a work problem?

The problem is a work problem.

* Choose a variable to represent the unknown quantity. Write numerical or variable expressions for all the remaining quantities. These results can be recorded in a table.

The unknown time of the larger pipe: t The unknown time of the smaller pipe: t + 16

ees ae =

¢ Determine how the quantities are related.

The sum of the parts of the task completed must equal 1. 6

6

a

t

6

f+

=

=|

16

6

= oe sah =] = 1(t t(t + 19(¢ t(t ++ 16)

16)-1

(t+ 16)6 + 6t = ft? + 16f 6t + 96 + 6t = t? + 16t 0=1? + 4t -— 96

0 = (¢ + 12)(t — 8) f+ 125.0 t= —-12

(Rieti 0) t=8

The solution t = —12 is not possible because time cannot be a negative number. The time for the smaller pipe is ¢ + 16. Replace ¢ by 8 and evaluate.

t+16= 8+ 16 ="24 The larger pipe requires 8 min to empty the tank. The smaller pipe requires 24 min to empty the tank.

Section 14.4 * Applications of Quadratic Equations

13

Focus on solving an application by using the quadratic formula A kicker punts a football at an angle of 60° with the ground. Assuming no air resistance, the height h, in feet, of the punted football x feet from where it was kicked can be given by h = —0.0065x? + 1.73x + 4. How far is the football from the kicker when the height of the football is 70 ft? Round to the nearest tenth. STRATEGY

To find the football’s distance from the kicker when it is 70 ft above the ground, solve the equation h = —0.0065x? + 1.73x + 4 for x when h = 70. SOLUTION

h = —0.0065x* + 1.73x + 4

70 = —0.0065x* + 1.73x + 4 0 =

1

—0.0065x*

+ 1.73x —

* Replace h by 70

66

* Write in standard form.

—1.73 + V1.73? — 4(—0.0065)(—66) =

2(—0.0065)

* Solve by using the quadratic formula.

Seow = eleeO9 me —1k7S= 1.13 x=

=

(ICON) et

SOKO)

ee

Se

—0.013

ss

x = 46.2

Oe

—0.013

x = 220

When the football is 70 ft high, it is either 46.2 ft or 220 ft from the kicker. The flight of the football is shown below. Note that it is 70 ft above the ground twice, when x = 46.2 ft and when x = 220 ft from the kicker. h

=~ —

70 fi high

Oo SS. ec Ss Sy

Ss &

feet) (in Height N So

Distance from kicker (in feet)

Check your understanding 1 For the punt in the example above, the height /, in feet, of the football t seconds after it has been kicked is given by h = — 16° + 60.6t + 4. Assuming the ball is not caught and

lands on the ground, what is the “hang time”—the amount of time the ball is in the air? Round to the nearest tenth. SOLUTION

See page S-3.

3.95

14

Module 14 © Quadratic Equations

Focus on using a quadratic equation to solve a work problem A swimming pool is being emptied using two hoses. The smaller hose takes 2 h longer to empty the pool than does the larger hose. After the valves on both hoses have been opened for | h, the larger hose is turned off. It takes the smaller hose 1 more hour to

empty the pool. How long would it take the larger hose, working alone, to empty the pool? | STRATEGY

¢ ¢ _ © _*

This The The The

|

is a work problem. unknown time for the larger hose working alone: f unknown time for the smaller hose working alone: t + 2 larger hose operates for 1 h; the smaller hose operates for 2 h.

5

]

——

=

Rai

| be

2

1

|

|

aoe

"i

| =

eR ee

aS

ee

4 ee

ee 4

t

Smaller hose

i

ame

2)

t+2

Z

ip ie D)

| ¢ The sum of the part of the task completed by the larger hose and the part completed by the smaller hose is 1.

| SOLUTION |

|

Sar t

t(t + 2(+ae

ae

ta

2

1

)= ¢(t + 2)-1

* Multiply each side of the equation by the

PP ((+2)+2r=P+2r 0=

r =

* Simplify

7 =?

« Write the quadratic equation in standard form

O=(+1)@-—2) petits

iL=0)

|

t=-1

LCD

(w=

+ Factor ¢ Use the

Principleof Zero Products

ue

_ Because time cannot be negative, t = —1 is not possible. It would take the larger hose, working alone, 2 h to empty the pool.

Check your understanding 2 It takes Seth 3 h longer to wash the windows in a house than it does Tessa. Working together, they can wash the windows in 2 h. How long would it take Tessa, working alone, to wash the windows in the house?

SOLUTION

See pages S-3-S-4.

3h

Focus on using a quadratic equation to solve a uniform motion problem For a portion of the Snake River as it winds through Idaho, the rate of the river’s current is 4 mph. A tour guide can row 5 mi down this river and back in 3 h. Find the rowing rate of the guide in calm water.

Section 14.4 © Applications of Quadratic Equations

15

STRATEGY

¢ This is a uniform motion problem. ¢ The unknown rowing rate of the guide: r

Down river

¢ The total time of the trip was 3 h. SOLUTION

r+ alr~ a Pam5 al

5

=

+

(r “+ 4) (r -

4) +3

¢ Multiply each side of the equation

pe

by the

5(r— 4) + 5(r + 4) = 37 — 48

+ Simplify

LCD

10r = 3° — 48 0 =

3r- —

10r —

48

* Write the quadratic equation in standard form

0 = Gr + 8)(7 — 6) 3r+8=0

* Factor

r—-6=0

¢ Use the Principle of Zero Products.

=

S 3

——

r=

6

| Because the rate cannot be negative, r = -§ is not possible. The tour guide’s rowing rate in calm water is 6 mph

| Check your understanding 3 The rate of a jet in calm air is 250 mph. Flying with the wind, the jet can fly 1200 mi in 2 h less time than is required to make the return trip against the wind. Find the rate of the | wind.

SOLUTION

See page S-4.

5() mph

Objective 14.4A Practice

1. The height of a projectile fired upward is given by the formula s = vot — 167, where s is the height, v9 is the initial velocity, and f is the time. Find the time for a projectile to return to Earth if it has an initial velocity of 200 ft/s. 12.55 2. A small heating unit takes 8 h longer to melt a piece of iron than does a larger unit. Working together, the heating units can melt the iron in 3 h. How long would it take each heating unit, working alone, to melt the iron?

Smaller unit: 12 h; larger unit: 4h

3. A cyclist traveled 60 mi at a constant rate before reducing the speed by 2 mph. An-

other 40 mi was traveled at the reduced speed. The total time for the 100-mile trip was

9 h. Find the rate of the cyclist during the first 60 mi. Solutions on pp. S-13-S-15.

12 mph

16

Module 14 * Quadratic Equations

SECTION

Complex Numbers Objective 14.5A

Simplify complex numbers The radical expression V —4 is not a real number because there is no real number whose square is —4. However, the solution of an algebraic equation is sometimes the square root of a negative number. During the late 17th century, a new number, called an imaginary number, was defined so that a negative number would have a square root. The letter i was chosen to represent the number whose square is — 1.

An imaginary number is defined in terms of i.

Definition of an Imaginary Number If a is a positive real number, then the principal square root of —a is the imaginary number iV a. This can be written

V-a = iVa When a =

1, we have V—1

=i.

EXAMPLES 1. V=16

= iV 16 = 43

IN

2) a NP

It is customary to write iin front of a radical to avoid confusing Va i with Vai. Simplify:

3V—20

3-\/—20 = 3120 = 3i(2V5) = 615 The set containing the real numbers and the imaginary numbers is called the set of complex numbers. Definition of

a Complex Number

A complex number is a number of the form a + bi, where a and b are real numbers and i = V—1. The number a is the real part of the complex number, and b is the imaginary part of the complex number.

A complex number written as

a + bi is in standard form. EXAMPLES | ee es

Real part is 3; imaginary part is 4.

Deere ONO)

Real part is 5; imaginary part is —2V7.

aS

Real part is 5; imaginary part is 0 because 5 = 5 + Oi.

ph hl

Real part is 0; imaginary part is —4 because

—4i = 0- 4i.

Z 3 Real part is 5° imaginary part is 5

Section 14.5 * Complex Numbers

17

Real numbers a+ 0i

A real number is a complex number in which b = 0.

Imaginary numbers 0 + bi

An imaginary number is a complex number in which a = 0.

Complex numbers at bi

ae

ane

.

| Focus on writing

a complex number in standard form

|

Ae) : Write ok ae in standard form. | SOLUTION

fea

0 6

|

=

ea ay 20

¢ Write

6

44+ 2iV5

|

——————

|

=

* Simplify the radical

6

;

V—20 as /V 20.

Peer ive)

2 ivs

=

PL 3)

= * Factor and simplify

3

1

a

:

i

3

ee

* Write in standard form.

3

| Check your understanding 1 QV Write eT

_ SOLUTION

72 Tog in standard form.

See page S-4.

NS

PIN DD

Focus on evaluating an expression | Evaluate —b + Vb? — 4ac when a = 2, b = —2, and c = 3.

SOLUTION —b+

Vb — 4ac

| (+2) +V (2)? =4@2)G)

+ a =2,b=-2,=3

=2+V4-24

* Simplify

=2+ V-20 2+1V20 = 2+ iV4°5 II

2 + 21V5

Check your understanding 2 Evaluate —b + Vb? — 4ac when a = 1, b = 6, andc = 25. SOLUTION

See page S-S.

—6 + 8i

Objective 14.5A Practice

1. Simplify: V—64 PS

(AN

81 24

Treen

le =)6

3. Evaluate —b + Vb? — 4ac when a 4, Evaluate —b + Vb? — 4ac when a Solutions on p. S-15.

\|

4.b=2,andc=7. —1,b =4,andc

-—2+ 6iV3

= —29.

—4 + 10;

18

Module 14 © Quadratic Equations

Objective 14.5B

Add and subtract complex numbers Addition and Subtraction of Complex Numbers To add two complex numbers, add the real parts and add the imaginary parts. To subtract two complex numbers, subtract the real parts and subtract the imaginary parts.

(a+b) +(c+di)=a@t+todt+b+di (a+ bi) — (c+ di) = (a-—c) + (-d)i

_ Focus on adding and subtracting complex numbers Add or subtract.

a. (3 + 27) + (6 — Si)

b. (—2 + 6i) — 4 — 33)

_ SOLUTION a.

(3 alle 2i) Bie (6 =

5i) =

(3 +

=

b.

(—2 at 6i) x

(4 a

9

3i) =

6) +

(2 —_ 5)i

¢

Add the real parts and add the

imaginary parts

3i

(-2 a

“6:

4) a

[6 =

(—3) ji

¢ Subtract the real parts and subtract the imaginary parts

91

Check your understanding 3 | Add or subtract. a. (5 — 7i) + (2-2) SOLUTION

See page S-S.

An J — Si

b. (—4 + 2i) — (6 — 8i) b.

—10 + 10i

Objective 14.5B Practice

1. 2. 3. 4.

Add: (2 Add: (6 Subtract: Subtract:

+ 4) + (6-5i) 8-i — 91) + (44+ 21) 10-7i (8 — 2i) — (2+ 4i) 6 -— 6i (5 — 51) — (11 — 6) —6 + i

Solutions on p. S-16.

Objective 14.5C

Multiply complex numbers When we multiply complex numbers, the term i” is frequently a part of the product. Recall

that 7 = —1.

a. Multiply:

(—3i)(5i)

(—3:) (Si) oa —157

=

Take Note > Part (b) illustrates an important point. When working with the square root of a negative number, always rewrite the expression in terms of 7 before continuing.

_b. Multiply:

¢ Multiply the imaginary numbers

—15(-1)

V—6-

\/26-V=24

=

15

* Replace 7 by —1. Then simplify.

—24

= iV6- iV24

¢ Write the imaginary numbers in terms of i.

=

?V144

¢ Multiply the imaginary numbers

=

(— 1)(12) =

—]|2

* Replace > by —1. Then simplify

Section 14.5 « Complex Numbers

Focus on multiplying complex numbers Multiply.

(2

5

10

10

assGu4i\(Qisiedi)

b.

c. (4+ 5i)(4 — Si)

d. (6 + i)?

NC *)

l

| SOLUTION

| a. (3 — 4/(2 + 5i) | = 6+ 157 — 8i — 207

FOU

=6+7i — 207

nbine

=6+7i — 20(-1) =

|

like

by

26+7i

it

e FOU

Cera

ly

Rn

terms

—1

wer in the form a +

iy

ine

method

bi

method

* terms

Au

Onna

200 = =F

+=

c. (4+ 5)(4 — 5i) = 16 — 20i + 20i — 257

| | |

he

FOIL

method

= 16 — 2577 = 16 — 25(-1) =16 +5 =4l

| d. 6+ 1? = 36+ 121+ 7

Coys

=)1)

36 + 12i + (-1) II

35 +

121

|Check your understanding 4

Multiply. a. (4 — 3i)(2 — i)

|c. (3 + 6i)(3 — 61) SOLUTION

See page S-5.

a. 5

Objective 14.5C Practice

1. 2 3. 4.

Multiply: (—6i)(—4i) —24 Multiply: —314 — 5i) —15 Multiply: (4 — 7/)(2 + 3i) 29

Multiply: (2 + 51)?

Solutions on p. S-16.

—21 + 20i

c. 45

d= 24

10;

19

20

Module 14 ¢ Quadratic Equations

Objective 14.5D

Divide complex numbers A fraction containing one or more complex numbers is in simplest form when no imaginary number remains in the denominator. a.

Divide:

7 —

ih

i

l

“GY eee l Ta

ee l

* Multiply the expression by | in the form I

Ti =

;

jl=

cong,

cell!

* Replace © by —1.

Then simplify

hie Ot = 2i

b. Divide:

4-Si_

4-5i i

5

oe

21

Sa ti

.

ee

Dim

¢ Multiply the expression by | in the form =

a

ie

i

Sr

20 4i — 5(-1)

me

oe

2(-1)

° Replace i by —1

5 + 4i =

5

naga

||

¢ Simplify

=, Se

2i

¢ Write the answer in the form a +

bi

Focus on dividing complex numbers

| re |

|

» 247i

Divide.

a. ~~

.

4i

—14i 5

| SOLUTION la

= =

4i

mae = au

Li

|

* Multiply the expression by | in the form !

AY :

=

5

=

4(—1)

—-]

¢ Replace * by —1.

4

2+ 7 oe = . eth += | ° =146 ~ -14i i

)

| b.

|

Pe

Then simplify

:

* Multiply the expression by | in the for m +

Tis

— 147 7

21

7

ll

—14(-1)

ee

) —

aren

14

Se|

° Replace * by —1.

¢ Write the answer in the form a + bi.

=

|Check your understanding 5 | Divide. i

| SOLUTION

a.

=16)

Dial

ae 6i

Ai

]

See page S-5.

Then simplify

a. a

3

b. Perak

Section 14.5 « Complex Numbers

21

Conjugate of a Complex Number The conjugate of a + bi is a — bi, and the conjugate of a — bi is a + bi. The

product of the conjugates is (a + bi)(a — bi) = a? + b’. EXAMPLES

1. The conjugate of 2 + Si is 2 — Si. The product of the conjugates is

(V2 50 — 51). = 2745? ='29. 2. The conjugate of 3 — 4i is 3 + 4i. The product of the conjugates is

3 — 4i)3 + 4i) = 3? + 4 = 25. 3. The conjugate of —5 + i is —5 — i. The product of the conjugates is

(—5)? + 1?: = 26.

(5 a) 5, 1)

The conjugate of a complex number is used to divide complex numbers when the denominator is of the form a + bi. ia.

|

Divide:

\

3

i 2

=i 3

: Sb

We i

Bs

Bye

2

31

;

* Multiply the numerator and denominator by 2 + 37, the conjugate

of the denominator.

Oa) 2 ae 32

i

=

:

|b. 5

=

Vet

Pts Divide

kee |

() ar SH 13

6

2,

sp

13

cae!

« Write

13

the answer

in the form a + bi.

= 9H} :

[Wes i

et

— =

I ae

— 27

a

ap

ae

|

eet

i

=

|

c=

:

Ib

* Multiply the numerator and denominator by 1 — 2i, the

a

conjugate of the denominator.

rae

p+?

Spe

ea)

.

7

« Replace * by —1. Then simplify.

1+4

_5- 121-4 5

i i

=

j

I =

12a

=-

5

l

12.

:

mal!

,

« Write the answer in the form a + bi.

Sar

Focus on dividing complex numbers a IDINGGIES

137 Gy Sa 3) ae Di

B

Sar 3 ; AL oe 2)

SOLUTION 13:

13:

342i

. 3 —

3+2i

2

¢ Multiply the numerator and denominator by

3-2i

3 — 2i, the conjugate of the denominator.

13i(3 — 2i) _ 391 — 267 ae 9+4 9h 261). 26: 39%

A

13

=2+3i

13

* Replace i? by —1. Then simplify. e Write the answer in the form a + bi,

22

Module 14 © Quadratic Equations

5 ere ea 23 -=

A teadt

Be

te —

=

|

conjugateof the denominator

127: = 67

Apt? ie 6(—1)

|

¢ Replace i by —1.

16+ 4

WoO

.

* Multiply the numerator and denominator by 4 — 2i, the

21

e010)

|

.

:

Merecl

Then simplify

2+ 6 20

Zier

SS a

|

20

|

AS

a

in

|

10

10

¢ Write the answer

in the form a

+ bi

_ Check your understanding 6 |

|

| Divid | Divide. |

2) [> 3%

a.

|SOLUTION

b

24 51 30

:

See page S-6.

"As eted

b.

4 19 aes

Objective 14.5D Practice _

4

4

Ll. Divides

—s1

Si

a

>. Dj Pees . Divide: =——

mee :

iS =

Ae | = oy 3. Divide: :

=I

4

eee

Be

.

pee Divide:

ware

Fi

Solutions on p. S-16.

ojective 14.5E

Solve quadratic equations with complex number solutions Allowing complex numbers to be solutions of quadratic equations enables us to solve quadratic equations that have no real number solutions.

Take Note »

| Solve:

You should check these solutions. For instance, here is the check for —8i.

| 2x + 128

2x7 + 128 = 0

i

2x7 + 128 = 0

2

0 =

2(—8i)? + 128 | 0

x =

2(—8)7i7 + 128 | 0 2(64)(—1) + 128 | 0

Nie =

SIPS Se W378) 0=0 The solution —8i checks. You should check that 87 is a solution.

y=

of =

—128

¢ Subtract 128 from each

—64

¢ Divide each side of the equation by 2.

V-64 +V—64

side of the equation.

¢ Take the square root of each side of the equation. =

+iV64

ER

| The solutions are —8i and 87.

* Rewrite

V—64 as i V64

« Simplify V64.

Section 14.5 «© Complex Numbers

23

_ Focus on solving a quadratic equation by taking square roots Solve (x — 1)? + 9 = 1 and check. SOLUTION

Cree

es |

(x a

i

V(x =

=

—-8

IIi =

*

V-8

Yo

*

= V8

= +iV8

Subtract 9 trom each side of the equation Take

ale e212 eee DIA) Check:

the square root of each side of the equation.

* Rewrite V—8 as iV8

plify

V8

(x- 1)? +9=

(1 + 2iV2 — 1)? + 9 (2iV/2)? + 9

24V)(V2)? + 9 4(-1)(2) + 9 —8 +9

The solutions are

| + 27/2 and

|

2iV

2

| Check your understanding 7 Solve 8z* + 17 = —7 and check.

| SOLUTION

See page S-6.

+ iv3

In many instances, the quadratic formula will be the best choice for solving a quadratic equation with complex number solutions. We restate the quadratic formula here for your reference. The solutions of the quadratic equation ax* + bx + c = 0, a # O, are given by —b+

Vb

— 4ac

x=

2a

| Solve 4x* — 4x + 2 = 0 and check.

i

ei

i

2=

—b+Vb* — 4ac

2a

Hee) (

)

Al (ats) Be ( 4)

|

4G) @)

2(4)

a

| 4+ V16—-32

4+ ~v-I6

8 4+iV16

8

|

,

|

| i

i

|

=

8 4

4

Se

Omen

=

1

424i 8 i

=—+—=—+-]

¢ Substitute into the quadratic formula:

2.

4 b=

¢ Rewrite

—4

¢

ao

V—16 as i

V16. V16

:

= 4

¢ Write the solution in the form a + bi.

24

Module 14 * Quadratic Equations

| Check:

4x° — 4x +2=0

Green 2

(f+ Git Git te) 2-142 4 4 4

0

eee — 2-217 2'|\0 ie d—1) = 27! 0 0=0 4° —4x+2=0

(5-38) -455) +2 Drveaie Pa? (7-5!

'

y+ 98)

0

2+2i+210

1-i-i+’?-2+2i+21]0 1-—2i+ (-1) +2: 10 0=0 ie

|

|

The solutions are 5 + +i and 5

yl.

| Focus on solving a quadratic equation by using | the quadratic formula

| Solve x2 + 4x = —6 and check. |SOLUTION

|

x + 4x = -6

(e+ 4x+6=0

¢ Write the quadratic equation in standard form

| | eee |e

2a

tee

4 — 4(1)(6)

a

2(1)

—4+ V16—-24

2 -4+iV8

l_b=

4,

6

-4+ V-8

a

2

-4+ 2iV2

¢ Rewrite

2 Messin 9

8 as / V8 and then rewrite i V8 as

¢ Write the solution in the form a

Check:

(—2 + iV2)? + 4(-2 | 4 — 212 — 2iV2 + 2(-V2)? — 8 4 — 4iV2+ (-1)2 -— 8 4 — 4iV/2 + (-2) — 8

\

2D Wed

+ + + +

iV2) 4iV2 4iV2 4iV2

+ bi

Section 14.6 ¢ Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations

cy AX

(22) Aenea

25

agO

+ 4(—2 — iV2) | -6

2 rr (\/2)? — 8'—-4in/2: |.—6

4+ 4iV2 + (-1)2 —- 8 - 4iv2 | -6 4+ 4iV2 + (—2)

6



|

41N2o i

The solutions are

—2 + iV2 and

—2

=

=—6

iV2

| Check your understanding 8 Solve x° — 6x + 4 = —6 and check.

| SOLUTION

See pages S-6-S-7.

Objective 14.5E Practice

1. Solve: x + 16 =0

4i

2. Solve: @— 3)? + 81=0 3. Solve: x° + 4x = —-8

3+9 2

4. Solve: 4x7 + 12x + 25=0

5. Solve: 4x° — 4x + 13 =0 Solutions on pp. S-16—S-17.

SECTION

Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations Objective 14.6A

Solve equations that are quadratic in form Certain equations that are not quadratic equations can be expressed in quadratic form by making suitable substitutions. An equation is quadratic in form if it can be written as au + bu+c=0.

To see that the equation at the right is quadratic in form, let x° = u. Replace x” by u. The equa-

X= 47 = 5 = 0 (4 Gaon)

tion is quadratic in form.

uo—4u—-3=0

To see that the equation at the right is quadratic 1

1

in form, let y2 = u. Replace y? by u. The equation is quadratic in form.

1

ics » =6=©@ ps

et

67)? — 62) -6=0 oe 0)

26

Module 14 © Quadratic Equations |Solve:

¢ + 72 - I =)

"|i

H

1

f

ge

i

lara



hss

0)

¢ The equation is quadratic in form

L

| (@)? + 7@) = 18 = 6

|

w+Tu18 =0 (u a

-u-2=0

* Solve for uw by factoring

u+9=0

u=2 y

= Lett=u

2)(u ar 9) =0

io

1

1

2=2

2=-9

1 (z2)? = 24

¢ Replace u by z

1 (z2)? == (—9)?

ii

* Solve for z by squaring each side of the equation

Z = Sl

:

1 Check:

z+7z2—-—18=0

* Check the solutions. When each side of the equation has been squared, the resulting equation may have an extraneous

MeeTGE=18.\\0 4+7:-2-18

4+

— solution 0

14-18

!0

O=0 4 checks as a solution.

EI = 18 = 0 81 + 7(81)2 —18

SicTeare18 Si 63 18 126 #0

' 81 does not check as a solution. ! The solution

is 4.

¢ Write the solution

| Focus on solving an equation that is quadratic in form

Solve.

Sale ee 12=0

b v= 2s —3=0

| SOLUTION | a.

| | |

| |

|

x6+x-12=0

© Let? =u.

(u = 3)(u a 4) = 0

u =3—

0

= Aven =

|

eee

* Solve for u by factoring

u+4=0

u=

|

|

* The equation is quadratic in form.

@?+ (2) -12=0 w+u-12=0

aw}

u=

—4

xr =

-4

* Replace w by x°.

y=

Wek

* Solve for x by taking square roots.

x= %

=

+21

Feet

:

The solutions are V3, —V3, 2i, and —2i.

Section 14.6 ¢ Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations

b.

a =

Axa —

37 =

27

* The equation is quadratic in form.

(x3)? — 2(x3) —3=

uw —2u-3= |

* Let x? = u

(u = 3) (u al) =

|

u—3=0

|

* Solve for u by factoring.

u+1=0

u = 3

|

u=—|]

a =

xe ==]

(xi)3 = 33

« Replace u by x

(3 = (-1)3

x = 27

Solve

for x by cubing both sides of the equation.

x=-]

The solutions are 27 and — |

Check your understanding 1

| Solve.

a x—5x29+6=0

_SOLUTION

See page S-7.

». 4x*+352—-9=0 a. 4,9

b

Objective 14.6A Practice 1. Solve: yt — 5’ +4= 2. Solve: w — wi =

tye

(ire

25

3. Solve: z3 — 3 —6=

8;.27

Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.

Objective 14.6B

Solve radical equations Certain equations containing a radical can be solved by first solving the equation for the

radical expression and then squaring each side of the equation.

Remember that When each side of an equation has been squared, the resulting equation

| Solve: Vx

+2+4=x

[Vet2+4=x

Pere

¢ Solve for the radical expression.

Sa

i (Vx + 2)? = (x — 4)? x+2=x

.

-— 8x+

16

O= 29%+14 0O=(—7)(e—2) |x-7=0

oe

v=]

|Check:

Write the equation in standard form.

— = Solve for x by factoring.

eal) x=2

Ve?

+4 =x

VIz2+4)7 VS 44

Wont

eT

By ae |) a 7=7 {

Square each side of the equation.

* Simplify

! The solution is 7.

° va42+4|

Al x

V4+4]

2

* Check the solutions.

2

De Al | Be 6 #2

e 2 does not check as a solution. ¢ Write the solution.

28

Module 14 * Quadratic Equations

Focus on solving an equation containing one radical | Solve:

V3x +7 —x = 3

| SOLUTION

| V3x +7 —x=3 Weyede7 = oy 463

* Solve for the radical expression.

(V3x + 7)? = (x + 3)?

* Square each side of the equation * Simplify

3x + 7=x+6x+9

|

Ox

|

0=(@+2)@+4

|x

2 = 0

|

x Spe

Bet 2

* Write the equation in standard form. 1)

* Factor

x+1=0

* Use the PrincipleofZero Products

x=-]

| Check:

V3x+7—-x=3

V3(—2) +7 - (-2)

V3x + 7—x =3

3(-1) +7 -(-1) | 3

|

ee oe| 3

/ |

1+2 | 3 33

WA

The solutions are —2 and

| —2 and —1 check as solutions.

Ts

2+1 | 3 =o —1.

_ Check your understanding 2

| Solve: \/2x all p= 7 | SOLUTION

See page S-8.

4

If an equation contains more than one radical, the procedure of solving for the radical expression and then squaring each side of the equation may have to be repeated.

Focus on solving an equation containing two radicals Solve: V2x

+5

—-Vxt+2=1

| SOLUTION

| Vix +5 — Vet 2=1 Vix+5=Vxt24+1

(V2x

Take Note » You must check the solutions in

|

the example at the right.

Deo de 5 ae oe Se) ap UWS Se) ap Al

x+2=2Vx42

V2x +5 — Vxseate

+5 — V(—2)= VA= 1

(x + 2)? = (2Vx + 2)?

ve +4x+4=4( + 2) ee Sy a

2

Simplify.

ely 1 1 1

Solve for the remaining radical expression. Square each side of the equation. Simplify.

ve +4x+4=4x+ 8

y-4=0

VOFEG = Wes = ji

V20) 5 = VO) V9=-V4\

Square each side of the equation.

et 5=x+IVe $2 +3

Check:

V2(—2)

+ 5)? = (Wx +2 + 1)?

Solve for one of the radical expressions.

(x + 2)(x — 2) =0 | x 420 p= =)

x= 2='0 x=2

The solutions are —2 and 2.

Write the equation in standard form. Factor. Use the Principle of Zero Products.

As shown solutions.

at the left, —2 and 2 check as

Section 14.6 © Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations

29

Check your understanding 3 Solve: V2x — 1 + Vx =2

SOLUTION

See page S-8.

Objective 14.6B Practice 1. Solve: V2s+1=s-1

4

2. Solve: V4y+1—y=1

0.2

3. Solve: Vx +6+ Vxt+2=2 Solutions on pp. S-18-S-19.

Objective 14.6C

Solve fractional equations After each side of a fractional equation has been multiplied by the LCD, the resulting

equation is sometimes a quadratic equation. solutions The to the resulting equation!/must

I 2r(r + (2+

}= 206 cons

le

(r+

ear dl

1) + 2r=r(r+

¢ Multiply each side of the equation by the LCD.

| Nw

1)°3

art+24+2r=(r4+7n)-: 3 4r+2=3r 4+ 3r

er = 2 0= '3r+2=0 8S

i

r=

Brt+2)(r—-1

r—-1=0 2

¢ Write the equation in standard form. Se

* Solve for r by factoring.

ail

2 3

i -} and | check as solutions. i } The solutions are

: —3 and |.

e Write the solutions,

30

Module 14 © Quadratic Equations

_ Focus on solving an equation containing fractions |

=f 3a == 17

| Solve: ve 5

_ SOLUTION 18

ee

+ 3a = 17

¢ The LCD is 2a — |

18 (2a a

1)

Pap =

ll

+ 3a])=

(2a =

1)17

* Multiply each side by the

LCD

| Qa — 1)5—— +(2a - 1)(3a)=@a - 1)17 18 + 6a* — 3a = 34a — 17 (6a —

7)(a =

()

5) =0

* Write the equation in standard form

* Solve for a by factoring

€=D-=

| 6a —-7=0

a=5

6a =7

7

| |



6a’ 55

|

a=

6

|

H and 5 check as solutions. - and 5

The solutions are

Check your understanding 4

pe

Solve: 3y +

=f

Shy = 2) ie

SOLUTION

See page S-8.

|

Objective 14.6C Practice 1. Solve: z = 2. Solve: 3. Solve:

>

5,—1

aaa

Dear 3

Eg

Voor

3 aye | Sey 3

1 +



viet IP ay 1

Solutions on pp. S-19-S-20.

SECTION

Nonlinear Inequalities Objective 14.7A

Solve nonlinear inequalities A quadratic inequality in one variable is an inequality that can be written in the form ae + bx be used.

+c 0, where a # 0. The symbols = and = can also

Section 14.7 © Nonlinear Inequalities

31

Quadratic inequalities can be solved by algebraic means. However, it is often easier to use a graphical method to solve these inequalities. The graphical method is used in the example that follows.

| Solve and graph the solution set of x — x — 6 62.68 2

pe —60.6 + 62.68 =)

ee = 00.0 — 62.68 = By)

t = —0.065

t = 3.8525

The time cannot be negative. The hang time is approximately 3.9 s.

Check your understanding 2 STRATEGY

* This is a work problem. ¢ The unknown time for Tessa: f ¢ The unknown time for Seth: ¢ + 3

¢ They work together for 2 h.

* The sum of the part of the task completed by Tessa and the part completed by Seth is 1.

S-4

Solutions to Module 14 SOLUTION

2.feats

t(t + a(? + 5) Set + 3) 1

* Multiply each side by the LCD

(t+ 3) +2r=P + 3r

* Simplify

4t+6=fP + 31 0=r-t-6

* Standard form

0O=(¢+ 2)(t-— 3) — © Factor beta ea) t=

t—3=0 -2

* Solve for r

t=3

The time cannot be negative. It would take Tessa 3 h to wash the windows.

Check your understanding 3 STRATEGY

¢ This is a uniform motion problem. ¢ The unknown rate of the wind: r

¢ The time flying with the wind is 2 h less than the time flying against the wind. SOLUTION

1200

_—:

ZO ar i

1200

2

PWS

1200 r)(250 — (S30 a 050 + n)(250 = (sz1200s -)= (250(250 ++7)(250

=

1200(250 — r) = 1200(250 + r) — 2(62,500 — 7) —2400r = —125,000 + 27° 0 = 2r + 2400r — 125,000

0 = 2(r + 1250)(r — 50) 0 = (r + 1250)(r — 50) par I)

=O

i

pi

ea)

ls0)

r= 50

The rate cannot be negative. The rate of the wind is 50 mph.

Section 14.5

Check your understanding 1

12

ee eV 3

2 3

12 — 6iV2

So

3

°

72

=1V72

¢ Simplify the radical.

3) =

ary

Ssee

4 — 2iV2

¢ Factor 3 from the numerator.

* Simplify.

2)

Solutions to Module 14.

Check your understanding 2 —b + Vb’ — 4ac —6+

V6’ — 4-1-25

=-6+

V36-—100

-s

= -6+ V—64 = -6 + iV64 = —-6+ 8i

Check your understanding 3 a. (5 — 7i) + (2-3) = (5 + 2) + [-7 + (-Dii =7-

id

add the imaginary

parts

8i

b. (—4 + 21) — (6 — 8))

= (—4 — 6) + [2 — (-8)]i

i! parts

and subtract the imaginary

= —10 + 10:

Check your understanding 4

a. (44-—3)2-) =8-—4-61+ 37 =8—- 101+ 37 = 5

40 4- 3(-1) = 5 —

» FOI

10:

Mo Se i At he quae oer.| sgt = a ieee. 40 ~ 10 €. (8+ 67)(3 = 61) = 9 — 181 + 181 — 367 = 9 — 367°

- FOI

= 9 — 36(-1) = 9 + 36 = 45 d. (1 + 5i)?

1 + 10i + 257? 1 + 10: + 25(—1)

= 1+ 10i — 25 = —24 + 10: Check your understanding 5 ea oi 6i Gi fei —3i —3i —i 1

po et 2a ties > 4 4i i

2i = 30 4?

Bele 1)

382i

4(—1)

=

*

Multiply

by

* Multiply by ; = 1

parts

S-5

S-6

Solutions to Module 14

Check your understanding 6 5

5

[= Pap iy)

il

ae Meo tee | —

aH

; SI

* Multiply the numerator and denominator by the conjugateof the denominator

eee) 5 151

i =

oa)

10

PRG Sy) b.

a) =

3

ra 9 =

2Se Sy)

:= 2)

l _

ze

2,

« Write

ina + bi form

Ghee)

( i): ( i) (3 Vertex: (0,

2. y=

1 ee

3.

+2

—2); axis of symmetry:

Vertex: (0, 2): axisofsymmetry:

y= x —3x+2>

3

;

x =

)

3.

x = 0 0

Vertex: & -7); axis of symmetry: x =

3

2

4, Graph f(x) = —2x? — 3x + 2. State the domain and range of the function. 5. Graph f(x) = x° + 4x — 3. State the domain and range of the function. y

Solutions on pp. S-5—S-6.

4. D: {x|x real numbers}

y

6

Module 15 « More on Functions

Objective 15.1B

Find the x-intercepts of a parabola Recall that a point at which a graph crosses the X- or y-axis is called an intercept of the graph. The X-intercepts of the graph of an equation occur when y = 0; the y-intercepts occur when x = 0.

x-intercepts y por

The graph of y = x° + 3x — 4 is shown at the right. The points whose coordinates are (~ 4. ()) and (|. 0) are x-intercepts of the graph. y-Intercept

|Focus on finding the x-intercepts of a parabola |

| Find the coordinates of the x-intercepts of the parabola whose equation is

| y=2r

—-x-6.

|SOLUTION | y=2r-x-6

| 0=27° -—x-6

* To find the x-intercepts, let y = 0

0 = x + 3)(x - 2)

ee

| w+3=0

* Use the Principle of Zero Products

x-2=0 3

x=

5

x=2

[he coordinates of the x-intercepts are

(—5,0) and (2, 0). See the graph at the left.

_Check your understanding 3 | Find the coordinates of the x-intercepts of the parabola whose equation is | f(x) =7+2x-8.

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

(—4, 0), (2, 0)

If ax’ + bx + c = 0 has a double root, then the graph of y = ax* + bx + c intersects the x-axis at one point. In that case, the graph is said to be tangent to the x-axis.

Find the coordinates of the x-intercept of the parabola whose equation is

ly =4—4e4 Fe ly=40

40

0)

Ay? —4x+4+

0=

(2x

'2x-1=0 |

1) (2x

&6=1 | Dire

2

1

¢ To find the x-intercept, let y = 0

1)

¢ Solve for x by factoring and using the Principle of Zero Products

2%-1=0 2x = 1 i UG.

2

* The coordinates of the x-intercept are Cr 0). See the graph at the left.

Section 15.1

© Properties of Quadratic Functions

1

Recall that the discriminant of ax* + bx + c is the expression b? — 4ac and that this expression can be used to determine whether ax* + bx + c = 0 has zero, one, or two real

number solutions. Because there is a connection between the solutions of ax” + bx + c = 0 and the x-intercepts of the graph of y = ax* + bx + c, the discriminant can be used to determine the number of x-intercepts of a parabola.

Effect of the Discriminant on the Number of x-Intercepts of a Parabola

with Equation y = ax? + bx +c 1. If b? — 4ac = 0, the parabola has one x-intercept.

2. If b> — 4ac > 0, the parabola has two x-intercepts. 3. If b> — 4ac < 0, the parabola has no x-intercepts.

| Focus on using the discriminant Use the discriminant to determine the number of x-intercepts of the parabola with the given equation. an yR2e =x 2 ba fG) = ax ti4em 4 | SOLUTION

Ja y=2?-x+2 |

b* — 4ac

ret = 40y0) =1———

¢ Evaluate the

a2) oe

discriminant

16 i

The discriminant is negative.

z.

The parabola has no x-intercepts

b. f(x) = -x° + 4x - 4 |

b> — 4ac

(4)? = 4(-1)(-4)

y, ¢ Evaluate the discriminant

ses

ped

oa

=

= 16 — 16 =() The discriminant is zero.

The parabola has one x-intercept.

Check your understanding 4

Ce) = x7 44, —4

Use the discriminant to determine the number of x-intercepts of the parabola with equatony =x —-—x-6.

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Two

Objective 15.1B Practice For Exercises | to 5, find the coordinates of the x-intercepts of the parabola given by the

equation.

1) = x= 41 -0,0),({—250) 2. y= 3x°+ 6x (0,0), (—2,0)

8

Module 15 * More on Functions

3. y=32—19x — 14 ($0), (7,0) 4.y=x 5.

+4%—=3

(-2 + V7.0), (-2-— V7.0)

y= —x7— 43-5

No x-Intercepts

Solutions on pp. S-6-S-7.

Objective

15.1C

Find the zeros of a quadratic function Recall that a zero of a function f is a number c for which f(c) = 0. For the graph of

f(x) = x° + x — 2 shown at the left, the x-coordinates of the x-intercepts are zeros of f. {Qi ax

aax— 2

fy) =P +x-2

f(—2pr—e2) (2) -2

fli) = 1? 41-2

f(-2) =4 + (-2) -2 f(-2) =

Osi) FY a0

—2 is a zero of f.

l is a zero of f

There is an important connection between the x-intercepts and the real zeros of a function.

Because the numbers on the x-axis are real numbers, Coordinate thé Of an intercept of

_ Focus on finding the real zeros of a function | Find the zeros of f(x) = x7 — 2x — 1. SOLUTION

foaSxe = 2a I =

| x =

x



Jy —

—bh+

|

¢ To find the zeros, let f(x)

Vb’ — 4ac

aoe ¢

a

Ek. i)

es V/(=2)

=

4(1)(=1)

.

Use the the quadrati quadratic

* a

2(1)

0 and solve for x

1,b =

formula nL

—2, and «

|

_24V4r4 a

2

ees oie

e222 ae = 1 The zeros of the function are

1 —

V2 and

1+

V2.

The graph of f(x) = x° — 2x — 1 is shown at the left, along with the x-intercepts of the | graph. Note that the x-coordinates of the x-intercepts are the real zeros of the function. | | | | |

Check your understanding 5

| Find the zeros of f(x) = 2x* + 3x — 1. SOLUTION

See page S-2.

SO

Z

VAT

:

at

;

Vit

Section 15.1 © Properties of Quadratic Functions

9

The x-axis consists only of real numbers. If the graph of a function does not cross the x-axis, it will not have any x-intercepts and therefore will not have any real number zeros. In this case, the function has complex number zeros.

| Focus on finding the complex zeros of a function

Find the zeros of f(x) = —x? + 2x — 2.

| SOLUTION fe) = x O=

2x — 2

=x

Sie,

—b +

*

To find

the zeros,

let f(x)

= 0 and solve for x

VB? — 4ac

x=

e

|



gt adratic

formula

2a

=e Vy |

4(—1)(—2)

;

2(=1)

|}

—-24+V4—8 =2

| a2 V4 | =9 | srehced

8

~2

| The complex zeros of the function are | — i and | + i.

The graph of f(x) = —x? + 2x — 2 is shown at the left. Note that the graph does not | cross the x-axis. The function has no real zeros.

| Check your understanding 6

| Find the zeros of f(x) = 4x? — 8x + 5. SOLUTION

See page S-2.

fecal

The example above shows that a function can have a zero without crossing the x-axis. The zero of the function, in this case, is a complex number. If the graph Of afunction crosses the

Objective 15.1C Practice For Exercises 1 to 5, find the zeros of the function.

1. f&) = +3x4+2

-2,-1

E5

2. f(x) = =3x? + 4x -— 1

5. f(x) == 2

2

+ 3x +2

Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.

3

=

1

| Rea

Module 15 ® More on Functions

Objective 15.2A

Solve minimum and maximum problems

The graph of f(x) = x° — 2x + 3 is shown at the right.

y

Because a is positive, the parabola opens up. The vertex of the parabola is the lowest point on the parabola. It is the point that has the minimum y-coordinate. Therefore, the value of the function at this point is a minimum. ) Minimum

{ y-coordinate 2

The graph of f(x) = —x? + 2x + 1 is shown at the right. Because a is negative, the parabola opens down. The vertex of the parabola is the highest point on the parabola. It is the point that has the maximum y-coordinate. Therefore, the value of the function at this point is a maximum.

4

2 Onna

y 4

Vertex (1, 2) i

)}: Maximum

( y-coordinate

To find the minimum or maximum value of a quadratic function, first find the x-coordinate of the vertex. Then evaluate the function at that value.

Focus on finding the minimum or maximum value of a function

Find the maximum or minimum value of the function f(x) = —2x? + 4x + 3. SOLUTION

;

=

2 =

2a

{=

2(—2)

=

1

+ Find the x-coordinate of the vertex. a

2. b=4

rae

fi) ==207 + 4) + 3

* Evaluate the function at x = 1

f{Y=s Because a < 0, the graph of f opens down. Therefore, the function has a maximum value.

The maximum value of the function is 5. See the graph at the left.

Check your understanding 1 Find the maximum or minimum value of the function f(x) = 2x7 — 3x + 1. SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Minimum:

Objective 15.2A Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the maximum or minimum value of the function.

IR TAG See 2 f=

eae

Minimum:

2

Maximum:

—|

Section 15.2 © Applications of Quadratic Functions 3 f(x) =

—2x? + 4x -—5

4, f(x) = 2

+ 3x—8

11

Maximun Minimum

Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.

Objective 15.2B

Solve applications of minimum and maximum _A mason is forming a rectangular floor for a storage shed. The perimeter of the rectangle is 44 ft. What dimensions of the rectangle will give the floor a maximum area? What _ is the maximum area? _ We are given the perimeter of the rectangle, and we want to find the dimensions of the rectangle that will yield the maximum area for the floor. Use the equation for the perimeter of a rectangle. P=2L+2W 44=2L

+ 2W

«P=

22=L+W

DE

[hy

¢

il

44

Divide

both

sides

of the equation by 2

* Solvefor

_ Now use the equation for the area of a rectangle. Use substitution to express the area in terms of L.

A=LW A

=

Lo




+ 22L

at 11, the L-coordinate of the vertex.

—121 + 242 = 121 } The maximum area of the floor is 121 ft.

The graph of the function f(L) = —L’ + 22L is shown at the right. Note that the vertex of the parabola is (11, 121). For any value of L less than 11, the area of the floor will be less than 121 ft’. For any value of L greater than 11,

the area of the floor will be less than 121 ft*. 121 is the maximum value of the function, and the maximum value occurs when L = 11.

f(L)

Module

15 ® More on Functions

Focus on solving an application A mining company has determined that the cost c, in dollars per ton, of mining a mineral is given by c(x) = 0.2x7 — 2x + 12 | where x is the number of tons of the mineral that are mined. Find the number of tons of the mineral that should be mined to minimize the cost. What is the minimum cost? | STRATEGY

_ © To find the number of tons that will minimize the cost, find the x-coordinate of the vertex. _ ¢ To find the minimum cost, evaluate the function at the x-coordinate of the vertex. | SOLUTION

|

b ae

ae)

——J

=

—_—

2a

2 —

2(0.2)

To minimize the cost, 5 tons should be mined.

c(x) = 0.2x° — 2x + 12

c=

O26)2- 25) +12 =5 -10412=7

The minimum cost per ton is $7.

Note: The graph of the function c(x) = 0.2x7 — 2x + 12 is shown at the left. The vertex

of the parabola is (5, 7). For any value of x less than 5, the cost per ton is greater than $7. For any value of x greater than 5, the cost per ton is greater than $7. 7 is the minimum value of the function, and the minimum value occurs when x = 5.

|Check your understanding 2 _ The height s, in feet, of a ball thrown straight up is given by s(t) = —167 + 64r, where t is the time in seconds. Find the time it takes the ball to reach its maximum height. What is the maximum height? | SOLUTION

See page S-3.

2s; 64 ft

Focus on solving a problem by writing a quadratic equation _ Find two numbers whose difference is 10 and whose product is a minimum. | STRATEGY

| ¢ Let x and y represent the two numbers.

ie Express y in terms of x. Be aaa)

a

10

y=xt10

¢ The difference of the numbers is 10

* Solve for y.

¢ Express the product of the numbers in terms of x.

xy = x0; 10) f@ = x + 10x

*y=x+10 * The function f represents the product of the two numbers.

* To find one of the two numbers, find the x-coordinate of the vertex of f(x) = x* + 10x. ° To find the other number, replace x in x + 10 by the x-coordinate of the vertex and evaluate. SOLUTION

x 102-5410='5 The numbers are —5 and 5.

Section 15.3 * Algebra of Functions

13

Check your understanding 3 A rectangular area is being fenced along a stream to enclose a picnic area. If 100 ft of fencing is available, what dimensions of the rectangle will produce the maximum area for picnicking? See the figure at the left.

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

25 ftb

fit

Objective 15.2B Practice

1. An event in the Summer Olympics is 10-meter springboard diving. In this event, the height s, in meters, of a diver above the water rt seconds after jumping is given by

s(t) = —4.9P + 7.8t + 10. What is the maximum height that the diver will reach? Round to the nearest tenth.

{3.1

:

2. A manufacturer of microwave ovens believes that the revenue R, in dol-

lars, the company receives is related to the price P, in dollars, of an oven by

R(P) = 125P — 0.25P*. What price will give the maximum revenue? $250 3. The Buckingham Fountain in Chicago shoots water from a nozzle at the base of the fountain. The height h, in feet, of the water above the ground ¢ seconds after it leaves

the nozzle is given by h(t) = —16° + 901 + 15. What is the maximum height of the water? Round to the nearest tenth. 41.6 ft 4. The suspension cable that supports a small footbridge hangs in the shape of a parabola. The height h, in feet, of the cable above the bridge is given by

h(x) = 0.25x? — 0.8x + 25, where x is the distance in feet from one end of the bridge. What is the minimum height of the cable above the bridge?

24.36 ft

Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.

15.3 | SECTION

Objective 15.3A

Algebra of Functions Perform operations on functions The operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of functions are defined as follows.

Operations on Functions

If f and g are functions and x is an element of the domain of each function, then

14

Module 15 © More on Functions

| a. Given f(x) = x7 + 1 and g(x) = 3x — 2, find (f + g)(3).

(f+ g)() = fl) + gt)

b. Given f(x) = 2x + 1 and g(x) = x + 1, find (£)-2)

Clare)

c. Given f(x) = 3x — 2 and g(x) = 2x + 1, find (f- g)(x).

(f- g)@) = FQ) g@) = (3x — 2)- (2x + 1) =a)

x

2

You cannot evaluate the quotient of two functions at any value that results in a denomina-

tor of zero. For instance, consider trying to evaluate (Z)oo. given f(x) = 2x7 — 5x + 6 and g(x) = x — 1. 8

Ree

a) 426

(1)? — J 3 0

=e

3

* 5 is nota real number

m

-

Because = is not defined, the expression (4)(1) cannot be evaluated.

Focus on adding or subtracting two functions

Given f(x) = 2° — x + 1 and g(x) = x — 4, find (f — g)@).

SOLUTION

(F—2)3) =fE)= 23) | 2560 epee) = 7 — 23

| (fC

ear

|Check your understanding 1

| Given f(x) = x2 + 2x and g(x) = 5x — 2, find (f+ g)(—2). SOLUTION

See page S-3.

=.

Section 15.3 ¢ Algebra of Functions

' Focus on multiplying two functions

| Given f(x) = x — 2x — 1 and g(x) = 2x + 3, find (f- g)().

SOLUTION

| (f-8)@) =f): g&) = (x — 2x — 1): (2x + 3) = (° — 2x — 1):2x + (°° — 2x - 1)-3

(2x7 — 4x7 — 2x) + Bx — 6x — 3) Per Shore

Ane)

pee)

Check your understanding 2 | Given f(x) = x° + 3 and g(x) = 3x — 5, find (f- g)(). | SOLUTION

See page S-4.

ax

es

9% = 15

| Focus on dividing two functions | Given f(x) = x + 4x + 4 and g(x) = x — 2, find (L)o.

|

g

| SOLUTION

if

f(3)

| (Ao = 20) |

_ 3? +43) +4 TMH

Oo-

SaBtEIS

2 Ts

| Check your understanding 3 | Given f(x) = x* — 4 and g(x) = x + 2x + 1, find @a | SOLUTION

See page S-4.

Objective 15.3A Practice

For Exercises 1 to 3, use f(x) = 2x° — 3 and g(x) = —2x + 4. 1. Find (f+ g)(0). | 2. Find ()-0.

ae

3. Find (f- g)(x).

—4.3

g

6

+ 8x

+ 6x —

12

For Exercises 4 to 6, use f(x) = x? + 3x — Sand g(x) = x» — 2x + 3. 4. Find (f — g)(2). —2 5. Find (f- g)(—3). 90

Aa (£)(-2). 7 &

Solutions on pp. S-11-S-12.

15

16

Module 15 * More on Functions

Objective 15.3B

Find the composition of two functions Composition offunctions is another way in which functions can be combined. This method of combining functions uses the output of one function as the input for a second function. Suppose that a propane heater is used to heat the air in a hot-air balloon and that the shape of the balloon can be approximated by a sphere. The propane expands the air in the balloon in such a way that the radius of the balloon, in feet, is given by r(¢) = 0.3¢, where tf is the time, in minutes, that the propane heater has been running.

The volume of the balloon depends on its radius and is given by V(r) = qar’. To find the volume of the balloon 20 min after the heater is turned on, we first find the radius of the balloon and then use that number to find the volume of the balloon.

rf =0.3t r(20)

=

VinA= Aue

0.3(20)

Sit

20 min

V(6) =

=6

4

3

ae (6°)

*r=6ft

= 2887

=~ 904.78 The radius is 6 ft.

The volume is approximately 904.78 ft’.

There is an alternative way to solve this problem. Because the volume of the balloon depends on the radius and the radius depends on the time, there is a relationship between the volume and the time. We can determine that relationship by evaluating the formula for the

volume using r(t) = 0.3r as our input. This will give the volume of the balloon as a function of time.

4

ae V(r)(r) = =a V[r(d]

=

4

aml}

iy

* Replace r by r(t).

4

= —7 [0.3tP

° r(t) = 0.38

3}

= 0.0367f° The volume of the balloon as a function of time is V(t) = 0.03671. To find the volume of the balloon 20 min after the heater is turned on, evaluate this function at t = 20.

V(t) = 0.03677

V(20) = 0.0367 (20)?

©

+= 20min

= 2887 ut 904.78

This is exactly the same result we calculated earlier. The function V(t) = 0.0367? is referred to as the composition of V with r. The notation Vor is used to denote this composition of functions. That is,

(Vo r)(t) = 0.03600

Section 15.3 * Algebra of Functions

17

Definition of the Composition of Two Functions

Let f and g be two functions such that g(x) is in the domain of f for all x in the domain of g. Then the composition of the two functions, denoted by f° g, is the

function whose value at x is given by (f° g)(x) = f[g(x)].

The function defined by (f° g)(x) is called the composite of f and g. We read (f° g)(x) as “f circle g of x,” and we read f|[2(x)| as “f of g of x.” Consider the functions f(x) = 2x and g(x) = x°. Then (f° g)(3) = f[g(3) |means to evaluate the function f at (3).

g(3) = 3° =9

flg(3)] = £9) = 2(9) = 18 The function machine that is illustrated at the right shows

the composition of g(x) = x° and f(x) = 2x. Note that the

composite

function,

(fe g)() = flg(x)], uses the

output

function

of the

g(x) =x

square

as the

input of the double function f(x)

Dx.

.

(fog)(x) = fle(x)]

The requirement in the definition of the composition of two functions that g(x) be in the domain of f for all x in the domain of g is important. For instance, let 1

FC3

e(x) = 3x —5

and

eal

When x = 2,

g(2) = 32) -5=1 flg(2)]

= f(l) =



=

7

° , is not a real number

In this case, g(2) is not in the domain of f. Thus the composition is not defined at 2.

|a. Given f(x) = x + 3x — 4 and g(x) = 3x — 1, find f[g(1)]. i

g(x) = 3x - 1

* Find g(1).

g() = 3() - 1 =

+ g(l) =2

f(x)

=x

+ 3x -4

i =flgQ)]=[gQ)P + 3le)]—4 i

= 23 + 3(2) —4

i

=8+6-4

| — f[g(1)] = 10

+ Find f[e()] * Replace g(1) by 2.

18

Module 15 © More on Functions

b. Given f(x) = x? + 3x — 4 and g(x) = 3x — 1, find g[f(1)].

fQ@) =

+3x-4

- Find f(1)

fl) = 1° +301) -4=0

-~si)

=0

g(x) = 3x — 1

gif(1)] = 3[f()] - 1 = 3(0) - 1

* Find gf f(1) * Replace f(1) by 0

slf(1)] = -1

Given f(x) = 7° + 4x — 1 and g(x) = 2x + 3, find f[g(x)]. f(x)

=? +4x-1

fle@)] = [g@)P + 4[g@)] - 1

* Replace x by g(x)

= (2x + 3? + 4[2x + 3] -1 = [40° + 12x + 9] + [8x + 12] -1 fle)] = 4° + 20x + 20

+ Simplify

© g(x) =2x +3

}‘Focus on finding a composition of functions |

| Given f(x) = x° — 1 and g(x) = 3x + 4, find each composite function.

a flg2] | SOLUTION

b. glf@)]

| a.

g(x) = 3x4+4

|

(2) = 322)

|

fa) =x

+4 = 10

Find g(2)

-1

flg(2)] = [g2)P - 1 |

=10'=1

|

= 100-1

- Find f(¢(2) * Replace g(2)by 10

fl[g@)] = 99 b. |

g(x) = 3x +4 g| f(x) } = 3[f(x) ] +4

|

= 30 =

|

= 37° -3+4

1]+4

alf)] = 3° +1

« Replace x by fix).

°

fy

=xr-1

¢ Simplify

Check your understanding 4

Given g(x) = 3x — 2 and h(x) = x° + 1, evaluate each composite function.

a. g(h(0)] | SOLUTION

—b. ALg()] See page S-4.

a. g{h(0)] = 1

b. Alg(x)] = 9x7 — 12x + 5

Objective 15.3B Practice

For Exercises 1 to 4, use f(x) = 2x — 3 and g(x) = 4x — 1. 1. Find f[g(2)]. 11

2. Find g(f(—2)].

—29

Section 15.4 ° One-to-One and Inverse Functions

3. Find f[g(x)].

8x — 5

4, Find g[f(@)].

8x — 13

19

4

For Exercises 5 to 7, use f(x) = x + x.+ Land Ax), = 35 4

5, Find f{A(0)]. 6. Find f{A(x)].

7

7. Find h[f(x) ]. Solutions on pp. S-12—S-13.

SECTION

One-to-One and Inverse Functions Determine whether a function is one-to-one Recall that a function is a set of ordered pairs in which no two ordered pairs that have the same first component have different second components. This means that given any x, there is only one y that can be paired with that x. A one-to-one function satisfies the additional condition that given any y, there is only one x that can be paired with that y. One-to-one functions are commonly expressed by writing 1-1.

The function given by the equation y = |x| is not a 1-1 function since, given y = 2, there are two possible values of x, 2 and — /, that can be paired with the given y-value. The graph at the left illustrates that a horizontal line intersects the graph more than once. Just as the vertical line test can be used to determine whether a graph represents a function,

a horizontal line test can be used to determine whether the graph of a function represents a 1-1 function.

Horizontal Line Test

A graph of a function is the graph of a |—1 function if any horizontal line intersects the graph at no more than one point.

The graph of a function is shown at the right. Since any horizontal line will intersect the graph at no more than one point, the graph is the graph of a |—1 function.

20

Module 15 « More on Functions

The graph of a quadratic function is shown at the right. Note that a horizontal line can intersect the graph at more than one point. Therefore, this graph is not the graph of a

y

1-1 function. In general, f(x) = ax’ + bx + c, a # 0, is

Sea

pak

not a 1-1 function.

| |

Focus on determining whether a graph is the graph of a 1-1 function

|

| Determine whether the graph represents the graph of a 1-1 function. | | a. y b. | 4

| | |

46

Sg

tt

| SOLUTION a.

oy

* A vertical line can intersect the graph at more than one point. The graph does not represent a function.

|

| |

|

|

This is not the graph of a |—] function. * A horizontal line can intersect the curve at more than one point.

This is not the graph of a 1-1 function.

Check your understanding 1 Determine whether the graph represents the graph of a 1-1 function.

a.

| SOLUTION

y

See page S-4.

b.

Ey NaS

y

b. Yes

Section 15.4 e One-to-One and Inverse Functions

21

Objective 15.4A Practice

For Exercises 1 to 4, determine whether the graph represents the graph of a 1-1 function. Y es

22.

yy

No

Solutions on p. S-13.

Objective 15.4B

Find the inverse of a function The inverse of a function is the set of ordered pairs formed by reversing the coordinates of each ordered pair of the function.

For example, the set of ordered pairs of the function defined by f(x) = 2x with domain {—2, -1,0, 1,2} is {(—2, —4), (—1, -2), (0, 0), (1, 2), 2, 4)}. The set of ordered pairs of the inverse function is {(—4, — 2), (—2, —!), (0,0), (2, 1), (4 2)}. From the ordered pairs of f, we have

Domain = {—2, —1, 0, 1, 2}

and

Range = {—4, —2, 0, 2, 4}

From the ordered pairs of the inverse function, we have

Domain = {—4, —2, 0, 2, 4}

and

Range = {—2, —1, 0, 1,2}

Note that

| Find the inverse of the function {(—1, 3), (1, —2), (3, —3), (5, 4), (6, 5)}. ' Reverse the coordinates of each ordered pair. {(3. —1),

(—2,1),

(—3. 3), (4, 5), (5, 6)}

Now consider the function defined by g(x) = x° with domain {—2, —1, 0, 1, 2}. The set of ordered pairs of this function is {(—2, 4), (-1, 1), 0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 4)}. Reversing the coordinates of the ordered pairs gives {(4, —2), (1, -1), (0, 0), (1, 1), (4, 2)}. These ordered pairs do not satisfy the condition of a function because there are ordered pairs with the same first coordinate and different second coordinates. This example illustrates that not

22

Module 15 ® More on Functions

The graphs of f(x) = 2x and g(x) = x° with the set of real numbers as the domain are shown below.

FO) = 2x

ox) =

By the horizontal line test, f is a 1-1 function but g is not.

Condition for an Inverse Function

A function f has an inverse function if and only if f is a 1-1 function.

Note > important to note that f~! ymbol for the inverse on and does not mean ocal,”

(staal ear:

The symbol f “! is used to denote the inverse of a 1-1 function f. The symbol f ~'(x) is read “f inverse of x.”

f —'(x) does not denote the reciprocal of f(x) but is the notation for the inverse of a 1-1 function.

To find the inverse of a function, interchange x and y. Then solve for y.

Find the inverse of the function defined by f(x) = 3x + 6. Note » e ordered pairs of f are given , y), then the ordered pairs are given by (y, x). That ‘ and y are interchanged s shown in the equation = 3y + 6

f(x) = 3x + 6 Wee

D

Ores

300 Sa)

* Replace

f(x) by y

yes

Bh) se ©

* Interchange x and )

6 —

3y

¢

1 a 3

Solve

for

\

y

| fae)

a

a

=

~

Y

¢ Replace

.

;

Py

y by f

(x)

The inverse of the function is given by f ‘(x) = -

; | Focus

|

yx — 2.

on finding the inverse of a function

Find the inverse of the function defined by the equation f(x) = 2x — 4.

Section 15.4 ¢ One-to-One and Inverse Functions

23

SOLUTION

fe) Ss2x 4

y=2x-4

+ Replac

x=2y-4

* Intercha

2y=x+4

* Solve

f

1 Vee EA)

Lig ee 2

| Check your understanding 2 |

Find the inverse of the function defined by the equation f(x) = 4x + 2.

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

The fact that the original function cludes the points middle, the points drawing a smooth

ordered pairs of the inverse of a function are the reverse of those of has a graphical interpretation. The function shown at the left below with coordinates (—2, 0), (—1, 2), (1, 4), and (5, 6). In the graph in with the reverse coordinates are plotted. The inverse function is graphed curve through these points, as shown in the rightmost figure.

Note that the dashed

the inthe by

graph of y = x is shown in the rightmost figure.

A special property relates the composition of a function and its inverse.

Cc

This property can be used to determine whether two functions are inverses of each other.

24

Module 15 ¢ More on Functions

| Are f(x) = 2x — 4 and 2a) = tx + 2 inverses of each other? _ To determine whether the functions are inverses, check that they satisfy the

_ Composition of Inverse Functions Property.

|

1

flee] = a5 e 2)a)

| 6slf@le_ er 4) +2

Bc

=x>-2+2

=A

=x

| Because fl g(x)] = x and g[ f(x)] = x, the functions are inverses of each other.

? Focus on determining whether two functions _ are inverses of each other

Are the functions defined by the equations f(x) = —2x + 3 and g(x) = —5x + 3 | inverses of each other? | SOLUTION

wis

1

if[ g(x) ] =Ff{——x

3

ll

| i)

ye

+ —

2;

> dp

“a Nile }

AU

¢ Check that the functions fand g satisfy the Composition of

2)

Inverse Functions Property

ae |N NS

ll é | ies) a Ww =x

* flg(x))

=x

=X

© glftx)] = x

The functions are inverses of each other.

_Check your understanding 3 | Are the functions defined by the equations h(x) = 4x + 2 and g(x) = ix —- 5 inverses of | each other? |

| SOLUTION

See page S-5.

Yes

|

y

The function given by the equation f(x) = 5x does not have an inverse that is a function. Two of the ordered-pair solutions of this function are (4, 8) and (—4, 8). The graph of f(x) = 5x is shown at the left. This graph does not pass the horizontal line Zi

test for the graph of a 1-1 function. The mirror image of the graph of f with respect to the graph of y = x is also shown. This graph does not pass the vertical line test for the graph of a function.

Section 15.4 ¢ One-to-One and Inverse Functions

Objective 15.4B Practice

1. Does the function {(1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), (4, 15)} have an inverse function? If so, find it.

Yes. {(0, 1), G, 2), (8, 3), (15, 4)}

2. Find the inverse function of f(x) = 4x — 8. 3. Find the inverse function of f(x)

2

==x+4. 2

f ‘(yj = rs ra)

3

f'(x~) = ae ve

. Use the Composition of Inverse Functions Property to determine whether h(x) = 4x —

1 and f(x) = tx ae 7hare inverses of each other.

Yes

. Use the Composition of Inverse Functions Property to determine whether (r=

—tx = 4and h(x) =

Solutions on pp. S-13—S-14.

—2x + | are inverses of each other.

No

25

. =

e

=

J

Solutions to Module 15

SOLUTIONS TO MODULE

15

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 15.1

Check your understanding 1 0 (1) =0

x-coordinate:

a

aa

¢ Find y when

ie =

3

*a=1.b=0

x =

= (0? —2 =-2 The coordinates of the vertex are (0, —2).

The equation of the axis of symmetry is x = 0. ¢

Find

ordered-pair

valuesof x greater

*

Use symmetry

to find two

the other side of the

axis

t

more

of

points

on

symmetrs

Check your understanding 2 Because a > 0, the graph of g will open up. The coordinates of the vertex are J

7.

ge

a

=

2)

——=}

2

y = g(-2) = (-2)? + 4(-2) - 2 = -6 Find several ordered-pair solutions and then use symmetry to draw the graph.

The domain is {x|x € real numbers}. The range is {y|y = —6}. Check your understanding 3 f(x)

=x =x

0=

+ 2x -— 8 + 2x -

8

(x aif 4) (x =

x+4=0

x=-4

~—

* Replace f(x) by 0. 2) 2—

¢ Factor (0)

¢ Solve for

x

x=2

The coordinates of the x-intercepts are

(—4, 0) and (2, 0).

S-1

Solutior

to

Module 15

Check your understanding 4 y=xr-x-6 a=

1,b> c=

b —

4ac =

7-6

(- 1)? fe 4(1)(—6)

¢ Evaluate the discriminant

= 172425 The discriminant is positive. The parabola has two x-intercepts.

Check your understanding 5 fx) = 2x? + 3x - 1 0=2r+3x-1 x=

ee

* Replace f(x) by 0

id Se Ej 4(2)(—1)

;

¢ Use the quadratic

formula to solve for x

2(2) _

See

ee

Ot

4

VET

4 =>

The zeros are

17

i

and

Si

ere WAN

Z

;

Check your understanding 6 fx) = 4° — 8x +5 0=

4



8x+

5

* Replace f(x) by 0

—(-8) + V(—8)? — 4(4)(5)

Xs

eee

|

* Use the quadratic formula to solve for x

2(4) 8 + V64 — 80

7 =

8 ex

Wail

n=

8

i eeZ

1

8

1

= (leery

2D

1

The zeros are | — at and 1 + ar

Section 15.2

Check your understanding 1

b a 4

ie

ye 200) 74

¢ Find the x-coordinate of the vertex

ae

fig) = el 2

8 Because a is positive, the function has a minimum value. ete

:

1

The minimum value of the function is —¢.

Solutions to Module 15

Check your understanding 2 STRATEGY ¢ To find the time it takes for the ball to reach its maximum height, find the t-coordinate of the vertex. ¢ To find the maximum height, evaluate the function at the t-coordinate of the vertex. SOLUTION

PAS:

Die i

2a

64

5

2(—16)

The ball reaches its maximum height in 2 s.

s(t) = —16f° + 64¢

s(2)= —16(2)?+ 64(2) = —64 + 128= 64 The maximum height is 64 ft.

Check your understanding 3 STRATEGY ¢ Width of rectangle: x Length of rectangle: y Amount of fencing, F: 100 ft ¢ Express the length of the rectangle in terms of x.

TE

Die 5

100 = 2x + y

*

100 — 2x =y

F= 100

* Solve for y

Express the area of the rectangle in terms of x. A =xy

A = x(100 — 2x) A =

°

y= 100 — 2x

—2x* + 100x

° To find the width, find the x-coordinate of the vertex of f(x) = —2x? + 100x. * To find the length, replace x in y = 100 — 2x by the x-coordinate of the vertex. SOLUTION

= ey

b

100 =- meee) = 25

The width is 25 ft.

100 — 2x = 100 — 2(25) = 100 — 50 = 50 The length is 50 ft.

Section 15.3

Check your understanding 1 Given f(x) = x° + 2x and g(x) = 5x — 2,

Fe)

2) ct.s(=2) aera (a2) |+41 Kaela? = (4 — 4) + (-10 — 2)

(f+ g)(-2) = -12

S-3

S-4

Solutions to Module 15

Check your understanding 2 Given f(x) = x7 + 3 and g(x) = 3x — 5,

(f-g)(x) = FQ) - g(x) = (x7 + 3)x — 5) (f- g)(x) = 3x° — 5x2 + 9x — 15

Check your understanding 3 Given f(x) = ° — 4and g(x) =x? + 2x + 1,

i (‘)4)

f(4) g(4) i

47-4

eae i ~

le

16+ 841

F\ 4) = 2 (‘)Oe 25 Check your understanding 4 a. h(x) =x? +1 h(0) =

0? eal

—s

¢ Find h(0)

gx) = 3x = 2 § [h(0)] = 3[h(0)] —2 — « Find g{A(oy]

= 3(1) —2

* Replace A(0) by |

g[h0)] = 1 b.

h(x)

=x +1

h{ g(x)] = [g@)P + 1

* Replace x by g(x)

= 3x — 2)? +1

= 9-12

* Replace g(x)by 3x — 2

+4+1

Ale@)| = 99 = 12x +5

Section 15.4

Check your understanding 1 a.

Because any vertical line will intersect horizontal line will intersect the graph graph of a 1—1 function. b. Because any vertical line will intersect horizontal line will intersect the graph graph of a 1-1 function.

Check your understanding 2 fx) =4e +2 y=4x+2

* Replace f(x)by y.

x=4y+2

* Interchange x and y.

4y=x-

2

Slt TA 1s yea ees

p'Q) =48-5

* Solve for y.

the graph at no more than one point, and any at no more than one point, the graph is the the graph at no more than one point, and any

at no more than one point, the graph is the

Solutions to Module 15

S-5

Check your understanding 3 Check that the functions / and g satisfy the Composition of Inverse Functions Property.

The functions are inverses of each other.

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 15.1A

Vertex: (0, 2) Axis of symmetry: x = 0

S-6

Solutions to Module 15

3s

i

4

4.

Domain: {x|x © real numbers} 25 Range: {>Wes 4 Sh

Domain: {x|x € real numbers}

Range: {y| y = —7}

Objective 15.1B

1.

y=2-4 O=x-4 0 = (x — 2)@ + 2) x-2=0 x=2

x+2=0 5 eat

The x-intercepts are (2, 0) and (—2, 0). 2.

y=

eon

O= 3x + Ox 0 = 3xG +2) 3x = 0 x=0

x+2=0 Ko),

The x-intercepts are (0, 0) and (—2, 0).

Solutions to Module 15

3. y = 3x — 19x — 14 0 = 3x* — 19x — 14 0 =

Bx + 2)(« — 7)

3x +2=0

ae] = ()

3x = —2

x=7

Re

er

2

The x-intercepts are (~5,0)and (7, 0).

4.

y=x+

47-3

O=xr +4-3 a=1,b=4,c= —-3 —-b+Vb? — 4ac x=

2a

Aen

4-7 AI) (—3) 2(1)

7

—4 + V16 + 12

=-2+V7 The x-intercepts are (—2 + V7, 0) and (—2 — V7, 0).

Saya a

0=-2- 4-5 a=-1,b=-4,c=-5

pat alee Vb? — 4ac

2a

= SD) The equation has no real solutions. The parabola has no x-intercepts.

S-7

S-8

Solutions to Module 15

Objective 15.1C

1. f@) =x+3x+2 0=x+4+3x+2 0=(+ 2) 4+1) Sear 2 == 0

36 3a)

x=-2

ell

Mheizeros are-—2 and =|.

2. {G) = —3e + 4x — 1 0=

-3° + 4x -1

0 = (-3x + I(x - 1) = Bye 7e Il = @ =s37

x —1=0

S =|

x=1

a The zeros are yand ir

3.

fe) =r - 6x +9 0=r-6x+9

0 = (& — 3)(x — 3) x-—3=0

x-3=0

x=3

aie)

Thezero is 3. 4.

fe) = —-2P +x4+5 0= a=

—-2,b=1,c=5

—bh+Vb*

— 4ac

2a

The zeros are

1+

V41

4

and

ay

4

4

:

Solutions to Module 15

5.

f(x) =2°+3x+2

0= 2x + 3x+2 a=2,b=3,c=2

Se Abc =

2a

—3 + V3? — 4(2)(2)

e

2(2) —-3+ V9 a —- 16 a

—3+ V-7 Riga —3+iV7 eee The zeros are

Objective 15.2A

1.

3

4 +

f(x) =x -2x+3

Since a is positive, the function has a minimum value. The minimum value of the function is 2.

2. f(x) = —2x? + 4x - 3 ae

ton 2a

f(x) =

soni | 2(—2)

—2;? + 4x —3

f() = -2(1)? + 4(1) - 3

24+4—3=-1 Since a is negative, the function has a maximum value. The maximum value of the function is —1.

3. f(x) = -2x? + 4x -— 5 b

Nena f(x) =

27

4

(2D) + 47% —-—5

fl) = -2(1)? + 40) -5 = -2+4-5=-3 Since a is negative, the function has a maximum value. The maximum value of the function is —3.

S-9

S-10

Solutions to Module 15

f(x) = 2 + 3x — 8 b 3 a= = = i AO)

3 4

=

f(x) = 2x? + 3x - 8

Since a is positive, the function has a minimum value. Le

p

ileottl

3

The minimum value of the function is -*

Objective 15.2B

ik

STRATEGY

To find the time it takes for the diver to reach the maximum height, find the t-coordinate of the vertex.

To find the maximum height, evaluate the function at the t-coordinate of the vertex. SOLUTION

=

b

Peet

jn

7.8

aaoy

=

ee035

The diver reaches the maximum height in 0.8 s.

s(t) = —4.9P + 7.8t + 10 s(0.8) = —4.9(0.8)? + 7.8(0.8) + 10

—3.136 + 6.24 + 10 ~ 13.1 The maximum height is 13.1 m. STRATEGY

To find the price that will give the maximum revenue, find the P-coordinate of the vertex. SOLUTION

b 125 p= -— = -——~ = 250

A price of $250 will give the maximum revenue. STRATEGY

To find the maximum height, find the coordinate of the vertex and evaluate the function at that value. SOLUTION

h(t) = —16P + 90t + 15

=

Sy

b

=-—

90

EG

= 28125

h(2.8125) = —16(2.8125)* + 90(2.8125) + 15 = 141.6 The maximum height of the waterspout is 141.6 ft.

Solutions to Module 15

S-11

STRATEGY

To find the distance from one «: minimum height, find the x-coo: To find the minimum height, e\ SOLUTION

|). oe

bridge to the point at which the cable is at its the vertex.

the function at the x-coordinate of the vertex.

See 025)

The cable is at its minimum he

‘ from one end of the bridge.

h(x) = 0.25x? — 0.8x + 25

h(1.6) = 0.25(1.6)? — 0.8(1.6) = 0.64 — 1.28 + 25 = 24.36 The minimum height is 24.36 ft

Objective 15.3A

i

(f + g)(0) =f) + gO) = [2(0)?— 3] +

[-2(0)

=-3+4 1 (f+ g)(0) =1 ie

Bis!)

Gren

eel) 3

~ =2(-1) +4

pak BEG f

ial

|

(f- 2)(@) = (2x? — 3)(—2x + 4) = —4x° + 8x7 + Ox — 12 = [2? + 3(2) — 5] — [22 — 2) + 3]

=(4+6-—5]—([8-—4+3] =5—7 =-2

ie) (2)i= 92 N= 3)= f(—3) -2{-3) = 3)e + 3(—8) = Sliel 3) — 203) aes! = [9 —9 —5]-[-27+6+3]

=>) = 90

(f-g)(—3) = 90

(18

Solutions to Module 15

(—2)? + 3(-2) -—5 (—2)? — 2(-2) + 3

1.

las

=4(22)-1=8-1=7

ih Fag

~

ee

a

FO) =20)

— 3 = 14 -— 3 = 11

Ugeceal lesa Pe

cme

~~

flgG)] = fx — 1) 2(4x — 1) —3 Ree =

= 8

‘se = O)

flg@)] 4.

OK

f(x) = 2x —3 sif(x)]

= (2x - 3) 4(2x — 3) -1

eye — 1

= Il

he — 13}

gif) ]= Liem omy aN

Objective 15.3B

B=

| 1

S-12

8x — 13

3(0) +2 =0+2=2

f(2)

24241]

44241=7

Solutions to Module 15

6.

S-13

h(x) = 3x +2

f@ =x

xt 1

fih(x)] = fx + 2) = Bx + 2)? + Bx +2) +1

= 97 + 12x +4+3x+2+1

= 9x7 + 15x +7 flhk@)] = 9x7 + 15x +7 7

f®=r4+x4+1 h(x) = 3x + 2

Hp)peti: eres 1):= 3(x° +x + 1) +2 =37°4+3x+34+2 = 3x7 + 3x45

h[f(x) | Objective 15.4A

3° + 3x +5

1. The graph represents a !—1 function. . The graph does not represent a |—! function. It fails the horizontal-line test. . The graph represents a 1—1 function. we WwW >= .

Objective 15.4B

The graph does not represent a 1-1 function. It fails the horizontal-line test.

1. Yes. The inverse of {(1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), (4, 15)} is {(0, 1), (@, 2), (8, 3), (15, 4)}. ar

f(x) = 4x - 8 y=4x- 8 x=4y-8 x+8=4y

1

Sia)

4

The inverse function is f '(x) = ra + 2.

3.

fa) =x +4 aed

73,3 SS

2,

2 ee

ar

“(«4)= 3)

i

ay

: 3 The inverse function is f '(x) = a = 10),

S-14

Solutions to Module 15

4

oe

(i A x+i— 71 ——

f(h@)) = flax = 1) 1

= —(4x - 1) + — oe Dt Ye

l

4

]

fo

4

Se

The functions are inverses of each other.

5. g(h(x)) = g(—2x + 1)

No, the functions are not inverses.

MODULE

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

SECTION 16.1

Exponential Functions

Objective 16.1A

Evaluate exponential functions

Objective 16.1B

Graph exponential functions

SECTION 16.2

Introduction to Logarithms

Objective 16.2A

Write equivalent exponential and logarithmic equations

Objective 16.2B

Use the properties of logarithms

SECTION 16.3 Objective 16.3A

SECTION 16.4

Graphs of Logarithmic Functions Graph logarithmic functions

Exponential and Logarithmic Equations

Objective 16.4A

Solve exponential equations

Objective 16.4B

Solve logarithmic equations

SECTION 16.5 Objective 16.5A

Applications of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Solve application problems

2

Module 16 © Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

SECTION

Exponential Functions Objective

16.1A

Evaluate exponential functions Data suggest that since the year 2000, the number of Internet users worldwide has been increasing at a rate of approximately 17% per year. The graph at the right shows this growth. This graph depicts an example of exponential growth.

%

(=!oO

millions) (in users of Number Internet 246)

8) 1012

t

Years since 2000

Nuclear medicine physicians use radioisotopes for the diagnosis and treatment of certain diseases. One of the most widely used isotopes is technetium-

&g Ea

99m. One use of this isotope is in the diagnosis

za5

of cardiovascular disease. The graph at the right shows the amount of technetium-99m in a patient its injection injection into th the patient. tient. This This graph gra after its into de picts an example of exponential decay.

aa = es 0

2Tine 4 6Ga)kous) 8 10 12 14

ff

Definition of an Exponential Function The exponential function with base b is defined by

fis 2 where b > 0, b # 1, and x is any real number.

In the definition

of an exponential

function,

b, the base, is required to be posi-

tive. If the base were a negative number, the value of the function would be a com-

plex number for some values of x. For instance, the value of f(x) = (—4)* when x = 5is f(3) = (—4)2 = V—4 = 2i. To avoid complex number values of a function, the base of the exponential function is always a positive number.

Evaluate f(x) = 2" atx = 3 and x = —2. i f (3) =199 = 78

iGi

2)

oe:

* Substitute 3 for x and simplify

A

* Substitute —2 for x and simplify

To evaluate an exponential expression at an irrational number such as V2, we obtain an approximation to the value of the function by approximating the irrational number. For

instance, the value of f(x) = 4° when x = V2 can be approximated by using an approximation of V2.

2)

42 = A). 71029

Because f(x) = b* (b > 0,b # 1) can be evaluated at both rational and irrational numbers, the domain of f is all real numbers. And because b* > 0 for all values of x, the range of f is the positive real numbers.

Section 16.1

* Exponential Functions

3

|Focus on evaluating an exponential function | Evaluate f(x) = (5)" atx = 2 and x = —3. | SOLUTION

eae

ames

|Check your understanding 1 | Evaluate T)= (3) ee Se and x= 0, b # 1, is a 1-1 function.

Focus on graphing an exponential function

Graph.

a. f(x) =3%!

SOLUTION | a.

sp 9 Z 3 r 3

be f(x) = 2" - 1

6

Module 16 * Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

£I]wW ON] ]NWF

Check your understanding 4 | Graph.

a. f(x) =2°2

“SOLUTION

4

f@=?

+1

Bs ~~

See page S-1.

|

‘|

(|

| Focus on graphing a natural exponential function Der

“as f(x) =e"

Graph.

=e"

1

| SOLUTION

_ Check your understanding 5 \Grapa SOLUTION

wa bfG)e 2” -- 2 See page S-2.

Objective 16.1B Practice

I.

1. Graph: f@) =2"!

2Gephary = 6) 3. Graph: f(x) = 2* — 3 4, Graph: f(x) =»

7 3)

Logarithms base 10 are called common logarithms. We usually omit the base, 10, when writing the common logarithm of a number. Therefore, log), x is written log x. To find the common logarithm of most numbers, a calculator is necessary. A calculator was used to find the value of log 384, shown below.

The logarithms of most numbers are irrational numbers. Therefore, the value displayed on a calculator is an approximation.

log 384 ~ 2.584331224 When e (the base of the natural exponential function) is used as the base of a logarithm,

log, x is referred to as the natural logarithm and is abbreviated In x. This is read “el en x.” The equivalent exponential form of y = In x is e&” = x, Using a calculator, we find that In 23 ~ 3.135494216.

_ Focus on solving a logarithmic equation containing _ a natural logarithm | Solve Inx = —1 for x. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth. | SOLUTION

Inx = -1 |

Qo

= i

| 0.3679 ~ x

¢ Use In x = y is equivalent to e” = x

* Evaluate e7

| ‘The solution is 0.3679. | |Check your understanding 5 | Solve log x = 1.5 for x. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth.

| SOLUTION

See page S-2.

31.6228

Section 16.2 © Introduction to Logarithms

11

Objective 16.2A Practice

For Exercises | and 2, write the exponential equation in logarithmic form.

dees

Saipan 5 — 2

1 2. 47 = — 16

log, ae wale

For Exercises 3 and 4, write the logarithmic equation in exponential form.

5 jogs

1

ee. oN

a at

4. logx=y

OL

10° =x

For Exercises 5 and 6, evaluate the logarithm. 5. log, 49 2

6. log 0.001

—3

For Exercises 7 and 8, solve for x.

7. log,x=6

64

8. logs x = —2

|

ai

Solutions on p. S-8.

Objective 16.2B

Use the properties of logarithms Because a logarithm is an exponent, the properties of logarithms are similar to the properties of exponents. The table at the right shows some powers of 2 and

the equivalent logarithmic form of each. The table can be used to show that log, 4 + log, 8 equals log, 32. fog 4st logs = "2.43. = 5

a ;3s: ae

log, 4 = 2 log, 8 = 3

mn=

log, 32 =5

=

log, 16 = 4

log, 32 = 5 log, 4 + log, 8 = log, 32

Note that log, 32 = log,(4 x 8) = log, 4 + log, 8. The property of logarithms that states that the logarithm of the product of two numbers equals the sum of the logarithms of the two numbers is similar to the property of exponents that

states that to multiply two exponential expressions with the same base, we add the exponents. Take Note > Pay close attention to this theorem.

Product Property of Logarithms

Note, for instance, that this theorem states that

For any positive real numbers x, y, and b, b # 1,

log, (xy) = log,x + log,y

log;(4p) = log; 4 + log;p It also states that

EXAMPLES

It does not state any relationship

1. log,(9z) = log, 9 + log, z 2. log[(x — 2)(x + 3)] = log(x — 2) + log(x + 3)

that involves log,(x + y). This

3. In(xy) = Inx + Iny

logs 9 + logs z = logs(9z)

expression cannot be simplified.

The Product Property of Logarithms can be extended to more than two factors. For instance, log, (xyz) = log, x + log, y + log, z

12

Module 16 ® Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

To prove this property, let log, x = m and log, y = n.

Write each equation in its equivalent exponential form.

ee De ee viet De

Use substitution and the properties of exponents.

ay xy =

pate

Write the equation in its equivalent logarithmic form.

log, (xy) =m

+n

Substitute log, x for m and log,y for n.

log, (xy) = log, x + log, y

A second property of logarithms involves the logarithm of the quotient of two numbers. This property of logarithms is also based on the fact that a logarithm is an exponent and that to divide two exponential expressions with the same base, we subtract the exponents. Note

This theorem

>

is used to rewrite

sions such as log; —

that

= log; m —

Quotient Property of Logarithms log; 8

not state any relationship faces involves ———. log, \

This expression cannot be simplified.

x

For any positive real numbers x, y, and b, b # 1, log, — = log,x — log,y. J EXAMPLES

y if

log; —_—=

log; Sa

log;

11

M

all

De log ~ ike log(x + 1) — log(x — 1) 14

3. In— = In 14 — Inw

w

To prove this property, let log, x = m and log, y = n.

Write each equation in its equivalent exponential form.

fie la

Use substitution and the properties of exponents.

ee et e = oP x =

y=

pr

iy.

Write the equation in its equivalent logarithmic form.

log, -=m-—n

Substitute log,x for m and log, y for n.

log, a

y x

es

:

log, x — log, )

A third property of logarithms, especially useful in computing the power of a number, is based on the fact that a logarithm is an exponent and that the power of an exponential expression is found by multiplying the exponents.

Power Property of Logarithms

For any positive real numbers x and b, b # 1, and for any real number r, log, x” = r log, x. EXAMPLES

1. logjx = 5 log,x 2. log 3”! = 2x — 1)log 3

| 3, Inve = Inx? = 5 inx

Section 16.2 © Introduction to Logarithms

13

To prove this property, let log, x = m. Write the equation in its equivalent exponential form.

co,

Raise each side to the r power.

x = (p")"

Use the properties of exponents.

x =p”

Write the equation in its equivalent logarithmic form.

log, x =

Substitute log, x for m.

log, x’ = r log, x

The properties of logarithms can be used in combination to write a logarithmic expression in expanded form.

Focus on writing a logarithm in expanded form | | Write the logarithm in expanded form.

a.

log,(x°Vy)

i

b. In

YE

c. logsV xy

2

SOLUTION | a.

log, x + log, Vy

log, (x? Vy) =

boin

2

« Use the Product Property of Logarithms.

i1l

> a

log, aap

=

2 log, x +

log, y

*

log, }

= ing — In(yz*)2

Write

Vy

)

* Use the Power Property of Logarithms.

the( Quotient “nt ¢ Use > the

Proper Property

of

Logarithms Logarithms.

yz

=Inx—

(In y+

=Inx-

=Inx

In Zz)

¢ Use the Product Property of Logarithms.

(In yar 2 ihn z)

—Iny

2 In z

¢ Use the Power Property of Logarithms.

¢ Use the Distributive Property.

I Ce

loge V xy =

logg(x°y)?

* Write the radical expression as an exponential

|

expression

= > logs xy

* Use the Power Property of Logarithms.

= 7 (logs x : + logs y)

* Use Property of of Logarithms. Logarith se the the Product Product Property

= 48 logs xt+

* Use the Power Property of Logarithms.

=

3

a loge Dtdes

logs y)

|

B logs y

es

oe

e

¢ Use the Distributive Property.

Check your understanding 6 Write the logarithm in expanded form.

a.

x logs

SOLUTION

b. Iny3? See page S-3.

oe. logg\/xy? a. 2 log, x — log, y G

ul east 3

tee) line

| p 3 logy x + 3 logs y

The properties of logarithms are also used to rewrite a logarithmic expression that is in expanded form as a single logarithm.

14

Module 16 © Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

| Focus on writing a logarithmic expression as a single logarithm | Express as a single logarithm with a coefficient of 1. | a.

3 logsx + logs y— 2 log;z

b. 2(logyx + 3 log, y — 2 log, z) ]

OG 32 Inx ~ 4 Iny) | SOLUTION a. 3 log;x + logs y — 2 log; z =

logs x + logs Vea. logs Zz

* Use the Power Property of Logarithms

=

log; xy —

* Use the Product Property of

logs 2

ry

—n logs —

* Use the Quotient Property of

Logarithms.

Logarithms.

|b. 2(logyx + 3 log, y — 2 log, z) | |

| |

=

2(log, ets

log, y> =

=

3

2

a

2(log, xy

=

21 0 xy" 84 2



logy

ae

Sao

=

log, Zz)

¢ Use the Power Property of

Logarithms.

;

logy z )

* Use the Product Property of Logarithms *

vt

Use Use thethe QQuotient P Property I °

* Use the Power Property of

of

f | Logarithms I

Logarithms

‘es 2,6

xy |

=

ares

losg—

* Simplify the power of the exponential expression

|

32 Inx — 41ny) =

| =

1

2

]

3 a

—(In ae =

In y’)

3 In aa

¢ Use the Power Property of

Logarithms

* Use the Quotient Property of

Logarithms

yy =

2\1 cgn\ a 3/ X In oe ae In.” 7 \ 3 )y

¢ Use the Power Property of Logarithms. Write the exponential expression as a radical expression. I I

| Check your understanding 7 |

| Express as a single logarithm with a coefficient of 1. | a.

2 loge —

los, va logyz

| b. 3(logsx — 2 logs y+ 4 logs z) |

| c

{|

52 Inx — 5 In y)

|

x

| SOLUTION | es

See page S-3.

an loge

) yZ

rz

bilog,—— y

2

C. Iny

There are three other properties of logarithms that are useful in simplifying logarithmic expressions.

Section 16.2 © Introduction to Logarithms

15

Other Properties of Logarithms

Logarithmic Property of One For any positive real number b, b # 1, log, 1 = 0.

EXAMPLES 1. log; 1 =0

2. log 1 =0

3.

Inl=0

Inverse Property of Logarithms For any positive real numbers x and b, b # 1, log, b‘ = x and plote® =

EXAMPLES 1 loges?

x

4, 8i°8" = x

2.ei6e 104! =82=%1

3. Ine" = 2+

55 (EO = 2yacte 3

6. eae

|

d

1-1 Property of Logarithms For any positive real numbers x, y, and b, b # 1, if log, x = log,y, then x = y.

EXAMPLES 1. Tijog,(3x — 2) = log,(x + 4), then 3x —

2 =x + 4.

2. If In@? + 1) = In(2x), then x° + 1 = 2x.

Although only common logarithms and natural logarithms are programmed into a calculator, the logarithms for other positive bases can be found. _ Evaluate log; 22. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth.

Take Note > To evaluate

log

22

log 5

Tele on a scientific

| logs 22 =x 5* =

calculator, use the keystrokes

22 [log][+ |5 [loe][=]

5* =

log f=) 22

¢ Apply PP!) the common

log Dp

¢ Use the Power Property of

The display should read

1.9205727.

¢ Write the equation in its equivalent exponential form.

yx log 5=

y

log

« Write an equation 22

log 22

Xtina

log 5

logarithm to each side of the equation : | Logarithms

¢ This is an exact answer

x ~ 1.9206 i log; 22 =

1.9206

* This is an approximate answer.

In the third step of the preceding example, the natural logarithm, instead of the common logarithm, could have been applied to each side of the equation. As shown at the right, the same result would have been obtained.

Ss = 22 In 5* = In 22 xIn5 = In22 In 22

err:

1.9206

Using a procedure similar to the one used to evaluate log; 22, a formula for changing bases can be derived.

Change-of-Base Formula

16

Module 16 © Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Focus on using the Change-of-Base Formula Evaluate log, 32. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth. SOLUTION

| log, 32=

In 32

281

ibe 7

=

1.7810

¢ Use the Change-of-Base Formula.

N

32,a

= 7,b=6e

_ Check your understanding 8 Evaluate log, 2.4. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth.

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

0.6315

Focus on using the Change-of-Base Formula _ Rewrite f(x) = —3 log,(2x — 5) in terms of natural logarithms. | SOLUTION

f(x)

ll

—3 log, (2x — 5)

=

=

In(2x — 5)

SSS SS

* Use the

In7

3

=

—In(2x



In7

.

Change-of-Base Formula to rewrite

4

log;(2x

=

— 5) as

In

Tn 7

5)

Check your understanding 9 _ Rewrite f(x) = 4 logs(3x + 4) in terms of common logarithms. 4 SOLUTION

See page S-4.

log(3x + 4)

log

For the “Focus on” example above, it is important to understand that =

In(2x — 5)

and —3 log;(2x — 5) are exactly equal. If common logarithms had been used, the result would have been f(x) = = ig,7lone — 5). The expressions ~~ log (2x — 5) and —3 log,(2x — 5) are also exactly equal. If you are working in a base other than base 10 or base e, the Change-of-Base Formula will enable you to calculate the value of a logarithm in that base just as though that base were programmed into the calculator. Objective 16.2B Practice

For Exercises | to 3, write the logarithm in expanded form.

1. log,(fu?) s°

4 logy 1+ 2 logy u =

2. log oY

5 log s — 2 logt

33 loa( $5) logo x — 2 logy y — 3 logyz x

>

yZ For Exercises 4 to 6, express as a single logarithm with a coefficient of 1. 4. log, t+ log, v? —_log;(n”) 4 eas ay

4 logs lf =p

3 logs S af logs t

=

1

6. 3 logs Fe =

hoses y)

Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.

alee

logsy/ ‘

logs 3

:

Section 16.3 ¢ Graphs of Logarithmic Functions

17

SECTION

1 6.3

Graphs of Logarithmic Functions

Objective 16.3A

Graph logarithmic functions The graph of a logarithmic function can be drawn by using the relationship between the exponential and logarithmic functions.

To graph

g(x) = log, x, think

g(x) = log,x

of the function as the equation y = log, x.

y = log,x

Write the equivalent exponential equation. Because the equation is solved for x in terms of y, it is easier to choose

values

the corresponding

of y and

find

values of x.

The results can be recorded in a table.

Graph the ordered pairs on a rect-

angular coordinate system. Connect the points with a smooth curve.

x

=

2”

: a

29)

4

1 2

=|

1

0

:

1

Applying the vertical line and horizontal line tests reveals that g(x) = log, x is the graph of a 1-1 function. Recall that the graph of the inverse of a function f is the mirror image of the graph of f with respect to the line whose equation is y = x. The graph of f (x) = 2° was shown earlier. Be-

cause g(x) = log, x is the inverse of f(x) = 2", the graphs of these functions are mirror images of each other with respect to the line whose equation is y = x.

|B Graph: f(x) = log,x + 1 (aCe

log,x + 1

|

y = log,x + 1

aaa

1 =

bao

log, x

B= y

¢ Think of the function as the equation y = log, x + 1. ¢ Solve the equation for log, x. * Write the equivalent exponential equation.

_ Choose values of y, and find the corresponding values of x. Graph the ordered pairs on a

| rectangular coordinate system. Connect the points with a smooth curve.

18

Module 16 © Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

1

4 1

a 1 2

4

Focus on graphing a logarithmic function | Graph.

a. f(x) = log;x

b. f(x) = 2 log, x

SOLUTION |

| a.

f(x) =log,x Bi heae log; x

* Substitute

y=

¢ Write the equivalent exponential equation

)3%

y for f(x)

Choose values of y, and find the corresponding values of x. Graph the ordered pairs on a rectangular coordinate system. Connect the points with a smooth curve.

|Wl. woe

64

4 =O 4

x=

4

+

F

:

_Use the addition method to solve this system of equations. i

4x2 ae y =

is the same as the number of real

2

number solutions of the system

16

* Multiply equation

a

(2) by

—1 and add it to equation (1).

a

of equations.

By ant x

a

x=

Vil

¢ Solve for

+2

Pea ee =

a

2 at y’ = y

=

x

( -2)? + y ry: 0)

y

=

* Substitute the valuesof x into equation

(2), and solve for y.

0

! The solutions are (2, 0) and (—2, 0).

The graph of the system that was solved above is shown at the left. Note that the graphs intersect at two points.

:

‘Focus on solving a nonlinear system of equations using the substitution method

Solve: |

y= 2ittaede =1 y=

=e

Section 17.4 © Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations

15

SOLUTION

(i)

v=2r — 3x — I

Cita

rt 5

2° — 3x -—1l=x-2x4+5

Use the substitution method to solve for x.

vr-—x-6=0

(x + 2)(x — 3) =0 x+2=0 = 2 y=27 y=

| =)

a

x=3

-3x-1

Substitute each value of x into equation (1) or equation (2)

yh 2)? ry 3(—2)

=

and solve for y. We will use equation (1).

y=8+6-1 y=

13

* When

25

= 13

y = 2x? -3x-1

y= 20); —33),— 1 Si Sal yy, =

all

8

«

When

a

3.

bat

The solutions are (—2, 13) and (3, 8).

Check your understanding 1 Solve: y = 2x7 +x-3 y=2x-2x+9

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

(4, 33)

Focus on solving a nonlinear system of equations using the addition method

Solve: 3x? —

2y’ = 26

voy

SOLUTION

(1)

Bx = 27 = 26

(2)

x =y=5 3x7 =

2y? =

=2x7 oe Dy =

x= x=

26

—-10

by

—2 and solve forx

16 +4

ein y = 5 (—4)? a

¢ Use the addition method. We will eliminate y. Multiply equation (2)

* Substitute each value of x into equation (1) or equation (2) and solve

y =5

for y. We will use equation (2)

16-y=5

=y = =11 y=11 =

xr

+\/] 1

x = —4,y ° When

=

—V1l

ory = VI11.

y’ =5

42 am y’ =5

16-y =5 sye= —11

y=11 y=

; +\/] 1

by

* When x = 4,y = —VI11 ory = V11.

The solutions are (—4, — V11), (—4, V11), (4,

-V11), and (4, V1).

16

Module 17 © Conic Sections

Check your understanding 2 Solve:

x — y= 10 a + ¥ =8

| SOLUTION

See page S-3.

No solution

Objective 17.4A Practice 1. Solve: y= 2x? -—x-1 y=2x+9

(—2, 5),5, 19)

2. Solvena? -F 2y? = 12

2x -—y=2 3. Solve: 2x* + 3y* = 30 eho 13 4. Solve:

CD

Aes ees)

(3, 2), 3,

—2),(

y= —P +x-1 y=x

+2x—-—2

Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.

(=. =.

IE

Solutions to Module 17

SOLUTIONS TO MODULE

17

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 17.1

Check your understanding 1 b

1

2a

_

2(-1)

il

* Find the x-coordinate of the vertex.

2

y=axr txts |

:

4

D,

]

13

2

4

* Find the y-coordinate of the vertex.

The coordinates of the vertex

y

(3.3)

are

|5, 7}.

The equation of the axis of . I symmetry is x = 5.

Check your understanding 2 b

—4

pet

(S)

No

a

1

4(

1)

* Find the y-coordinate of the vertex

Ve aS

=

2(

x=

1)?

3

« Find the x-coordinateof the vertex

—]

The coordinates of the

y

vertex are (—1, —1). The equation of the axis of symmetry is y = —l.

Section 17.2

Check your understanding 1 Use the distance formula to find the radius.

© (x54)

r=V[3-— (—2)P + (5 — 3)?

ie

=(—2, 3), Gaye) = G,5)

WAS ch 2

r= VEF4

e

29



(aah) (x — 3)? + (y — 5)? = (V29)" ies)

The radiusis V29

> (hk) = B, 5), =

Check your understanding 2 xX + X2 Lo m ee 9)

Yin

Wai eee b 2)

monte =

Xm

Center:

1+ (-1) =

y)

=

1

——_——_

Ym

p)

(x,,, Yn) = (1, 0)

P= V(x) ix)

(1 = Yn)

r=V(-2- 17+ (0-=02 VoFT =2\/ 10

=

(0)

V29

S-1

S-2

Solutions to Module 17 Radius:

V10

(A) Aye) = 7 (x — 1)? + (y— 0? = (10)? (x — 1)? + y = 10 Check your understanding 3 vr +y— 4x + 8y + 15=0 (x? — 4x) + (y? 3p 8y) =

S115)

* Group terms

involving x and terms

involving \

(x? — 4x + 4) + (5? + 8y + 16)

(- 2) + (y+4)

Section 17.3

Center:

(2, —4)

Radius:

V5

—15

+ 4+

16

x

Il 5

Check your understanding 1

ey Aig

l

iZe

ne

=

x-intercepts: y-intercepts:

18

+—= 9

=;

1]

ea

(3-V2, 0) and (—3V2,0) y-intercepts:

(0, 3) and (0, —3) 1 (3v2 ae 45)

Check your understanding 2 WS Axis of symmetry: X-axis Vertices:

(3, 0) and (—3, 0) Asymptotes:

sae, SY 3

ble 2

2

el

yo 9 Axis of symmetry: y-axis Vertices:

(0, 3) and (0, —3) Asymptotes: y=xand y = —-x

reais

I

x-intercepts:

be

25

(\\

(0, 5) and (0, —S)

a

4.b

y

(2, 0) and (—2, 0)

the squareon

4x and y~

+ 8)

* Factor each trinomial

A

1. ==

© Complete

Te / 18,

)

Solutions to Module 17

Section 17.4

S-3

Check your understanding 1 (1)

y=2?+x-3

(2)

y=2?-2x+9

Use the substitution method. 27 -2x +9=2P +x -3

= Bie se O) = 3 ot 12 x=4 Substitute the value of x into equation (1). y=2r+x-3 y = 2(4)? + 4-3 Vi eee y = 33

The solution is (4, 33).

Check your understanding 2 (1)! a=?

(2)

= 10

x+y =8

Use the addition method. On 18

v7 =9

x=

+VO=

+3

Substitute the values of x into equation (2). et+y= P+y=8

P+y=8

ict y i 8

9+y=8 y=-l

9+y =8 y=-l

= asl y +V-1 y is not a real number. Therefore, the system of equations has no real number solutions.

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 17.1A

1. y=x+4x-4 b

4

a)

af

y= (-2) +4-2) —4=-8 Vettexs (0's)

Axis of symmetry: 2.

y=

a

x = —2

—-x + 2x -3

(1)

y = —(1)? + 2(1) - 3 = -2 Vertex: (1, —2)

Axis of symmetry: x = 1

S-4

Solutions to Module 17

Q-O--2

ee 1

Vertex: | = 1

Objective 17.2A

1.

ee eab by = (—2) = 3?

3. (x,1) = (1, 2), Gy) = (-1, 1)

d=Ve =x)" +



= V(-1- 1)? + @ — 2) =aV(=2)) + (=1)?

=V4+1 SVG

(- A? + -R2= 7 [x - (-1)P + & - 12 = (V5) (e+ 1)?+(1) =5

Solutions to Module 17.

S-5

4. The endpoints of the diameter are (—1, 4) and (—5, 8). The center of the circle is the midpoint of the diameter. (x1, 1) ia (-1,4)

a

(x, y>) =

xX +X

m

_ Nt

D

a

Ym

ois

A

(5! 8)

(—5)

2

p

_4+8

“)

The center of the circle is (—3, 6). The radius of the circle is the length of the segment connecting the center of the circle (—3, 6) to an endpoint of the diameter. Use

either (—1, 4) or (—S, 8). i ae Vx, ae sel fN(e

Ym)

r= V(-1 - (-3))? + 4 - 6) r=V4+4

.

Write the equation of the circle with center

(—3, 6) and radius V8: (x + 3)? + (y — 6) Objective 17.2B

xrt+y— 4+ 8y+4=0 (x? — 4x) + (y? + 8y) = -4

1.

Orne 4r

4) ay + Sy

16)

Il

( — 2)? + (+ 4)?

-4+4+16 16

Center: (2, —4) Radius: 4

x + y — 6x + 10y + 25 = 0

(x? — 6x) + (y? + 10y) = —25

(? — 6x + 9) + (y?+ 10y + 25)



(x — 3)? + (y + 5)?

9

Center: (3, —5) Radius: 3

yao

an 5)

S-6

Solutions to Module 17

3:

x+y?

— 10x + 8y + 40 =0

(x? — 10x) + (y? + 8y) = —40

(x?— 10x + 25) + (7 + 8y + 16) = —40 + 25 + 16 @-—5)?+(y+4’?=1 Center: (5, —4) Radius: |

Objective 17.3A

1. x-intercepts: (5, 0) and (—5, 0) y-intercepts: (0, 4) and (0, —4)

2. x-intercepts: (4, 0) and (—4, 0) y-intercepts: (0, 6) and (0, —6)

Objective 17.3B

1. Axis of symmetry: x-axis Vertices: (5, 0) and (—5, 0)

2 2 Asymptotes: y = 5* andy = are

2. Axis of symmetry: y-axis Vertices: (0, 2) and (0, —2)

1 ] Asymptotes: y = ae and y = ae

Solutions to Module 17

Objective 17.4A

1. (1) QQ)

y=x-x-1 y= 2x+ 9

Use the substitution method. y=

r-x-1

x+9=x-x-1 0 =x

-— 3x -

10

0 = & — 5)(x + 2) 2a

SO

ar

x=5

2 =o) x=-2

Substitute into equation (2).

y=2x+9

y=2x+9

y = 2(5) +9

y=2(—2) =9

y=10+9

y=-4+9

y=

y=5

19

The solutions are (5, 19) and (—2, 5).

25) Qh) Qs

ata Va 26 y= 2

Solve equation (2) for y.

2

y= 2 Ve y=2x-2

Use the substitution method.

ey

1D

More — 2) = 12 x? + 2(4x° — 8x + 4) = 12 x + 8x — 16x + 8 = 12 9° — 16x -4=0 (x — 2)(9x + 2) =0 ia)

5)

9x +2=0

x=2

9x = —2

ut, Oe

omer Substitute into equation (2).

ah

=

Dye — ii) =

2(2) -y=

2

4-y=2 =)

»

=

y

=

a

Aha manic’ =?)

4 dics econ

we eects CG 22 ie

: The solutions are (2, 2) and

2 WY Boe tg.)

9

S-7

S-8

Solutions to Module 17

3. Cl)

“2x

(2)

= 30

ey

is

Use the addition method. Multiply equation (2) by —2. 2x° + 3y’ = 30

—2;7 — 2y? = —26 y=4 y= +V4=

42

Substitute into equation (2).

x ay 1B

r+y=13

r+P7=e PASS

xv? + (-2)? = 13 Feet Ale |3

x =9

2 =9

x=+V9

Ke

ee

5 auece

ENO

The solutions are (3, 2), (3, —2), (—3, 2), and (—3, —2). 4-1)

y=—-v?+x-1

(2)

y=xr+2x-2

Use the substitution method. Vx

eo

peel

a



x=

ed

1=0

(2x — 1)@+ 1)=0 wo

il =

war lS

2x = | x=>

x=-!1

2

Substitute into equation (2). Mee

ado

2

=

(=|)

sf G)

462

Se

l

Si)

(5)

=

1

ols

ree

C1)

Pa?

2

in)

ii

3}

ee

The solutions are € -3)ands (Gallpaa)):

2

MODULE

18

Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

SECTION 18.1

Introduction to Sequences and Series

Objective 18.1A

Write the terms of a sequence

Objective 18.1B

Evaluate a series

SECTION 18.2 Objective 18.2A

Arithmetic Sequences and Series Find the nth term of an arithmetic sequence

Objective 18.2B

Evaluate an arithmetic series

Objective 18.2C

Solve application problems

SECTION

18.3

Geometric Sequences and Series

Objective 18.3A

Find the nth term of a geometric sequence

Objective 18.3B

Find the sum of a finite geometric series

Objective 18.3C

Find the sum of an infinite geometric series

Objective 18.3D

Solve application problems

SECTION 18.4 — Binomial Expansions Objective 18.4A

Expand (a + b)’

2

Module 18 © Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

SECTION

Introduction to Sequences and Series Obico-\ ve 18.1A_

Write the terms of a sequence An investor deposits $100 in an account that earns 10% interest compounded annually. The amount of interest earned each year can be determined by using the compound interest formula. The amount of interest earned in each of the first four years of the investment is shown below.

ac The list of numbers 10, 11, 12.10, 13.31 is called a sequence. A sequence is an ordered list of numbers. The list 10, 11, 12.10, 13.31 is ordered because the position of a number in this list indicates the year in which the amount of interest was earned. Each of the numbers of a sequence is called a term of the sequence.

Examples of other sequences are shown at the right. These sequences are separated into ; two groups. A finite sequence contains a fi-

SD eee) Finite L 2h dycts OO, Tee sequences Ll mela eal

nite number of terms. An infinite sequence contains an infinite number of terms.

1. Se5e3 2 lest.

Infinite

eo ae 1 Pep Ono. eee For the sequence at the right, the first term is 2, the second term is 4, the third term is 6, and the fourth term is 8.

2 Wy Ob.B; bee

A general sequence is shown at the right. The first term is a,, the second term is a, the third term is a3, and the nth term, also called the general term of the sequence, is a,,. Note that each term of the sequence is paired with a natural number.

OO

sequences

in Oy sear Ohya c

Frequently, a sequence has a definite pattern that can be expressed by a formula.

Each term of the sequence shown at the right is paired with a natural number by the

a = 3n

formula a, = 3n. The first term, a), is 3. The

Qj,

second term, a>, is 6. The third term, a3, is 9. The nth term, a, is 3n.

aM ae a )

An, >

«+25

3, ap

usiehers

An,

Spor a PUR on

5 Focus on writing the terms of a sequence Write the first three terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula || a,=2n—-1 n si

Section 18.1

¢ Introduction to Sequences and Series

| SOLUTION

d, = 2n—

'

1

aie 21) Sal =e

| ad) = 2(2) a3 >=

| | The

* Replacen by 1

—-1=3

= Replacenby 2

(3) —-1]=5

* Replace

n by 3

first term is 1, the second term is 3, and the third term is 5.

Check your understanding 1 Write the first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula | a, = n(n + 1). |

| SOLUTION

See pageS-1.

2.6. 12. 00

_ Focus on finding specific terms of a sequence | Find the eighth and tenth terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula | an =

7

iis

SOLUTION

on ay

05° Il

|

8

|

10

aio =

four

* Replace 1 by 8

9

=

ei

| ag =

10

= TL

.

* Replacen by 10

alice,

10

The eighth term is 9, and the tenth term is |;

Check your understanding 2 Find the sixth and ninth terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula aon

n(n + 2)°

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

de =

a

=

Objective 18.1A Practice

1. Write the first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by C= 0, “RSet 2. Write the first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by

Geli

incl3 Sy 7.

3. Write the first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by

acl n

7

n

ae

es 1

.

2

a

1 4

5

For Exercises 4 and 5, find the indicated term of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula.

4. a,=n(n — 1);a,,

Solutions on pp. S-6-S-7.

110

3

4

Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

Objective 18.1B

Evaluate a series At the beginning of sequence 10, 11, 12.10, to represent the amount in each of 4 years of an

this section, the 13.31 was shown of interest earned investment.

The sum of the terms of this sequence represents the total interest earned by the investment over the 4-year period.

SIO), SUI, W220), is).3)I

10 + 11 + 12.10 + 13.31 = 46.41 The total interest earned over the

4-year period is 546.41.

The indicated sum of the terms of a sequence is called a series. Given the sequence 10, 11, 12.10, 13.31, the series 10 + 11 + 12.10 + 13.31 can be written. S,, is used to indicate the sum of the first n terms of a sequence. For the preceding example, the sums of the series S;, S5, $3, and S, represent the total interest earned after 1, 2, 3, and 4 years, respectively. For the general sequence a, >, a3, ..., a,, the series S,, S5, $3, and S, are shown at the right.

S,= 10 = 10 S,=10+11 =21 S; = 10 + 11 + 12.10 = 33.10 S, = 10 + 11 + 12.10 + 13.31 = 46.41 S; =a, S,=a,+a S, = a, + a + a,

S,n = @ + G + a,45 > 2°

a,

It is convenient to represent a series in a compact form called summation notation, or

sigma notation. The Greek letter sigma, ©, is used to indicate a sum. The first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula a, = 2n are 2, 4, 6, 8. The corresponding series is shown at the right written in summation notation and is read “the summation from 1 to 4 of 2n.” The letter n is called the index of the summation.

To write the terms of the series, replace n by the consecutive integers from | to 4. The series is 2 +4+

6+

8.

The sum of the series is 20.

Take Note > The placement of the parentheses in part (a) is important. Note that 3

al i=]

= 2(1) + 2(2) + 2(3) - 1

=2+4+4+6-1=11

This is not the same result that was obtained by evaluating

dei — 1),

4 n=1

S2n = 2(1) + 2(2) +28) + 2@) n=1

=2+4+6+8 = 20

Focus on evaluating a series 3 Evaluate the series. a. >) (2i — 1) t=]

SOLUTION 3

ac

ndS}Q7t= i) i=1

= (20)= 1) 2G) = Wh i26)—-1] II Lt. 3:555:

9

* Replace i by 1, 2, and 3. ¢ Write the series. ¢ Find the sum of the series.

Section 18.1

¢ Introduction to Sequences and Series

n=3

1

1

1

i

59) st 5 (4) ale 5 (5) + 5 (6)

|

3

=

5)

D qr fF Se » ae 3}

* Replace n by 3, 4, 5, and 6. * Write the series

=~9

¢ Find the sum of the series.

Check your understanding 3 |

4

| Evaluate the series. |

6

a. (7 — n)

Doo

r I

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

>

eee

\l Ww

a. 18

b. 78

| ==

|

Focus on writing Sie

a summation in expanded form

Write »} x' in expanded form. |

=a

|

| SOLUTION ip ao | > Mean

te ter txt

: we

* This is a variable series. Replace i by 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.

i=1

| Check your understanding 4 | 5

Write ~ nx in expanded form. n=1

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

Cox

+ 3x + 4x + 5x

Objective 18.1B Practice For Exercises | to 3, evaluate the series.

1.

(2n +3) 45

Solutions on p. S-7.

5

6

Module 18 ° Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

18.2 SECTION

Objective 18.2A

Arithmetic Sequences and Series

|

Find the nth term of an arithmetic sequence A company’s expenses for training a new employee are quite high. To encourage employees to continue their employment with the company, a company that has a 6-month training program offers a starting salary of $1600 per month and then a $200-per-month pay increase each month during the training period. The sequence below shows the employee’s monthly salaries during the training period. Each term of the sequence is found by adding $200 to the previous term.

|

etic sequence is a type of sequence, one in

h the difference between successive terms is the constant. For instance, 5, 20, 25, .. . iS an arith-

etic sequence. The difference sen any two successive is 5. The sequence 1, 4, 9,

The sequence 1600, 1800, 2000, 2200, 2400, 2600 is called an arithmetic sequence. An arithmetic sequence, or arithmetic progression, is a sequence in which the difference between any two consecutive terms is constant. The difference between consecutive terms is called the common difference of the sequence. Each ee

is not an arithmetic seuence because 4 — 1 # 9 — 4.

Pie Si

shown below is an arithmetic ee

PNW OP, cos il, 8h =a

7 ik, 2 2. Ee Sh p, 2 2,

a

te cont

as

Common difference: 45 Common difference:

— 2?

Common difference:

| — 2

Consider an arithmetic sequence in which the first term is a, and the common difference is d. Adding the common difference to each successive term of the arithmetic sequence yields a formula for the nth term.

The first term is qj.

a, =a,

To find the second term, add the common difference d to the first term.

a=a,+d

To find the third term, add the common difference d

a;=a+d=

to the second term.

a, =a, + 2d

To find the fourth term, add the common difference

d to the third term. Note the relationship between the term number and the number that multiplies d. The multiplier of d is

1 less than the term number.

(a, +d)t+d

a4=a,+d=(a,+

2d) +d

a, = a, + 3d

a, =a, + (n—1)d

Formula for the nth Term of an Arithmetic Sequence The nth term of an arithmetic sequence with a common difference of d is given by

Gp

apace)

a:

Section 18.2 © Arithmetic Sequences and Series

7

Focus on finding a term of an arithmetic sequence Find the 27th term of the arithmetic sequence —4, —1, 2,5,8,.... SOLUTION

d=a,-—a,=-1—a, = a, + (n =

(-4) =3

* Find the common difference.

1)d

* Use the Formula for the nth Term of an Arithmetic Sequence

ay, = —4 + (27 — 1)3 |

= =4+

* n=

27,a,=

—4,d=3

(26)3

= —-4+ 78 = 74

Check your understanding 1 Find the 15th term of the arithmetic sequence 9, 3, —3, —9,....

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

—75

Focus on finding a formula for the nth term of an arithmetic sequence Find the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence See apply Sakisbress,ane SOLUTION

d=a-a,=-1On

(—5) 4

* Find the common

iy eg (n ap I)d

* Use the

* a

a, = —5 + (n— 1)4

difference

Formula for the nth Term of an Arithmetic Sequence.

5,d=4

a, = —-5 + 4n-— 4 a, = 4n — 9

Check your understanding 2 Find the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence —3, 1,5,9,....

| SOLUTION

See page S-2.

a,

=4n —7

"Focus on finding the number of terms in an arithmetic sequence Find the number of terms in the finite arithmetic sequence 7, 10, 13,..., 55. SOLUTION d=

Cm

Oy =O

55 = 7+

aS

LO

Ae (n =

7tsr3

¢ Find the common difference.

l)d

¢ Use the Formula for the nth Term of an Arithmetic Sequence.

aoindiee

w= 1)3

55=7+ 3n-3 55 =3n+4

I, d =

* Solve for n

51 = 3n 17 =n There are 17 terms in the sequence.

Check your understanding 3 Find the number of terms in the finite arithmetic sequence 7,9, 11,..., 59.

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

27

8

Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

Objective 18.2A Practice

1. Find the 20th term of the arithmetic sequence 3, 8, 13,.... 98 2. Find the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence L54ee et eee, Ort 2 3. Find the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence 26, 1656555. 2, = —10n +/36 4. Find the number of terms in the arithmetic sequence 2,0, —2,..., —56.

30

Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.

Ohiective 18.2B

Evaluate an arithmetic series The indicated sum of the terms of an arithmetic sequence is called an arithmetic series. The sum of an arithmetic series can be found by using a formula.

Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series

Let a, be the first term of a finite arithmetic sequence, let n be the number of terms, and let a, be the last term of the sequence. Then the sum of the series S,,

is given by S, = n5 (a, + a,).

Each term of the arithmetic sequence shown at the right was found by adding 3 to the previous term.

I Oy e550 4 MEAD

Each term of the reverse arithmetic sequence can be found by subtracting 3 from the previous term.

LOL

MA re 5 Sue

This idea is used in the following proof of the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series. Let S,, represent the sum of the series.

S. =

aya Fd) oe Gp 2d) saa,

Write the terms of the sum of the series in reverse order. The sum is the same.

Sian d) cllanni2d) thar ote Add the two equations. DIS a (a + ay) + (a + a) at (a, Fri) dense+ (a, 1G)

Simplify the right side of the equation by using the fact that there are n terms in the sequence.

2S, = n(a, + a,) Solve for S,,. nN Se

=o

5 (a,

ah ,)

| Focus on finding the sum of n terms of an arithmetic sequence Find the sum of the first 10 terms of the arithmetic sequence 2, 4,6, 8,....

Section 18.2 ¢ Arithmetic Sequences and Series

9

SOLUTION d=a,-a,=4-2=2

* Find the common difference.

Os =) Be (n ar ld dy = 2+ (10 fas 1)2

* To find the 10th term, use the Formula for the nth Term of an \rithmetic Sequence.

| in S22vt1(9)2

|

sSigeite20 Sy, =

|

|

n > (a, ae Ap)

¢ Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series

10

| Sto = 5 2 JOO 0)=05(22) 0S

0

et

?

10).ay = 250;

S20

| Check your understanding 4 | Find the sum of the first 25 terms of the arithmetic Sequence) 4a) | |

| SOLUTION

See page S-2.

ieee

eee

500

| Focus on evaluating an arithmetic series 25

| Evaluate the arithmetic series SHE aaah |

n=1

SOLUTION

Gai orca Qi

3(1) +1=4

| @o5 = 3(25) + 1= |

¢ Find the first term

76

n

Sain 2 (a, a a,)

* Find the 25th term

* Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series.

25 | So5 =

mG

St 76)

|

= 25=> (80 (0)

|

flys BOCO

wa

Gh

76

| Check your understanding 5 18

Evaluate the arithmetic series 5) (3n — 2). n=1

L SOLUTION

See page S-2.

477

Objective 18.2B Practice 1. Find the sum of the first 50 terms of the arithmetic sequence 1,3,5,....

2500

1 2. Find the sum of the first 27 terms of the arithmetic sequence > he oer:

189

15

3. Evaluate the arithmetic series

5)(3i — 1). tA

Solutions on p. S-8.

345

10

Module 18 © Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

Objective 18.2C

Solve application problems

| Focus on solving an application involving an arithmetic sequence | The distance a ball rolls down a ramp each second is given by an arithmetic sequence. _ The distance in feet traveled by the ball during the nth second is given by 2n — 1. Find the distance the ball will travel during the first 10 s. STRATEGY

To find the distance: * Find the first and tenth terms of the sequence. | © Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series to find the sum of the first 10 terms. SOLUTION

a, = 2n — 1 a,

=

2(1)

aio

=

2(10)

S, = =(a, n

n

2 (a,

an | = =

+

1 =

| 19

a,)

10 he ball will roll 100 ft during the first 10 s.

Check your understanding 6 A contest offers 20 prizes. The first prize is $10,000, and each successive prize is $300 less than the preceding prize. What is the value of the 20th-place prize? What is the total amount of prize money that is being awarded? SOLUTION

See page S-3.

20th-place prize: $4300; total amount being awarded: $143,000

Objective 18.2C Practice 1. The distance that an object dropped from a cliff will fall is 16 ft the first second, 48 ft

the next second, 80 ft the third second, and so on in an arithmetic sequence. What is the total distance the object will fallin 6s? 576 ft 2. A display of cans in a grocery store consists of 20 cans in the bottom row, 18 cans in the next row, and so on in an arithmetic sequence. The top row has 4 cans. Find the

total number of cans in the display.

108 cans

Solutions on p. S-9.

18.3 | SECTION

Objective 18.3A

Geometric Sequences and Series Find the nth term of a geometric sequence An ore sample contains 20 mg of a radioactive material with a half-life of 1 week. The amount of the radioactive material remaining in the sample at the beginning of each week can be determined by using an exponential decay equation.

Section 18.3 * Geometric Sequences and Series

11

The following sequence represents the amount in the sample at the beginning of each

week. Each term of the sequence is found by multiplying the preceding term by . Week

1

Amount

20

The sequence 2(), 10, 5, 2.5. |.25 is called a geometric sequence. A geometric sequence, or geometric progression, is a sequence in which each successive term of the sequence is the same nonzero constant multiple of the preceding term. The common multiple is called the common ratio of the sequence. Take Note >

Each of the ice, shown below is a geometric ae

Geometric sequences are different from arithmetic sequences. For a geometric sequence, every two successive terms have the same ratio. For an arithmetic sequence, every two successive terms have the same difference.

3). (Oy, ND, Daa

Common ratio: 2

Aeon

Common ratio; —3

1

— tS S24. ...

2)

Hat:

ol

2

6, 4, S ae os oe 3) Oy wy

Common ratio: — 5

Consider a geometric sequence in which the first term is a, and the common ratio is r. Multiplying each successive term of the geometric sequence by the common ratio yields a formula for the nth term. The first term is a.

a; = ay

To find the second term, multiply the first term by the common ratio r.

a, = ar

To find the third term, multiply the second term by the common ratio r.

a3 = (a)r = (ar)r a, = ar

To find the fourth term, multiply the third term by the common ratio r.

a, = (a)r = (ar)r Gear

Note the relationship between the term number and the number that is the exponent on r. The exponent on r is | less than the term number.

a = ay

Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence The nth term of a geometric sequence with first term a, and common ratio r is

given by a, = a,r""!.

8 4

9 Find a formula for the nth term of the geometric sequence 5, 3, z,.... 5: an 3 i

eS

Ce

ata

(oie

3

an

8)

ratio.

¢ Use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence. |

5(2)

5

* Find r, the common

* a, =5,7=

:

12

Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

_ Focus on finding a term of a geometric sequence | Find the sixth term of the geometric sequence 3, 6, 12,....

| SOLUTION |r=2=

os #

a

3

| a, = ar"

ag

* Find the common ratio. * Use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence to find the sixth term

= SQ)?

*n=6,a,=3,r=2

= 3(2)° = 3(32)

| |

= 96

| Check your understanding 1 |Find the fifth term of the geometric sequence 5, 2, g, oe _ SOLUTION

See page S-3.

=

= |

Focus on finding a term of a geometric sequence Find a, for the geometric sequence 8, a), a3, 27,....

_ SOLUTION Ca

ar

a4

ar

| |

¢ Use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence to find the

rel =

| 2

common

ratio.

Seas

bey)

r

¢ Solve for7

The first and fourth terms are known.

27,4

Substitute 4 for n.

fa)

|

| an | = | 8 eee 2 i

¢

|

Q\

| a=8

Z

|

~



:

Take the cube root of each side of the equation

3-1

* Use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence to find a3. n = 3, a,

=6,F

3

_ Check your understanding 2 | Find a; for the geometric sequence 3, a), a3, —192,.... | SOLUTION

See page S-3.

48

Objective 18.3A Practice

1. Find a formula for the nth term of the geometric sequence By 12 0AS. ae oe 2. Find a formula for the nth term of the geometric sequence

oe

PEoie Ode

Om

= (3)

wee

9

Section 18.3 ¢ Geometric Sequences and Series

;

;

:

9

3. Find the eighth term of the geometric sequence 4, 3, 1

: ‘ 27 4. Find a, and a; for the geometric sequence 8, a), a3, “grt

13

2187

tebe

9 6, :

Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.

Objective 18.3B

Find the sum of a finite geometric series The indicated sum of the terms of a geometric sequence is called a geometric series. The sum of a geometric series can be found by a formula.

Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric Series

Let a, be the first term of a finite geometric sequence, let n be the number of terms, and let r be the common ratio, r # 1. Then the sum of the series S,, is

given by S, =

a,

=

r)

aie

| Focus on finding the sum of n terms of a finite geometric sequence Find the sum of the first five terms of the geometric sequence 2, 8, 32,.... SOLUTION

a,

8

r=—=-—=4

|

* Find the common

ratio

Cae, ad

met r’)

Sh = Tai

a

¢ Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric Series.

76 pec

a)

| —4 _ 201 — 1024)

n=

5. a

2,r=4

=3 5 21023) = _ —2046 =i) = 682

Check your understanding 3 Find the sum of the first eight terms of the geometric sequence I, 3, i Mek: SOLUTION

See page S-4.

1640

5187

14

Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

_ Focus on evaluating a finite geometric series |

7

i

_ Evaluate the geometric series >(5) : i=]

| SOLUTION

|

oN rs

ake

3

Tae

* To find a,, let? =

.

* ris the base of the exponential expression

3 Gi Si =

|

e—ore

at eet

sane

1

* Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric Series

a ici iege tee 2 A Vee

Sy =

2

2187

=

aa?

|

| —

en

7, ay

3 }

3

=

3

3

see BA DBT ne 448 t

2187

3

_ Check your understanding 4 a)

Evaluate the geometric series > (5). n=1

| SOLUTION

3]

See page S-4.

Objective 18.3B Practice

1. Find the sum of the first seven terms of the geometric sequence =A V2 50. Bie 2188 2. Evaluate:

é

3) 1995

(3

8 3. Evaluate:

Dyce

9840

n=1

Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.

Objective 18.3C

Find the sum of an infinite geometric series When the absolute value of the common ratio of a geometric sequence is less than 1, |r| < 1, then as n becomes larger, r’ becomes closer to zero, Examples

of geometric

sequences

for

il. a a : ’ : ‘

which |r| < 1 are shown at the right. As the number of terms increases, the abso-

lute value ofthe last term listed gets closer

3.9 ie

ree

27 81 243

rds ee

lige!

DEESENG

1

Sle

to zero. The indicated sum of the terms of an infinite geometric sequence is called an infinite geometric series.

Section 18.3 * Geometric Sequences and Series

An example of an infinite geometric series is shown at the right. The first term is 1.

1 3

@

ea *7

15

1 1 Bil zh243 i

The common ratio is ;.

The sums of the first 5, 7, 12, and 15 terms, along with the values of 7’, are shown at the right. Note that as n increases, the sum

1.4938272

0.0041152

of the terms gets closer to 1.5, and the value of 7” gets closer to zero.

1.4993141 1.4999972

0.0004572 0.0000019

1.4999999

0.0000001

Using the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric Series and the fact that 7’ approaches zero when |r| < 1 and n increases, a formula for the sum of an infinite geometric series can be found.

The sum of the first n terms of a geometric series is shown at the right. If |r| < 1, then 7’ can be made

Approximately a

very close to zero by using larger and larger values of n. Therefore,

the sum

of the first n terms

is

approximately Ss mea

a, — 7’) Sn =

ay

eee

a,

0) Des

Formula for the Sum of an Infinite Geometric Series

The sum of an infinite geometric series in which |r| < 1, r # 0, and a, is the first term, is given by S = i

a

i

When |r| = 1, the infinite geometric series does not have a finite sum. For example, the sum of the infinite geometric series | + 2 + 4 + 8 + --- increases without bound.

"Focus on finding the sum of an infinite geometric series 2

ne

Yeti

:

Pt

Find the sum of the terms of the infinite geometric sequence 1, —5, 7, -i, aes SOLUTION

] p=

ay

=

ay

2

=

1

¢ Find the common

ratio.

2

ay S =

1

—=

e

|r|
3 ents

SOLUTION

See page S-5.

9

5

16

Module 18 « Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

Pee The repeating decimal shown at the right has been rewritten as an infinite

a 0.3 = 0.3 + 0.03 + 0.003 + --3 3 3 = ah seme

geometric series with first term b and common ratio + 10°

Be

Use the Formula

for the Sum

of an

S= a

Infinite Geometric Series.

aa

oe,

l

we

i

3

= av = 2 Sie

ee

ae

10

10

aye ; is equivalent to the nonterminating, repeating decimal 0.3.

|Focus on finding an equivalent fraction for a repeating decimal | Find an equivalent fraction for 0.12. | SOLUTION | Write the decimal as a sum that includes an infinite

| geometric series.

| 0.12 = 0.1 + 0.02 + 0.002 + 0.0002 + --1 10

2, 100

=—+

2 1000

-

2 — 10,000

~

fos.

| The geometric series does not begin with the first term, at

| The series begins with in: The common ratio is rt D |

S=

aos

Le

=

_ 100

« Use the Formula for the Sum of an Infinite Geometric

Vee i

Series to find

the sum of all the terms except the first, a.

10 2

|

— 100 _

9

90

10 a 0.12

|

ee

= at —_—ne:

,

:

10

90

90

;

5

to the of the AddAdd 7,+ to th sum ;

«

:

:

series

meu

| An equivalent fraction for 0.12 is 9p.

|Check your understanding 6 |Find an equivalent fraction for 0.36. |SOLUTION

See page S-5.

4

Ti

Objective 18.3C Practice :

;

:

;

:

;

1. Find the sum of the terms of the infinite geometric sequence 2, i, ve ae :

aya

i

2. Find the sum of the terms of the infinite geometric sequence 10° 100° 1000"

3. Find an equivalent fraction for 0.5.

5

4. Find an equivalent fraction for 0.83. Din

Solutions on p. S-11.

=

16

]

Section 18.4 ¢ Binomial Expansions

Objective 18.3D

17

Solve application problems Focus on solving an application by using

a geometric sequence

| On the first swing, the length of the arc through which a pendulum swings is 16 in. The length of each successive swing is Hthat of the preceding swing. Find the length of the arc on the fifth swing. Round to the nearest tenth. STRATEGY

To find the length of the arc on the fifth swing, use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence. i=

Nei palOat es

SOLUTION a, =

ay!

pee

a

= 16| —

(Z)

at

= 16(—]}

i

= 16

2401

4096)

=

38,416

4096

= 94

| The length of the arc on the fifth swing is approximately 9.4 in.

| Check your understanding 7 You start a chain letter and send it to three friends. Each of the three friends sends the letter to three other friends, and the sequence is repeated. If no one breaks the chain, how | many letters will have been mailed from the first through the sixth mailings?

SOLUTION

See page S-S.

1092 letters

Objective 18.3D Practice

1. On the first swing, the length of the arc through which a pendulum swings is 18 in. The length of each successive swing is 3that of the preceding swing. What is the total distance

the pendulum travels during the first five swings? Round to the nearest tenth. 54.9 in. 2. The temperature of a hot-water spa is 75°F. Each hour, the temperature is 10% higher than during the previous hour. Find the temperature of the spa after 3 h. Round to the nearest tenth. 99.8°F Solutions on pp. S-11—S-12.

SECTION

i

Binomial Expansions Objective 18.4A

Expand (a + b)? By carefully observing the expansion of the binomial (a + b)" shown below, it is possible to identify some interesting patterns.

(a+b)'=a+b (a+ bP? =a

+2ab+b°

(a + b) = a + 3a’°b + 3ab’ + bP

(a + b)* = at + 4a°b + 6a°b? + 4ab> + b* (a + bP =a? + Sa*b + 10a*b* + 10a?b? + Sab* + b°

18

Module 18 © Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

PATTERNS FOR THE VARIABLE PARTS 1. The first term is a". The exponent on a decreases by | for each successive term. 2. The exponent on b increases by 1 for each successive term. The last term is b”. 3. The degree of each term is n. Write the variable parts of the terms in the expansion of (a + b)°. The first term is «’. For each successive term, the exponent on a decreases by 1, and the exponent on

b increases by 1. The last term is /)’.

aj,2),0b

aU .ob au,

The variable parts of the general expansion of (a + b)” are a”

a’

'b

a”

2b

a’ 'b’

ab"

b”

A pattern for the coefficients of the terms of the expanded binomial can be found by writing the coefficients in a triangular array known as Pascal’s Triangle.

Each row begins and ends

For (a + b)!:

with the number 1. Any other number in a row is the sum of

Bor (Geb):

the two closest numbers above

For (a + b)?:

it. For example, 4 + 6 =

i For (a + b)*: )

10.

For (a+b):

1 1

1 1

1

3 4

5

1 5

1

3 6

ura TSP

1 4

gli

1

Soya

sh

To write the sixth row of Pascal’s Triangle, first write the numbers of the fifth row. The first and last numbers of the sixth row are 1. Each of the other numbers of the sixth row can be obtained by finding the sum of the two closest numbers above it in the fifth row.

ToMrsouMOyMIOW 5- 1 EE ee Saerasmingg nO gs 6 The numbers in the sixth row of Pascal’s Triangle will be the coefficients of the terms in

the expansion of (a + b)°. Using these numbers for the coefficients, and using the pattern for the variable part of each term, we can write the expanded form of (a + b)° as follows:

(a + b)® = a° + 6a>b + 15a*b? + 20a°b? + 15a*b* + 6ab> + b® Although Pascal’s Triangle can be used to find the coefficients for the expanded form of the power of any binomial, this method is inconvenient when the power of the binomial is large. An alternative method for determining these coefficients is based on the concept of factorial.

For a natural number n, n! (which is read “‘n factorial’) is the product of the first n natural numbers.

n! =n-(n — 1):(n — 2): +++ +3-2-1 Zero factorial is a special case and is defined as 0! = 1. EXAMPLES ~ 51 = 5°453-2-1= 8h l=) . O!=1

120

827-6524 3=2 21 — 40320

Section 18.4 ¢ Binomial Expansions

19

| Focus on evaluating a factorial expression 7! 4131

| Evaluate:

SOLUTION

Pal eeOror A 322: 1 413! (4-3-2-1)(3-2-1) =

* Write each factorial as a product.

35

*

Simplify

Check your understanding 1 |

12! Evaluate: —— 715!

SOLUTION

See page S-5.

792

The coefficients in a binomial expansion can be given in terms of factorials. In the expan-

sion of (a + b)° shown below, note that the coefficient of a*b* can be given by a. The numerator is the factorial of the power of the binomial. The denominator is the product of the factorials of the exponents on a and b.

(a + bP? =a + S5a‘b + 10a*b? + 10a*b? + 5ab* + bP 3)!

9s!

=

ebony ayia

VOPNG: 2-1)

=

10

(Oeste Focus on evaluating i. Evaluate:

( A

5

SOLUTION

| (5) 2)

=

8!

Ree SAE

(S015)!5!

* Write the quotient of the factorials.

Bt 1) si 645)423-25 315! (3-2-1)(6-4-3-2-1)

=

56

¢ Simplify

Check your understanding 2

Bie

4

Evaluate:

SOLUTION

See page S-6.

l

Using factorials and the pattern for the variable part of each term, we can write a formula for any natural-number power of a binomial.

20

Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem

Binomial Expansion Formula (a =f b)" =

(7 Jeae (Tle

0

ane ("ero

]

de

eye

("Jar

2

r

1. @+b)*= @i + (Few + (Jere + @a + (4) = a’ + 4a*b + 6a°*b? + 4ab? + b*

@s n @ie> ss(5 2) + @les =a

6x F-12x 8

Focus on expanding a binomial

| Write (4x + 3y)* in expanded form. SOLUTION

(4x + 3y)?

(JJar + (F)Janren + Gave +(Jor = 1(64x*) + 3(16x’)(3y) + 3(4x)(9y’) + 1(275°) 64x

+

144x*y

+

108xy*

+

277°

Check your understanding 3 | Write (3m — n)* in expanded form. | SOLUTION

See page S-6.

Sim

108nrn

+ S54m-n

l2mn-

Focus on finding terms of a binomial expansion

Find the first three terms in the expansion of (x + 3)!>. SOLUTION

ae,

G+ 3)? = @ia ~ (se) ‘ Ee = Ix! + 15x'4(3) + 105x3(9) + --=p oe 45x? 945° Check your understanding 4

Find the first three terms in the expansion of (y — 2)!°. SOLUTION

See page S-6.

y — 20y? + 180y®

— -

lt

n

n

EXAMPLES

pe

fe 3 oe

+ n°

b"

Section 18.4 © Binomial Expansions

21

The Binomial Expansion Formula can also be used to write any term of a binomial expansion. In the expansion of (a + b)° below, note that the exponent on b is | less than the term number.

(a + b)? = a@ + 5a*b + 10a°b* + 10a2b? + Sab* + BP

Formula for the rth Term of a Binomial Expansion

Focus on finding a term of a binomial expansion | Find the fourth term in the expansion of (x + a)

|

|

SOLUTION (

n

= — Jarrat!

* Use the Formula for the rth Term of a Binomial Expansion.

ip = Il

7 (,es kpeieain

ey

“(2

4.

T,.a=x,b=3

= 351 (27) = 945.4 | Check your understanding 5

| Find the third term in the expansion of (¢ — 2s)’. || SOLUTION

See page S-6.

841s

L

Objective 18.4A Practice 8!!

1. Evaluate: ——

56

2. Evaluate: @

28

5!3!

3. Expand: (y — 3)* 4. Expand: (2x + 3y)

y* — 12y? + 54y? — 108y + 81 8x? + 36x°y + S4xy? + 27y*

5. Find the sixth term in the expansion of Ge Solutions on p. S-12.

7)",

Qin

neo

@ ens b

\

regi

_ -

| a

ie

‘ =

a :

7 _

-

Solutions to Module 18

SOLUTIONS TO MODULE

18

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 18.1

Check your understanding 1 a, = n(n + 1)

a

ri 1) =

ay

ll oe

The first term is 2. The second term is 6.

D=

3(3 + 1) = 12

The third term is 12.

4(4 + 1)=20

The fourth term is 20.

Check your understanding 2 | a, =

(pS

n(n + 2)

Se SSSee he s six tom eMMliSaes ie Cowen l

Ay = 90 + 2) = 99

;

aan

The ninth term is 99.

hess your understanding 3 2

> Te =

n)

¢ Replace n by 1, 2, 3, and 4

Cree = 2) ne a Ge 4 =6+5+4+3=18 6

b.

» (7 a

2)

¢ Replace i by 3, 4, 5, and 6

Ir w

SiGe e422) + (5792) 67 eo) =7+ 14+ 23 + 34 = 78 Check your understanding 4 5

Donn =x + x + 3x 4H4x + 5x n=1

Section 18.2

Check your understanding 1 ids = 8 =O

ox

d =a, —- a, =3 —9=

—6 - Find the common difference

a, =a, + (n—- 1)d

15 = 9 + (15 — 1)(-6)

= 9 + (14)(-6)

=9-84=-75

«n=

15,a,=9,d = —6

S-1

S-2

Solutions to Module 18

Check your understanding 2 =

Ono

ee

d = a) — a, = 1 — (—3) =4

© Find the common difference.

a, = a, + (n— 1)d a, =

= 3) 5p (n =

a, = —3 a,

1)4

a

-3,d=4

+ 4n-—4

= 4n — 7

Check your understanding 3 7,95 Vee 9

eh

e hyAo)

a= Ff sp)

¢ Find the common difference

a, = a,+(n-1)d 59 =7+(n—59)

1)2

° a,

tee

=59,a,

=7.d=2

* Solve for n

59 =5+2n 54 = 2n 27 =n

There are 27 terms in the sequence.

Check your understanding 4 =

42: OND ae

d=a,—4, An =

as

=

a

+

=

=2-—

(n —

—4+

(—4) =2

l)d

(25 =

* Find the common difference ¢ Find the 25th term

1)2

.

Se

sad

=

—A.¢0.

= —4 + (24)2

= -4448=44 n

Sn =

rac 1 a,)

25

Sos

ed

¢ Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series

gee)

* n=

25,4,

=

—4, a, = a,

= 44

25 = (40) 5 = 25(20) = 500

Check your understanding 5 S Gn — 2)

a, = 3h Oh = Oh = Sy, =

S2=

2

3(1) —2=1

¢ Find the first term.

3(18) =

¢ Find the 18th term.

5

>

= 9(53)

2) = 3

oF Ap)

+ 52)

477)

¢ Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series

Sera

Ss a

Ue

Solutions to Module 18

S-3

Check your understanding 6 STRATEGY

To find the value of the 20th-place prize: ¢ Write the equation for the nth-place prize.

¢ Find the 20th term of the sequence.

To find the total amount of prize money being awarded, use the Formula for the Sum of 1 Terms of an Arithmetic Series. SOLUTION

10,000, 9700,... d = a) — a, = 9700 —

10,000 = —300

a, =a, + (n— 1)d = 10,000 + (n — =

1)(—300)

10,000 — 300n + 300

= —300n + 10,300

ayy = —300(20) + 10,300 = —6000 + 10,300 = 4300 n ay a

5

a

a,)

20

= 10(14,300) = 143,000 The value of the 20th-place prize is $4300. The total amount of prize money being awarded is $143,000.

Section 18.3

Check your understanding 1 aed, >

tele

5

(i i a

rat

Pe

Gy

¢ Find the common

ratio

oars

Ne as =

:

(§)

*n=5,a,

=5,r=%

= (2) = (28) = 28 5

625

125

Check your understanding 2 35 Cy hy MOD, 5 5c

d=

ai

ane Oi

en=4

—192 = 377!

© a =

—192,a,

—192 = 3°

* Solve for r:

=3

—-64=Pr

—4=r a=

ar.

a, =3(-4)> 1

+ n=3,a,=3,r=-4

= 3(—4)? = 3(16) = 48

S-4

Solutions to Module 18

Check your understanding 3 Ie oil il. (2) Qh =

p=

5)

eo

0 find

>

a, letnr

* ris the base of the exponential expression

a\(1 =. r’)

Ss, = =

ee

¢ Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric

1\5

Sa

il'-()

=

ee

a

on=5.a,=5.r=

es 1

1

i =

2 St

1/31

31

=) - Ass) _ 64 1 TS 0 V2

2 eon

2

;

Series

Solutions to Module 18

S-5

Check your understanding 5 AS 3° “9° ae

3,

ay C=

a

‘Sa=

Dy; =

2 =

3

=

¢ Find the common

3

os

°

|)

|.

ratio

Use the Formula for the Sum of an Infinite Geometric Series

il =P a!

3

2

i} seule

3 ©

ae

de

ee

2

5

3

3

ibe ay

5

Check your understanding 6 0.36 = 0.36 + 0.0036 + 0.000036 + -:-

36. a

100

ere

eye

MOOT

te

~ 100 36

M00) Y 360244 yg074 99 411 100 An equivalent fraction for 0.36 is


1 - Fle DEO ei. 4 10I) An equivalent fraction is 5.

0.8333 = 0.8 + 0.03 + 0.003 + 0.0003 +...

g +

oie

2 +

10

100

a2

pers

100

:

1000

wt

110:000

+

em

a

100 _3_

or bh Se a2) — 90 eso 10 Disa

oe a

1030

S10

6

An equivalent fraction is 2

Objective 18.3D

1. STRATEGY To find the total distance the pendulum travels in five swings, use the Formula for the Sum of a Finite Geometric Series.

$-12

Solutions to Module 18 SOLUTION

ia

Seaes

re

a,(1 - 7’)

i

Il = 7

=

4

ag 1g{1 - U) 5S

Meg

_ 18 =ioe

-— 781 2 no

~ 54.9 The total distance is approximately 54.9 in. 2.

STRATEGY

To find the temperature after 3 h, use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence. Let a, be the temperature after | h. SOLUTION

f= a,

3,47 = 1075) =

= 82.5, 7= 110% = 1.10

are

ax = 82510)

= 82.51.12) = 99:8

After 3 h, the temperature of the spa is approximately 99.8° F.

Objective 18.4A

8! 1. 5131

Siem sry | S-4-3-2-1)G3-2°1)

56

> (6) eo 8! ~ 216! 8°7-6:5°4-3-2°1 (2-1)(6-5-4-3-2-1) SOF

3. a =(Shi+ rca + haar + (Spa + (2-9 =y + 4y(—3) toy) + Ay(—27) + 81 = y* — 12y’ + 54y’ — 108y + 81

4. x +3)=($)en + (Deva + )evex + 3Jey = 1(8x°) + 3(4x7) By) + 3(2x)(Qy’) + 1(27y%) = 8x + 36x°y + 54xy’ + 279° 5. n= 7,4 =e

b=

1.= 6

4y! L i | erat = (7)oaror = 21x

Measurement

SECTION 19.1.

The U.S. Customary System

Objective 19.1A

Convert units of length in the U.S. Customary System

Objective 19.1B

Convert units of weight in the U.S. Customary System

Objective 19.1C

Convert units of capacity in the U.S. Customary System

Objective 19.1D

Convert units of time

SECTION 19.2 Objective 19.2A

The Metric System Convert units of length in the metric system

Objective 19.2B

Convert units of mass in the metric system

Objective 19.2C

Convert units of capacity in the metric system

SECTION 19.3

Conversion Between the U.S. Customary and the Metric Systems of Measurement

Objective 19.3A

Convert U.S. Customary units to metric units

Objective 19.3B

Convert metric units to U.S. Customary units

2

Module 19 * Measurement

SECTION

| The U.S. Customary System

Objective

19.1A

Convert units of length in the U.S. Customary System A measurement includes a number and a unit.

9

feet

23

pounds

2

cups

Number

— Unit

The standard U.S. Customary units of length, or distance, are inch, foot, yard and mile. The list below gives equivalences between some units of length.

Equivalences Between Units of Length in the U.S. Customary System

12 inches (in.) = 1 foot (ft) 3 ft = 1 yard (yd)

5280 ft = 1 mile (mi)

A conversion rate is used to change from one unit to another. To find a conversion rate, begin with a unit equivalence. For instance, to find a conversion rate to convert inches to feet,

begin with | ft = |2 in. Then divide each side of the unit equivalence equation by 12 in. 1 ft = 12 in. 1 ft —

12in.

12 in.

=

:

12 in.

| ft

—=

|

12 in

¢ Divide each

side by 12 in

¢ Note that a conversion rate always equals |

Because a conversion rate equals 1, multiplying a measurement by a conversion rate does not change the value of the measurement. : 1 ft

The conversion rate |, _, 18 used to convert inches to feet. To find the conversion rate that converts feet to inches, divide each side of the unit equivalence equation | ft = 12 in. by I ft.

1 ft = 12 in. aie

a=

1 ft

12 a,

SS

1 ft

:

¢ Divide each side by | ft.

3 ft

lyd

5280 ft

Other conversion rates for length are 7 yj, Aap ian

1 mi

and Asi

Dimensional analysis involves using conversion rates to change from one unit of measurement to another unit of measurement.

Section 19.1 ¢ The U.S. Customary System

3

| Focus on converting inches to feet Convert 18 in. to feet. SOLUTION Choose a conversion rate so that the unit in the numerator of the conversion rate is the

| same as the unit needed in the answer (“feet” for this problem). The unit in the denominator of the conversion rate is the same as the unit in the given measurement (“inches”’ for ® . . 1 ft this problem). The conversion rate is |, Iie 1f

San

ar —1180)°

Oona

* The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°.

— aL Oe

« ZD = 32° and

120° + ZF = 180°

* Solve for

ZE = 88

ZF

| 120° — 120° + ZF = 180° — 120° ZF

= 60

| Focus on finding the measure of an angle in a triangle | |Two angles of a triangle measure 42° and 103°. Find the measure of the third angle.

| SOLUTION The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°.

ZA + ZB + ZC= 180° ZA + 42° + 103° = 180°

/

ZA + 145° = 180°

| ZA + 145° — 145° = 180° — 145° ZA = 35° The measure of the third angle is 35°.

Check your understanding 4 Two angles of a triangle measure 62° and 45°. Find the measure of the third angle. SOLUTION

See page S-1.

73

A right triangle contains one right angle. The side opposite the right angle is called the hypotenuse. The legs of a right triangle are its other two sides. In a right triangle, the two acute angles are complementary. ZA + ZB = 90°

| In the right triangle at the left, 2A = 30°. Find the measure of 2B. ZA

+ ZB

= 90°

* The two acute angles are complementary

30° + ZB = 90°

-

| 30° — 3023828 =190" = 30°

ZA = 30

* Solve for ZB

ZB = 60°

orn : P : | Focus on finding the measures of the angles in a right triangle | One angle in a right triangle measures 50°. Find the measures of the other two angles. | SOLUTION

| In a right triangle, one angle measures 90° and the two acute angles are complementary.

|

PAPE AB

|

ZA+ 50° = 90" Lh A020; 190

OO?

|

ZA = 40°

50"

| The other angles measure 90° and 40°.

Section 20.1

¢ Angles, Lines, and Geometric Figures

7

Check your understanding 5 A right triangle has one angle measuring 7°. Find the measures of the other two angles. _SOLUTION

See page S-1

90° and 83

A quadrilateral is a closed, four-sided plane figure. Three quadrilaterals with special characteristics are described here. A parallelogram has opposite sides parallel and equal. The perpendicular distance AE between the parallel sides is called the height.

A

B

D

E G Parallelogram

A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. A square is a rectangle that has four equal sides.

Square

Rectangle

A circle is a plane figure in which all points are the same distance from point O, which is called the center of the circle. The diameter of a circle (d) is the length of a line segment through the center of the circle with endpoints on the circle. AB is a diameter of the circle shown.

The radius of a circle (r) is the length of a line segment from the center to a point on the circle. OC is a radius of the circle shown. d=2r

or

| r=-d

The line segment AB is a diameter of the circle shown. Find the radius of the circle. The radius is one-half the diameter. Therefore,

} =—(8in)

+d=8in.

Focus on finding the diameter of a circle A circle has a radius of 8 cm. Find the diameter. SOLUTION

l=

Dp

=2:8cm=

l6cm

The diameter is 16 cm.

Check your understanding 6 A circle has a diameter of 8 in. Find the radius.

SOLUTION

See page S-1.

4 in.

Circle

8

Module 20 ¢ Geometry

A geometric solid is a figure in space, or space figure. Four common space figures are the rectangular solid, cube, sphere, and cylinder. A rectangular solid is a solid in which all six faces are rectangles.

A cube is a rectangular solid in which all six faces are squares.

Cube

A sphere is a solid in which all points on the surface are the same distance from point O, which is called the center of the sphere. The diameter of a sphere is the length of a line segment going through the center with endpoints on the sphere. AB is a diameter of the sphere shown.

Cc

Sphere

The radius of a sphere is the length of a line segment from the center to a point on the sphere. OC is a radius of the sphere shown above. d=2r

or

r=—-d

' The radius of the sphere shown at the right is 5 cm. Find the _ diameter of the sphere. d=2r =

2(5 cm)

¢ The diameter equals twice the radius *r=5cm

= 10cm | The diameter is 10 cm.

The most common cylinder is one in which the bases are circles : : and are perpendicular to the side.

Height

ae

Cylinder

Objective 20.1B Practice

. A triangle has a 13° angle and a 65° angle. Find the measure of the other angle. 1()2° . A right triangle has a 62° angle. Find the measures of the other two angles. 90° and 28°

. A triangle has a 30° angle and a 45° angle. Find the measure of the other angle. . Find the diameter of a circle with a radius of 24cm. 48 cm 0.6 m wn nk = . The diameter of a sphere is 1.2 m. Find the radius. Solutions on p. S-6.

105°

Section 20.1

Objective 20.1C

e Angles, Lines, and Geometric Figures

9

Solve problems involving angles formed by intersecting lines Four angles are formed by the intersection of two lines. If the two lines are perpendicular, then each of the four angles formed is a right angle. If the two lines are not perpendicular, then two of the angles formed are acute angles and two of the angles formed are obtuse angles. The two acute angles are always opposite each other, and the two obtuse angles are always opposite each other. In the figure, Zw and Zy are acute angles. 2x and Zz are obtuse angles. Two angles that are on opposite sides of the intersection of two lines are called vertical angles. Vertical angles have the same measure. 7 w and Zy are vertical an; gles. 2x and Zz are vertical angles.

Zw=Z ae: cS

Two angles that share a common side are called adjacent angles. In the figure above, 7x and Zy are adjacent angles, as are Zy and Zz, Zz

Zx + Zy = 180° Zy + Zz = 180° z+ Zw = 180°

and Zw, and Zw

Zw + 2x =

and Zx. Adjacent angles of

180°

intersecting lines are supplementary angles.

‘ In the figure at the left, 7c = 65°. Find the measures of angles a, b, and d. ke \ BO

=65"

*

Zb+

Zc

=

180°

Za

c because

:

Zc and Za are vertical angles.

s Supplementary to

2b because

Zc and Zb are adjacent

angles

Zb + 65° = 180°

.

65°

|2b + 65° — 65° = 180° — 65° 2b = 115 G

( AGGIES

AIS

a

|

b because

2b and Zd

are vertical angles.

| Focus on finding angles formed by intersecting lines | In the figure at the left, Za = 75°. Find 2b. | SOLUTION Za m1

+ Zb

=

180°

| Te ae Alp = Oe Lb

=

105°

¢

ea

Zaand

Zb are supplementary



e Subtract

75° from each side

| Check your understanding 7 In the figure, Za = 125°. Find 2b. SOLUTION

See page S-2.

-

@ b

55) tas

A line intersecting two other lines at two different points is called a transversal. If the lines cut by a transversal are parallel lines and the transversal is perpendicular to the parallel lines, then all eight angles formed are right angles.

Transversal 4,

@,

10

Module 20 * Geometry

If the lines cut by a transversal are parallel lines and the transversal is not perpendicular to the parallel lines, then all four acute angles have the same measure and all four obtuse angles have the same measure. For the figure at the right, there are two groups of angles with the same measure: ZLa=Lo=Lw=Zy

and

Transversal

LZb=Zd=2Zx= Zz

Alternate interior angles are two nonadjacent angles that are on opposite sides of the transversal and between the parallel lines. For the figure above, 7c and Zw are alternate interior angles. 7d and Zx are alternate interior angles. Alternate interior angles have the same measure. Alternate exterior angles are two nonadjacent angles that are on opposite sides of the transversal and outside the parallel lines. For the figure above, Za and Zy are alternate exterior angles. 2b and Zz are alternate exterior angles. Alternate exterior angles have the same measure. Corresponding angles are two angles that are on the same side of the transversal and are both acute angles or are both obtuse angles. For the figure above, the following pairs of angles are corresponding angles: Za and Zw, Zd and Zz, 2b and Zx, Zc and Zy. Corresponding angles have the same measure.

In the figure at the left, ¢, ||€, and 2c = 58°. Find the measures of Zf, Zh, and Zg. Lf h

= 58

«

58

Zf = Zc because

e

Lh

180"

*

2g is supplementary to

Zg + 58° = 180°

3+

Zh=58°

Ag + Lh =

L2z=

122

c because

Zfand

¢ Subtract 58°

4c are alternate interior angles

2c and Z/ are corresponding angles

Zh

from each side

Focus on finding angles formed by a transversal

In the figure, ¢, ||€, and Za = 70°. Find 2b. SOLUTION LE

=a

Zap

AG

Lb

MOG Zb



V0"

¢ Corresponding angles are equal

=

M802

*

NSO

sae

110

¢ Subtract 70° from each side

=

Zband

Zc are supplementary

10" t

|

Check your understanding 8

a

In the figure, ¢, ||€, and Za = 120°.

aes

Find Zb. | SOLUTION

See page S-2.

60

; 1

Z,

Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure

11

Objective 20.1C Practice

1. Find the measures of anglesaandb.

Za = 106°;

2b = 74

3. Given that €, | €,, find the measures of anglesa and b.

4a = 44°; 2b = 44°

La

= 130°: 2b

=

50

Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.

20.2 Objective 20.2A

Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure Find the perimeter of a plane geometric figure A polygon is a closed figure determined by three or more line segments that lie in a plane. The sides of a polygon are the line segments that form the polygon. The following figures are examples of polygons.

12

EID —-

Module 20 © Geometry

A regular polygon is one in which each side has the same length and each angle has the same measure. The polygons in Figures A, C, and D above are regular polygons. The name of a polygon is based on the number of its sides. The table below lists the names of polygons that have from 3 to 10 sides.

| Name ofthePolygon Triangle Ouadelatera!

™ Pentagon Hexagon . “Heptagon =|

9

Octagon

_

Nonagon

10

-

Decagon

Triangles and quadrilaterals are two of the most common types of polygons. Triangles are distinguished by the number of equal sides and also by the measures of their angles. C

A

B

A

B

A

An isosceles triangle has two sides of equal length. The angles opposite each of

The three sides of an equilateral triangle are of equal length.

A scalene triangle has no two sides of equal length. No two angles are of equal

the equal sides are of equal

The three angles are

measure.

measure.

of equal measure.

AC = BC ZA = ZB

AB = BC = AC MIN = fey = ME

B

Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure Cc

A

C

A

B

\

An acute triangle has three acute angles.

13

B

An obtuse triangle has one obtuse angle.

G

B

A right triangle has a right angle.

Quadrilaterals also are distinguished by their sides and angles, as shown below. Note that a rectangle, a square, and a rhombus are different forms of a parallelogram.

Parallelogram

Rectangle Opposite

Opposite sides parallel Opposite sides equal in length Opposite angles equal in measure

sides

Square

parallel

Opposite sides equal in length

Opposite sides parallel

All angles measure 90 Diagonals equal in length

All sides equal

Quadrilateral

in length

All angles measure 90° Diagonals equal in length

Rhombus

Opposite sides parallel All sides equal in length Opposite angles equal

Trapezoid

Isosceles Trapezoid

In Measure

Two sides parallel Nonparallel sides equal in length

The perimeter of a plane geometric figure is a measure of the distance around the figure. The perimeter of a polygon is the sum of the lengths of its sides. Perimeter is used, for example, in buying fencing for a lawn or in determining how much baseboard is needed for a room. Here are the perimeter formulas for some of the more common geometric figures.

Perimeter of a Triangle Let a, b, and c be the lengths of the sides of a triangle. The perimeter of the triangle is

P=a+b+c.

EXAMPLE

Find the perimeter of the triangle shown at the right. P=a+b+t+ec

=3cm+5cm+6cm = 14cm

The perimeter of the triangle is 14 cm.

14

Module 20 © Geometry

Focus on finding the perimeter of a triangle Find the perimeter of a triangle with sides of lengths 5 in., 7 in., and 8 in.

| SOLUTION = 5in. |

+ 7in. + 8 in.

= 20 in.

The perimeter of the triangle is 20 in.

| Check your understanding 1 Find the perimeter of a triangle with sides of lengths 12 cm, 15 cm, and 18 cm.

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

45 cm

Perimeter of a Rectangle Let L be the length (usually the longer side) of a rectangle and W be the width (usually the shorter side) of a rectangle.

The perimeter of the rectangle is P = 2L + 2W.

EXAMPLE Find the perimeter of the rectangle shown at the right. P=2L+2W = 2(6 m) + 2(3 m)

=12m+6m = 18m The perimeter of the rectangle is 18 m

Focus on finding the perimeter of a rectangle Find the perimeter of a rectangle with a width of ;ft and a length of 2 ft. SOLUTION P=2L

.)

+ 2W

maa

= 2(2 ft) + 2; ft

3

=4ft+ a 3 1 = 5—- ft 3 z

-

:

ile

The perimeter of the rectangle is 53 ft.

Check your understanding 2 Find the perimeter of a rectangle with a length of 2 m and a width of 0.85 m. | SOLUTION —

See page S-2.

5.7m

2

Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure

15

Apply the Concept A building contractor must place a security fence around a rectangular construction lot that is 95 ft long and 72 ft wide. How many feet of fencing must the contractor buy? SOLUTION

To find the amount of fencing needed, find the perimeter of the lot.

P=2L+2W = 2(95 ft) + 2(72 ft)

© L=95 ft, W= 72 ft

= 190 ft+ 144 ft = 334 ft The contractor must buy 334 ft of fencing.

Take Note >

Recall that a square is a rectangle in which all four sides are equal.

The perimeter of a square is the sum of the four sides:

sts+s+5=

4s

Perimeter of a Square Let s be the length of a side of a square. The perimeter of the square is P = 4s.

EXAMPLE Find the perimeter of the square shown at the right. P=4s = 4G fi)

= 12 ft The perimeter of the square is 12 ft.

The perimeter of a circle is called its circumference. The circumference of a circle is equal to the product of pi (7r) and the diameter. The value of 7 can be approximated as Lie SEO

yp;

Bs waa

The 7 key on a calculator gives a more exact approximation of 77.

16

Module 20 ¢ Geometry

Circumference of a Circle Let d be the diameter of a circle. The circumference of the circle is C = zd.

(Pr

Because the diameter is twice the radius, the circumference

is also given by C = 2zr.

EXAMPLE Find the circumference of the circle shown at the right. C =2nr = 27(6 in.)

= 2(3.14)(6 in.) = 37.68 in. The circumference of the circle is approximately

37.68 in.

Apply the Concept The diameter of a car tire is 16 in. If the tire makes two complete revolutions, what distance has the tire traveled? Use 3.14 for 7. SOLUTION

To find the distance, first find the circumference of the tire. Because the tire makes

two complete revolutions, multiply the circumference by 2. C=d = 3.14(16 in.)

° d= 16in

= 50.24 in. The circumference of the tire is approximately 50.24 in.

2 X 50.24 = 100.48 The tire has traveled a distance of 100.48 in.

Focus on finding the circumference of a circle Find the circumference of a circle with a radius of 18 cm. Use 3.14 for 7. SOLUTION

C =2mr

=2-3.14-18cm = 113.04 cm | The circumference is approximately

113.04 cm.

Check your understanding 3 Find the circumference of a circle with a diameter of 6 in. Use 3.14 for zr.

SOLUTION

See page S-2.

18.84 in.

Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure

17

Objective 20.2A Practice

1. Find the perimeter of the triangle given below. 12 in.

: 20

56 in.

in.

24 in.

2. Find the perimeter of the square given below.

20 fi

5 ft

3. Find the circumference of the circle given below. Use 3.14 for 7.

25.12 in.

4. Find the perimeter of a rectangle with a length of 2 m and a width of 0.8 m. 5.6 m 5. A horse trainer wants to build a rectangular corral that is 60 ft wide and 75 ft long. How many feet of fencing will the trainer need to build the corral? 270 ft 6. The diameter of a quarter dollar is 24.26 mm. What is the circumference of a quarter dollar? Use 3.14 for 77. Round to the nearest hundredth. 76.18 mm Solutions on p. S-9.

Objective 20.2B

Find the perimeter of a composite geometric figure A composite geometric figure is a figure made from two or more geometric figures. The following composite is made from part of a rectangle and part of a circle:

iv sitio ma NET Perimeter of the

; = 3 sides of a rectangle + composite figure Perimeter of the

composite figure

the circumference of a circle

=2L+W+tod a

The perimeter of the composite figure below is found by adding twice the length plus the width plus one-half the circumference of the circle. 12m

12m |

i

12m

P=2L+W+ 5nd = 2(12 m)

+

1

4m + ~(3.14)(4 m) 2

= 34.28 m The perimeter is approximately 34.28 m.

*

L=12m,W=4m,d=4m. Note: The diameter of the circle is equal to the width of the rectangle.

18

Module 20 ¢ Geometry

‘Focus on finding the perimeter of a composite figure Find the perimeter of the composite figure.

Bone

aaa

Use = for 7.

_ SOLUTION

Vee.

tO

| Perimeter

sum of

| of

length

: | composite

a =

oe | figure

5the

Reig of the

+

4s

ar

: four sides

Pe

:

circumference ‘

of the circle io NS ] and

ivf

= 4(5cm) + (>) (7 cm) =

20cm

+ 11 cm

= 31cm

The perimeter is approximately 31 cm.

Check your understanding 4 | Find the perimeter of the composite figure. | Use 3.14 for 77. | SOLUTION

See page S-2.

25.42 in

8in

oy

Objective 20.2B Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the perimeter of the given figure. If necessary, use 3.14 for 7. i

5 cm

121 cm

8 cm

27 cm 19 cm

42 cm

oh

i

2

50.56 m

3.57 ft

=e. Domt a

Solutions on p. S-10.

DiS Dit tee

Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure

Objective 20.2C

19

Solve application problems Focus on solving an application The dimensions of a triangular sail are 18 ft, 11 ft, and 15 ft. What is the perimeter of the sail?

STRATEGY

To find the perimeter, use the formula for the perimeter of a triangle. SOLUTION

J =O) ae Waar ©

= Stcr

Utes

lott 44 ft

The perimeter of the sail is 44 ft

Check your understanding 5 What is the perimeter of a standard piece of computer paper that measures 84 in. by 11 in.?

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

39 in

Focus on solving an application If fencing costs $6.75 per foot, how much will it cost to fence a rectangular lot that is 108 ft wide and 240 ft long?

STRATEGY

To find the cost of the fence:

¢ Find the perimeter of the lot. ¢ Multiply the perimeter by the per-foot cost of the fencing. SOLUTION

P= 2b

2W

= 2(240 ft) + 2(108 ft) = 480 ft + 216 ft = 696 ft Cost = 696 X 6.75 = 4698 The cost to fence the lot is $4698.

20

Module 20 © Geometry

| Check

| Metal

| | At | |

your understanding 6

stripping is being installed around a workbench that is 0.74 m wide and 3 m long.

$4.49 per meter, find the cost of the metal stripping. Round to the nearest cent.

| SOLUTION

See page S-3.

$33.59

{

Objective 20.2C Practice

1. How many feet of fencing should be purchased to enclose a rectangular garden that is 18 ft long and 12 ft wide? 60 {i 2. Find the length of molding needed to trim a circular table that is 3.8 ft in diameter. Use 3.14 fora. 11.932 ft 3. Bias binding is to be sewed around the edge of a rectangular quilt measuring 72 in. by 45 in. Each package of bias binding costs $5.50 and contains 15 ft of binding. How many packages of bias binding are needed for the quilt? 2 packages 4. A tricycle tire has a diameter of 12 in. How many feet does the tricycle travel when the wheel makes eight revolutions? Use 3.14 for. 25.12 !1 Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.

SECTION

Area of a Plane Geometric Figure Objective 20.3A

Find the area of a geometric figure Area is a measure of the amount of surface in a region. Area can be used to describe, for example, the size of a rug, a parking lot, a farm, or a national park. Area is measured in square units.

A square that measures | in. on each side has an area of

1 square inch, which is written 1 in’. 1 in? 1 em?

A square that measures | cm on each side has an area of 1 square centimeter, which is written | cm’.

Larger areas can be measured in square feet (ft), square meters (m7), square miles (mi*), acres (43,560 ft?), or any other square unit.

Section 20.3 ¢ Area of a Plane Geometric Figure

21

The area of a geometric figure is the number of squares that are necessary to cover the

figure. In the figures below, two rectangles have been drawn and covered with squares. In the figure on the left, 12 squares, each of area 1 cm”, were used to cover the rectangle. The area of the rectangle is 12 cm-.

In the figure on the right, 6 squares, each of area

1 in’, were used to cover the rectangle. The area of the rectangle is 6 in’.

The area of the rectangle is 12 cm?.

The area of the rectangle is 6 in?.

Note from the above figures that the area of a rectangle can be found by multiplying the length of the rectangle by its width.

Let L be the length of a rectangle and W be the width of a rectangle. The area of the rectangle is A = LW.

EXAMPLE

Find the area of the rectangle shown at the right.

A=LW = (8 fH ft)

*L=8

ft; W=Sft

= 40 ft’ The area of the rectangle is 40 ft’.

22

Module 20 * Geometry

Apply the Concept A carpet installer charges $.30 per square foot to install wall-to-wall carpeting. How much would the installer charge to install wall-to-wall carpeting in a rectangular room that measures 12 ft by 14 ft? SOLUTION

To find the cost, first find the area of the room. Then multiply the area by the cost per square foot.

A = LW = (14 fH(12 ft)

° L=

14 ft: W= 12 ft

= 168 ft? The area of the room is 168 ft’. Cost = 168 - 0.30 = 50.40 The installer would charge $50.40 to install the carpet.

Area of a Square Let s be the length of one side of a square.

The area of the square is A = s*.

EXAMPLE Find the area of the square shown at the right.

A=s = (14 cm)?

*s=

14cm

= 196 cm? The area of the square is 196 cm’.

Area of a Triangle In the figure at the right, AB is the base b of the triangle, and CD, which is perpendicular to the base b, is the height h. The area of a triangle is A = tbh.

EXAMPLE Find the area of the triangle shown at the right. 2

A = bh

= veld m)(5 m)

°b=20m:h=5m

= 50 m? The area of the triangle is 50 m?.

Section 20.3 e Area of a Plane Geometric Figure

Area of a Circle Let r be the radius of a circle.

The area of the circle is A = wr”.

Take Note >

Note that we gave two answers for the area of the circle: the exact answer, which includes

EXAMPLE

Find the area of the circle shown at the right. A=ar

the symbol for 77, and an ap-

= 7(8 in.)? = 647 in?

proximate answer, which uses an approximation for 77.

Pe, J Son) es =~ 64° 3.14 in’ = 200.96 in

The area is exactly 6477 in’. The area is approximately 200.96 in

Apply the Concept The bottom of a circular children’s wading pool has a diameter of 5 ft. What is the area of the bottom of the pool? SOLUTION

To find the area, first find the radius of the bottom of the pool. Then use the equation A = 777 to find the area. Use 3.14 for 7. _ diameter

— 5 ft

2

)

= 2.5 ft

=r a7(2.5 ft)?

3.14(2.5 ft) = 19.625 ft The area of the bottom of the pool is 19.625 ft.

Focus on finding the area of a circle Find the area of a circle with a diameter of 9 cm. Use 3.14 for 7. SOLUTION

1

1

i= 54 = A cm) = 4.5cm A = ar

=~ 3.14(4.5 cm)? = 63.585 cm? The area is approximately 63.585 cm’. Check your understanding 1 Find the area of a triangle with a base of 24 in. and a height of 14 in. SOLUTION

See page S-3.

168 in?

23

24

Module 20 ¢ Geometry

Objective 20.3A Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the area of the given figure. If necessary, use 3.14 for 7.

Ik.

144 ft? 6 ft

24 ft pe

81 in’ 9 in.

9 in.

3. e

4.

50.24 ft

2

20 in?

10 in

5. Find the area of a circle with a diameter of 40 cm. Use 3.14 foram.

1256

cm

Solutions on p. S-11.

Objective 20.3B

Find the area of a composite geometric figure The area of the composite figure shown below is found by calculating the area of the rectangle and then subtracting the area of the triangle. y 20 in.

i A = LW — —bh 2

1 = (20 in.)(8 in.) ~ (20 in.)(3 in.) = 160 in? — 30 in? = 130 in’

Focus on finding the area of a composite figure | Find the area of the shaded

| portion of the figure. | Use 3.14 for ar.

re

|

|

8m

Section 20.3 ¢ Area of a Plane Geometric Figure SOLUTION

| ah 5 _ ie.

areaof

a

ae

A=

|

area of

s

cule —

gr

=(8m)?>



7(4m)?

=64m?



3.14(16 m’)

=64m’



50.24m’ = 13.76

The area is approximately

13.76 m* 6 In.

Check your understanding 2 | Find the area of the composite figure. 4 in.

| SOLUTION

See page S-3.

10 in.

48 in?

Objective 20.3B Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the area of the given figure. If necessary, use 3.14 for zr. i

8 cm

26 cm

4cm

4 in.

3.

1.3488 m? 0.8 m

| 2m

4, vi cm

22.4 cm

Solutions on p. S-12.

447.8208 cm?

25

26

Module 20 © Geometry

Objective 20.3C

Solve application problems Focus on solving an application A walkway 2 m wide is built along the front and both sides of a building, as shown in the figure. Find the area of the walkway.

STRATEGY

To find the area of the walkway, add the area of the front section (54 m - 2 m) and the _ area of the two side sections (each 35 m - 2 m).

_ SOLUTION Aiea cf Ik

bs

aac!

area of front

+

section SV

2(area of one side

section) Se

A = (54 m)(2 m) + 2(35 m)(2 m) 108 m? + 140 m? 248 m? The area of the walkway is 248 m°.

Check your understanding 3 New carpet is installed in a room measuring 9 ft by 12 ft. Find the area of the room in

square yards. (9 ft? = 1 yd’) SOLUTION

See pages S-3-S-4.

12 yd?

Objective 20.3C Practice 1. Artificial turf is being used to cover a playing field. The field is rectangular with a length of 100 yd and a width of 75 yd. How much artificial turf must be purchased to cover the field? 7500 yd?

2. You plan to stain the wooden deck attached to your house. The deck measures 10 ft by 8 ft. A quart of stain will cost $11.87 and will cover 50 ft’. How many quarts of stain should you buy? 2 qi 3. A fabric wall hanging is to fill a space that measures 5 m by 3.5 m. Allowing for 0.1 m of the fabric to be folded back along each edge, how much fabric must be purchased for the wall hanging? 19.24 m. An irrigation system waters a circular field that has a 50-foot radius. Find the area

watered by the irrigation system. Use 3.14 for 77.

7850 fv

. You want to tile your kitchen floor. The floor measures 12 ft by 9 ft. How many tiles, each a square with side 1 ft, should you purchase for the job? Solutions on pp. S-12-S-13.

48 tiles

Section 20.4 « Volume

20.4 | SECTION

Objective 20.4A

27

Sitben, |! A

Volume Find the volume of a geometric solid Volume is a measure of the amount of space inside a closed surface, or figure in space. Volume can be used to describe, for example, the amount of heating gas used for cooking, the amount of concrete delivered for the foundation of a house, or the amount of water in

storage for a city’s water supply.

A cube that is 1 ft on each side has a volume

of

1 cubic foot, which is written | ft*.

A cube that measures 1 cm on each side has a volume of | cubic centimeter, which is written 1 cm?.

The volume of a solid is the number of cubes that are necessary to fill the solid exactly. The volume of the

rectangular solid at the right is 24 cm’ because it will hold exactly 24 cubes, each 1 cm on a side. Note that

the volume can be found by multiplying the length times the width times the height.

Volume of a Rectangular Solid Let L be the length, W be the width, and H be the height of a rectangular solid. The volume of the rectangular solid is V = LWH.

EXAMPLE Find the volume of the rectangular solid shown at the right.

V=LWH = (9 in.)G in.)(4 in.)

= 108 in’

e

L=9in., W=3in.,

te

The volume of the rectangular solid is 108 in’.

28

Module 20 © Geometry

‘Focus on finding the volume of a rectangular solid Find the volume of a rectangular solid with a length of 3 ft, a width of 1.5 ft, and a height | of 2 ft.

SOLUTION V = LWH

= (3 fi)(1.5 (2 ft) = 9ft The volume is 9 ft’.

Check your understanding 1 Find the volume of a rectangular solid with a length of 8 cm, a width of 3.5 cm, and a height of 4 cm.

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

112 cm

A cube is a rectangular solid for which the length, width, and height are all equal. The volume of a cube is found by multiplying the length of a side of the cube times itself three times (“‘side cubed”).

Volume of a Cube Let s be the length of one side of a cube. The volume of the cube is A = s°.

EXAMPLE

Find the volume of the cube shown at the right.

A=s° S(Enuly

*s=3ft

= 27 ft? The volume of the cube is 27 ft’.

-

‘Focus on finding the volume of a cube | Find the volume of a cube that has a side measuring 2.5 in. | SOLUTION | |

Viz

= (2 Sane || | | |

= "15.625 in° The volume is 15.625 in’.

Check your understanding 2 | Find the volume of a cube with a side of length 5 cm. |

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

125 cm?

Section 20.4 * Volume

Volume of a Sphere Let r be the radius of a sphere. The volume of the sphere is V = ear.

EXAMPLE

Find the volume of the sphere shown at the right. Use 3.14 for 7. Round to the nearest hundredth. 4 V=—rr

3

= —(3.14)(2 in.)?

4

ts

= 36.148 in?) =~ 33.49 in? The volume is approximately

33.49 in

Volume of a Cylinder Let r be the radius of a cylinder.

The volume of the cylinder is V = ar h.

EXAMPLE

Radius r

Find the volume of the cylinder shown at the right. Use 3.14 for 77. Round to the nearest hundredth. V=arh =

3.14 cm)?(8 cm)

7



sche

— scm

= 3.14(9 cm’)(8 cm) = 226.08 cm?

Radius = 3 cm

The volume of the cylinder is approximately 226.08 cm’.

Focus on finding the volume of a cylinder Find the volume of a cylinder with a radius of 12 cm and a height of 65 cm. Use 3.14 for 77. SOLUTION

V=arh

=~ 3.14(12 cm)?(65 cm) = 3.14(144 cm7)(65 cm) = 29,390.4 cm?

The volume is approximately 29,390.4 cm’.

29

30

Module 20 © Geometry ||

Check your understanding 3

|Find the volume of a cylinder with a diameter of 14 in. and a height of 15 in. Use = | for 7.

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

2310 in?

_Focus on finding the volume of a sphere |

| Find the volume of a sphere with a diameter of 12 in. Use 3.14 for 77.

SOLUTION | 1

| |

Uae

r=—d=

—(12 in.) =

2

| V=

-

au

2

6in.

3

¢ Find the radius

¢ Use the formula for the volume of a sphere

4

4

- 38-14) (216 in’) |

= 904.32 in’

| The volume is approximately 904.32 in’.

_ Check your understanding 4 _ Find the volume of a sphere with a radius of 3 m. Use 3.14 for zr.

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

113.04 m?

Objective 20.4A Practice

1. Find the volume of the figure below.

:

240 fv

8 ft

6 ft

2. Find the volume of the figure below. Use 3.14 for 7.

2143.57 in’

3. Find the volume of the figure below. Use 3.14 for 7.

157 ft

Section 20.4 * Volume

31

4. Find the volume of a cube with a side of length 2.14 m. Round to the nearest tenth. 9.8 m° 5. Find the volume of a cylinder with a diameter of 12 ft and a height of 30 ft. Use 3.14 foram. 3391.2 Solutions on p. S-14.

Objective 20.4B

Find the volume of a composite geometric solid A composite geometric solid is a solid made from two or more geometric solids. The solid shown is made from a cylinder and one-half of a sphere.

oe)

|)

Volume of the

:

=

composite solid

:

volume of the cylinder

1

ar 5 the volume of the sphere

| Find the volume of the composite solid shown above if the radius of the base of the cylin| der is 3 in. and the height of the cylinder is 10 in. Use 3.14 for 7. The volume equals the volume of a cylinder plus one-half the volume of a sphere. The | radius of the sphere equals the radius of the base of the cylinder. it \V=arht+



q

57")

2\3

= 3.14(3 in.)*(10.in) + (Seve in)? 1

/

4 ji

|

1/4

er

= 3.14(9 in*)(10 in.) + a3

xa

) in’) (3.14(27

= 282.6 in? + 56.52 in? = 339.12 in?

| The volume is approximately 339.12 in’

Focus on finding the volume of a composite figure Find the volume of the solid shown in the figure. Use 3.14 for 77. 28m

Pes

isd

40m

30m

es

SOLUTION

eis) Volume

el volume of

of solid = Tectangular ~ solid

volume of

oviinder

32

Module 20 © Geometry

V = =~ = =

LWH — arh (80 m)(40 m)(30 m) — 3.14(14 m)?(80 m) 96,000 m? — 49,235.2 m° 46,764.8 m?

The volume is approximately 46,764.8 m°.

Check your understanding 5 _ Find the volume of the solid shown in the figure. Use 3.14 for 77.

_ SOLUTION

See page S-4.

915.12 in

Objective 20.4B Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the volume of the given figure. If necessary, use 3.14 for 77. A: 2 in. 82.26 in

1 in.

2. 40 cr

1.6688 m

3.

1.5m

Sm

1.5m 50 cm

aah 4.

Fas

2m

2 in.

69.08 in*

6 in

sAg

2 in.

EN

;

Seaah cia

Solutions on p. S-14.

aay |

Ve

Section 20.4

¢ Volume

Solve application problems

Objective 20.4C

| Focus on finding the volume of an aquarium An aquarium is 28 in. long, 14 in. wide, and 16 in. high. Find the volume of the | aquarium. | STRATEGY

To find the volume of the aquarium, use the formula for the volume of a rectangular solid. SOLUTION

V = LWH

= (28 in.) (14 in.) (16 in.) = 627210"

The volume of the aquarium is 6272 in

Check your understanding 6 Find the volume of a freezer that is 7 ft long, 3 ft high, and 2.5 ft wide. SOLUTION

See page S-S.

52.5 ft

‘Focus on finding the volume of a bushing | Find the volume of the bushing shown in the figure below. Use 3.14 for 77. 4 cm

4cm

STRATEGY

|

To find the volume of the bushing, subtract the volume of the half-cylinder from the volume of the rectangular solid. SOLUTION

e).LA

Volume of bushing

ae

_

-

volumeof rectangular

_

+ volume of cylinder

solid

1 V = LWH — yah =~ (8 cm)(4 cm)(4 cm)

ae: (3.14)(1cm)?(8

cm)

= 128 cm — 12.56 cm?

= 115.44 cm? The volume of the bushing is approximately 115.44 cm’.

33

34

Module 20 * Geometry

Check your understanding 7 Find the volume of the channel iron shown in the figure below.

0.8 ft

SOLUTION

See page S-S.

3.4 ft

Objective 20.4C Practice

1. A rectangular tank at a fish hatchery is 9 m long, 3 m wide, and 1.5 m deep. Find the volume of the water in the tank when the tank is full. 40.5 m 2. An oil tank, which is in the shape of a cylinder, is 4 m high and has a diameter of 6 m. The oil tank is two-thirds full. Find the number of cubic meters of oil in the tank. Use 3.14 for 77. Round to the nearest hundredth. 75.36 m 3. A silo, which is in the shape of a cylinder, is 16 ft in diameter and has a height of 30 ft. The silo is three-fourths full. Find the volume of the portion of the silo that is not being used for storage. Use 3.14 for 7. 1507.2 ft 4. An architect is designing the heating system for an auditorium and needs to know the volume of the structure. Find the volume of the auditorium with the measurements shown in the figure below. Use 3.14 for 7. 809.516.25 {1

125 ft

94ft Solutions on pp. S-15—S-16.

| SECTION The Pythagorean Theorem Objective 20.5A

Find the square root of a number The area of a square is 36 in’. What is the length of each side?

Area of the square = (side)? 36 = side: side

What number multiplied times itself equals 36?

36 = 6:6 Each side of the square is 6 in.

Section 20.5 ¢ The Pythagorean Theorem

35

The square root of a number is one of two identical factors of the number. The square root symbol is The square root of 36 is 6.

\/36 = 6 A perfect square is the product of a whole number times itself. aS

1, 4, 9, 16, 25, and 36 are perfect squares.

The square root of a perfect square is a whole number.

|

NY BW Nn

ll

SaASS5

Ni nj~ayo;]Bai] WN Nn

If a number is not a perfect square, its square root can only be approximated. The approximate square roots of numbers can be found using a calculator. For example:

35 ~ 5.916 Focus on finding square roots a. Find the square roots of the perfect squares 49 and 81. b. Find the square roots of 27 and 108. Round to the nearest thousandth. SOLUTION

a.

V49 = 7, V81 = 9

b. V27 ~ 5.196, V108 ~ 10.392 |Check your understanding 1 a. Find the square roots of the perfect squares 16 and 169. b. Find the square roots of 32 and 162. Round to the nearest thousandth. SOLUTION

See page S-5.

aes

b. 5.657, 12.728

Objective 20.5A Practice 1. Find V7. Round to the nearest thousandth.

2.646

2. Find V64. 8 3. Find V144, 12 4. Find V/130. Round to the nearest thousandth.

11.402

Solutions on p. S-16.

Objective 20.5B

‘Find the unknown side of a right triangle using the Pythagorean Theorem The Greek mathematician Pythagoras is generally credited with the discovery that the square of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the two legs. This is called the Pythagorean Theorem. However, the Babylonians used this theorem more than 1000 years before Pythagoras lived.

36

Module 20 * Geometry

Square of the hypotenuse

equals

ate

=

Ba

4

25

=

9+

16

25

=

sum of the squares of the two legs

aS

If the length of one side of a right triangle is unknown, then one of the following formulas can be used to find it.

If the length of the hypotenuse is unknown, use

Hypotenuse = V (leg)? + (leg)?

= V6P +

3

=1/0 + 16 =V25=5 If the length of a leg is unknown, use

Lego = (hypotenuse)? — (leg)?

a)

= V Ga

ed a.

| Focus on finding the hypotenuse of a right triangle | Find the hypotenuse of the triangle shown in the figure. Round | to the nearest thousandth.

|

| SOLUTION

| Hypotenuse = V (leg)* + (leg)?

=V8

+4

= V64 + 16 = V 80 = 8.944 | The hypotenuse is approximately 8.944 in.

| Check your understanding 2 _ Find the hypotenuse of the triangle shown in the figure. | Round to the nearest thousandth. SOLUTION | | en

See page S-5.

8 in.

13.601 in. 11 in.

Section 20.5 * The Pythagorean Theorem

Focus on finding the length of a leg of a right triangle Find the length of the leg of the triangle shown in the figure.

epee

| Round to the nearest thousandth. SOLUTION

9cm

Leg = V (hypotenuse)? — (leg)? sau

12%

9?

= Visa 81

=

V 63 = 7.937

The length of the leg is approximately

7.937 cm.

| Check your understanding 3 | Find the length of the leg of the triangle shown | in the figure. Round to the nearest thousandth.

SOLUTION

See page S-S.

ie

10.909 ft

Objective 20.5B Practice 1. Find the unknown side of the triangle shown below.

13 in.

; see

12 in.

For Exercises 2 to 5, find the unknown side of the triangle. Round to the nearest thousandth. De

11.402 cm 7 cm

9 cm

3.

8.718 ft 20 ft

18 ft 4.

12.728 yd

9 yd 9 yd 8.485 in. 6 in.

6 in.

Solutions on pp. S-16—S-17.

12 ft

37

38

Module 20 ¢ Geometry

Objective 20.5C

Solve application problems Focus on solving an application A 25-foot ladder is placed against a building at a point 21 ft above the ground, as shown in the figure. Find the distance from the base of the building to the base of the ladder. Round to the nearest thousandth.

STRATEGY

| To find the distance from the base of the building to the base of the ladder, use the Pythagorean Theorem. The hypotenuse is the length of the ladder (25 ft). One leg is the | distance along the building from the ground to the top of the ladder (21 ft). The distance | from the base of the building to the base of the ladder is the unknown leg. | SOLUTION

Leg = V (hypotenuse)? — (leg)?

= V5 =

el

V 625 — 441

= V 184 = 13.565 | The distance is approximately 13.565 ft.

| Check your understanding 4 _ Find the distance between the centers of the holes in the metal plate shown in the figure. _ Round to the nearest thousandth.

| SOLUTION

See page S-6.

8.544 cm

ea

Objective 20.5C Practice 1. In the figure below, find the length of the ramp used to roll barrels up to the load-

ing dock, which is 3.5 ft high. Round to the nearest hundredth.

9.66 fi

—_ Cae rT |3.5ft

pee --%

ey

[Suex

9 ft

2. If you travel 18 mi east and then 12 mi north, how far are you from your starting point? Round to the nearest tenth. 21.6 mi

Section 20.6 ¢ Similar and Congruent Triangles

39

3. A diagonal of a rectangle is a line drawn from one vertex to the opposite vertex. Find the length of the diagonal in the rectangle shown below. Round to the nearest tenth.

12.1 mi

11 mi

4. A ladder 8 m long is placed against a building in preparation for washing the windows. How high on the building does the ladder reach when the bottom of the ladder is 3 m from the base of the building? Round to the nearest tenth. 7.4m

Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.

SECTION

20.6 Objective 20.6A

§&

Similar and Congruent Triangles Solve similar and congruent triangles Similar objects have the same shape but not necessarily the same size. A baseball is similar to a basketball. A model airplane is similar to an actual airplane. Similar objects have corresponding parts; for example, the propellers on a model airplane correspond to the propellers on the actual airplane. The relationship between the sizes of the corresponding parts can be written as a ratio, and all such ratios will be the same. If the propellers on the model plane are

E

\Tiem

| SOLUTION

D

14 cm

See page S-6.

6cm

_ Focus on finding a height by using similar triangles | Triangles ABC and DEF in the figure are similar. Find h, the height of triangle DEF. F

C

h 4c H

eS A8cem2

|

an G

D

i2cem

£

Section 20.6 ¢ Similar and Congruent Triangles

41

SOLUTION Som

_

4cm

12 em

° The ratio of corresponding sides of similar triangles equals the ratio of

h

8h =

corresponding heights:

12-4cm

oe G

8h = 48 cm 8h _

48cm

Sas

h = 6cm | The height of triangle DEF is 6 cm.

Check your understanding 2 Triangles ABC and DEF in the figure are similar. Find h, the height of triangle DEF.

F C

A

H

SOLUTION

4

15m

jan

JD

G

See page S-6.

E

10.5 m

Congruent objects have the same shape and the same size. The two triangles shown are congruent. They have exactly the same size.

E

B 5 cm 4

8 cm

8 cm

7 cm

: ; 7cm €

Das cm

F

For triangles, congruent means that the corresponding sides and angles of the triangle are equal (this contrasts with similar triangles, in which corresponding angles, but not necessarily corresponding sides, are equal). Here are two rules that can be used to determine whether two triangles are congruent.

Side-Side-Side (SSS) Rule Two triangles are congruent if all three sides of one triangle equal the corresponding sides of the second triangle.

In the two triangles at the right, AB = DE,

B

AC = DF, and BC = EF. The correspond-

ing sides of triangles ABC and DEF are equal. The triangles are congruent by the SSS rule.

5 A

E 4

5 (e

Side-Angle-Side (SAS) Rule Two triangles are congruent if two sides and the included angle of one triangle equal the corresponding sides and included angle of the second triangle.

In the two triangles at the right, AB = EF, AC = DE, and ZCAB = ZDEF. The triangles are congruent by the SAS rule.

.

E

4

42

Module 20 © Geometry

Determine whether the two triangles at the right are

B

E

_ congruent.

|Because AC = DF, AB = FE, and BC = DE,

af

oN

:

'all three sides of one triangle equal the _ corresponding sides of the second triangle. | The triangles are congruent by the SSS rule.

Focus on determining whether two triangles are congruent Determine whether triangle ABC in the figure is congruent to triangle FDE.

A

4ft

©

D

7 ft

ie

SOLUTION

Because AB = DF, AC = EF, and angle BAC = angle DFE, the triangles are congruent by the SAS rule.

Check your understanding 3 Determine whether triangle ABC in the figure is congruent to triangle DEF. 4

D

i Cc

ha B

SOLUTION

F

E

See page S-6.

Not congruent

—=

Focus on finding the areas of similar triangles Triangles ABC and DEF in the figure are similar. Find the area of triangle DEF. .

Cc :cm

A 4cm

8

D

12 cm

E

STRATEGY

To find the area of triangle DEF: ¢ Solve a proportion to find the height of triangle DEF. Let h = the height. ¢ Use the formula A =

SDh.

Section 20.6 ¢ Similar and Congruent Triangles

SOLUTION

AB

_

DE 4cmi

height of triangle ABC height of triangle DEF 3cm

Qom

sh

4h =

12-3cm

4h = 36cm 4h

36cm

Aly Bande h=9cm

The height is 9 cm. ef A= men 1

= 32 cm)(9 cm) = 54cm"

The area is 54 cm’.

Check your understanding 4 Triangles ABC and DEF in the figure are similar right triangles. Find the perimeter of triangle ABC. F

(@: e

10 in. 6 in.

A 4in.

B

D

SOLUTION

8 in.

E

See pages S-6-S-7.

12 in.

Objective 20.6A Practice

1. Are triangles ABC and DEF congruent?

Yes

2. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Find DE.

7.2 cm

iB

4cm

Asem

© D

9 em

PF

3. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Find the height of triangle DEF. Round to the nearest tenth. 3.3m F

height om

©

5m

m7

A

height

B

D

E

43

44

Module 20 ¢ Geometry

4. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Find the perimeter of triangle DEF. ;

38 cm

c 16 cm 5 cm

A

os

D B

12 cm E

5. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Find the area of triangle ABC.

15cm

Solutions on pp. S-18—-S-19.

40 cm

56.25 cm

Solutions to Module 20

SOLUTIONS TO MODULE

S-1

20

Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 20.1

Check your understanding 1 OT = OR+ RS + ST 625 4S)

7)

62 = 41 + RS 62 — 41 = 41 — 41 + RS 21 = RS

Check your understanding 2 Let x represent the supplement of a 32° angle. The sum of supplementary angles is 180°. sep Se

IIe

sear Sp = By)? = ihe = sy x =

148°

148° is the supplement of 32°.

Check your understanding 3 Za + 68° = 118° Za + 68° — 68° = 118° — 68°

Za = 50°

Check your understanding 4 The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°. JIN ep Ala} 5 (AE

Meh?

ZA + 62° + 45° = 180° AT

aOT. = 80%

Meds = MOY = NO? Ss tO!

NO

ZA = 73° The measure of the third angle is 73°.

Check your understanding 5 In a right triangle, one angle measures 90° and the two acute angles are complementary.

ZA + ZB = 90°

LA + 7° = 90° Ame = O02 = 7° LA = 83° The other angles measure 90° and 83°.

Check your understanding 6 1 r=

ss

a

aa

16

.

3

1)

) es

4

The radius is 4 in.

.

1n.

S-2

Solutions to Module 20

Check your understanding 7 Angles a and b are supplementary angles.

Za + Lb = 180° 125° 4 125° S125

= 180° ee

BO = 1059

Zb = 55°

Check your understanding 8 Zc and Za are corresponding angles. Corresponding angles are equal.

Ze = Za = 120° Zb and Zc are supplementary angles.

Zb + Lc = 180° Zb + 120° = 180° LD

20

N20 a1 S072 02 Zb = 60°

Section 20.2

Check your understanding 1 P= Ge OeaG

= 12cm + 15cm + 18cm = 45cm The perimeter of the triangle is 45 cm.

Check your understanding 2 P=2L+2W

= 2(2 m) + 2(0.85 m) =4m-+

1.7m

=5.7m The perimeter of the rectangle is 5.7 m.

Check your understanding 3 C= 1d

~ 3.14-6in. = 18.84 in. The circumference is approximately 18.84 in.

Check your understanding 4 Perimeter

two

the

of composite = lengths of a + circumference figure

rectangle P=2L

of a circle

+ wd

~ 2(8 in.) + 3.14(3 in.) l| 16 in. + 9.42 in. ll 25.42 in.

The perimeter is approximately 25.42 in.

Solutions to Module 20

Check your understanding 5 STRATEGY

To find the perimeter, use the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle. SOLUTION

P=2L+

2W 1

= 2(11 in.) + 2(8; in.) = 22 in. + 17 in.

= 39 in. The perimeter of the computer paper is 39 in.

Check your understanding 6 STRATEGY

To find the cost: ¢ Find the perimeter of the workbench. ¢ Multiply the perimeter by the per-meter cost of the stripping. SOLUTION

P=2L

+ 2W

= 2(3 m) + 2(0.74 m) =6m+

1.48m

= 7.48 m $4.49 X 7.48 = $33.5852

The cost is $33.59.

Section 20.3

Check your understanding 1

JN sph = 524 in.)(14 in.) = 168 in? The area is 168 in’.

Check your understanding 2 A = area of rectangle — area of triangle

AE

1 Wah 2

1 , = (10in. X 6 in.) — € X 6in. X 4in.) = 60 in? —

12 in?

= 48 in?

The area is 48 in?.

Check your understanding 3 STRATEGY

To find the area of the room: ¢ Find the area in square feet. ¢ Convert to square yards.

S-3

S-4

Solutions to Module 20

SOLUTION A = LW

=

12 ft-9 ft

= 108 it

lyd?

108f x ——

of?

108

= —

9 %



= 12 yd? The area of the room is 12 yd’. Section 20.4

Check your understanding 1 V = LWH = (8 cm)(3.5 cm)(4 cm)

112 cm? The volume is 112 cm’.

Check your understanding 2 v=

= (5 cm)? = 125 cnr

The volume is 125 cm’. Check your understanding 3 i

1

P= 54 = ail4 i=

7 ait,

V=arh 22

a a

in.)?(15 in.)

= 9610

The volume is approximately 2310 in’. Check your understanding 4 V=—n7r°

3 if = 36-14) m) 3

= 113.04 m? The volume is approximately 113.04 m*.

Check your understanding 5 1 V = volume of rectangular solid + 5 volume of cylinder 1 V = LWH + yah 1 ~ (24 in.) (6 in.) (4 in.) + 578.14) (3 in.)?(24 in.) = 576 in? + 339.12 in*

= 915.12 in° The volume is approximately 915.12 in’.

Solutions to Module 20

S-5

Check your understanding 6 STRATEGY

To find the volume of the freezer, use the formula for the volume of a rectangular solid. SOLUTION

V = LWH

= (7 ft)(2.5 ft)(3 ft) = 52 oat The volume of the freezer is 52.5 ft’.

Check your understanding 7 STRATEGY To find the volume of the channel iron, subtract the volume of the cut-out rectangular solid from the volume of the large rectangular solid.

SOLUTION V = LWH — LWH = (10 ft)(0.5 ft) (0.8 ft) — (10 ft) (0.3 ft) (0.2 ft) = 4ft — 0.6 ft =a 4tt The volume of the channel iron is 3.4 ft’.

Section 20.5

Check your understanding 1 a.

16=4

V169 = 13 b. V32 ~ 5.657 V/162 ~ 12.728 Check your understanding 2 Hypotenuse = V (leg)? + (leg)?

= V8 + 1P = V64 + 121 = V 185 = 13.601 The hypotenuse is approximately 13.601 in.

Check your understanding 3 Leg = V (hypotenuse)? — (leg)?

=V

12? — $?

= 1/144 = 25 = 119 = 10.909 The length of the leg is approximately 10.909 ft.

S-6

Solutions to Module 20

Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY To find the distance between the holes, use the Pythagorean Theorem. The hypotenuse is the distance between the holes. The length of each leg is given (3 cm and 8 cm). SOLUTION

Hypotenuse = V (leg)? + (leg)?

=VF48 -Vore

=V73 ~= 8.544 The distance is approximately 8.544 cm.

Section 20.6

Check your understanding 1 ABS

AG

DE DF Jem

= 3cm

14cm

x

Tx = 14:3cm Tx = 42cm Tx _ 42cm

Te is

gat

x=6cm Side DF is 6 cm.

Check your understanding 2 AC _ height CH

DF heightFG 10npi

7m

sm he 10h = 15°7m 10h = 105m 10h _ 105m

10

~—«:10

h = 10.5m The height of triangle DEF is 10.5 m.

Check your understanding 3 AC = DF, ZACB = ZDFE, but BC # EF because CAB triangles are not congruent.

Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY

To find the perimeter of triangle ABC: ¢ Solve a proportion to find the lengths of sides BC and AC.

¢ Use the formula P

=a+b-+c.

# ZFDE. Therefore, the

Solutions to Module 20

S-7

SOLUTION

BC _ AB

EF

DE

BO. 4in.

10in.

8 int.

8(BC) = 10 in.(4) 8(BC) = 40 in

8(BC) — 40in



eos

BC = 5in

AC _ AB

DF

DE

AC _ 4ix

6in.

Sin

8(AC) = 6 in.(4) 8(AC) = 24 in.

8(AC) _ 24 in,

Scaring

h8

AC = 3 in. Perimeter

= 4in. + 5in. + 3 in. =

12 in.

The perimeter of triangle ABC is 12 in.

Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 20.1A

1.

AD = AB + BC + CD Syl = Dil se 1b ae (CD

54 = 35 + CD 3b = 3b) = 3) = Sb) se (CD) 19 = CD 2. Let x represent the complement of 62°. The sum of complementary angles is 90°.

Kei O2 1— 902 a =r (OO — (GO an OO

oy

x = 28° 28° is the complement of 62°. 3. Let x represent the supplement of 162°. The sum of supplementary angles is 180°.

Xa L620 = 180° Waa 1622 tees 1628 =. 180? 1.162" x = 18° 18° is the supplement of 162°.

4. ZAOB = 64° +:72° = 136° 5.

Za +134 = 90° ee

en

Sa — OO eo

TF

13°

S-8

Solutions to Module 20

Objective 20.1B

1. The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°. HIN 32 YI} Se EC

AO?

ZA + 13°F 65° = 180° ZA + 78° = 180° LA

See

18°

— 78°

ZA = 102° The measure of the other angle is 102°. 2. Ina right triangle, one angle measures 90° and the two acute angles are complementary. One acute angle is given as 62°.

ZA + ZB = 90° ZA + 62° = 90° LA 102, 2162-90"

— 62°

ZA = 28° The other angles measure 90° and 28°.

3. The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°. ZAC

ab

AG — 1807

ZA + 30° + 45° = 180° ZA + 15° = 180° LAAT:

FS

eo”

75°

ZA = 105° The measure of the other angle is 105°.

4.

d=2r

d = 2(24cm) = 48cm The diameter is 48 cm.

5.es

r=sd

Sa

1

f= wll 2 m) = 0.6m The radius is 0.6 m.

Objective

20.1C

1.

LG

14

=

Za + 74° — 74° =

1802

* Supplementary angles

180° — 74°

Za = 106° Zb = 74° 2.

Za

Nis

¢ Vertical angle * Vertical angle

Zb + 112° = 180°

Lbs 3.

ho

a1 80% Lb = 68°

* Supplementary angles

112°

Zb + 136° = 180° Lb + 136° = 136°.=1802 — 136° Lb = 44° Za=

Lb

Za = 44°

* Corresponding angles

* Supplementary angles

Solutions to Module 20

Za = 130°

* Alternate interior angles

Zb + 130° = 180° DES

$-9

Use 30e—

* Supplementary angles

1802, =" 130°

Zb = 50°

Objective 20.2A

ble

Shae =

are

12 in. + 20 in. + 24 in.

= 56 in.

The perimeter of the triangle is 56 in. .

P=4s

= 4(5 ft) = 20ft The perimeter of the square is 20 ft. -

C=2mr

~ 2(3.14)(4 in.) = 25.12 in. The circumference of the circle is approximately 25.12 in. =

Wi = 2(2 m) + 2(0.8 m) = Zliris

ieoyiea

= 5.6m

The perimeter of the triangle is 5.6 m. - STRATEGY

To find the amount of fencing, find the perimeter of the corral using the width (60 ft) and the length (75 ft). SOLUTION

P=2L+2W lI 2(75 ft) + 2(60 ft)

= 150 ft +

120 ft

= 270 ft The trainer will need 270 ft of fencing. .- STRATEGY

To find the circumference, replace the variable d in the formula for circumference, C = ard, with the diameter (24.26 mm). Use 3.14 for 77. SOLUTION

C = td

= 3.14(24.26 mm) =

76.18 mm

The circumference is approximately 76.18 mm.

S-10

Solutions to Module 20

Objective 20.2B

1. Perimeter = sum of the lengths of the sides = 19cm + 20cm + 8cm + 5cm + 27 cm + 42 cm = 121 cm

The perimeter is 121 cm.

2. Perimeterof composite figure

Sum of the lengths 5 the circumference = of the three sides of + of the circle the rectangle SLT

1

Wind

205m) + 8m + 56-16 i) = 30m+8m-+

12.56m

= 50.56m

The perimeter is 50.56 m.

1 3. Perimeter = sum of the lengths of the two sides + 5 the circumference of the circle 1

~ 2-1 ft + 53.14: 1 fi) =

itt as 1.57 ft

= 3.57 ft The perimeter is approximately 3.57 ft.

| 4. Perimeter = total length of the side + 2 times 5 the circumference of each circle 1 a= (2.55 ft + 2.55 ft) + 2- 33.14 - 2.55 ft) = 5.10 ft + 8.007 ft

13.107 ft

The perimeter is approximately 13.107 ft.

Objective 20.2C

1. STRATEGY To find the amount of fencing, use the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle. SOLUTION

P=2L+2W=2-18+2-12 = 36 + 24 = 60

The amount of fencing needed is 60 ft. 2.

STRATEGY

To find how much molding is needed, use the formula for the circumference of a circle. SOLUTION

C= 1d

~ 3.14-3.8 ft = 11.932 ft The length of molding needed for the table is approximately 11.932 ft.

Solutions to Module 20

BS STRATEGY To find the amount of bias binding: ¢ Use the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle to find the amount of binding needed. ¢ Convert the amount to feet.

¢ Divide the amount by 15 to find the number of packages needed. SOLUTION

P=2L+2W=2-72+2-45 = 144 + 90 = 234 234 in. = 19.5 ft 19.5 + 15=13

Since 1.3 packages are needed, 2 packages must be ordered. STRATEGY

To find the distance the tricycle travels: ¢ Convert the diameter (12 in.) to feet. ¢ Use the formula for circumference to find the distance traveled in 1 revolution.

¢ Multiply the distance traveled in | revolution by the number of revolutions (8). SOLUTION

. 12 im X

1 ft = = iit 12 ix

C = 7d

22 3 Vo I =e Shaltaie

3.14 ft X 8 = 25.12 ft

The tricycle travels approximately 25.12 ft.

Objective 20.3A

1. A=

LW = 04 t-6ft—

144 fr

De

A = 5) = (Oin.)? = 81 in?

3

Au=

ain

2

23.14(4 ft)? = 50.24 fr

1 A = —bh » 1 2 sae (10 in.) (4 in.) = 20 in? 1

1

A = mr? = 3.14(20 cm)” = 1256 cm’

S-11

S-12

Solutions to Module 20

Objective 20.3B

if Area = area of rectangle — area of triangle 1 = (tw)- (Jon) 2

1

= (8cm-4cm) — (F-4em:3em)

= 32cm? — 6cm* = 26 cm’ 2. Area = area of rectangle + area of triangle 1 2

= (LW) + (Fon) ; : er = (6in.-4 in.) + (F-4in.-3in. = 24 in* + 6 in? = 30 in

1 ae Area = area of rectangle — 5 area of circle ae = LW = ar 2

~ (2m-0.8 m) ae! (3.14) (0.4 m)? 3 = 1.6m — 0.2512 m’? = 1.3488 m? 1

4. Area = area of triangle + 5 area of circle 1

1

lI (on) —bh |)+=:5 Tr 1

ar l

~ & 22.4 cm: 22.4 cm)SF a 3.14(11.2 cm)?

= 2502.88 cm? + 196.9408 cm?

= 447.8208 cm? Objective 20.3C

1. STRATEGY To find the amount of artificial turf needed, find the area of a rectangle with length 100 yd and width 75 yd. SOLUTION

A=LW = 100 yd- 75 yd = 7500 yd The amount of artificial turf needed is 7500 yd’.

Solutions to Module 20 2.

STRATEGY

To find the amount of stain: ¢ Find the area of a rectangle that measures 10 ft by 8 ft. ¢ Divide the area by the area that one quart of stain will cover (50 ft’).

SOLUTION A = LW

= 10ft Remember that the “Focus on” feature indicates a worked-out example. Using paper and pencil, work through the example. See AIM for Success.

| Focus on solving an application involving a pictograph The pictograph in Figure 2 represents the responses of 600 young Americans when asked what they would like to have with them on a desert island. What percent of the respondents answered “Books’’? STRATEGY

2

Use the basic percent equation. The base is 600 (the total number of responses), and

Music Parents

the amount is 90 (the number

Computer

responding “Books”).

Bese

SOLUTION

BL

Percent X base = amount n.

x 600°—=" 190 600n = 90 600n 600

=

90

600

Seo

e

Bs Ba Baszig 7 _7[ _7F° es gietesea at

7 7 7 7F *

* *

8 ¢ _2F = 30 responses

* Rewrite the equation

Figure 2 What 600 young Americans want on a desert island Source: Time magazine

we

¢ Divide each side by 600.

:

n= 0.15

15% of the respondents wanted books on a desert island.

Section 21.1

¢ Pictographs and Circle Graphs

Check your understanding 1

January @&, @, @, @, @

According to Figure 3, the number of cellular phones purchased in March represents what percent of the total number of cellular phones purchased during the

February ®, ®

March ®% % %,

4-month period? SOLUTION

See

3

April &, ®@

page S-1.

24%

He

3

®,

= 1000 cellular phones

@

= 500 cellular phones

SG

Figure 3 Monthly cellular phone purchases

Objective 21.1A Practice

The pictograph in Figure 4 shows the approximate gross domestic revenues for four popular movies. Use this graph for Exercises | and 2. Star Trek

Transformers: Dark of the Moon Avatar

&»y Ko) &

Gz NG

&» Qe

Tron Man 2 &y

‘op

Figure 4

xy

&y

Gy & &y Re

OY)

orm

Gy» Qo (om

Gy

= $100 million

&e

= $50 million

Gross revenues for four popular movies

1. Find the total gross revenue from the four movies. $1.65 billion 2. Find the percent of the total gross revenue that was earned by Avatar. Round to the nearest percent.

45%

The pictograph in Figure 5 is based on a survey of adults who were asked whether they agreed with each statement. Use this graph for Exercises 3 and 4.

Humanity should explore planets Space exploration impacts daily life Given a chance, I'd travel in space

Space will be colonized in my lifetime

LAM

LA;

Shh. Ob LOA

,4 fo

&

Wy of,= 100 people ,4 = 50 people

Figure 5

Number of adults who agree with the

statement

3. How many more people agreed that humanity should explore planets than agreed that space exploration impacts daily life? 50 more people 4. Is the number of people who said they would travel in space more than twice the number of people who agreed that space would be colonized in their lifetime? No Solutions on pp. S-6-S-7.

4

Module 21 « Statistics and Probability

Objective 21.1B

Read a circle graph A circle graph represents data by the sizes of the sectors. A sector of a circle is one of the “pieces of the pie” into which a circle graph is divided.

Focus on solving an application involving a circle graph Take Note >»

One quadrillion is 1,000,000,000,000,000.

| The circle graph in Figure 6 shows the energy con-

Nuclear power

Renewable sources

sumption from various sources in the United States _ during a recent year. The complete circle graph represents the total amount of energy consumed, 97.8 quadrillion Btu. Each sector of the circle represents the amount of energy consumed from that source. According to Figure 6, what percent of the total energy consumed originated from nuclear | power?

SOLUTION

Figure 6 Annual ek

To find the percent of the total energy consumed

that originated from nuclear power, solve the basic | percent equation for percent. The base is 97.5 quadrillion Btu, and the amount is 8.4 quadrillion Btu.

a

consumption in quadrillion

inthe United Grates

Btu

Source: U.S +Pnereylutonnation Administration

Percent X base = amount

n

X97TS

=

n=

84

8.4 + 97.8

n = 0.086 | To the nearest tenth of a percent, 8.6% of the energy consumed originated from nuclear

power.

Check your understanding 2 In a recent year, the top 25 companies in the United

States spent a total of $17.8 billion on national advertising. The circle graph in Figure 7 shows what percents of the $17.8 billion went to the various advertising media. The complete circle represents 100% of all the money spent by these companies. Each sector of the graph represents the percent of the total spent on a particular medium. According to Figure 7, how much money was spent on magazine advertising?

foe

CableTv

77”

Outdoor

Newspapers

| Round to the nearest hundred million dollars.

| SOLUTION

See page S-1.

$2,800,000,000

Figure 7 Distribution of 17.8 billion advertising dollars for 25 companies Source: Interep research

Section 21.1 © Pictographs and Circle Graphs Objective 21.1B Practice

The circle graph in Figure 8 shows the results of a survey in which people were asked, “What bothers you most about movie theaters?” Use this graph for Exercises 1 to 4.

High ticket prices 33

High food prices 31

Figure 8 a survey

1. 2. 3. 4.

What What How What

Distribution of responses in

complaint was mentioned most complaint was mentioned least many people were surveyed? percent of the respondents said

often? People talking often? Uncomfortable seats 150 people that people talking bothered them most?

28%

The circle graph in Figure 9 shows the land area in square miles of each of the seven continents. Use this graph for Exercises 5 and 6. Australia Europe

4,060,000

+1

5,100,000

South America

6,870,000

Asia 17,150,000

ee

North

Africa

America

11,670,000

9,420,000

Figure 9 Land areas of the seven continents (in square miles)

5. How much larger is North America than South America? — 2.550.000 mi? 6. What percent of the total land area is the land area of Asia? Round to the nearest tenth ofapercent. 30.0% Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.

5

6

Module 21 © Statistics and Probability

SECTION

§

21 2

Bar Graphs and Broken-Line Graphs

Objective 21.2A

|

Read a bar graph A bar graph represents data by the heights of the bars. The bar graph in Figure | shows temperature data recorded for Cincinnati, Ohio, for the months of March through November. For each month, the height of the bar indicates the average daily high temperature during that month. The jagged line near the bottom of the graph indicates that the vertical scale is missing the numbers between 0 and 50.

90

85 80 75 70

65 Temperature (°F) 60 55

The dashed line shows that the height of the bar for September is 79, so the daily high temperature in September was 79°F. Because the bar for July is the tallest, the daily high temperature was highest in July.

50

M.A

MM

fed

fhe eeu

Months from March to November

Figure 1

Daily high temperatures

in Cincinnati, Ohio Source: www.weather.com

A double-bar graph is used to display data for purposes of comparison. The double-bar graph in Figure 2 compares the lung capacities of inactive and athletic 45-year-olds.

Take Note > The bar for athletic females

is halfway between the marks for 50 and 60. Therefore, we estimate that the lung capacity

Capacity Lung

The lung capacity of an athletic female is 55 ml of oxygen per kilogram of body weight per minute.

is halfway between these two numbers, at 55.

Males

Females

Figure 2. Lung capacity (in milliliters of oxygen per kilogram of body weight per minute)

Focus on solving an application involving a bar graph What is the ratio of the lung capacity of an inactive male to that of an athletic male? STRATEGY

To write the ratio: *

¢

Read the graph to find the lung capacity of an inactive male and that of an athletic male. Write the ratio in simplest form.

|

| SOLUTION | Lung capacity of inactive male: 30 Lung capacity of athletic male: 60

saat 60 2 The ratio is *.

Section 21.2 ¢ Bar Graphs and Broken-Line Graphs

7

Check your understanding 1 What is the ratio of the lung capacity of an inactive female to that of an athletic female?

SOLUTION

5

See page S-1.

a

Objective 21.2A Practice

The bar graph in Figure 3 shows the approximate world population for five decades. For 2020 and 2030, the population is a projected estimate. Use this graph for Exercises 1 and 2.

(6 —1| Ov) U1

billions) (in Population

TTT TTT TTT PTT 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030

Ff WwW N oF

Year

Figure 3 estimates

World population

1. Is the estimated population in 2030 less than or more than 8 billion people? More than 2. What was the change in world population between 1990 and 2010? 1.6 billion people The double-bar graph in Figure 4 shows maximum salaries for police officers in selected cities and the corresponding maximum salaries for officers in the suburbs of those cities. Use this graph for Exercises 3 and 4. 60

Z

i Maximum city salary S !)

Maximum suburb salary

50 40

WwoO

nNf=)

Salary dollars) of thousands (in

SLU (pa Late Unde) pep pL Sep Re v

aw

Figure 4

2 io)

&

se”

> es

+ “se

~

Police officer salaries

3. Estimate the difference between the maximum salaries of police officers in the suburbs

of New York City and in the city of New York.

$16,000

4. For which city is the difference between the maximum salary in the suburbs and that

in the city greatest? Solutions on p. S-8.

Philadelphia

8

Module 21 © Statistics and Probability

Objective 21.2B

Read a broken-line graph A broken-line graph uses data points joined by lines to show trends. The broken-line graph in Figure 5 shows the effect of inflation on the purchasing power of a $100,000 life insurance policy. The height of each dot indicates the purchasing power of the policy after a certain number of years.

$100,000 $80,000 $60,000 $40,000 Purchasing Power

The height of the dot above 10 is 60,000. After 10 years.

ag iy

the purchasing power of the $100,000 has decreased to approximately $60,000.

$0 Years

Figure 5

Effect of inflation

Two broken-line graphs are often shown in the same figure for comparison. Figure 6 shows the net incomes of two

12

software companies, Math Associates and MatheMentors, before their merger. List three facts that can be determined from the

Mathisssociates

MatheMentors

e =

_ graph.

a

The height of the yellow dot above ’13 is 12, so the net income for Math Associates in 2013 was $12 million.

8 = &

The red line falls from left to right between | 09 and ’10, so the net income for MatheMentors declined from 2009 to 2010.

5 4

é

The yellow graph always rises from left to

ae 09

LO

ee ee

at

right, so the net income for Math Associates

Figure 6

increased for each year shown.

Associates and MatheMentors

Net incomes of Math

[ Focus on solving an application involving a broken-line graph Use Figure 6 to find the difference between the net incomes of Math Associates and MatheMentors in 2011. STRATEGY

To write the difference:

| © ¢

Read the line graph to determine the net incomes of Math Associates and MatheMentors in 2011. Subtract to find the difference.

| SOLUTION | Net income for Math Associates: $5 million | Net income for MatheMentors: $2 million

(Gaz 23 The difference between the net incomes in 2011 was $3 million.

Check your understanding 2 Use Figure 6 to determine between which two years the net income of Math Associates _ increased the most. SOLUTION

See page S-2.

Between 2012 and 2013

Section 21.2 e¢ Bar Graphs and Broken-Line Graphs

Objective 21.2B Practice The broken-line graph in Figure 7 shows the estimated wind power capacity of the United States for several years. Wind power capacity is measured in gigawatts. Use this graph for Exercises | and 2. 200 (—

z SE o



A

a

a Sole

2 100b_— [e}

pelvis

Z 1 5 B10) @)

=

0 [aes

2014

|

2016

|

2018

|

fe

2020

2022

Year

Figure 7 Estimated U.S. wind power capacity

1. What is the estimated wind power capacity for 2018? 100 gigawatts 2. What is the difference between the estimated wind power capacity for 2014 and for 2022? 110 gigawatts The double-broken-line graph in Figure 8 shows the number of Calories per day that should be consumed by women and men in various age groups. Use this graph for Exercises 3 and 4. 3000 (-

ee

=

mes

Women

2500

g

oF

s

5 2000

1500 | 11-14

| 15-18

| 19-22

23-50

51-74

75+

Figure 8 Recommended number of Calories per day for men and women

3. What is the difference between the number of Calories recommended for men aged 19 to 22 and the number recommended for women aged 19 to 22? 800 Calories 4. People of what age and gender have the lowest recommended number of Calories? Women aged 75+ Solutions on p. S-9.

9

10

Module 21 © Statistics and Probability

»

SECTION

;

-

aa

Organizing Data Objective 21.3A Tips

‘or Success >

A great many new vocabulary words are introduced in this

Create frequency distributions Statistics is the study of collecting, organizing, and interpreting data. Data are collected from a population, which is the set of all observations of interest. Here are two examples of populations.

chapter. There are six new terms this page alone: statistics, Pupulatian, fe@useenaten ae tion, classes, range, and class

A medical researcher wants to determine the effectiveness of a new drug in control: ; : ech : ling blood pressure. The population for the researcher is the amount of change in blood pressure for each patient receiving the medication.

width. All of these terms are in bold type. The bold type indiRates MAU eRe St ee ee

The quality control inspector of a precision instrument company wants to determine the diameters of ball bearings. The population for the inspector is the measure of the diameter of each ball bearing.

on

must

B as it is

know

to learn the material.

study each new term presented.

A frequency distribution is one method of organizing the data collected from a population. A frequency distribution is constructed by dividing the data gathered from the population into classes. Here is an example: A ski association surveys 40 of its members, asking them to report the percent of their ski terrain that is rated expert. The results of the survey follow. Percent of Expert Terrain at 40 Ski Resorts

14 12 13 25

24 21 18 20

8 24 29 14

3] 23 33 18

27 12 34s 15

9 a1 2] 11

12 30 28 17

32 31 23 ay,

24 26 11 21

Da 34 10 25

To organize these data into a frequency distribution: 1. Find the smallest number (8) and the largest number (34) in the table. The difference

between these two numbers is the range of the data. Range = 34 — 8 = 26

2. Decide how many classes the frequency distribution will contain. Frequency distributions usually have from 6 to 12 classes. The frequency distribution for this example will contain 6 classes. 3. Divide the range by the number of classes. If necessary, round the quotient to a whole number. This number is called the class width. 2 =~ 4. The class width is 4.

4. Form the classes of the frequency distribution. Classes 8-12

13-17 18—22

Add 4 to the smallest number. Add 4 again. Continue until a class contains

23-27 28-32

the largest number in the set of data.

33-37 These are the lower

class limits.

t

t

These are the upper

class limits.

Section 21.3 © Organizing Data

11

5. Complete the table by tabulating the data for each class. For each data value, place a slash next to the class that contains the value. Count the number of tallies in each class. This is the class frequency. Frequency Distribution for Ski Resort Data Classes 8-12 13-17 18-22 23-27 28-32 33-37

Tally MINT MIT MINT MIT MMIII ///

Frequency 8 5 6 10 8 3

Organizing data into a frequency distribution enables us to make statements about the data. For example, 27 (6 + 10 + 8 + 3) of the ski resorts reported that 18% or more of their terrain was rated expert.

An insurance agency tabulated the dollar amounts of 50 auto insurance premiums. The results are given in the following table. Dollar Amounts of 50 Auto Insurance Premiums

475 993 882 677 484

224 881 278 688 339

22 361 455 410 950

721 560 803 505 Sy)

815 574 985 890 SB)

351 742 305 186 A?

596 703 522. 829 326

625 998 900 631 198

981 435 638 882 453

748 873 810 991 118

Focus on creating a frequency distribution For the table of auto insurance premiums given above, make a frequency distribution that has 6 classes. STRATEGY

To make the frequency distribution: e Find the range. ¢ Divide the range by 6, the number of classes. Round the quotient to the nearest whole number. This is the class width. ¢ Tabulate the data for each class. SOLUTION

Range = 998 — 118 = 880 Class width = = =

147

Dollar Amount of Insurance Premiums

Classes

Tally

118-265

iI/

266-413 414—S6l 562-709 710-857 858-1005

MITT MMIII MMIII IMI MMIII

Frequency

3 i 10 9 9 12

12

Module 21 © Statistics and Probability

Dollar Amount

of Insurance Premiums|

acces.

7re

i. BS ge

Check your understanding

1

|

5

:

: mes "For the table of auto insurance premiums given on page 11, make a frequency distribution 4 that has 8 classes.

34 340 45

.

/ _ SOLUTION

2 '

See page S-2.

1a

56?

6

¢

7

78

10 5

Objective 21.3A Practice Use the table below for Exercises | to 4. Tuition per Term at 40 Colleges (in hundreds of dollars)

2

Tally

85 71 TEA

Sip 74 OSD

3863 Gl

Frequency

77

a)

89

4

83

Pomme

6 48—Cti«éC4d Sill 70 52 Ship

91 ~=—87 e491

88 84 95D

92 = 95 60

91

45

96

49

58

eos..

P50.

«09

95

67

5

=) 5 ’

1. What is the range of the data in the tuition table? 64 2. Make a frequency distribution for the tuition table. Use 8 classes. 3. Which class has the greatest frequency? 86-94

9

4. What percent of the tuitions are between $9500 and $10,300?

4

Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.

Jbjective 21.3B

10%

Read histograms A histogram is a bar graph that represents the data in a frequency distribution. The width of each bar represents a class, and the height of the bar corresponds to the frequency of the class.

A survey of 105 households is conducted, and the number of kilowatt-hours (kWh) of electricity used by each household in a 1-month period is recorded in the frequency distribution shown at the left below. The histogram for the frequency distribution is shown in Figure 1. Classes

Te Note

2» that the upper class limit of

(kWh)

Frequency

25

850-900 900-950

9 14

one class is the lower class limit a 53 ‘a class. In this case, a

950-1000 1000-1050

US

fs

but not including, the upper Pits:

1100-1150

l4

FE:

limit, Therefore, if a data value

1150-1200

10

2

pisces ie

ee

disp Z ie

17

2

15

Ce

35

for the distribution at the right were 900, that data value would be included in the 900-950 class.

850

900

950

1000

1050

1100

1150

1200

Kilowatt-hours

Figure 1

Electricity use of 105 households

From the frequency distribution or the histogram, we can see that 17 households used between 950 kWh and 1000 kWh during the I-month period.

Section 21.3 * Organizing Data

13

| Focus on solving an application involving a histogram Use the histogram in Figure | on page 12 to find the number of households that used 950 kWh of electricity or less during the month. STRATEGY

To find the number of households: ¢ Read the histogram to find the number of households that used between 850 and 900 kWh and the number that used between 900 and 950 kWh. e Add the two numbers. SOLUTION Number between 850 and 900 kWh: 9 | Number between 900 and 950 kWh: 14

9

14

23

Twenty-three households used 950 kWh of electricity or less during the month.

Check your understanding 2 Use the histogram in Figure 1 on page 12 to find the number of households that used 1100 kWh of electricity or more during the month.

SOLUTION

See pages S-2-S-3.

24 households

(a

Objective 21.3B Practice

A total of 50 checking account balances were recorded. A histogram of these data is shown below. Use the histogram for Exercises | to 4.

| |ql

Bh

| |

| | |

st Number of Accounts

| |

| |

2 ay

,

bee 500

|

}

Sere

eS

|

fe

|

|

1000

1500

[oe=

2000

2500

L 3000

Checking Account Balance

1. 2. 3. 4.

Find How What What

the number of account balances that were between $2500 and $3000. 7 many account balances were less than $2000? 32 percent of the account balances were between $2000 and $2500? 22% percent of the account balances were greater than $1500? 62%

Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.

Objective 21.3C

Read frequency polygons A frequency polygon is a graph that displays information in a manner similar to a histogram. A dot is placed above the center of each class interval at a height corresponding to that class’s frequency. The dots are then connected to form a broken-line graph. The center of a class inter-

val is called the class midpoint.

14

Module 21 « Statistics and Probability

The per capita incomes for the 50 states in a recent year are recorded in the frequency polygon

20 &

in Figure 2. The number of states with a per cap°

$15



ss]

ita income between $40,000 and $45,000 is 14.

y) o 3 E .

The percent of states for which the per capita income is between $40,000 and $45,000 can be determined by solving the basic percent equation. The base is 50 and the amount is 14.

E

is fo EB we [es gel

pB=A

l

30 35

40

45

50

55

60

Per Capita Income

p(50) =

14

(in thousands of dollars)

50p

14

Figure 2. Per capita income for

50

50

pe EE ae ource: www.infoplease.com

p = 0.28

28% of the states had a per capita income between $40,000 and $45,000.

Focus on solving an application involving a frequency polygon Use Figure 2 to find the number of states for which the per capita income was $50,000 or greater. STRATEGY

To find the number of states: | ¢ Read the frequency polygon to find the number of states with a per capita income between $50,000 and $55,000, and the number of states with a per capita income between

$55,000 and $60,000. re Add the numbers.

| SOLUTION | Number with per capita income between $50,000 and $55,000: 2

Number with per capita income between $55,000 and $60,000: 1

2+1=3 The per capita income was $50,000 or greater in 3 states.

Check your understanding 3 Use Figure 2 to find the ratio of the number of states with a per capita income between $50,000 and $55,000 to the number with a per capita income between $40,000 and $45,000. |

| SOLUTION

|

See page S-3.

S/ Onto 7

Objective 21.3C Practice

The scores of 50 nurses taking a state board exam were recorded. A frequency polygon of these scores is shown below. Use the frequency polygon for Exercises 1 to 4. 20

—o

ITT of Number Nurses

ITT 50

60

70

80

Nursing Board Test Score

90

100

Section 21.4 © Statistical Measures

1. 2. 3. 4.

Find How What What

15

the number of test scores that were between 60 and 70. 8 many nurses had scores that were greater than 80? 22 percent of the nurses had scores between 70 and 90? 66% percent of the nurses had scores greater than 70? 74%

Solutions on pp. S-11—S-12.

SECTION

Statistical Measures Objective 21.4A

Find the mean, median, and mode of a distribution The average annual rainfall in Mobile, Alabama, is 67 in. The average annual snowfall in Syracuse, New York, is 111 in. The average daily low temperature in January in Bismarck, North Dakota, is —4°F. Each of these statements uses one number to describe an entire collection of numbers. Such a number is called an average. In statistics, there are various

ways to calculate an average. Three of the most common—mean, median, and mode—are discussed here. An automotive engineer tests the miles-per-gallon ratings of 15 cars and records the results as follows: Miles-per-Gallon Ratings of 15 Cars

Dr

emo

935°

29

3)

255

269

21

soe

eS

The mean of the data is the sum of the measurements divided by the number of measure-

ments. The symbol for the mean is x.

Formula for the Mean

Mean

sum of all data values

=

number of data values

EXAMPLE

The mean of the 5 data values 39, 43, 27, 51, and 40 is

Boer 4st 27+

ol

40

200

x=

5

5

= 40

To find the mean of the miles-per-gallon data, add the 15 numbers and then divide by 15.

Ge 2520

+ 21

27 425 + 35 429 + 31 + 25 + 26 115)

0

aes

1420) The mean number of miles per gallon for the 15 cars tested was 28 mi/gal. The mean is one of the most frequently computed averages. It is the one that is commonly used to calculate a student’s performance in a class.

16

Module 21 ¢ Statistics and Probability

The scores for a history student on 5 tests were 78, 82, 91, 87, and 93. What was the mean score for this student?

To find the mean, add the numbers.

ae

Then divide by S.

Sede 82 ste

=

Ol

aS

= 86.2

The mean score for the history student was 86.2.

Focus on finding the mean of a data set |

Twenty students were asked the number of units in which they were currently enrolled. The responses were

15) SI

2S

14

Se

OP

SMe

lon el

135

2055

9.

116

GeO

145

159

912

Find the mean number of units taken by these students. STRATEGY

To find the mean number of units taken by the 20 students: (we Determine the sum of the numbers.

¢ Divide the sum by 20.

| SOLUTION |

leis Wee Wish ae I) sip ae hs) oeibeh eer Nerell a

| | | |

(Or

ae

Om

14 +

15 +

12 =

|)

wees

eG

=

20

ona tees Le 279

«©

Lois 6st

The sum of the numbers

13.95 a=

A

| The mean is 13.95 units.

| Check your understanding 1 | The amounts spent on lunch by the last 10 customers at a fast-food restaurant were

6.32°

8.21

745"

190°

7.58

645

7.05.

8.00

5.59

‘G75

|

Find the mean amount spent on lunch by these customers. || | | bn

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

$7.13

Focus on solving an application using the mean _ A bowler has scores of 165, 172, 168, and 185 for four games. What score must the bowler achieve on the next game so that the mean for the five games is 174? STRATEGY

To find the score, use the formula for the mean, letting n be the score on the fifth game.

Section 21.4 ¢ Statistical Measures

17

SOLUTION

174 =

OSS

erie LOSe

eel Oma

5

690 +n

174 = ——— 5 870 =

690 + n

180 =n

* Multiply each side by 5. ¢ Subtract 690 from each side

The score on the fifth game must be 180.

Check your understanding 2 You have scores of 82, 91, 79, and 83 on four exams. What score must you receive on the fifth exam to have a mean of 84 for the five exams?

SOLUTION

See page S-3.

85

The median of a data set is the number that separates the data into two equal parts when

the numbers are arranged from smallest to largest (or largest to smallest). There’ are always

To find the median of a set of numbers, first arrange the numbers from smallest to largest. The median is the number in the middle. The data for the miles-per-gallon ratings given on page 15 are arranged below from smallest to largest.

Take Note > Half the data values are less than 27 and half the data values

7 values below

are greater than 27. The median

7 values above

indicates the center, or middle,

of the set of data.

middle number

Median

The median is 27.

Take Note > If the data contain an even number of values, the median is the mean of the two middle values.

| The selling prices of the last six homes sold by a real estate agent were $175,000, - $150,000, $250,000, $130,000, $245,000, and $190,000. Find the median selling price of _ these homes. ; Arrange the numbers from smallest to largest. Because there are an even number of val_ ues, the median is the sum of the two middle numbers, divided by two. | t

|

i

i

|

130,000

150,000

175,000

190,000

245,000

middle 2 numbers

Pee fs 119,000.57 190,000 5 2

|The median selling price of a home was $182,500.

oan

250,000

18

Module 21 « Statistics and Probability

|

‘Focus on finding the median of a data set

|Twenty students were asked the number of units in which they were currently enrolled. _ The responses were

| 15°

12)

(oe

16

| 14

10°

Joao

13

209-16

6

145

150012

| Find the median number of units taken by these students. (Recall that we found the mean | of these data in the first example.)

| STRATEGY _ To find the median number of units taken by the 20 students: | © Arrange the numbers from smallest to largest. ¢ Because there is an even number of values, the median is the sum of the two middle numbers, divided by 2. SOLUTION

Go

| 15

45 :

lO

Mee

Se

Se

14)

i

oeeeeste

ty

17

18. 20

14+

| Median

14

15

= a

ee = 14.5

| The median is 14.5 units.

_ Check your understanding 3 _ The amounts spent on lunch by the last 10 customers at a fast-food restaurant were

| 6.32

8.21

7.45

7.90

7.58

6.45

7.05

8.00

5.59

6.75

| Find the median amount spent on lunch by these customers. (Recall that we _ found the mean of these data in Check your understanding 1.)

| SOLUTION

See page S-4.

$7.25

The mode of a set of numbers is the value that occurs most frequently. If a set of numbers has no number that occurs more than once, then the data have no mode.

Here again are the data for the gasoline mileage ratings of cars. Miles-per-Gallon Ratings of 15 Cars

D5)

QD)

QL

PDF w 1e25h)

l

MBS)

@29G

SST

l

25%

26.

22

SOMES

AN

SSRs

l

25 is the number that occurs most frequently. The mode is 25.

The gasoline mileage ratings data show that the mean, median, and mode of a set of numbers do not have to be the same value. For the data on the miles-per-gallon ratings of 15 cars, Mean

=

28

Median

= 27

Mode

= 25

Section 21.4

¢ Statistical Measures

19

Although any of the averages can be used when the data collected consist of numbers, the mean and median are not appropriate for qualitative data. Examples of qualitative data include recording a person’s favorite color or recording a person’s preference from among classical, hard rock, jazz, rap, and country western music. It does not make sense to say

that the average favorite color is red or the average musical choice is jazz. The mode is used to indicate the most frequently chosen color or musical category. The modal response is the category that receives the greatest number of responses.

' A survey asked people to state whether they strongly disagreed, disagreed, had no opinion, agreed, or strongly agreed with the state governor’s position on increasing taxes to | pay for health care. What was the modal response for these data? ' Strongly disagreed

S)//

| Disagreed _ No opinion

68 12

» Agreed | Strongly agreed

45 58

} Because a response of “disagreed” was recorded most frequently, the modal response was { “disagreed.” Objective 21.4A Practice

1. The numbers of big-screen televisions sold each month for one year were recorded by an electronics store. The results were 15, 12, 20, 20, 19, 17, 22, 24, 17, 20, 15, and 27. Calculate the mean and median number of televisions sold per month. Mean: 19: median: 19.5

2. The numbers of seats occupied on a jet for 16 transatlantic flights were recorded. The numbers were 309, 422, 389, 412, 401, 352, 367, 319, 410, 391, 330, 408,

399, 387, 411, and 398. Calculate the mean and median number of occupied seats.

Mean: 381.5625; median: 394.5

3. Your scores on six history tests were 78, 92, 95, 77, 94, and 88. If an “average” score of 90 receives an A for the course, which average, the mean or the median, would you prefer the instructor use? Median = A survey by an ice cream store asked people to name their favorite ice cream from five flavors. The responses were mint chocolate chip, 34; pralines and cream, 27; German chocolate cake, 44; chocolate raspberry swirl, 34; and rocky road, 42. What was the modal response?

German chocolate cake

5. A survey asked people to rate the performance of the city’s mayor. The responses were very unsatisfactory, 230; unsatisfactory, 403; satisfactory, 1237; very satisfactory, 403.

What was the modal response for this survey?

Satisfactory

Solutions on pp. S-12—S-14.

Objective 21.4B

Draw a box-and-whiskers plot The purpose of calculating a mean or median is to obtain one number that describes a group of measurements. That one number alone, however, may not adequately represent the data. A box-and-whiskers plot is a graph that gives a more comprehensive picture of the data. A box-and-whiskers plot shows five numbers: the smallest value, the first quartile, the median, the third quartile, and the largest value. The first quartile, symbolized by Q,, is the number below which one-quarter of the data lie. The third quartile, symbolized by Q,, is the number above which one-quarter of the data lie.

20

Module 21 @ Statistics and Probability | Find the first quartile Q, and the third quartile Q, for the prices of 15 half-gallon cartons

' of ice cream given below. 13.26

4.70

490445

549

'3.18

3.86

14.29

5.44

483

4.36

2.39

2.66

\

4.56

3.58

To find the quartiles, first arrange the data from the smallest value to the largest value. Then find the median. 239

2 6OmSolSee

4.36

“45450

COMES

56)

5.86,

4:18

4:29

4561947719483"

544

15.49

The median is 4.29.

Now separate the data into two groups: those values below the median and those values above the median. Values Less Than the Median

2.39 2.66 3.18 3.26 3.58 3.86 4.18

Values Greater Than the Median

4.36 4.45 4.56 4.71

ih

i]

OQ;

QO;

4.83 5.44 5.49

The first quartile Q, is the median of the lower half of the data: O, = 3.20.

The third quartile Q; is the median of the upper half of the data: O, = 4.71.

The interquartile range is the difference between Q3 and Q). Interquartile range = Q; — Q, = 4.71 — 3.26 = 1.45

A box-and-whiskers plot shows the box-and-whiskers plot for the data that includes the five values listed. box that spans the distance from Q, median, Q).

data in the interquartile range as a box. To draw the on the prices of ice cream, think of a number line With this in mind, mark off the five values. Draw a to Q;. Draw a vertical line the height of the box at the

The box-and-whiskers plot for the data on the prices of ice cream is shown below.

2.39

Q;

median

Q;

3.26

4.29

4.71

5.49

Note that the box-and-whiskers plot labels five values: the smallest, 2.39; the first quartile Q,, 3.26; the median, 4.29; the third quartile Q,, 4.71; and the largest value, 5.49.

|"Focus on drawing a box-and-whiskers plot | The numbers of people registered for 14 dance classes at a dance studio are listed below.

30,45

PiBB

AAG!

544,

24a.

AS.

9384543

ssa

G2!

#64

S40"

835

| | Draw a box-and-whiskers plot for the data.

Section 21.4 © Statistical Measures

21

| STRATEGY

To draw the box-and-whiskers plot: ¢ Arrange the data from smallest to largest. | ¢ Find the median.

¢ Find Q,, the median of the lower half of the data, and Q;, the median of the upper half of the data. | © Draw the box-and-whiskers plot using the following five values: the smallest value, Q,, the median, Q3, and the largest value.

SOLUTION

24

30

BS

38

38

40

43

45

46

48

53

54

62

64

43 + 45

Median Q, =

= ———— 2

38

= 44

+ The median of the top row of data

Q3 = 53

+ The median of the bottom row of data Q; median

OQ, |

=

t ia)

24

38 44

+

53

eS

64

| Check your understanding 4 | The numbers of people attending a quilt exhibit during an 18-day period are listed below. COMMU | Os)

Gi},

Suera ie 940696) WAL

Ths

iy

eg

1583.06

75

2

oO)!

sabi

Q;

Draw a box-and-whiskers plot for the data.

SOLUTION

median

Q,

45

See page S-4.

Objective 21.4B Practice

1. The hourly wages for entry-level positions at various firms were recorded by a labor research firm. The results follow. Find the first and third quartiles, and draw a boxand-whiskers plot of the data. Q,

median

Q,

Fite)

8:98)

19295

=a

dard deviation of Stucores is greater tandard deviation of \’s scores, and the Student B’s scores

= 30) is greater than e of Student A’s scores

a3:

A

(x — x)

(84-85)

86

(86 — 85)

83

(83 — 85)

85 87

(85 — 85) (87 — 85)

( =

Step 2

3 =2

Step 3

so —= V2 = 1414

(-1)?=1

=] (—2)?

=4

Total =

10

0 =0 2=4

The standard deviation of Student A’s scores is approximately

Following B’s scores is greater consistent

1.414.

a similar procedure for Student B, we find that the standard deviation of Student is approximately |!.524. Because the standard deviation of Student B’s scores than that of Student A’s scores (11.524 > 1.414), Student B’s scores are not as as those of Student A.

In this text, standard deviations are rounded to the nearest thousandth.

_ Focus on finding the standard deviation of a data set | The weights in pounds of the players on the five-man front line of a college football team |

are 210, 245, 220, 230, and 225. Find the standard deviation of the weights. | STRATEGY To calculate the standard deviation:

¢ Find the mean of the weights. * Use the procedure for calculating standard deviation.

| SOLUTION =) oo

210 +2458

220

5

230-5 225

= 226

Section 21.5 ¢ Introduction to Probability

Step 1

23

Step 2

Li a ct 1G el al

oe =

210

(210 — 226)? = 256

245 220 230

(245 — 226)? = 361 (220 — 226)? = 36 (230 — 226)? = 16

Dee

= 26)- =. Total =

134

Step3 G =i 134 ~ 11.576

I 670

| The standard deviation of the weights is approximately

11.576 Ib.

Check your understanding 5 The numbers of miles logged by a runner for the last six days of running were 5, 7, 3, 6, 9, and 6. Find the standard deviation of the numbers of miles run.

| SOLUTION

See pages S-4—S-5.

826 mi

Objective 21.4C Practice For Exercises 1 to 3, round to the nearest thousandth.

1. An airline recorded the times for a ground crew to unload the baggage from an airplane. The recorded times, in minutes, were 12, 18, 20, 14, and 16. Find the standard

deviation of these times. 2.828 min 2. The numbers of rooms occupied in a hotel on six consecutive days were 234, 321, 222, 246, 312, and 396. Find the standard deviation of the numbers of rooms occupied. 61.051 rooms

3. Seven coins were tossed 100 times. The numbers of heads recorded were 56, 63, 49, 50, 48, 53, and 52. Find the standard deviation of the numbers of heads. 4.781 heads Solutions on pp. S-15—S-17.

SECTION

Introduction to Probability Objective 21.5A

Calculate the probability of simple events A weather forecaster estimates that there is a 75% chance of rain. A state lottery director

claims that there is a ,chance of winning a prize offered by the lottery. Each of these state-

ments involves some degree of uncertainty. The degree of uncertainty is called probability. For the statements above, the probability of rain is 75% and the probability of

winning a prize in the lottery is -

A probability is determined from an experiment, which is any activity that has an obseryable outcome. Examples of experiments are

Tossing a coin and observing whether it lands heads or tails

Interviewing voters to determine their preference for a political candidate Recording the percent change in the price of a stock

24

Module 21 ° Statistics and Probability

All of the possible outcomes of an experiment are called the sample space of the experiment. The outcomes of an experiment are listed between braces and frequently designated by S.

For each experiment, list all of the possible outcomes. 1. A number cube, which has the numbers from | to 6 written on its sides, is rolled once. Any of the numbers from | to 6 could show on the top of the cube.

S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} 2. A fair coin is tossed once. A fair coin is one for which heads and tails have an equal chance of being tossed. S = {H, T}, where H represents heads and Trepresents tails. 3. The spinner at the left is spun once. Assuming the spinner does not come to rest on a line, the arrow could come to rest in any one of the four sectors. § = (1, 2. 3,4) An event is one or more outcomes of an experiment. Events are denoted by capital letters. Consider the experiment of rolling the number cube given above. Some possible events are

The number is even.

EF = {2, 4, 6}

The number is a prime number. ? = The number is less than 10. 7 =

{2, 3, 5}

{!, 2, 3. 4, 5. 6}. Note that in this case, the

event is the entire sample space. The number is greater than 20. This event is impossible for the given sample space. The impossible event is symbolized by @ When discussing experiments and events, it is convenient to refer to the favorable outcomes of an experiment. These are the outcomes of the experiment that satisfy the requirements of the particular event. For instance, consider the experiment of rolling a fair die once. The sample space is {!, 2, 3, 4, 5. 6}, and one possible event E would be rolling a number that is divisible by 3. The outcomes of the experiment that are favorable to E are 3

and 6, and E = {3, 6}.

Probability Formula

The probability of an event E, written P(E), is the ratio of the number of favorable outcomes of an experiment to the total number of possible outcomes of the experiment. number of favorable outcomes

number of possible outcomes

The outcomes of the experiment of tossing a fair coin are equally likely. Either one of the outcomes is just as likely as the other. If a fair coin is tossed once, the probability of a head or a tail is 7 Each event, heads or tails, is equally likely. The probability formula

applies to experiments for which the outcomes are equally likely. Not all experiments have equally likely outcomes. Consider an exhibition baseball game

between a professional team and a college team. Although either team could win the game,

the probability that the professional team will win is greater than the probability that the college team will win. The outcomes are not equally likely. For the experiments in this section, we will assume that the outcomes are equally likely.

Section 21.5 ¢ Introduction to Probability

25

| There are five choices, a through e, for each question on a multiple-choice test. By just | guessing, what is the probability of choosing the correct answer for a certain question?

' It is possible to select any of the letters

There

| a, b, c, d, or e.

experiment.

| The eventE is guessing the correct ' answer.

There is | favorable outcome, guessing the correct answer.

_ Use the probability formula.

jA05) =

|

‘ef



J

are

5

possible

outcomes

of

the

number of favorable outcomes _ |

:

=

number of possible outcomes

=5

mt

The probability of guessing the correct answer is

to

Plot! Plote \Y) B X2/(X-1)

We= Wa

7] When x = —3, enter the expression into,

instance,

Yi,

and

then

press

G&S

6

Plot3

fy(-3)

VYu= \s= \Ys=

11

Use the down arrow key to scroll past Y7 to see Ys,

Yo, and Yo.

Note:

If you

try

to

evaluate

a function

at

ERA:DIVIDE BY 0 Mout 2: Goto

a number that is not in the domain of the function,

you will get an error message. For instance, | is not

in the domain of f(x) = aie ie If we try to evaluate the function at 1, the error screen at the right appears.

Evaluating Variable Expressions

To evaluate a variable expression, first store the values

of each variable. Then enter the variable expression. For instance,

to evaluate

s* + 2s!

when

s =4

and

1 = 5, use the following keystrokes.

2GDsGp.e@ Graph

To graph a function, use the “=. key to enter the expression for the function, select a suitable viewing window, and then press ©ge). For instance, to graph FO) =015

2x

1 in the standard viewing window, use the following keystrokes.

1 @4e,6f)) (scroll to 6) § Plot] Plot2 Plot3 \Y; 0.1X3~2x-1

‘e

Va _ fi

10

y4u\eyy) MEMORY 1: ZBox

2 aia 2: Zoom

Nie

In

: ZDecima 5: ZSquare

os

-10

10

EEA ZStandard

WYe=

7¥ ZTrig

-10

Note: For the keystrokes above, you do not have to scroll to 6. Alternatively, use ©).

6. This will select the standard viewing window and automatically start the

graph. Use the Graphing Inequalities

key to create a custom window for a graph.

we will graph Ug = Permter 20 "Ot into Yi. Because yi = y = 2x — 1, we want to shade below the graph. Move To

illustrate

this

feature,

the cursor to the left of Yi and press

Press @

1)

3%

3

three times.

Plot! Plot2 BY) Bex-1 VYe= Wa= Wu= \s=

Plot3

4

Appendix

Note: To shade above the graph, move the cursor to the left of Yi and press

2%

two times. An inequality with the symbol = or = should be graphed with a solid line, and an inequality with the symbol < or > should be graphed with a dashed line. However, a graphing calculator does not distinguish between a solid line and a dashed line. To graph the solution set of a system of inequalities, solve each inequality for y and graph each inequality. The solution set is the intersection of the two inequalities. The solution set of

Plot! Plot2 Plot3 WY) B-3X/2+5 4Y284x/3-5/3 \Y3= Wu= Ws= We=

3x ++ 2am h ne hy right. Ac ayes is show shownat the rig

Intersect

—10

The INTERSECT feature is used to solve a system of equations. To illustrate this feature,

Zn

we will use the system of equations

tBy = 13

3x + 4y = -6 Note: Some equations can be solved by this method. See the section “Solve an equation” on the next page. Also, this method is used to find a number in the domain of a function for a given number in the range. See the section “Find a domain element” on the next page.

Solve each of the equations in the system of equations for y. In this case, we have

, = 2a We eee 3 and y= — 4x eS7:

y= 3

Use the Y-editor to enter ox ce a into Yi and = 3x = 5 into Y2. Graph the two functions in the standard viewing window. (If the window does not show the point of intersection of the two graphs, adjust the window until you can see the point of intersection.)

Plot] Plot2 Plot3 \Y 8 2x/3413/3 \Y28-3x/4-3/2

Press (2) CALC (scroll to 5, intersect) Gi. ;



a

3

Alternatively, you can just press (@) CALC

=

5,

7

First Curve? is shown at the bottom of the screen and

identifies one of the two graphs on the screen. Press

1:

val

ee

3: minimum Gaiiccces EW intersect

6: aes 7:

Sftx)dx

ENTER IE

Yi=2x/3-13/3

Second curve? is shown at the bottom of the screen and identifies the second of the two graphs on the x screen. Press =3e%.

First curve?

X=0

Guess? shown at the bottom of the screen asks you to use the left or right arrow key to move the cursor to the approximate location of the point of intersection. (If there are two or more points of intersection, it does not

matter which one you choose first.) Press 47. Second curve

X=0

Keystroke Guide for the TI-84 Plus

The solution of the system of equations is (2, —3).

Intersection X=2

Solve an equation To illustrate the steps involved, we will solve the equation 2x + 4 = —3x— 1. The idea is to write the equation as the system of equations y=2x+4 3 ' and then use the steps for solving a system of equations. Sate

Use the Y-editor to enter the left and right sides of the equation into Yi and Y2. Graph the two functions and then follow the steps for Intersect.

Plot] Plot2 \Y: BH 2X+4

Plot3

\Y28-3x-1

The solution is —1, the x-coordinate of the point of intersection.

Intersection X=

Find a domain element For this example, we will find a number in the domain of

fe) = =e x + 2 that corresponds to 4 in the range of the function. This is like solving F

the system of equations y =

p)

—3% +2 and y= 4.

Use the Y = editor to enter the expression for the function in Yi and the desired output, 4, in Y2. Graph the two functions and then follow the steps for Intersect.

Plot]

Plote

The point of intersection is (—3, 4). The number —3 in the domain of f produces an output of 4 in the range of f.

Plot3

Intersection a}

Math

will convert 0.125 to a fraction: .125 QM)

1 a=. J25¢Frac

7¥fMax(

Additional built-in functions under ¢

can be found by pressing @&

instance, to evaluate —|—251, press (o) Ge MATH

MBabsi

CPX PRB

res!

2‘ round( 3: iPart( 4: fPart(

Sc int( 6: min 7¥max(

See your owner’s manual for assistance with other functions under the (G5) key.

®. For

5

6

Appendix

Min and Max = The local minimum and the local maximum values of a function are calculated by accessing the CALC menu. For this demonstration, we will find the minimum value and the

maximum value of f(x) = 0.2x* + 0.3x? — 3.6x + 2. Enter the function into Yi. Press

CALC

(scroll to

3 for minimum of the function) —_Gm. Alternatively, you can just press

1: value

EB rinimum 4: maximum S: Intersect 6: du/dx

CALC 3:

7: {flax

Left Bound? shown at the bottom of the screen asks you to use the left or right arrow key to move the cursor to the left of the minimum. Press @= . Right Bound? shown at the bottom of the screen asks you to use the left or right arrow key to move the cursor to the right of the minimum. Press =.

Guess? shown at the bottom of the screen asks you to use the left or right arrow key to move the cursor to the approximate location of the minimum. Press 2% .

ae

pots

The minimum value of the function is the y-coordinate. For this example, the minimum value of the function is —2.4.

The x-coordinate for the minimum is 2. However, because of rounding errors in the calculation, it is shown as a number close to 2.

xe1-9993972 |

To find the maximum value of the function, follow the same steps as above except select maximum under the CALC menu. The screens for this calculation are shown below. 15

du/dx Sfxax

15

15

Yl=.2X3+.3X*-3,6X+2

Yi=.2X"+. 3X*-3.6X+2

Left Bound? X=—3.617021

Right Bound? X=-2.12766

Yl=.2X3+.3X*-3.6X+2 had

The maximum value of the function is 10.1.

Radical Expressions

100000—P

To evaluate a square-root expression, press (219) \V

0.15/P2+4P+10

For

instance,

to

p = 100,000, G 0) a

evaluate

first store AE

0.15Vp?+4p+

100,000

P eG.

a

in P. Then 4 Gy

10

press

when

0.15

P

To evaluate a radical expression other than a square root, access ve by pressing evaluate

67,

QD (scroll to 5)

{).

press 4 (the index

Gis 67 Gan.

For instance, to of the radical)

7¥fMaxl

Keystroke Guide for the TI-84 Plus

Scientific Notation

To enter a number

5

:

in ao BOGS

notation, use

EGE

instance, to find Aae ee, press 3.45

2X) EE. For [tren

3 USE-le/ Sees

@ DD) EE (6) 124

. The answer is 2.3 X 1077”.

Sequences and Series

The terms of a sequence and the sum of a series can be calculated by using the Gs) LIST feature. Store a sequence A sequence is stored in one of the lists Li through Le. For instance, to store the sequence 1, 3, 5, 7, 9

(.3.5,7,9) 20 {1,3,5,7,9}

in Li, use the following keystrokes.

CH | GS GB ab ae Display the terms of a sequence The terms of a sequence are displayed by using the function seq(expression, variable, begin, end, increment). For instance, to display the 3rd through 8th terms of the sequence given by a, =n’ + 6, enter the following keystrokes. NAMES

MATH

1: SortAl

iio) LIST 6 aes to 5)

seq(X°+6,X,3,8,1)

(IS 22 3142 SS..

7VAListl

aay store the terms of the sequence in L1. This is not necessary but is sonietinies ‘helpful if additional work will be done with that sequence.

Find a sequence of partial sums To find a sequence of partial sums, use the cumSum{ function. For instance, to find the sequence of partial sums for 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, use the fol-

lowing keystrokes.

NAMES 1: SortAl

@29) List ¢

=

MATH

cumSum({{2,4,6,8,10)) {2 6 l2 20 30)

(>) { 2 GD + iD 6

GD sp 06 | & > If a sequence be Bhi

is stored

7VAListl

as a list in Li, then the sequence

by pressing

@%9) i)

LIST

@

(scroll

of PEEING

to 6 [or press

6])|

can ZNO)

Find the sum of a series The sum of a series is calculated using sum. 6

For instance, to find x (n? + 2), enter the following keystrokes.

NAMES

OPS

1: mint 2:max( 3: meant 4: median(

Egsum( 6: prod{ 7vstdDev(

sum(seq(X°+2,X,3,6,1))

8

Appendix

Table

There are three steps in creating an input/output table for a function. First use th = editor to input the function. The second step is setting up the table, and the third step is displaying the table. To set up the table, press ep) TBLSET. TblStart is the first

TABLE SETUP

value of the independent variable in the input/output table.

pease e

ATO is the difference between successive values. Setting this to 1 means that, for this table, the input values are —2, —1, 0, 1,2,...If ATbl = 0.5, then the input values are —2, —1.5, 71, -03,0502.e Indpnt is the independent variable. When this is set to Auto, values of the independent variable are automatically entered into the table. Depend is the dependent variable. When this is set to Auto, values of the dependent variable are automatically entered into the table.

To display the table, press (8) TABLE. An

Plot! Plot2 \Y: B X21

input/output table for f(x) =x? — 1 is shown

Plot3

We

at the right. eo tate KREEK auce

Once the table is on the screen, the up and down arrow keys can be used to display more values in the table. For the table at the right, we used the up arrow key to move tox = —7. An input/output table for any given input can be created by selecting Ask for the independent variable. The table at the right shows an input/output table for

Plot]

Plot2

\Y) BYX/X-2)

Plot3

4x

if.(x) es: = 5

ERROR

when 2 was entered. This occurred because

fis not defined when x = 2.

Note: Using the table feature in Ask mode is the same as evaluating a function for given values of the independent variable. For instance, from the table at the right, we have f(4) = 8.

Test

Plotl

Plot2

The TEST feature has many uses, one of which is to graph the solution set of a linear inequality in one variable. To illustrate this feature, we will graph the potion set of x— 1 < 4. Press @ X.T.0,0 1 @%) TEST (scroll to 5)

Plot3

Eul=

\Y BX-1

Plot] Plot2 \Y BX-1

parentheses, a grouping symbol

[|

brackets, a grouping symbol

b

7

;

—a(

a

:

:

a and whose second component is b

° 22

pi, a number approximately equal to a or 3.14 i itive inverse, of a the opposite, or additive invers

;

ee

;

degree (for angles)

WH

the principal square root of a

S, { } la|

the empty set the abseliis Saneonn

a

nae

the reciprocal, or multiplicative inverse, of a

U

union of two sets

a

‘a

: intersection of two sets

=

is equal to

S

is an element of (for sets)

=~

is approximately equal to

E

is not an element of (for sets)

#

is not equal to

;

Tables

Table of Properties Properties of Real Numbers The Associative Property of Multiplication If a, b, and c are real numbers, then (a:b)-c=a:(b-c).

The Associative Property of Addition If a, b, and c are real numbers, then

(a+ b)+c=at+

(+0).

The Commutative Property of Addition

The Commutative Property of Multiplication

If a and b are real numbers, then at+tb=b+t+a.

If a and b are real numbers, then

The Addition Property of Zero

The Multiplication Property of One

If a is a real number, then a+0=0+4a4=a.

If a is a real number, then

The Multiplication Property of Zero

The Inverse Property of Multiplication

If a is a real number, then

If ais

a:b=b- b and c Ita =) andic lta brandic: If a< b and c

> => =
be. 0. theniae 0G; Ostheniae —e 0, then ac > be.

Properties of Exponents

If m and n are integers, then x”- x" = x™*", If m and n are integers, then (x”)" = x”.

If m, n, and p are integers, then (x”+ y”)? = x™Py"?,

lf On theney)

a

If n is a positive integer and x # 0, then

=r

: ae Ifm and n are integers and x # 0, then — = x”"". XG

1

1

Sad. sc = 5%.

Xx any 2% If m, n, and p are integers and y # 0, then (=) = y

Principle of Zero Products If a:b = 0, then a = 0 orb = 0.

Properties of Radical Expressions If a and b are positive real numbers, then Vab = Vavb.

a

If a and b are positive real numbers, then ae

Wa

vr b

Property of Squaring Both Sides of an Equation

If a and b are real numbers and a = b, then a2 = b’. Properties of Logarithms If x and b are positive real numbers, b ¥ 1, and r is any real number, then log,x" = r log,x. If x and b are positive real numbers and b ¥ 1, then log,b” = x.

If x, y, and b are positive real numbers and b # 1, then log, (xy) = log,x + log,y. If x, y, and b are positive real numbers and b ¥ 1, then x 1085 = log,x — log,y.

13

14

Appendix

Table of Algebraic and Geometric Formulas Slope of a Line

oma e > ay Pere

m=

X4

a

Point-slope Formula for a Line

Quadratic Formula

y— yy =m

x=

— x)

Ade

DN) 2 2a

xX; .

.

.

*)

discriminant = b- — 4ac

Perimeter and Area of a Triangle, and Sum of the Measures of the Angles B P=a + Ditae

OS

iry

Ad

Cc

1

XC

"be : The sum

Pythagorean Theorem Q

i

of the measures

oe a

b

of the angles in a triangle is 180°.

Perimeter and Area of a Square

Perimeter and Area of a Rectangle

P=2L+2W A=LW

P =4s Ss

Ae

S:

Circumference and Area of a Circle ] A=

5 hh,

a

b,)

C = 2tmr Ase ari

Volume and Surface Area of a

Volume and Surface Area of a Sphere

Rectangular Solid

J). a”

V = LWH

ii

SA = 2LW + 2LH + 2WH

Volume and Surface Area of a Right

=)

Circular Cylinder V=arh SA = 2ar? + 2arh

Volume and Surface Area of a Right Circular Cone

i. ..._iésitiz.C«RRRRNU’g Index of Applications Advertising, M21 4

Compound interest, M16 23, 26

Home equity, M4 10

Agricultural exports, M6 22 Agriculture, M19 11 Airplane speed, M5 15; M6 9

Horse racing, M21 29

Automobile technology, M12 24

Computer consultant, M1 33 Computer paper, M20 19 Computer printers, M12 27 Concert tickets, M5 15; M7 14 Construction, M1 33; M3 30; M12 27; M13 17; M15 11; M20 15, 26 Cost of gasoline, M19 14, 15 Cost of groceries, M19 10, 14, 15 Cost of lumber, M19 9 Credit cards, M6 19, 21 Crime, M6 23 Cycling, M6 8, 9; M7 21; M12 28

Bacterial growth, M16 22

Dance classes, M21 20

Baking, M1 28; M3 25

Diet, M3 30

Ball rolling down a ramp, M18 10

Discount rate, M6 27

Baseball salaries, M8 33

Doughnuts, M3 29

Air travel, M3 30; M6 8; M7 21, 22; M12 29; M21 19, 23 Alternative-fuel vehicles, M6 21 Aquarium, M20 33, 34

Architecture, M20 34 Art exhibit, M21 21 Artificial turf, M20 26 Astronomy, M3 22

Horse training, M20 17 Hotel occupancy, M21 23 Hourly earnings, M4 14, 24; M6 22;

M21 21 Household expenses, M1 8

Ice cream flavors, M21

19

Ice cream prices, M21 20 Income per capita, M21 14 Income tax, M6 19 Insurance claims, M21 27 Insurance premiums, M4 18

Billionaires, M1 7; M21 2

Interior decorating, M7 14; M20 26 Investments, Objective 9.1C. See also M5 14; M6 19, 20, 21, 31; M16 23, 26; M21 29 iPads, M1 17 Irrigation system, M20 26

Biology, M8 27; M10 18; M16 27

Earthquakes, M16 25, 26, 27

Birthday present, M1 25

Earth science, M10 18

Board game, M21 29 Boiling points, M2 9; M8 40 Bonds, M6 20

Egg production, M1 20 Electric circuits, M12 25

Ladder, M13 18; M20 38, 39

Bowling, M1 11; M21

Electricity usage, M21 12, 13

Land areas, M1 12, 13

Elevation, M2 10, 11

Landscaping, M4 25

Energy consumption, M1 21; M21 4 Exams, M2 16, 17; M6 15; M7 30; M21 16, LO 2228)

Life insurance, M1 9; M6 12;

16

Building maintenance, M20 39 Buyer for a store, M1 31

Calories, M1 12, 22; M7 15; M8 39; M219 Canoeing, M6 9 Carbon dating, M16 24 Car insurance, M21

11, 12

Car loan, M6 31 Car mileage, M3 22; M4 18; M6 12; M8 33; M21 15, 18, 21 Car payment, M1 32 Carpentry, M3 21, 29; M7 14; M19 9; M20 20 Carpeting, M6 21; M20 22, 26

Car repairs, M7 15 Car speed, M6 9 Car value, M6 15; M8 31

Cellular phone purchases, M21 3 Cellular phone service, M7 15, 29; M8 40 Chain letter, M18 17 Checking account, M4 9; M21 13

Jogging, M6 6; M8 39

Electric cars, M1 22; M4 25

Falling objects, M4 33; M11 26; M13 19; M18 10 Fast-food restaurant, M21

16, 18, 25

Fencing, M15 13; M20 15, 17, 19, 20 Fish hatchery, M20 34 Flu epidemic, M21 29

Football, M1 10; M3 29; M4 18; M14 13; M21 22

M21 8 Loading dock, M20 38 Lung capacity, M21 6, 7

Magazine subscriptions, M4 17; M8 33 Manufacturing, M1 32; M8 28; M12 PS), 24) Marathon, M6 9

Marine biology, M16 27 Markdown, M6 27, 28 Markup, M4 9; M6 25, 26

Freezer, M20 33 Fuel efficiency, M1 9; M6 22

Maturity value, M6 30

Gardening, M3 22; M20 20

Metal machine parts, M20 33, 34, 38 Millionaire households, M6 22

Geography, M1 11, 12; M215 Geometry, Objectives 20.2C, 20.3C, 20.4C, 20.5C. See also M3 21; M4 18; M5 14;

M7 30; M11 27; M13 17, 18 Gross national product, M7 15

Medication, M6 12; M12 22 Melting points, M2 9

Mining, M15 12 Mixtures, Objectives 7.3A, 7.3B. See also M6 20, 21; M9 26, 27, 28, 29 Monthly salary, M1 31 Motorcycle speed, M4 25

Chemistry, M7 18, 19; M16 25, 26, 27; M19 12, 13

Half-life of an isotope, M16 24, 27

Cholesterol levels, M21 21

Health insurance, M21 28

Movie revenues, M1 16; M21 3 Movie theaters, M1 13; M215

Coin toss, M21 23, 29

Hearing impairment, M4 9

Movie ticket prices, M4 7

College costs, M6 22

Heart rate, M8 27

College course load, M21 16, 18 College tuition, M21 12

Heating system, M20 34 History tests, M21 16, 19

Nursing, M21 14 Nutrition, M6 12

Index of Applications

Ocean depths, M2 11

Real estate sales, M6 14; M21 17

Temperatures, M2 3, 7, 10, 16, 17; M7 30;

Oil tank, M20 34 Olympics, M6 22; M15 13

Recycling, M4 18; M8 31

M8 20, 34, 39; M18 17; M21 6 Theme park tickets, M4 10

Painting a house, M3 30 Passports of U.S. citizens, M6 23 Pendulum, M13 18, M13 18; M18 17 Percent mixtures, M7 17, 18, 19 Physics, M8 28; M12 24; M13 18; M18 10, 17 Pizza, M3 18 Police salaries, M21 7 Political survey, M21 19 Population aged 100 and over, M1 8 Population of California, M1 10; M8 32 Population of Texas, M1 10 Population of the world, M21 7 Postage stamps, M4 17 Pricing a product, M8 39 Prizes in a contest, M18 10 Product coupons, M6 19

Rolling dice, M21 26, 27, 28, 29

Profit, M19 12 Projectile thrown upward, M14 15; M15 12;,13 Property tax, M6 12

Radioactive decay, M16 23, 24, 27 Railroads, M1 31; M7 22

Rate-of-current problems, Objective 9.4A. See also M12 27; M14 14 Rate-of-wind problems, Objective 9.4A. See also M12 29: M14

15

Revenue, M15 13 Richter scale, M16 25, 26, 27 Running, M7 22; M8 30; M21 23 Sailing, M12 29; M20 19

Travel companies, M2 12

Sale price, M6 27, 28 Sales tax, M8 31 School enrollment, M1

Triathlon, M7 30 True/false test, M21 26

13

Sewing, M3 15, 22, 28; M20 20 Silo, M20 34 Simple interest loan, M6 29, 30, 31 Ski resorts, M21 10 Soccer, M1 14 Software companies, M21 8 Sound intensity, M16 27 Space exploration, M21 3 Sports, M1 10 State fair, M7 30 Stock market, M21 29 Store display, M18 10 Stride length, M8 27 Submarine periscope, M4 33; M13 18 Survey data, M21 19, 28 Suspension bridge, M15 13 Taxes for health care, M21

Tax refunds, M5 15 Television sales, M21

Tiling a floor, M20 26 Tire dimensions, M20 16, 20 Tire purchase, M6 11 Traffic accidents, M1 13; M6 18 Travel, M20 38; M21 2

19

Turkey consumption, M1 12 Typing speed, M16 25 Uniform motion, Objectives 6.1D, 7.3C, 12.6B. See also M14 15 Vacation costs, M6 21 Value mixtures, M7 16, 17

Wading pool, M20 23 Wages, M12 23; M21 21 Walkway, M20 26 Wave motion, M13 18 Website hits, M8 33 Weekly earnings, M1 24, 31;

M3 30 Wind power, M21 9 Wireless telephone plan, M8 27 Work problems, Objective 12.6A. See also

M14 11, 14, 15 19

World energy consumption, M1 21

rr Index Abscissa, M8 2

Absolute value, M2 5 as distance, M7 9 Order of Operations Agreement and,

M2 19 Absolute value equations, M7 9-11 Absolute value function, graph of, M8 16-17 Absolute value inequalities, M7 32-34 Acute angle, M20 4

complementary, M20 4 corresponding, M20 10 formed by intersecting lines, M20 9-11 measurement of, M20 3-5

uniform motion, M6 6-9; M7 19-22; M12 27-29

naming, M20 3

volumes, M20 33-34 wind or current, M6 7-8, 9; M9 24—26;

obtuse, M20 4 right, M20 3 supplementary, M20 4 of a triangle, M20 5-7 vertical, M20 9 Antilogarithm, M16 8

Addends, M1 14; M2 6 Addition, M1 14; M2 6

Application problems areas, M20 26 assigning variable in, M5 13, 14

Distributive Property and, M5 4

of fractions, M3 22-25, 34-35 of functions, M15 13-14

of integers, M2 6-8 Inverse Property of, MS 6 of mixed numbers, M3 24-25

Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19; M3 36 of polynomials, M10 2-3

properties of, M5 4-6 of radical expressions, M13 6-8 of rational expressions, M12 10-13 sign rules for, M2 6 of whole numbers, M1 14—17

words or phrases for, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Addition method for solving linear systems in three variables, M9 15-17 in two variables, M9 10-13

for solving nonlinear systems, M17 15 Addition Property of Equations, M6 3 Addition Property of Inequalities, M7 26-27 Addition Property of Zero, MS 5 Additive inverse, M2 4; M5 6 Adjacent angles, M20 9 Alternate exterior angles, M20 10 Alternate interior angles, M20 10 Amount in mixture problems, M6 20; M7 16 in percent problems, M6 14, 17

Angle(s), M20 3

current or wind, M6 7-8, 9; M9 24—26;

M12 27-28; M14 14-15 decimals in, M4 9-10, 17-18, 33

domain of variable in, M8 27 exponential functions in, M16 22-25 factoring polynomials in, M11 26-27 formulas in, M4 18

fractions in, M3 21-22, 29-30 inequalities in, M7 29-30 integer problems using words, M7 11-14 integers in, M2 10-11, 16-17 investments, M9 7-10 linear functions in, M8 20, 27—28, 39-40 logarithmic functions in, M16 25-26 maximum or minimum, M15 11-13 mixtures, M6 20-21; M7 15-19;

M9 26-28 percent mixtures, M6 20-21; M7 17-19;

of composite figures, M20 24-25 of a rectangle, M20 21-22

of a square, M20 22 square of a number as, M2 18

of a triangle, M3 21; M20 22 units of, M20 20-21 Arithmetic progression. See Arithmetic sequence Arithmetic sequence, M18 6-8 applications of, M18 10 Arithmetic series, M18 8-9 Associative Property of Addition, M5 5 Associative Property of Multiplication,

MS 7 Asymptotes, of hyperbola, M17 11-12 Average, M21 15-19 Average rate of change, M8 32-34

Axes of rectangular coordinate system,

Axis of symmetry

proportions in, M6 11-12 Pythagorean Theorem and, M20 38-39 quadratic equations in, M11 26-27; M14 11-15 quadratic functions in, M15 10-13 radical equations in, M13 16-19 M12 25-29

sequences in, M18 10, 17 simple interest, M6 19-20, 28-31;

M9 7-10 slope in, M8 30-31

statistical graphs in, M1 10-12, 20-22; M21 2, 4, 6, 8, 13, 14 strategy for solving, MA 8-9; M1 10 systems of equations in, M9 7-9, 24-29

adjacent, M20 9

translating into equations, M7 14-15 translating into variable expressions, M5 14-15

alternate interior, M20 10

applications of, M20 26 of a circle, M20 23

of xyz-coordinate system, M9 13

acute, M20 4 alternate exterior, M20 10

Area, M20 20

M8 2

M9 27-28 percents in, M6 18-21 perimeters, M20 19-20

rational expressions in,

variation in, M12 22—23, 24-25

M12 27-28; M14 14-15 work, M12 25-27; M14 11-12, 14 Approximately equal to, M4 13 Approximation, by rounding, M1 6-7; M4 4, 13-14

Acute triangle, M20 13

Associative Property of, M5 5 Commutative Property of, M5 5 of complex numbers, M14 18 of decimals, M4 6-8

value mixtures, M7 15-17; M9 26-27

of ellipse, M17 9

of hyperbola, M17 10-12 of parabola, M15 3-5; M17 2-4

Bar graph, M1 8-9, 21-22; M21 6-7 histogram, M21 Base

12-13

of cylinder, M20 8 of exponential expression, M1 33; M2 17 of exponential function, M16 2 of logarithmic function, M16 8 in percent problems, M6 14, 17

of triangle, M3 21; M20 5, 22 Basic percent equation, M6 12-16, 18-19 Binomial(s), M10 2

difference of two squares, M11 16-18; M13 10 dividing a polynomial by, M10 20-21

13

Index

Binomial(s) (continued)

monomial, M11 2-3, 8, 13, 16

expanding powers of, M18 17-21 factoring strategy for, M11 23 multiplication of, M10 9-12 square of, M10 10, 11-12, 18-19

in rational expression, M12 2 Common logarithms, M16 10. See also Logarithm(s)

sum or difference of perfect cubes,

Common ratio, M18 11 less than one, M18 14-15 Commutative Property of Addition, M5 5 Commutative Property of Multiplication,

M11 20-21 Binomial Expansion Formula, M18 20 Binomial factor(s), M11 2 common, M11 3-5 See also Factoring polynomials Borrowing, M1 17-19 with mixed numbers, M3 27-28 Box-and-whiskers plot, M21 19-21 Braces as grouping symbols, M2 19 in representing sets, M2 2; M7 22, 23 Brackets as grouping symbols, M2 19; M5 10-11 in interval notation, M7 24 on real number line, M7 25 Broken-line graph, M1 9-10; M21 8-9 Capacity conversion between systems of units,

M19 13, 14, 15 in metric system, M19 11-13 in U.S. Customary System, M19 5-6 Carrying, M1 14 Center

of circle, M17 5; M20 7 of ellipse, M17 9 of hyperbola, M17 10 of sphere, M20 8

Change in a variable (A), M8 29 Change-of-Base Formula, M16 15-16

Circle(s) area of, M20 23 circumference of, M20 15-16 as conic section, M17 5 definition of, M17 5; M20 7 equations of, M17 5-8 sector of, M21 4 Circle graph, M1 8, 20-21; M21 4-5 Circumference, M20 15-16 Classes of data, M21 10 Class frequency, M21 11 Class midpoint, M21 13 Class width, M21 10 Clearing denominators, M7 2, 3-4; M12 16-17 Coefficient, numerical, M5 2 Coefficient determinant, M9 21 Cofactors, M9 19-20 Combining like terms, M5 4 Common denominator, M3 23 Common difference, M18 6

Common factor, M3 5 binomial, M11 3-5 greatest, M3 5-6; M11 2-3

Common multiple, M3 4

MS 7 Complementary angles, M20 4 Completing the square, M14 6-7 in equation of a circle, M17 7-8

in graphing parabolas, M17 2-3 in solving quadratic equations, M14 7-8 Complex fractions, M3 39-40; M12 13-15 Complex number(s), M14 16-17

addition and subtraction of, M14 18 conjugate of, M14 21 division of, M14 20-22 multiplication of, M14 18-19

as solution of quadratic equation, M14 22-25 standard form of, M14 16 as zeros of a function, M15 9 Composite function, M15 17 Composite geometric figure, M20 17, 31

area of, M20 24-25 perimeter of, M20 17-18 volume of, M20 31-32, 33-34 Composite number, M3 3 Composition of functions, M15 16-19 of inverse functions, M15 23-24 Compound inequality, M7 31-32 equivalent to absolute value inequality, M7 32-34 Compound interest, M16 23 Compound interest formula, M16 23 Concentration, percent, M6 20 Congruent objects, M20 41

Coordinate system rectangular, M8 2 three-dimensional, M9 13 Coordinates and distance on number line, M7 9

of a point in the plane, M8 2 of a point in M9 13 Corresponding Cost of ingredient markup and, Cramer’s Rule,

three dimensions,

angles, M20 10

in mixture, M7 16 M6 24 M9 21-24 Cross products, M6 10 Cube(s)

as geometric solid, M20 8, 28 of anumber, M1 33; M5 13

perfect, M11 20-21 verbal phrases for, M2 17 volume of, M20 27, 28 Cube root(s), M11 20; M13 23 Cubic centimeter (cm? or cc), M19 11

Cubic units, M20 27 Cup (c), M19 5,6 Current or wind problems, M6 7-8, 9; M9

24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 Cylinder, M20 8 volume of, M20 29-30 Data, M21 2 Day, M19 6, 7 Decagon, M20 12 Decimal notation, M4 2

Decimal part, M4 2 Decimal point, M4 2 Decimals, M4 2 addition of, M4 6-8

applications using, M4 9-10, 17-18, 33 comparing, M4 5 comparing to a fraction, M4 21-23

Congruent triangles, M20 41-43 Conic sections, M17 2 circle, M17 5-8 ellipse, M17 8-10 hyperbola, M17 10-12 parabola, M17 2-4

converting fractions to, M4 19-20 converting to fractions, M4 5, 21

See also Circle(s); Parabola(s)

multiplying by powers of ten, M4

Conjugates, M13 10 of complex numbers, M14 21 of radical expressions, M13 10, 12 Consecutive integers, M7 12

Constant, Constant Constant Constant

M5 2 function, M8 23-24 of variation, M12 21, 22, 23 term

degree of, M10 2 of variable expression, MS 2, 4 Conversion rates, M19 2 Coordinate axes, M8 2 in three dimensions, M9 13

converting to mixed numbers, M4 21 dividing by powers of ten, M4 14-15 division of, M4 13-17 multiplication of, M4 10-13

11-12 as real numbers, M4 32

repeating, M4 19; M18 16 rounding, M4 4, 13-14 in scientific notation, M10 16-18

standard form of, M4 2-3 subtraction of, M4 6-8

terminating, M4 19 writing a percent as, M4 26-27 writing as a percent, M4 27-29 writing in words, M4 2-3 Decrease, percent, M6 22—24 Decreased by, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12

Index

of fractions, M3 17-20, 31, 32-33

Degree of angle, M20 3 of constant term, M10 2

of functions, M15

of polynomial, M10 2

of mixed numbers, M3 19, 32-33 of monomials, M10 12 one in, M1 25; M2 15

of quadratic equation, M14 2

Delta (A), M8 29 Denominator(s), M3 6 clearing, M7 2, 3-4; M12 16-17

complex number in, M14 20-22 least common, M3 23

in complex fractions, M12 13 in rational expressions, M12 9-10, 11-12 in solving equations, M12 16-17; M14 29-30 rationalizing, M13

11-13

Dependent system of equations in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M9 4-5, 7, 11-12 Dependent variable, M8 12, 13 Descending order, M10 2

Determinant(s), M9 18

evaluating, M9 18-20 in solving systems of equations, M9 21-24 Diameter

13, 14, 15

of integers, M2 13-16

Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19; M3 36 of polynomial by monomial, M10 18-19

formula(s). See Formula(s) fractions in, M7 2, 4; M12 16-18; M14

29-30 function determined by, M8 9-10, 11 of hyperbolas, M17 11-12 linear in three variables, M9 13-14 in two variables, M8 22—25, 34-38 literal, M7 7-9

of polynomials, M10 18-21

logarithmic, M16 8, 9-11, 21-22

of radical expressions, M13 11-13 of rational expressions, M12 6-7 with remainder, M1 28; M10 19-20 in scientific notation, M10 17 sign rules for, M2 14 of whole numbers, M1 25-30

markup equations, M6 24 Multiplication Property of, M6 4-5 nonlinear systems of, M17 12-16

words or phrases for, M1 29; M2 15; M5 12 zero in, M1 26; M2 15 Divisor, M1 25; M2 13

not defining a function, M8 12

of parabolas, M17 2-4 parentheses in, M7 6-8 percent mixture equation, M6 20

proportion as, M6 9-12, 16-18 quadratic. See Quadratic equation(s) quadratic in form, M11 21-23; M14

25-27

Domain

in applications, M8 27 estimating from graph, M8 15-17 of exponential function, M16 2

radical, M13 13-19; M14 27-29 second-degree, M14 2

of a function, M8 10, 11-12, 14-15

solving, M6 2-3

of inverse of a function, M15 21, 23

squaring both sides of, M13 14-16

simple interest equation, M6 19, 29

of circle, M20 7

of quadratic function, M15 5

systems of. See Systems of equations

of sphere, M20 8

of a relation, M8 10-11

translating sentences into, M7 11-15 in two variables, M8 6-9

Difference, M1 20; M2 9; M5 11, 12 common, M18 6 of two perfect cubes, M11 20-21 of two squares, M11 16-18; M13 10

Double-bar graph, M1 9; M21 6, 7

Dimensional analysis, M19 2

e (base of natural exponential function),

Direct variation, M12 21—23 Discount problems, M6 26-28

Discount rate, M6 26 Discriminant, M15 7 Distance as absolute value, M7 9

between points on number line, M7 9 between points in the plane, M8 3-4 in uniform motion equation, M6 6; M7

19; M12 27 See also Length; Uniform motion Distance formula, M8 3-4

Distributive Property, MS 4 in factoring polynomials, M11 3 in multiplying polynomials, M10 8, 9 in simplifying radical expressions, M13 6-8, 9 in simplifying variable expressions, M5 4-5, 9-11

Double function, M8 12; M15

17

Double root, M14 2; M15 6

M16 3, 10 Earthquakes, M16 25—26 Element(s) of a matrix, M9 18 of a set, M2 2; M7 22 Ellipse, M17 8-10

Empirical probability formula, M21 27 Empty set, M7 22 Equality of Exponents Property, M16 9, 19 “Equals,” M7 11 Equation(s), M6 2 absolute values in, M7 9-11

Addition Property of, M6 3 basic percent equation, M6 12-16, 18-19 checking the solution, M6 3; M7 2 with absolute value equations, M7 9 with radical equations, M13 14; M14 27 of circles, M17 5-8

linear, M8 22-25, 34-38 value mixture equation, M7 16 in variation problems, M12 21-25 See also Solution(s) Equilateral triangle, M20 12

Equivalent equations, M6 3 Equivalent fractions, M3 11-12 Evaluating determinants, M9 18-20 Evaluating exponential expressions, M1

34-35; M2 18 Evaluating exponential functions, M16 2-4 Evaluating functions, M8 13-14

Evaluating logarithms, M16 9 Evaluating numerical expressions, M1 35-37; M2 19; M3 36-39 Evaluating series, M18 4—5 arithmetic, M18 8-9 geometric, M18 14 Evaluating variable expressions, M5 2-4 Even integers, M7 12 Event, M21 24

odds of, M21 28-29 probability of, M21 24-28

discount equations, M6 26

Expanded form of logarithm, M16 13

in solving inequalities, M7 29 Dividend, M1 25; M2 13

of ellipses, M17 8-10

Division, M1 25 of complex numbers, M14 20-22 of decimals, M4 13-17

exponential, M16 8, 19-20, 23-25

Expanded form of whole number, M15 Expanding by cofactors, M9 19-20 Expanding a power of a binomial, M18 17-21 Experiment, M21 23 sample space of, M21 24

in solving equations, M7 6, 8

equivalent, M6 3 of form ax = b, M6 4-6

of exponential expressions, M10 14

of form ax + b = c, M7 2-4 of formax + b = cx + d, M7 4-5

fraction bar as, M2 13

of form x + a = b, M6 2-4

I5

Index

Exponent(s), M1 33; M2 17

integer, M10 12-16 irrational, M16 2 negative, M10 13-16 rational, M13 19-22 rules for, M10 14 in scientific notation, M10 16-18 - zero as, M10 12-13 See also Power(s) Exponential decay, M16 2 Exponential decay equation, M16 23-24 Exponential equation(s), M16 19-20, 23-25 equivalent to logarithmic equation, M16 8 Exponential expression(s)

base of, M1 33; M2 17 division of, M10 14 evaluating, M1 34-35; M2 18 factored form of, M2 17 in logarithmic form, M16 8 multiplication of, M10 4—5 Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19; M3 36-39 powers of, M10 6-7 radical expressions equivalent to, M13 21-22 simplest form of, M10 14 simplifying, M3 36-37; M10 6-7, 12-16; M13 19-21 Exponential form, M1 33-34; M2 17 Exponential function(s), M16 2 applications of, M16 22-25 definition of, M16 2 evaluating, graphs of,

M16 2-4 M16 4-6 inverse function of, M16 7-8 natural, M16 3-4, 6 as 1—] functions, M16 4-5 Exponential growth, M16 2 Exponential growth equation, M16 23

Expressions. See Exponential expression(s); Radical expression(s); Rational expression(s); Variable expression(s) Extraneous solution, M14 27; M16 21

Extremes of a proportion, M6 9-10 Factor(s) in multiplication, M1 23; M2 11 of a number, M3 2-4

rules for finding, M3 2 See also Common factor Factored form, M2 17

Factorial, M18 18-19 Factoring, in solving literal equations, M7 8 Factoring polynomials, M11 2 applications of, M11 26-27 common monomial factor, M11 2-3, 8, 13, 16 completely, M11 8-9, 23-24 containing two variables, M11 9

difference of perfect cubes, M11 20-21 difference of squares, M11 16-18 general strategy for, M11 23 by grouping, M11 3-5, 13-16 in simplifying rational expressions, M12 2-4 solving equations by, M11 24-27; M14 2-3 sum of perfect cubes, M11 20-21

by trial factors, M11 9-13 trinomials

of form ax* + bx + c, M11 9-16 of form x* + bx + c, M11 5-8

perfect-square, M11 18-20 quadratic in form, M11 21—23 Favorable outcomes, M21 24, 28 Fifth roots, M13 23 Finite geometric series, M18 13-14 Finite sequence, M18 2 First coordinate, M8 2 First quartile, M21 19-21 Fluid ounce (fl 0z), M19 5

FOIL for for for for

method factoring trinomials, M11 6 multiplying binomials, M10 9-10, 11 multiplying complex numbers, M14 19 multiplying radical expressions, M13 10 Foot (ft), M19 2-3 Formula(s), M7 7

application problems with, M3 21-22, 29-30 comparing to a decimal, M4 21—23 complex, M3 39-40; M12 13-15 converting decimals to, M4 5, 21 converting to decimals, M4 19-20 division of, M3 17-20, 31, 32-33 equations containing, M7 2, 4; M12 16-18; M14 29-30 equivalent, M3 11-12 equivalent to repeating decimal, M18 16 graph of, M3 12 improper, M3 7, 8-9 inverting, M3 17 multiplication of, M3 13-17, 31, 32 negative, M3 31-35 Order of Operations Agreement with, M3

36-39 order relations between, M3 12-13

proper, M3 6 as ratio, M4 23 as real numbers, M4 32 reciprocal of, M3 17 simplest form of, M3 9-11

subtraction of, M3 26-29, 34-35 writing a percent as, M4 26-27 writing as a percent, M4 27-29 Fractional equations, M7 2, 4; M12 16-18;

M14 29-30 Fractional exponents, M13 19-22

applications using, M4 18 for areas, M20 21-23 Binomial Expansion, M18 20 Change-of-Base, M16 15-16 compound interest, M16 23 distance between points in the plane, M8 3-4 mean, M21 15

Fraction bar(s), M3 6 in complex fraction, M3 39 as division, M2 13; M3 39

midpoint, M8 4-5

Function(s) absolute value, M8 16-17

for nth term of arithmetic sequence, M18 6 of geometric sequence, M18 11 for perimeters, M20 13-16 point-slope, M8 36-38

probability, M21 24-26 empirical, M21 27 quadratic, M14 9-11, 23-25 for rth term of binomial expansion, M18 21 simple interest, M6 29

slope, M8 29 for sum of arithmetic series, M18 8 of finite geometric series, M18 13 of infinite geometric series, M18 15 for volumes, M20 27-29

Fourth roots, M13 23 Fraction(s), M3 6 addition of, M3 22-25, 34-35 algebraic. See Rational expression(s)

Order of Operations Agreement and, M2 19; M3 38 Frequency distribution, M21 10-12 histogram of, M21

12-13

Frequency polygon, M21 13-15

composition of, M15 16-19 constant, M8 23-24 definition of, M8 10 domain of. See Domain double, M8 12; M15 17 equation representing, M8 9-10, 11 evaluating, M8 13-14 exponential, M16 2-6, 7-8, 22-25

graphs of, M8 15-19 inverse, M15 21-25 linear. See Linear function(s)

logarithmic, M16 7-8, 17-19, 25-26 maximum or minimum of, M15 10, 11,

1D 1-1, M15 19-21 exponential, M16 4—5 inverse of, M15 22, 24 logarithmic, M16 17 operations on, M15 13-15

quadratic. See Quadratic function(s)

Index

range of. See Range square, M8 12, 13; M15 17 value of, M8 13 vertical line test for, M8 18-19 zeros of, M8 26 Function notation, M8 12-13

Gallon (gal), M19 5

GCF. See Greatest common factor General form, of equation of circle, M17 7 General term, of a sequence, M18 2 Geometric figures, M20 2, 8

areas of, M20 20-26 perimeters of, M20 13-20 polygons, M20 11-13 volumes of, M20 27-34 See also Triangle(s)

Geometric progression. See Geometric sequence Geometric sequence, M18 10-13 applications of, M18 17 Geometric series finite, M18 13-14 infinite, M18 14-16 Geometry, M20 2

Gram (g), M19 10-11 Graph(s) of absolute value function, M8 16-17

of circles, M17 5-8 of ellipses, M17 8-10

of equation in two variables, M8 6-9 of exponential functions, M16 4-6 of fraction, M3 12

scatter diagram, M8 32

application problems using, M7 29-30

of sets of real numbers, M7 25-26

compound, M7 31-32

statistical, M1 7-12, 20-22; M21 2-9,

with decimals, M4 5 linear in two variables, M8 43-45

12-14, 19-21 of systems of equations linear, M9 2-5 nonlinear, M17 12-15 of vertical line, M8 24 vertical line test of, M8 18-19 of whole number, M1 2 Greater than, M1 3; M2 3 Greater than or equal to, M2 3 Greatest common factor (GCF), M3 5-6 of monomials, M11 2-3

Grouping, in factoring polynomials, M11 3-5, 13-16

Grouping symbols, M2 19; M3 36 Distributive Property and, M5 10-11 radical as, M4 30

linear systems of, M9 29-31 Multiplication Property of, M7 27-28 nonlinear, M14 30-33 quadratic, M14 30-31 rational, M14 32 symbols for, M1 3; M2 3 Infinite geometric series, M18 14-16

Infinite sequence, M18 2 Infinite sets, M7 24

Infinity symbol, M7 24 Integer problems, M7 11-14

Integers, M2 2 addition of, M2 6-8 application problems using, M2 10-11, 16-17 consecutive, M7 12

Half-plane, M8 44 Height of cylinder, M20 8 of parallelogram, M20 7 of rectangular solid, M20 8, 27 of triangle, M3 21; M20 5, 22 Heptagon, M20 12 Hexagon, M20 12

Histograms, M21 12-13 Horizontal axis, M8 2 Horizontal line graph of, M8 23-24 perpendicular to vertical line, M8 42

division of, M2 13-16 even, M7 12

as exponents, M10 12-16 graphs of, M2 2 multiplication of, M2 11-13 odd, M7 12 as real numbers, M4 32 subtraction of, M2 8-10 Intercepts of line, M8 25-27, 34-36 of parabola, M15 6-8 Interest, M6 28 compound, M16 23

of horizontal line, M8 23-24

Horizontal line test, M15 19-20

simple, M6 19-20, 28-31; M9 7-10 Interest rate, M6 28 Interquartile range, M21 20

horizontal-line test of, M15 19-20 of hyperbolas, M17 10-12 of inequalities

Hour (h), M19 6, 7

Intersecting lines, M20 3

function determined by, M8 10, 11

of functions, M8 15-19

linear in two variables, M8 43-45

linear systems, M9 29-31 nonlinear, M14 31-32 in one variable, M7 26-27 quadratic in one variable, M14 31 rational, M14 32 of integer, M2 2 intercepts of of lines, M8 25-27, 34-36 of parabolas, M15 6-8 of linear equations in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M8 22-25, 34-36 of linear functions, M8 20-22 of logarithmic functions, M16 17-19 not defining a function, M8 18, 19 of 1-1 functions, M15 19-21 of ordered pair, M8 2 of ordered triple, M9 13 of parabolas, M15 2-7; M17 2-4

of quadratic functions, M15 2-7

I7

slope of, M8 30

Hyperbola, M17 10-12 Hypotenuse, M8 3; M13 16-17; M20 6,

35-36

angles formed by, M20 9-11 system of equations represented by, M9 D5

Imaginary number, M14 16, 17 Imaginary part, M14 16 Improper fraction, M3 7, 8-9

Intersection of solution sets of inequalities, M7 31 of two sets, M7 23 Interval notation, M7 24

Inch (in), M19 2-3

Inverse, additive, M2 4; M5 6

Inconsistent system of equations in three variables, M9 15, 16 in two variables, M9 3-4, 5, 6-7, 12 Increase, percent, M6 21—22 Increased by, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Independent system of equations in three variables, M9 14

Inverse, multiplicative, M3 17; M5 7. See

in two variables, M9 2-3, 5, 6, 11

Independent variable, M8 12, 13 Index of a radical, M13 21 of a summation, M18 4 Inequality(ies), M1 3; M2 3-4 absolute values in, M7 32-34 Addition Property of, M7 26-27

also Reciprocal(s) Inverse of a function, M15 21-25

exponential, M16 7-8 logarithmic, M16 7-8 Inverse Property of Addition, M5 6 Inverse Property of Logarithms, M16 15 Inverse Property of Multiplication, M5 7 Inverse variation, M12 23-25

Inversely proportional quantities, M12 23 Inverting a fraction, M3 17 Investment problems, M9 7-10 Irrational number(s), M4 31-32: M13 2, 24

e, M16 3, 10 as exponent, M16 2

18

Index

Isosceles trapezoid, M20 13 Isosceles triangle, M20 12

Kilogram (kg), M19 9-11

LCD. See Least common denominator LCM. See Least common multiple Least common denominator (LCD), M3 23

of rational expressions, M12 9-10, 11-12 in simplifying complex fractions, M12 13 in solving equations, M12 16-17; M14 29-30

Least common multiple (LCM), M3 4-5; M128 of denominators, M3 23 in complex fractions, M12 14-15 in solving equations, M7 2, 4 of polynomials, M12 8-9 Legs of a right triangle, M8 3; M13 16-17; M20 6, 35-37 Length, M2 18

conversion between systems and, M19 13-15

of in of of in

line segment, M20 2 metric system, M19 8-9 rectangle, M20 14, 21 rectangular solid, M20 8, 27 U.S. Customary System, M19 2-4

See also Distance Less than

as inequality, M1 3; M23 as subtraction, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12 Less than or equal to, M2 3 Like terms, M5 4 Line(s), M20 2

finding equation of, M8 36-38 as graph of linear function, M8 20-22 horizontal, M8 23-24, 30, 42 intercepts of, M8 25-27, 34-36 intersecting, M20 3 angles formed by, M20 9-11 system of equations represented by, M9 2,5 parallel, M8 40-41 of inconsistent system, M9 3-4, 5

transversals of, M20 9-10 perpendicular, M8 42-43; M20 3-4 slope-intercept form of, M8 34-36 slope of, M8 28-31 transversal, M20 9-10

vertical, M8 24, 30, 37, 40, 42 Linear equation(s) finding from point and slope, M8 36-37 finding from two points, M8 37-38

of form Ax + By = C, M8 22-24 of form y = mx + b, M8 22, 34-35

graphing, M8 22-25, 34-36 systems of. See Systems of equations in three variables, M9 13-14

Linear function(s), M8 20

applications of, M8 20, 27-28, 39-40 graphs of, M8 20-22 See also Linear equation(s)

Linear inequalities in two variables, M8 43-45 systems of, M9 29-31 Line graph, M1 9-10; M21 8-9 Line segment, M20 2

midpoint of, M8 4-5 Liter (L), M19 11-13 Literal equation, M7 7-9 Logarithm(s), M16 7-9

Change-of-Base Formula, M16 15-16 common, M16 10 definition of, M16 8 evaluating, M16 9 finding with calculator, M16 7, 10, 15 natural, M16 10 1-1 property of, M16 15 properties of, M16 11-15 in solving exponential equations, M16 20, 24 Logarithmic equation(s), M16 9-11, 21-22 equivalent to exponential equation, M168 Logarithmic expression(s)

in exponential form, M16 8 writing as a single logarithm, M16 13—14 writing in expanded form, M16 13 Logarithmic function(s), M16 7-8

applications of, M16 25-26 graphs of, M16 17-19 inverse function of, M16 7-8 Logarithmic Property of One, M16 15 Lower class limits, M21 10 Markdown, M6 26 Markup, M6 24—26 Mass, M19 9-11 Matrix, M9 18 Maturity value of simple interest loan, M6 29-31 Maximum value of quadratic function, M15 10 applications of, M15 11, 12, 13 Mean, M21 15-17 standard deviation and, M21 22 Means of a proportion, M6 9-10 Measurement, M19 2

Meter (m), M19 8-9

Metric system, M19 8 capacity in, M19 11-13 conversion to/from U.S. Customary units, M19 13-15 length in, M19 8-9 mass in, M19 9-11 prefixes in, M19 8 Midpoint of a line segment, M8 4-5 Mile (mi), M19 2, 3 Minimum value of quadratic function,

M15 10 applications of, M15 12, 13 Minor of a matrix element, M9 18-19 Minuend, M1 17 Minus, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12 Minute (min), M19 6—7

Mixed numbers, M3 7 addition of, M3 24—25 converting a decimal to, M4 21 converting to/from improper fractions, M3 8-9 division of, M3 19, 32-33 multiplication of, M3 15, 16 subtraction of, M3 27-28 Mixture problems percent mixtures, M6 20-21; M7 17-19;

M9 27-28 value mixtures, M7 15-17; M9 26-27

Modal response, M21 19 Mode, M21 18-19 Monomial(s), M10 2 dividing, M10 12

division of polynomial by, M10 18-19 factoring from a polynomial, M11 2-3, 8, 13, 16 greatest common factor of, M11 2-3 multiplication of polynomial by, M10 7 multiplying, M10 4-5 power of, M10 6-7

More than, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Motion problems, M6 6-9; M7 19-22; M12

27-29 wind or current in, M6 7-8, 9; M9

24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 Multiples of a number, M3 4 Multiplicand, M1 23 Multiplication, M1 22 Associative Property of, MS 7 of binomials, M10 9-12

conversion between U.S. Customary and metric systems, M19 13-15

Commutative Property of, M5 7 of complex numbers, M14 18-19 of decimals, M4 10-13

in metric system, M19 8-13

Distributive Property of, M5 4

of time, M19 6-7

of exponential expressions, M10 4-5

of angles, M20 3-5

in U.S. Customary System, M19 2-6 Median, M8 33; M21 17-18 in box-and-whiskers plot, M21

19-21

of fractions, M3 13-17, 31, 32 of functions, M15 13, 14, 15

of integers, M2 11-13 Inverse Property of, M5 7 of mixed numbers, M3 15, 16

Index

of monomials, M10 4—5 by one, M5 7 Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19; M3 36 of polynomial by monomial, M10 7 of polynomials, M10 7-12 properties of, M5 7-9 of radical expressions, M13 8-10 of rational expressions, M12 4-6 in scientific notation, M10 17 sign rules for, M2 12-13 symbols for, M2 11 of whole numbers, M1 22-25 words or phrases for, M1 23; M2 13;

MS 12 by zero, M11 24

Multiplication Property of Equations, M6 4-5 Multiplication Property of Inequalities, M7 27-28 Multiplication Property of One, M3 10, 11;

MS 7 Multiplication Property of Zero, M11 24 Multiplicative inverse, M3 17; M5 7. See also Reciprocal(s) Multiplier, M1 23

Natural exponential function, M16 3-4 graphing, M16 6 Natural logarithm, M16 10 Natural number factors, M3 2-4 Natural numbers, M1 2; M2 2

Negative exponents, M10 13-16 Negative fractions, M3 31-35 Negative infinity symbol, M7 24 Negative integers, M2 2

Negative number cube root of, M13 23 square root of, M14 16 Negative reciprocals, M8 42 Negative sign in exponential expression, M2 18 in front of fraction, M3 34 Negative slope, M8 29 Negative square root, M4 30; M13 2 Nonagon, M20 12

Nonfactorable over the integers, M11 8, 17 Nonlinear inequalities, M14 30-33 Nonlinear systems of equations, M17 12-16 ath root, M13 21, 23 nth term of arithmetic sequence, M18 6-8 of geometric sequence, M18 10-13 of a sequence, M18 2-3 Null set, M7 22 Number(s) absolute value of, M2 5

complex, M14 16-17 composite, M3 3 imaginary, M14 16, 17

integers, M2 2 irrational, M4 31-32; M13 2, 24; M16 2, 3

Order relations between decimal and fraction, M4

mixed, M3 7 natural, M1 2; M2 2 opposites, M2 4

between fractions, M3 12-13 between whole numbers, M1 2-3 Ordinate, M8 2

prime, M3 3

Origin, M8 2

rational, M4 31-32

Ounces (0z), M19 4, 5

real, M4 31-32 whole, M1 2 See also Complex number(s); Integers; Real numbers; Whole numbers

Outcomes of an experiment, M21 24

Number line(s), M1 2 addition on, M2 6 distance on, M7 9

graph of a fraction on, M3 12 graph of an integer on, M2 2 graph of a whole number on, M1 2 inequalities on, M7 26-27 integers on, M2 2, 6 multiplication on, M2 11 order relations on, M1 2-3 sets of numbers on, M7 25-26 Numerator, M3 6 Numerator determinant, M9 21 Numerical coefficient, M5 2

I9

21-23

Parabola(s), M15 2 axis of symmetry, M15 3-5; M17

24 as conic section, M17 2

equations of, M17 2-4 graphs of, M15 2-7; M17 2-4 intercepts of, M15 6-8

vertex of, M15 3-5; M17 2-4 Parallel lines, M8 40-41; M20 3 of inconsistent system, M9 3-4, 5 transversals of, M20 9-10 Parallelogram, M20 7, 13

Parentheses Distributive Property and, MS 9

Obtuse angle, M20 4

in equations, M7 6-8 in exponential expressions, M2 18 in interval notation, M7 24 Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19

Obtuse triangle, M20 13

on real number line, M7 25-26

Odd integers, M7 12 Odds against, M21 28 Odds in favor, M21 28-29

One in division, M1 25; M2 15 Logarithmic Property of, M16 15 Multiplication Property of, M3 10, 11; M57 1-1 Property of Logarithms, M16 15 1-1 function(s), M15 19-21 exponential, M16 4—5 inverse of, M15 22, 24

logarithmic, M16 17 Opposite, M2 4; M5 6 of a polynomial, M10 3 Ordered pair(s) as coordinates, M8 2 of a function, M8 10 graph of, M8 2

in a series, M18 4 Pascal’s Triangle, M18 18 Pentagon, M20 12 Per, M8 31 Percent, M4 26

writing a decimal or fraction as, M4 27-29 writing as a decimal or fraction, M4

26-27 Percent concentration, M6 20

Percent problems decrease, M6 22-24 discount, M6 26-28 increase, M6 21—22 markup, M6 24—26 mixtures, M6 20-21; M7 17-19; M9 27-28 simple interest, M6 19-20, 28-31; M9 7-10

of inverse of a function, M15 21 of a relation, M8 10 as solution of equation in two variables, M8 6-7

solving with basic percent equation, M6 12-16, 18-19 solving with proportions, M6 16-18 Percent sign, M4 26

as solution of system of equations, M9 2,4

Perfect sum Perfect Perfect

Ordered triple, M9 13, 14 Order of a matrix, M9 18

Order of Operations Agreement, M1 35-37; M2 19; M3 36-39 radical and, M4 30

cube(s), M11 20 or difference of, M11 20-21 powers, roots of, M13 22-24 square(s), M4 29; M13 2, 5; M20 35

square roots of, M4 30-31; M13 2, 5, 23; M20 35

110 = Index

Perfect-square trinomial, M11 18 completing the square, M14 6-7 factoring, M11 18-20 Perimeter, M20 13 applications of, M20 19-20 of circle, M20 15-16 of composite figure, M20 17-18 of rectangle, M20 14-15 of square, M20 15 of triangle, M20 13-14 Period, M1 4 Perpendicular lines, M8 42-43; M20 3-4 pH, M16 25, 26 Pi (a1), M20 15, 23, 29 Pictograph, M1 7-8; M21 2-3 Pint (pt), M19 5 Place value, M1 4 as power of ten, M1 34 rounding a number to, M1 6-7 Place-value chart, M1 4 decimals on, M4 2-3 expanded form and, M1 5 multiplication and, M1 23 Plane(s), M20 2

coordinate system in, M8 2 equations of, M9 14-15

Plane geometric figures. See Geometric figures Plotting an ordered pair, M8 2 Plotting points of a graph, M8 6 Plus, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Point, coordinates of, M8 2; M9 13 Point-slope formula, M8 36-38 Polygon(s), M20 11-13 Polynomial(s), M10 2 addition of, M10 2-3

degree of, M10 2 in descending order, M10 2 division by a monomial, M10 18-19 division of, M10 18-21 factoring of. See Factoring polynomials least common multiple of, M12 8-9

multiplication by monomial, M10 7 multiplication of, M10 7-12

nonfactorable over the integers, M11 8,17 in numerator or denominator. See Rational expression(s) opposite of, M10 3 subtraction of, M10 3-4 See also Binomial(s); Monomial(s); Trinomial(s)

Population, M21 10 Positive integers, M2 2 Positive slope, M8 29 Pound (Ib), M19 4—5 Power(s), M1 33-35; M2 17-18

of an exponential expression, M10 6-7 of a binomial, M18 17-21 logarithm of, M16 12-13

of a monomial, M10 6-7 perfect, M13 22-24

of products, M10 6-7 verbal phrases for, M5 13 See also Exponent(s)

Power Property of Logarithms, M16 12-13 Powers of ten, M1 34 dividing decimals by, M4 14—15 multiplying decimals by, M4 11-12 in scientific notation, M10 16-18 Price, M6 24 Prime factorization, M3 3 to find greatest common factor, M3 5 to find least common multiple, M3 4 Prime number, M3 3 Principal, M6 28; M9 7 Principal square root, M13 2 Principle of Taking the Square Root of Each Side of an Equation, M14 4 Principle of Zero Products, M11 24—25; M142 Probability calculated by using odds, M21 28-29 empirical, M21 27 of simple events, M21 23-28

theoretical, M21 27 Probability formula, M21 24-26 empirical, M21 27 Product, M1 23; M2 11, 13; MS 11, 12 of sum and difference of terms, M10 10 Product Property of Logarithms, M16 11-12 Product Property of Square Roots, M13 3 Proper fraction, M3 6 Property(ies)

of addition, M5 4-6 Associative of Addition, M5 5 of Multiplication, M5 7 Commutative of Addition, M5 5 of Multiplication, M5 7 Composition of Inverse Functions, M15

23-24 Distributive, M5 4 in factoring polynomials, M11 3 in multiplying polynomials, M10 8, 9 in simplifying radical expressions,

M13 6-8, 9 in simplifying variable expressions,

MS 4-5, 9-11 in solving equations, M7 6, 8 in solving inequalities, M7 29 Equality of Exponents, M16 9, 19

of Equations Addition, M6 3

Multiplication, M6 4-5 Squaring Both Sides, M13 14-16 of Inequalities Addition, M7 26-27 Multiplication, M7 27-28

Inverse

of Addition, M5 6 of Multiplication, M5 7 of logarithms, M16 11-15

of multiplication, MS 7-9 of One Division, M1 25; M2 15 Multiplication, M3 10, 11; M5 7 of real numbers, M5 4-9 of Square Roots Product, M13 3 Quotient, M13 11

of Zero

Addition, M5 5 Division, M1 26; M2 15 Multiplication, M11 24 Proportions, M6 9-11

application problems using, M6 11-12 similar triangles and, M12 18-21; M20

39-41, 42-43 solving percent problems using, M6

16-18 Pythagorean Theorem, M8 3; M13 17-18;

M20 35-37 applications of, M20 38-39 Quadrants, M8 2 Quadratic equation(s), M11 25; M14 2

applications of, M11 26-27; M14 11-15 discriminant of, M15 7

reducible to, M14 25-30 solutions of, M14 10

complex, M14 22-25 double root, M14 2; M15 6

solving by completing the square, M14 7-8 by factoring, M11 25-27; M14 2-3 with quadratic formula, M14 9-11,

23-25 by taking square roots, M14 3-6, 22-23 standard form of, M11 25; M14 2 Quadratic formula, M14 9-11, 23-25 Quadratic function(s), M15 2

applications of, M15 10-13 domain and range of, M15 5 graph of, M15 2-7 maximum value of, M15 10-11, 12, 13 minimum value of, M15 10, 12, 13 zeros of, M15 8-9

Quadratic inequality in one variable, M14 30-31 Quadratic in form, M11 21—23; M14 25-27 Quadrilateral(s), M20 7, 12 areas of, M20 20-22 perimeters of, M20 14-15

types of, M20 13

Quantity, in mixture problems, M6 20 Quart (qt), M19 5, 6 Quartiles, M21 19-21

Index

Quotient, M1 25; M2 13, 15; M5 11, 12 of polynomials, M10 19-20 Quotient Property of Logarithms, M16 12 Quotient Property of Square Roots, M13 11

Radical, M4 30; M13 2, 21 Radical equation(s), M13 13-16

applications of, M13 16-19 reducible to quadratic equation, M14 27-29 Radical expression(s)

addition of, M13 6-8 conjugate of, M13 10, 12 division of, M13

11-13

exponential form of, M13 21-22 multiplication of, M13 8-10 rationalizing the denominator of, M13 11-13 simplest form of, M13 2, 12

simplifying, M4 30; M13 2-10, 11-13, 22-24 subtraction of, M13 6-8

Rationalizing the denominator, M13 11-13 Rational numbers, M4 31—32 Ray, M20 3 Real numbers, M4 31-32 as complex numbers, M14 17 properties of, MS 4-9 sets of, M7 23-26

Scatter diagram, M8 32

Real part, M14 16

Selling price, M6 24

Reciprocal(s)

Sequence(s), M18 2

Scientific notation, M10 16-18 Second (s), M19 6-7 Second coordinate, M8 2

Second-degree equation, M14 2. See also Quadratic equation(s) Sector of a circle, M21 4

of a fraction, M3 17

applications of, M18 10, 17

negative, M8 42

arithmetic, M18 6-8, 10 finite, M18 2

of a rational expression, M12 6

of a real number, M5 7 of a whole number, M3 17 Rectangle, M20 7, 13 area of, M20 21-22 perimeter of, M20 14-15 Rectangular coordinate system, M8 2 distance in, M8 3-4 Rectangular solid, M20 8

volume of, M20 27-28 Regular polygon, M20 12

general term of, M18 2 geometric, M18

10-13, 17

infinite, M18 2 sum of terms of, M18 4-5 Series, M18 4

arithmetic, M18 8-9 evaluating, M18 4—5 geometric, M18 13-16 Set(s), M2 2; M7 22 elements of, M2 2; M7 22

Radicand, M4 30; M13 2, 21

Relation, M8 10-11

Radius

Remainder, M1 28 in polynomial division, M10 19-20 Repeating decimal, M4 19 equivalent fraction for, M18 16

empty, M7 22 infinite, M7 24 intersection of, M7 23 null, M7 22 of real numbers, M7 23-26

Retail price, M6 24

union of, M7 23

writing in interval notation, M7 24

of simple interest, M6 28; M9 7

Rhombus, M20 13 Richter scale, M16 25 Right angle, M20 3 Right triangle, M8 3; M13 16; M20 6-7, 13 Pythagorean Theorem for, M8 3; M13 16-17; M20 35-39

simplest form of, M4 24

Root(s)

in uniform motion equation, M6 6; M7

cube roots, M11 20; M13 23 double, M14 2; M15 6 nth root, M13 21, 23 of perfect powers, M13 22-24 See also Solution(s); Square root(s) Roster method, M2 2; M7 22 Rounding

of a circle, M17 5; M207

of a sphere, M20 8 Range of a function, M8 10, 11-12

of an exponential function, M16 2 estimating from graph, M8 15-17 of inverse of a function, M15 21, 23 of a quadratic function, M15 5 Range of data, M21 10 Rate, M4 24-25

in a proportion, M6 9, 11-12

19; M12 27 of wind or current, M6 7-8, 9; M9

24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 of work, M12 25-27; M14 12, 14 Rate of change, average, M8 32-34 Ratio, M4 23-24 common, M18 11, 14-15

as division, M2 15; M5 12 odds of an event, M21 28

in a proportion, M6 9-11 similar objects and, M20 39 simplest form of, M4 23

Rational exponents, M13 19-22 Rational expression(s), M12 2 addition of, M12 10-13

applications of, M12 25-29 division of, M12 6-7

multiplication of, M12 4-6 reciprocal of, M12 6 simplest form of, M12 2

simplifying, M12 24 subtraction of, M12 10-13 Rational inequalities, M14 32

of a decimal, M4 4

of a decimal quotient, M4 13-14 of a whole number, M1 6-7 rth term of binomial expansion, M18 21 Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions, M10 14 Rule for Multiplying Exponential Expressions, M105 Rule for Simplifying Powers of Exponential Expressions, M10 6 Rule for Simplifying Powers of Products, M106 Rules for Exponents, M10 14 Sample space, M21 24 SAS. See Side-Angle-Side Rule Scalene triangle, M20 12

111

in roster method, M2 2; M7 22

in set-builder notation, M7 23 See also Solution set of inequality(ies) Set-builder notation, M7 23

Side(s) of acube, M20 28 of a polygon, M20 11

of a square, M20 15, 22 Side-Angle-Side (SAS) Rule, M20 41 Side-Side-Side (SSS) Rule, M20 41 Sigma (2) notation, M18 4 Sign rules for addition, M2 6 for dividing decimals, M4 15 for dividing fractions, M3 31

for division, M2 14

for for for for

multiplication, M2 12-13 multiplying decimals, M4 12 multiplying fractions, M3 31 subtraction, M2 8

Similar objects, M12 18; M20 39 Similar triangles, M12 18-21; M20 39-41,

42-44

Simple interest formula, M6 29 Simple interest problems, M6 19-20, 28-31; M9 7-10 Simplest form of exponential expression, M10 14 of fraction, M3 9-11 with complex numbers, M14 20

112

Index

Simplest form (continued) of radical expression, M13 2, 12 of rate, M4 24 of ratio, M4 23 of rational expression, M12 2 Simplifying complex fractions, M3 39-40; M12 13-15 exponential expressions, M3 36-37; M10 6-7, 12-16; M13 19-21 numerical expressions, M3 36-39 radical expressions, M4 30; M13 2-10,

11-13, 22-24 rational expressions, M12 2-4 variable expressions, M5 4-11 Slope(s), M8 28-31 applications of, M8 30-31 of parallel lines, M8 40-41 of perpendicular lines, M8 42-43 in point-slope formula, M8 36-38 in slope-intercept form, M8 34-36 undefined, M8 30, 37 Slope formula, M8 29 Slope-intercept form, M8 34-36 Solids, geometric, M20 2, 8 volumes of, M20 27-34 Solution(s)

of absolute value equation, M7 9 of application problem, M1 10 of equation, M6 2

checking, M6 3; M7 2 in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M8 6—7 extraneous, M14 27; M16 21 of quadratic equation, M14 10 complex, M14 22-25 double root, M14 2; M15 6 of system of equations in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M9 2, 5 of word problem, MA 8 Solution set of inequality(ies) compound, M7 31-32 linear systems, M9 29-31 nonlinear, M14 31-32 in one variable, M7 26 in two variables, M8 43-45 Solving an equation, M6 2-3. See also Equation(s) Space, M20 2 Space figures, M20 8 Speed. See Rate Sphere, M20 8 volume of, M20 29, 30 Square(s)

of a number, M1 33; M4 29: M5 13

words or phrases for, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12

perfect, M4 29-31; M13 2; M20 35 perimeter of, M20 15

Subtrahend, M1 17

of square root, M13 9 sum of, M11 17; M14 21

Succeeding in your math course, MA 2-9

verbal phrases for, M2 17 Square function, M8 12, 13; M15

habits for, MA 6 17

with homework, MA 5, 9

Square matrix, M9 18

interactive method for, MA 2, 6—7

Square root(s), M4 29-30; M13 2; M20

preparation for, MA 2-4 preparing for tests, MA 9 study group and, MA 5 time management for, MA 4—5

34-35 approximating, M4 31-33; M13 2; M20 35 negative, M4 30; M13 2 of negative number, M14 16 of perfect squares, M4 30-31; M13 2, 5, 23; M20 35 principal, M13 2 Product Property of, M13 3 Quotient Property of, M13 11 in solving quadratic equations, M14 3-6, 22-23 square of, M13 9 Square units, M20 20-21 Squaring both sides of an equation, M13 14-16 SSS. See Side-Side-Side Rule Standard deviation, M21 22-23 Standard form of complex number, M14 16 of decimal, M4 2-3 of equation of circle, M17 5-8 of equation of ellipse, M17 9 of equation of hyperbola, M17 11 of quadratic equation, M11 25; M14 2 of whole number, M1 4 Statistical graphs, M1 7-12, 20-22; M21 2-9, 12-14 box-and-whiskers plot, M21 19-21 Statistics, M21 2, 10 Strategy for application problem, MA 8-9; M1 10 Substitution method for solving linear systems, M9 5—7 for solving nonlinear systems, M17 13-15 Subtraction, M1 17 checking, M1 17 of complex numbers, M14 18 of decimals, M4 6-8 of fractions, M3 26-29, 34-35 of functions, M15 13, 14

of integers, M2 8-10 of mixed numbers, M3 27-28 Order of Operations Agreement and, M1

36; M2 19; M3 36

with word problems, MA 8-9

Sum, M1 15; M2 6, 7; MS 11, 12 of a series, M18 4

arithmetic, M18 8-9 geometric, M18 13-16 of two perfect cubes, M11 20-21

of two squares, M11

17; M14 21

Sum and difference of two terms, product

of, M10 10 Summation notation,

M18 4

Supplementary angles, M20 4 Symbols absolute value, M2 5

angle, M20 3 approximately equal to, M4 13 binomial coefficients, M18 19 composition of functions, M15 16 cube root, M11 20 degree of angle, M20 3

delta (A), M8 29 e, M16 3, 10 element of a set, M2 2

empty set, M7 22 fraction bar, M2 13, 19; M3 6,

38, 39 greater than, M1 3; M2 3 for grouping, M2 19; M3 36 i, M14 16 infinity, M7 24 intersection, M7 23 inverse of a function, M15 22 less than, M1 3; M2 3

mean, M21 15 multiplication, M2 11

n!, M18 18 not an element of a set, M2 2

not equal to, M2 15 nth root, M13 21 parallel, M20 3 percent, M4 26 perpendicular, M20 4 plus or minus, M14 3

of polynomials, M10 3-4 of radical expressions, M13 6-8 of rational expressions, M12 10-13

radical, M4 30; M13 2, 21

difference of, M11 16-18; M13 10

sign rules for, M2 8

as geometric figure, M20 7, 13

of whole numbers, M1 17—20

o (standard deviation), M21 22 > (summation), M18 4

area of, M20 20, 22 of a binomial, M10 10, 11-12, 18-19

repeating decimal, M4 19 right angle, M20 3

Index

simplifying, M5 4-11 terms of, M5 2

Triangle(s), M20 5

slope (m), M8 28

value of a function, M8 13

angles of, M20 5-7 area of, M3 21; M20 22 congruent, M20 41-43

See also Parentheses

Pascal’s, M18

square root, M4 29; M20 35 union, M7 23

translating verbal expressions into, M5 11-15

18

Variable part, M5 2

Symmetry. See Axis of symmetry

perimeter of, M20 13-14

Variable terms, M5 2

Systems of equations, M9 2

right, M8 3; M13 16-17; M20 6-7, 13, 35-39 similar, M12 18-21; M20 39-41, 42-44 types of, M20 12-13

Variation, M12 21—25

applications of, M9 7-9, 24-29 checking the solution, M9 2, 10 dependent, M9 4-5, 7, 11-12 in three variables, M9 14

graphing, M9 2-5 inconsistent, M9 3-4, 5, 6-7, 12 in three variables, M9 15, 16 independent, M9 2-3, 5, 6, 11 in three variables, M9 14

nonlinear, M17 12-16 solutions of

in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M9 2, 5 solving by addition, M9 10-13, 15-17

by Cramer’s Rule, M9 21-24 by graphing, M9 2-5 by substitution, M9 5-7 in three variables, M9 13-17, 22-24 Systems of linear inequalities, M9

29-31

Trinomial(s), M10 2 factoring

M8 10

general strategy for, M11 23 perfect-square, M11 18-20 quadratic in form, M11 21—23 nonfactorable over the integers, M11 8 perfect-square, M11 18-20 completing the square, M14 6-7

Term(s)

of binomial expansion, M18 20-21 like terms, M5 4 of proportion, M6 9 of sequence, M18 2-3 of variable expression, M5 2 Terminating decimal, M4 19

Theoretical probability, M21 27 Third quartile, M21

19-21

Time converting units of, M19 6-7 simple interest and, M6 29 in uniform motion equation, M6 6; M7

19; M12 27 in work problems, M12 25-27; M14 11-12, 14 Times, M1 23; M2 13; M5 12 Ton, M19 4, 5

Total, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Translating application problems, M5 14-15; M7 14-15

for subtraction, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12

translating into equations, M7 11-15 translating into variable expressions, MS

11-15 Vertex of parabola, M15 3-5; M17 2-4

Undefined slope, M8 30, 37 Uniform motion, M6 6-9; M7 19-22; M12 27-29 with wind or current, M6 7-8, 9; M9 24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 Union

Vertical angles, M20 9 Vertical axis, M8 2 Vertical line(s)

graph of, M8 24 parallel, M8 40 perpendicular to horizontal line, M8 42 undefined slope of, M8 30, 37

Vertical line test, M8 18-19 Vertices of hyperbola, M17 10-12 Volume, M20 27 applications of, M20 33-34 of composite geometric solid, M20 31-32, 33-34 of cube, M20 27, 28

of two sets, M7 23

of angle, M20 3 cubic, M20 27 in proportion, M6 11 of rate, M4 24

square, M20 20-21

cube of a number as, M2 18

of time, M19 6-7

of cylinder, M20 29-30 of rectangular solid, M20 27-28 of sphere, M20 29, 30 units of, M20 27 See also Capacity

See also Metric system; U.S. Customary System Upper class limits, M21 10 U.S. Customary System capacity in, M19 5-6 conversion to/from metric units,

M19

13-15 length in, M19 2-4 weight in, M19 4—5

Value mixture problems, M7 15-17; M9 26-27 Value of a function, M8 13 Value of a variable, M5 2 Variable, M1 16; M2 3; M5 2

Translating sentences into equations, M7

assigning, M5 13, 14

11-15 Translating verbal expressions into variable expressions, M5 11-15 Transversal, M20 9-10 Trapezoid, M20 13

dependent, M8 12, 13 independent, M8 12, 13 value of, M5 2

Trial factors, M11 9-13

for “equals,” M7 11 for multiplication, M1 23; M2 13; MS 12

of angle, M20 3

Twice, M1 23; M2 13; M5 12

Unit rate, M4 24-25 Units, M4 23; M19 2

Tangent, M15 6

applications of, M12 22—23, 24-25 Verbal expressions for addition, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 for decimals, M4 2-3 for division, M1 29; M2 15; M5 12

form ax + bx + c, M11 9-16 form x° + bx + c, M11 5-8

of solution sets of inequalities, M7 32

Table, function determined by,

113

Variable expression(s), M1 16; M5 2 evaluating, M5 2-4

like terms of, M5 4

Week, M19 6 Weight compared to mass, M19 9 conversion between systems of units,

M19 13 in U.S. Customary System, M19 4-5 Whole-number part, M4 2 Whole numbers, M1 2

addition of, M1 14-17 application problems with, M1 10-12, 20-22, 31-33 division of, M1 25-30 expanded form of, M1 5 graphs of, M1 2 improper fraction as, M3 9 multiplication of, M1 22-25

114

Index

Whole numbers (continued)

as real numbers, M4 32 reciprocal of, M3 17 rounding, M1 6-7 standard form of, M1 4 subtraction of, M1 17—20 writing in words, M1 4 Width of rectangle, M20 14, 21

x-axis, M8 2 x-coordinate, M8 2 x-intercept(s) of ellipse, M17 9

of line, M8 25-27 of parabola, M15 6-8

Addition Property of, M5 5

xy-coordinate system, M8 2

as an exponent, M10 12-13 as an integer, M2 2 in denominator of rational expression, M12 2-3

xyz-coordinate system, M9 13

in division, M1 26; M2 15

zeros of quadratic function and, M15 8-9

Multiplication Property of, M11 24

of rectangular solid, M20 8, 27

Wind or current problems, M6 7-8, 9; M9 24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 Word problems, MA 8-9. See also Application problems Work problems, M12 25-27; M14 11-12, 14

z-axis, M9 13 Zero absolute value of, M2 5

Yard (yd), M19 2, 3 y-axis, M8 2

Zero factorial, M18 18

y-coordinate, M8 2

Zero of a function, M8 26 Zero Products, Principle of, M11 24—25; M142 Zero slope, M8 30

y-intercept(s) of ellipse, M17 9

of line, M8 25-27, 34-36

Zero-level earthquake,

M16 25

7a

--

a

~

=

=

ean

7

_

@

7

Je

a

_ a

7

=

:

_

“8

Po) Ce

;

-

:

—=

:

>.





:

_





7 -

7

7

a

7

&:

:

%

ae

hate

Ce)

ae

a

7

7

=

_ -_



\ gee _

*



Fo

7

awe

-

—— _

7

_ = =

a

.

a.



a ©

>

:

ee --7ae -

7

ee; —_ 7 7: 7 :7 \7>_ T-

ae .7

7 _-

.

—_

_

7 _ a

_ 7

_

Y _

e

‘> 7

D

ANNOTATED

INSTRUCTOR'S

EDITION

Design Your Course in 5 Easy Steps This Annotated

Instructor’s Edition is your guide to planning your course, your way.

Inside, you will find all 21 modules that make up the eBook for this digital eCourse, powered by Enhanced

WebAssign®. As an instructor or department curriculum developer, you can

examine the entire sequence

of topics that are available in the eCourse.

The modules, sections, and learning objectives have been designed so you can pick and choose how to organize the topics for your course.

Design the course or course sequence that best fits your program’s

needs in five easy steps:

qs

Match It. Use your course syllabus as a guide to

4) Print It. Although this eCourse is primarily designed

match up your course competencies to the modules,

as an online experience, it is possible to augment the

sections, or learning objectives found in this annotated

eBook with a custom print solution for your students

instructor’s edition. Or, choose to start with a pre-built

that includes your chosen modules, a guided workbook, and/or study skills resources. Contact your Cengage Learning Consultant for details.

course.

Contact your Cengage Learning Consultant

for assistance.

@

Build It. Map out the modules, sections, and learning objectives you have identified to build your Enhanced

@

implement It. Prepare for success. Your adoption of the Enhanced WebAssign eCourse includes best-in-the-

WebAssign eCourse. Within the Enhanced WebAssign

industry Cengage Digital Course Support — a dedicated

eCourse, you have all you need to conduct your course:

team of professionals who are here to provide hands-on,

an integrated eBook, abundant practice, homework and

start-to-finish support — making digital course delivery

quizzes, plus a guided workbook.

a success for you and your students.

€} Enhance It. Lay a foundation to sustain student success in mathematics by adding proven math study skills strategies from Nolting’s Math Study Skills Workbook, 5e to your EWA eCourse to help

students develop effective learning strategies.

Recycle:

Digital Sampling: View and evaluate electronic textbooks and associated resources at www.cengage.com or contact your Sales Representative/Learning Consultant.

Send your unwanted Instructor’s Editions back to i

Use the return label included with your Instructor'sEc www.cengage.com/recycle to print out a return label.

Removing or altering the copyright control and quality assurance information on this cover is prohibited by law.

al ©

CENGAGE

LEARNING

|

VSI (RSENN hana 0i matte This textbook is provided to you as a COMME Selling this book or otherwise putting it baci

¢ @# CENGAGE ay Learning To learn more about Cengage Learning, visit www.cengage.com

Purchase any of our products at your local college store or at our preferred online store www.cengagebrain.com

LHUGHES CS# 7922 WHSL

01.12.2018 BY# RC# 203333

019 00142